2016 Yulkfli Proceeding of ICST Unram

ISBN : 978-602-6640-00-0
Editor :
Nanda Diniarti, S.Pi., M.Si
Dewi Nur’aeni Setyowati, S.Pi, M.Biotech
Scientific Committe :
1. Dr. Satrijo Saloko
2. Ir. Bambang Hari Kusumo, M.Agr., Sc., Ph.D
3. Made Sriasih, Ph.D
4. Prof. Dr. Anil Kumar A
5. Prof. Ir. Sri Widyastuti, M.App.Sc.,Ph.D
6. Ir. Aluh Nikmatullah, Ph.D
7. dr. Dewi Suryani, M.Infect.Dis
Proceedings
The 1st International Conference on Science and Technology (ICST) 2016
Theme : The Emerging Innovation On Science And Technology
Published by :
Mataram University Press
Jl. Majapahit, No 62 Mataram West Nusa Tenggara, Indonesia 83125
Telp: +62-0370-633007 / Fax: +62-0370-636041
Copyright law protected

Don’t to quote, reproduce and translate some or all of these books without the permission
ofthe publisher
The 1st International Conference on Sciences and Technology
December, 1-2, 2016 Mataram, Lombok-NTB, Indonesia
PREFACE
Bismillaahirrahmaanirrahiim
Assalaamu'alaikum warahmatullaahi wabarakaatuh.
Praise always we pray to God Almighty for giving us the abundance of grace, guidance and inayah, so
that we all can met in the “1stInternational Conference on Science and Technology (ICST) 2016”. ICST
is a conference where researchers can share and publish their scientific papers about science and
technology. The theme of this conference is “Emerging Innovation on Science and Technology for
Sustainable Development”.
This conference was done for two days, from 1st to 2nd December 2016, and took place in the Green
Campus of the University of Mataram.
We received more than one hundred papers from various universities and research institutions in
Indonesia and from overseas, but not all of the papers were published in this proceeding. The paper has
been selected and grouped based on the similarity of the research field, which then are presented and
discussed. Presentation of the papers will be held in eight parallel classes.
At this moment, the organizing committee would like to expressour gratitude to all of you who have
participated this conference, especially to the all keynote speakers, presenters who have submitted
posters or orally presented papers and also to the participants. Our special gratitude also goes to the
Rector of the University of Mataram who has been highly supporting this conference. Last but not least,
the organizing committee would like to thank to all of you who have supported this conference.
Wassalamu'alaikum warohmatullahi wabarakatuh.
Chairman of 1st ICST 2016
Dr. Satrijo Saloko
i
OPENING SPEECH - RECTOR THE UNIVERSITY OF MATARAM

The 1st International Conference on Science and Technology 2016
Respected Guests,
Keynote speakers,
Conference participants,
and all other participants.
On Behalf of all staffs of the University of Mataram, I welcome you all to Lombok, a
beautiful island in West Nusa Tenggara Province, where the University of Mataram is
located. Lombok is known for its natural and cultural diversity where you can enjoy
traditional cuisines, beaches, waterfalls, mountain, traditional villages and handicraft of
many ethnics including Sasak, Samawa, Mbojo, Balinese, Chinese, Arabic, and many
others.
As the Rector of the University of Mataram, it is a great honour for me to address the
opening of “The 1st International Conference on Science and Technology” here at the
University of Mataram, which will be held from 1th to 2nd December 2016, with a theme
“Emerging Innovation on Science and Technology for Sustainable Development”. The
main aim of this seminar is to gather scientist from all over the world to share their
ideas, knowledge and experiences and to build network for possible future
collaboration.
As we are aware that sharing knowledge and experiences from speakers are extremely
valuable in a conference, therefore I would like to express my high appreciation, first, to
the keynote speakers from overseas and from Indonesia for their willingness to come to
Lombok to share their acknowledged works. Your effort and contribution to this
conference are absolutely valuable. Second, my high appreciation also goes to the
national speakers and all other participants, including the speakers from University of
Mataram and local universities in West Nusa Tenggara Province, your participation in
this conference not only will give incredible share of ideas, skills and knowledge that
ii
you have, but also will improve the academic environment that we are developing in
this university. I hope this conference will be a good forum, not only for communicating
and sharing ideas, knowledge and experiences, but also for building networking for
future collaboration.
I would also like to take this opportunity to express my appreciation to the sponsors
which have given some contribution to this conference. Last but not least, I would like
to thank the organizing committee as well as all other supporters and participants,
without their effort, commitment and hard work, this conference will not run well.
Finally, I wish you most successful conference, enjoy Lombok Island and hope to see
you again in other forum here at the University of Mataram.
Rector of the University of Mataram
Prof. Ir. Sunarpi, Ph.D
iii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Title Page
Preface i
Opening Speech ii
Table of Contents iv
Schemata Detection of Chemistry Teachers Prospective Students After Had Exclusive 1-4
Conceptual Change Experiencing
Kurroti A’yun, Suyono
Use of The Experimental Board on Kirchhoff’s Laws to Train Students Skills in Doing 5-8
Experiment
Hikmawati
Potential of Abalone (Haliotis sp.) as Control Agent of Biofouling (seaweed) in Mariculture 9-12
with Cage Nets
Dewi Nur’aeni Setyowati, Nanda Diniarti
Growth Performance Of Kappaphycus alvarezii with Addition of Sargassum sp. Extract 13-20
Using Spraying Technique
Tino Feri Ananta, Nunik Cokrowati, Mursal Ghazali
Development of e-SCM Open Source as Integration of Data Managemen for Fish Farmers 21-27
SMEs in Pasar Ulekan Bandung
Yudi Priyadi, Jurry Hatammimi
Seasonal Comparison of Aquatic Macroinvertebrate Benthic were Collected in Powerplant 28-30
Segment Sidutan Stream, North Lombok
Nanda Diniarti
Economic Analysis of Direct Loan Cattle Dispersal System in Sumbawa District 31-34
Anggi Fitriza and Hermansyah
Green Synthesis of Bio-degradable Superabsorbent Polymers from Carboxymethyl 35-38
Cellulose/Humic Acid
Nurul Ismillayli, Siti Raudhatul Kamali, Saprini Hamdiani, Surya Hadi, Dhony Hermanto
Shear Design of Reinforced Concrete Beam Using Steel Truss Encased in Flexural Plastic 39-43
Hinge Zone
Fatmawati Amir, Iman Satyarno, Djoko Sulistyo
Design of Seismic Recorder with Single-Axis Geophone for Passive Seismic Monitoring 44-48
I Wayan Sudiarta, Raja Fathurrahman Akmaludin, Dian Wijaya Kurniawidi, Made Sutha
Yadnya
Study of Livestock Behavior Relationship in Cage Environmental Sanitation Management 49-52
with Suspect of Scabies Disease
Mujahid Fitriadi, Sukardono, Made Sriasih
Characteristics Of Water Inundation In The Swampland Of Pelabuhan Dalam Village (Ogan 53-56
Ilir South Sumatera)
Puspitahati, Edward Saleh, Robiyanto H. Susanto, Ngudiantoro
Elements Social Capital in The Vegetable Marketing In Tawangargo Village , Malang 57-60
Regency, East Java
Sugeng Riyanto, Kliwon Hidayat, Keppi Sukesi
Kinetics of Increasing Protein Content on The Sorghum Flour Fermentation 61-64
Nur Istianah
Genes Action in Quantitative Traits of Rice The Result of Crosses Between Ipb 4s Varieties 65-68
With Red Rice Promising Lines
Baiq Ernawati ,I Gusti Putu Muliarta Aryana, Anak Agung Ketut Sudharmawan
Behavior of Rice Market in the Lampung Province 69-72
Irmayani Noer, Bina Unteawati
Optode Urease Biosensor and Their Application for The Determination of Hg (II) in Aqueous 73-76
Solution
Dhony Hermanto, Mudasir, Dwi Siswanta, Bambang Kuswandi
Inhibitive Determination of Hg (II) in Aqueous Solution Using a Urease Amperometric 77-80
Biosensor
Dhony Hermanto, Mudasir, Dwi Siswanta, Bambang Kuswandi
Activated Carbon Composites from Rice Husk as an Adsorbent Textile Waste 81-84
Dian W. Kurniawidi, Cici Andayani, Siti Alaa’, Susi Rahayu
Early Detection of Newborn Hearing Impairment: The Useful of Mobile Application 85-89
Hamsu Kadriyan, Sapto Sutardi
Incorporate Computational Chemistry as an Alternative for Chemistry Laboratory Work at 90-93
High School Level
Saprizal Hadisaputra, Lalu Rudyat Telly Savalas, Saprini Hamdiani
The Application of Giving Various Dose of NPK Manure Toward Tobacco Crop (Nicotiana 94-101
Tabaccum L.) in Lombok Island West Nusa Tenggara Island
Titin Sugianti, Fitria Zulhaedar, Sudjudi
The Optical Properties of SnO2 Thin Layer With Dopan Zinc Using Solgel Technique 102-105
Aris Doyan, Susilawati, Yolanita Septiana
The Electrical Properties of Barium Hexaferrite Nanopowders Using Co-Precipitation 106-110
Method
Susilawati, Aris Doyan
Detection of Lombok Faults using Gravity Methods 111-115
Suhayat Minardi, Teguh Ardianto, Alfina Taurida Alaydrus
Description of Cognitive Conflict Levels in Chemistry College Students in Conceptual Change 116-125
Strategy
Rosalina Eka Permatasari, Suyono
Preliminary Study And Synthesis Thin Film of Crystalline Al, Zn Co-Doped SnO2 (Stannic 126-128
Oxide) With Sol-Gel Dip Coating Technique
Aris Doyan, Norma Ikraman, Susilawati, Syifa Azzahra, Zahid Ramdhan
Statistical Downscaling Model Using Nonparametric Regression to Predict Temperature in 129-132
Selaparang Lombok
Mustika Hadijati, Desy Komalasari, Nurul Fitriyani
Preliminary Study and Synthesis Thin Film of Antimony Tin Oxide (ATO) with Sol-Gel Spin 133-136
Coating Technique
Syifa Azzahra, Aris Doyan, Susilawati, Ahmad Harjono, Norma Ikraman, Zahid Ramdhan
The Identification on Iron Compound of Nature Sand in Ampenan Beach Mataram 137-140
Annisa Fithriyani, Husniatul Khair, Susilawati, Aris Doyan
Preliminary Study of Electrical and Magnetic Properties of Barium 141-144
MHexaferrites from Nature Sand With Co-Ni Substituted by Co-Precipitation
Husniatul Khair, Annisa Fithriyani, Susilawati, Kosim, Aris Doyan
Agro-tourism in North Lombok Stimulates New Crops and Technology Adaptation, and 145-149
Farming Becomes Profitable
Taslim Sjah, Zainuri, Ahmad Sauqi, Jayaputra
Simulation of the Bubble Gas Detection inside the Fluids based on Transmission and 150-156
Reflection of Ultrasonic Waves
Firyal Dhiyaul Haqqi, Bakti Abdillah, Rahadi Wirawan, Laili Mardiana
Development of Data Acquisition System of Moving Object for Landslide Monitoring 157-160
System
Rahadi Wirawan, Bakti Abdillah, Wayan Sudiarta, Dian Wijaya Kurniawidi
Preliminary Study and Synthesis Thin Film Of Fluorine Tin Oxide (Fto) With Sol-Gel Spin 161-164
Coating Tecnique
Zahid Ramdhan, Aris Doyan, Kosim, Susilawati, Syifa Azzahra, Norma Ikraman
The Livelihood Strategy of Dry Land Farmers in Karang Bayan Village, West Lombok, 165-168
Indonesia
I Ketut Budastra, Taslim Syah, IGL. Parta Tanaya, Suparmin, Halil
Nonparametric Regression Spline in The Estimation of The Average Number of Children 169-172
Born Alive Per Woman
Nurul Fitriyani, I Nyoman Budiantara, Ismaini Zain, Vita Ratnasari
Development Elements of Industrial Production Increase in Productivity Of Micro / Small 173-176
(Export Oriented Product) for Enhancing Competitiveness of Industry [Case Study: In
Lombok-NTB]
I G.A.K Chatur Adhi Wirya Aryadi, I Made Wijana, I Wayan Joniarta
Study of Maize-Pulses Intercropping on a Dryland 177-180
I K. D. Jaya, Sudirman, H. Suheri
The Performance of Production and Price of Rice In South Sumatra 181-184
Desi Aryani
Growth Performance of Broiler Chickens Fed Diets Containing Putak and Rice Bran 185-190
Supplemented With Cellulase, Xylanase, Β-Glucanase, Pectinase, Phytase, Protease and
Amylase
Nalle Catootjie Lusje, Netty Ermawatty, Marlin R. K. Yowi, Defrys R. Tulle
Growth Performance of Red Rice as Affected by Insertion of Peanut Row between Double 191-196
and Triple-Rows of Rice in Aerobic System on Raised-Beds
Nihla Farida, Hanafi Abdurrachman, V.F. Aris Budianto, Wayan Wangiyana
Improving Growth and Bulb Production of Several Varieties of Shallot through Mycorrhiza 197-201
Inoculation and Growing Peanut Plants Inserted between Double-Rows of Shallot (Allium
ascalonicum L.)
Wayan Wangiyana, I Komang Damar Jaya, I Gde Ekaputra Gunartha, Sunarpi
Skill of Warige as A Seasonal Climate Forecast in Lombok, Indonesia 202-206
Ismail Yasin, Mahrup, Mansur Ma’shum, Sukartono, Husni Idris
Simple Solar Desalination for Seawater at Kec. Bayan Kab. Lombok Utara 207-210
Dhony Hermanto, Nurul Ismillayli, Siti Raudhatul Kamali, Fahrurazi
Production of Lentinula edodes (Shiitake mushrooms) on inoculated logs of a range of tree 210-215
species
Irwan Mahakam Lesmono Aji
Shear Analysis And Design of Reinforced Concrete Interior Beam Column Joint Using King 216-219
Cross Steel Profile
Rahmani Kadarningsih, Iman Satyarno, Muslikh, Andreas Triwiyonono
Polytomous Logistic Regression in Analyzing the Presence of National Pilot Mosque in 220-223
Karang Baru Mataram, 2016
Nurul Fitriyani, Lailia Awalushaumi, Agus Kurnia
Shear Capacity Of Hybrid Coupling Beam 223-227
Nursiah Chairunnisa, Iman Satyarno, Muslikh, Akhmad Aminullah
The Modification and Analyzing of heat Loss of The Heater System in The Knockdown 228-233
Fumigator Type
M. Munandar Prayuda, Sukmawaty, Guyup Mahardhian D.P.
Design of Seismic Recorder with Single-Axis Geophone for Passive Seismic Monitoring 234-238
I Wayan Sudiarta, Raja Fathurrahman Akmaludin, Dian Wijaya Kurniawidi, Made Sutha
Yadnya
Zinc Supply and Root Pruning on Growth and Relative Zinc Absorption Rate by 239-246
Transplanted Rice (Oryza sativa L.)
Mulyati
Making Learning Media of Statistical Physics Course Using The Internet Offline Browser for 247-250
Physics Students in PMIPA FKIP of Mataram University
Muhammad Taufik, Aris Doyan, Susilawati, Gunawan
Potential for Mass Rearing of the Egg Parasitoids, Ooencyrtus malayensis and Hadronotus 251-254
leptocorisae (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae) on Nezara viridula Eggs
Aisah Jamili, Yen Kusnita
Factors Related to Stunting in Children Aged 24-59 Months in Narmada Public Health Care 255-259
Lina Nurbaiti, IDGN Agung, Umara Lani Anika, Arina Windri Rivarti, Dimas Pambudi
Prakoso, Nabila Fawzia Putri, Nanda Retno Wardhani, Agus Gowinda Amijaya, Andri Irfan
The Effect Of Shape And Number Of The Tube Of A Flat Plate Solar With A Gravel Absorber 260-263
On Heat Transfer Rate And Collector Efficiency
Made Wirawan, Mirmanto
Waters Carrying Capacity for Developing Spiny Lobster Farming using Phosphorous Budget 264-267
Approach in Ekas Bay, West Nusa Tenggara
Muhammad Junaidi
Immobilization of TiO2 on Coal Bottom Ash and Its Activity Test as A Photocatalyst in 268-272
Degradation of Methylene Blue Dye
Tuty Alawiyah, Nurul Hidayat, Endang Tri Wahyuni
Design of Low Frequency Vibration Generator As Seismic Sensor Calibrator with 273-278
Optocoupler Counter
Yulkifli, Rahadi Wirawan, Yoggy Refiyon
Measuring and Mapping Carbon and Nitrogen in Indonesian Tropical Soil using Rapid 279-287
Technique of Near Infrared Technology
B.H. Kusumo, Sukartono, Bustan, C.W.H. Anderson, C.B. Hedley, M.J. Hedley, M. Camps
Arbestain
Correlation Between Waist/Hip Ratio And Lipid Profile Of Lactovegetarian Community In 288-291
West Lombok
Ardiana Ekawanti, Agnes Ragil Rosano
Isolation of Andrographolide from Andrographis paniculata 292-295
Aliefman Hakim, Dwi Laksmiwati, I Nyoman Loka, Sarifa Wahida Al Idrus, Try Setyaningsih,
Supriadi
The Use of 1-Mcp: Overview Several Studies on The Postharvest Quality of Selected Fruits 296-299
Liana Suryaningsih B, John K. Fellman, James P. Mattheis, Xisheng Sun
Design Of The Measuring Instrument Of Turbidity Level Using Turbidity Sensor Based on 300-307
SMS Gateway
Lily Maysari Angraini, Laili Mardiana, Kasnawi Al Hadi, Eka Ahmawati
The Identification of Agroforestry System Plants as Raw Ingredients/Materials for Herbal 308-310
Soap in Sesaot Forest
Indriyatno, Wiharyani Werdiningsih, I Gde Mertha
Growth an Yield of Onion (Allium Cepa Var. Ascalonicum) as CA Result of Addition of 311-316
Biocompost and Boactivity Fermented with Trichoderma spp.
I Made Sudantha, Suwardji
Proceeding, 1st ICST Mataram University 2016
Schemata Detection of Chemistry Teachers Prospective Students After Had

Exclusive Conceptual Change Experiencing
Kurroti A’yun1, Suyono2

1
Doctoral Program of Science Education Faculty, State University of Surabaya (Unesa), Indonesia
2
State University of Surabaya (Unesa), Indonesia
* Email: ayun_tlits99@yahoo.com
Abstract
Chemistry student teachers found that they still have misconceptions with high load
(over 50%) of the observations using misconceptions detection, in particular on the concept of
solution. To explore the behavior of students in the process of conceptual change, mixed
method research method is used, the design of this research is embedded concurrent. There is
triangulation method in this study, but the more dominant qualitative method used in this
study is quantitative method. This article was created by the author to discuss the observations
of the two students who have learning style characteristics sequential-global balanced and
moderate levels of cognitive conflict on the concept of conductivity of the solution and bases
of Arrhenius. Two students were reduced misconceptions with conceptual change strategies
and reinforcement conception by doing peer learning. Analytical results from this study
indicate that two students were studied, hold a strong enough its conception, so it is necessary
to experience for at least twice cognitive conflict condition and strengthening their conception
after the process of conceptual change through peer learning. Additionally, showed that
students research subjects experienced anxiety is high enough when he learned he suffered a
misconception on the category easy concept, so it takes longer to get through accommodation
stage, appealed the assimilation stage. Need to detection to ensure conception has obtained a
student has entered the long-term memory. This article has not yet discussed the long-term
memory retention of students.
Keywords: embedded concurrent, misconception, conceptual change, peer learning,

qualitative.
1. Introduction
Students who have high levels of cognitive conflict (TKK) moderate to high not
supposed to have a high burden of misconceptions, even should not experience any
misconceptions. The statement was supported by the research of Lee et al. (2003), for students
who have a high TKK will be faster reaction to find out and fix the conception is still wrong.
According Tekkaya and Geban (2001), as well as Wandersee, Mintzes & Novak (1994),
misconceptions is very difficult to change and difficult to remove, if students are not resilient
or do not immediately want to change his conception. Students who have low TKK, often
indifferent to information that is not in accordance with the schemata owned. Therefore, it is
often too low TKK students with the little conflict or no conflict when receiving different
information with skematanya. This leads to more frequent and more students misconceptions
detected.
Students with learning styles sequential-global balanced found to skew experiencing
misconceptions (A'yun, 2016). Students with learning styles sequential-global balanced by
Felder and Brent (2005), students will learn the concepts sequentially, but presented a concept
that has been understood by understanding hopping. In addition, the student's learning style
A’yun and Suyono 1
sequential-global balanced less able to understand the logical reasons concepts are studied and
are less able to connect the concepts learned with other concepts that have relevance to the
discussion. Students with learning styles sequential-global balanced slow to understand a
concept, because students need a thorough explanation for a concept and connect it with less
exposure owned prior knowledge that is not necessarily true. Students with learning styles
sequetial-global balanced experiencing misconceptions can turn into kindergarten, but tends
to return to the Court, because the student's understanding of learning style sequential-global
balanced this piecemeal and jumping (not in order).
In the process of learning the teacher will transfer their knowledge to students. In this
process if the teaching styles of teachers match students who have learning styles that students
will tend to pay attention, otherwise the students tend to ignore (Felder, 1993). The teaching
styles according to Felder-Silverman model that can be applied to facilitate sequential-global
learning styles balanced of students in outline by Pritchard (2009) is lead students to be focus
on the logical flow of material and make connections to other lessons, topics and everyday
experiences.
2. Materials and Methods

The participants of this study are chemistry student teachers in Indonesia, actually in
Unesa in 7th semester programs. There are 88 students we arranged to answer the learning
style test (LST), cognitive conflict test (CCT), and detection test of misconceptions. The
sample was chosen purposely from a class and all students participated in the study
voluntarily. All of the 88 participant students answered a complete package of learning styles
test and test misconceptions, but only 49 students answered the test cognitive conflict.
Before identifying characteristics of study participants, we select the participants. We chose
the participants based upon purposive sampling, those are we decided that the participants are
suitable for our study is the prospective student chemistry teacher last semester, especially the
students of 7th semester. Participants were selected with consideration of their sustainability
research into misconception remediation program based on the specific characteristics of
student misconceptions, especially are learning styles, levels of cognitive conflict and
misconceptions load experienced by the students.
After having an obtained of student, who has individual characteristics such as high-
load misconceptions, learning styles sequential-global balanced and TKK, the students would
carried reduction misconceptions program. Reduction of misconceptions program in this
research, conducted using an exclusively (individually) conceptual change strategies. Those
exclusive way, because the researcher hoping the obtained results and the strong (steady)
retention of conception, so that the students with correct conception is not easily shaken (turn
out to be wrong again). Devices used for this reduction program in the form of work sheet that
contains a series of conceptual change stages which is integrated with peer learning in the
final stages. After receiving these misconceptions reduction program, the students will be
analyzed their body language, gesture, and answer sheet work written for their schemata
measured.
3 Results and Discussion

From the text of Faizah answer, body language, gestures, and voice that is displayed
on the student's understanding of the reconstruction phase, Nur Faizatul Hilmiyah can be said
to have a truly want to change her conception from misconception (MK) to know conception
(TK). Faizah anxiety levels decreased, proved movement that revealed only a few movements
crossed his legs and shook the chair at the time work on the problems of (Worksheet for
Conceptual Change that integrated with Peer Learning) WCCPL, wiping her nose and mouth,
and writing. According to Pease and Pease (2004) and Givens (2002), when a person commits
a movement (body language) This means that someone is controlling emotions or defending
something inside. This signs of controlling emotion rather Faizah‘s way to store new
information or maintain the retention of new information, instead of maintaining the initial
conception before doing WCCP. This is evidenced from Faizah’s answers on each question
correctly (Faizah’s not use the false conceptual answer or early conceptual reasons). The mark
of wiping his nose and mouth, does not mean pretending or hiding something truth from her
self, but Faizah was trying to accept conceptual description of WCCPL on the reconstruction
phase of the student's understanding.
Faizah’s repeatedly body movements is calmer when in equilibration phase.
According to Glasserfeld (1974), this behavior is calm repeatedly performed is a hallmark of
the condition of someone who experienced assimilation. Additionally, Faizah’s movement
seem more fewer in equilibration phase. According to Quinton, Buisson, and Perotto (2006),
the successive activities decreased, but not significantly, this is seem that the person is in the
assimilation phase. Based on these statements, Faizah has been completely assimilated with
the concept of experts, as evidenced from at least kind of movements are performed.
At peer learning time, Faizah appear calm when explain the conception of its
associated conductivity of the solution, but it still needs help inducement sentence of
lecturers. In general, Faizah had a steady conception on conductivity of the solution concept,
proven to matters done in the reconstruction phase of student understanding and stuffing
preparation peer learning all answered well enough. Moreover, when describing the
experience no awkwardness during the speech. At peer learning time, Ina (Ina Ana Nuri’s
nick name) seemed surprised to learn he suffered a misconception, and after listening to the
explanation of Faizah, Ina appeared agitated body language, which is characterized by
sounding his fingers for 10 seconds. Moreover, the gesture seemed of Ina’s self mean that she
experienced discomfort with Faizah’s conception. After being given additional information,
Ina finally willing to accept Faizah’s (TK) conception. Ina takes longer for accommodation
her schemata, rather than assimilation her schemata.
Acknowledgements
The author would like to thank Prof. Suyono, M.Pd., as a mentor dissertation, so I finished the
research and completing articles of this International conference. In addition, the authors also
thank to LPDP that has funded dissertation research and travel researchers to followed this
International conference.
References
[1] A’yun, Kurroti. Pembelajaran Remedial untuk Mereduksi Miskonsepsi Mahasiswa Calon Guru Kimia
melalui Strategi Conceptual Change Terintegrasi dengan Conceptual Log dan Peer Learning”. Proposal
Disertasi. Sura'baya: Pascasarjana Unesa, 2016, pp. 19-89. (not published)
[2] Ernst von Glasersfeld. Piaget and the Radical Constructivist Epistemology In: Smock C. D. & Glasersfeld
E. von (eds.) Epistemology and education. Follow Through Publications, Athens GA: 1–24. Piaget and
the Radical Constructivist Epistemology, 1974, pp. 10-12.
[3] Felder, Richard M & Brent, Recbecca. Understanding Student Differences. Journal of Engineering
Education, 94 (1), 2005, pp.4-6.
[4] Felder, Richard M. (1993). Reaching the Second Tier: Learning and Teaching Styles in College Science
Education. J. College Science Teaching, 23(5), 1993, pp.286-290.
[5] Givens, David B. The Nonverbal Dictionary of Gestures, Signs & Body Language Cues. Spokane,
Washington: Center for Nonverbal, 2002, pp.10-523.

[6] Lee, Gyoungho, Kwon, Jaesool, Park, Sang-Suk, Kim, Jung-Whan, Kwon, Hyeok-Gu, & Park, Hac-
Kyoo. (2003). Development of An Instrument for Measuring Cognitive Conflict in Secondary -Level
Science Classes. Journal of Research in Science Teaching. Vol. 40, NO.6, 2003, pp.585–603.
[7] Pease, Allan & Pease, Barbara. The Definitive Book of Body Language. Published in Australia by: Pease
International, 2004, pp. 25-404.
[8] Quinton, Jean Charles, Buisson, Jean Christophe, and Perotto, Filipo. Anticipative Coordinated Cognitive
Processes for Interactivist and Piagetian Theories. University of Toulouse (INP/ENSEEIHT), IRIT
(Computer Science Research Institute of Toulouse). Toulouse Cedex, France, 2006, pp. 8-12.

Use of The Experimental Board on Kirchhoff’s Laws to Train Students

Skills in Doing Experiment
Hikmawati
Physics Study Program, Mathematics and Natural Science Education Department, Faculty of teacher Training
and Education
Majapahit street No.62 Mataram, 83125, West Nusa Tenggara, Indonesia
hikmawati.fisika@yahoo.com
Abstract
The experimental board on Kirchhoff's Laws is a three-dimensional media used in

teaching physics to help students understand the concept of Kirchhoff's Law. Use of this
experimental board in the classroom can be applied through the implementation of inquiry-
based learning model. Skills of students who can be trained in conducting experiments
Kirchhoff's Law through the use of experimental board is the ability to assemble a tool, the
ability to read gauges, ability to record observational data, and the ability to present the results
of the experiment.
Keywords: experimental board, Kirchhoff's Law, skills.
1. Introduction
Learning media is one component of the learning device to be prepared by the teacher
as part of lesson planning. Learning media can be a means of liaison between teachers and
students so that learning objectives expected to be achieved. According Sukiman (2012),
medium of learning is anything that can be used to deliver a message from the sender to the
receiver so stimulating thoughts, feelings, concerns and interests as well as the willingness of
students so that learning occurs in order to achieve the learning objectives effectively.
Sudjana & Rivai (2013) states that there are four types of learning media namely: media two-
dimensional, three-dimensional media, media projections, and the environment. The media
three-dimensional as one type of learning media can be a model, which is a clone of three
dimensional of some real object that is too big, too far, too small, too expensive, too little, or
too complicated to be brought into the classroom and students studied in the form of original.
Krajcik (2015) said that developing a classroom culture that focuses on students using
the three dimensions to make sense of phenomena or find solutions to problems will initially
be challenging. Many teachers haven’t been prepared for this type of teaching, and there are
not many resources that can give us direction. However, persisting in this endeavor has its
advantages. First, all students will develop deeper knowledge of the three dimensions, which
will allow them to apply their knowledge to new and more challenging areas. Second, as all
students engage in figuring out phenomena or solutions to problems, they will also develop
problem-solving, critical-thinking, communication, and self-management skills. Third, and
perhaps most importantly, three dimensional learning will help foster all students’ sense of
curiosity and wonder in science. “I wonder how … ?” and “How might … ?” are extremely
important questions that have largely disappeared from science classrooms. Three-
dimensional learning brings the focus back to curiosity and wonderment, and it can support
all students in developing a deeper and more useable knowledge of science.
Board experiments on Kirchhoff's Law is a three-dimensional media used in teaching
physics to help students understand the concept of Kirchhoff's Law. Use of this experiment
Hikmawati 5
boards in the classroom can be applied through the implementation of inquiry-based learning
model. Skills of students who can be trained in conducting experiments Kirchhoff's Law
through the use of experimental board is the ability to assemble a tool, the ability to read
gauges, ability to record observational data, and the ability to present the results of the
experiment.
2. Discussion
Three-dimensional media is a potential alternative to improve the quality of teaching

physics in high school. In other words, three-dimensional media is one of the media that can
be a way for teachers to facilitate students in learning. Implementation of the three-
dimensional media such as Kirchhoff's Law experiment board in the classroom can use
inquiry-based learning model.
The Inquiry Based Learning (IBL) very influence the experiment group in terms of
students’ achievement reasoning ability. Although the IBL has a positive influence on
students’ reasoning ability by differences in the average score reasoning ability, but these
differences cannot implemented optimally. Considering half of the total number of students in
the experimental class scores that were around the average score, where students who have
the reasoning ability scores around the average score qualified as fair. On the other hand, the
percentage of students who qualified as fair of reasoning ability in the experimental group is
almost equal to the total percentage of the control group. Students are seemingly unfamiliar
with given IBL worksheet. The worksheet used primarily practicum, presenting all the steps
that must be done in detail, such as what to use and how to perform a procedure. So that
students will tend to follow the steps in the worksheet. The worksheet used in IBL for trial
activity requires them to understand the problem with finding information known and to be
known from a given problem. Furthermore, students are also required to be able to design
measures that will be used to apply the concepts that have been studied to provide an
explanation or make conclusions. Then students must also undertake the elaboration by
seeking alternative explanations as well as to evaluate the implementation process of inquiry
which is carried out, so that students can build their knowledge through the process of inquiry
to the topics investigated in the learning process (Damawati & Juanda, 2016).
Calls for reform in university education have prompted a movement from teacher- to
student-centered course design, and included developments such as peer-teaching, problem
and inquiry-based learning. In the sciences, inquiry-based learning has been widely promoted
to increase literacy and skill development, but there has been little comparison to more
traditional curricula. In this study, we demonstrated greater improvements in students’ science
literacy and research skills using inquiry lab instruction. We also found that inquiry students
gained self-confidence in scientific abilities, but traditional students’ gain was greater –likely
indicating that the traditional curriculum promoted over-confidence. Inquiry lab students
valued more authentic science exposure but acknowledged that experiencing the complexity
and frustrations faced by practicing scientists was challenging, and may explain the
widespread reported student resistance to inquiry curricula (Gormally, et.al., 2009).
Smallhorn, et.al. (2015) said that increasing the opportunity for students to be involved in
inquiry-based activities can improve engagement with content and assist in the development
of analysis and critical thinking skills.
Implementation of inquiry-based learning to teach Kirchhoff's Law in physics learning
can be helped with the use of Experiment Board. According to Mukhituly (2016), there
evidence which is based on the fundamental principles of the law of Kirchhoff taken as
experimental. Definitions and mathematical formulas of named laws correspond to theory and
practice of their application. It’s offered to name Kirchhoff laws as the first and second
Hikmawati 6
equations. The first law of Kirchhoff is decided to formulate as "algebraic sum of currents
converging in the node of electric circuit is equal to zero", and written as formula ∑I=0.
Practice shows that students often find it difficult to write the formula for a particular current,
and sometimes even say that there is no current electricity in the node. This makes sense,
because in formula ∑I=0 is written that the current is equal to zero and also there are no limits
for sum. As a rule the sum in low limit must be specified as 0 or 1, which would mean the
sum of universality. But the record of zero does not make sense and record of unit will lead to
the absurd, i.e. "there is one current, but it is equal to zero." Therefore, the formula ∑I=0 of
the first Kirchhoff's law in such recording is not quite mathematically and implicitly rigorous.
The second law of Kirchhoff as experimentally was made, in most cases can be recorded as
∑RI = ∑E.
Practical work is inseparable part of physics education and nothing will probably
change that. There are many goals that are believed to be achievable with it. However,
including practical work blindly into the lessons can be contra productive. Every science lab
or experiment has to be well thought through and planned with particular goal in mind
otherwise it might become giant waste of time and resources. In order to better evaluate the
effectiveness of the various methods that experiments can use I have designed a questionnaire
that measures students memory retention of them. This will hopefully prove to be useful tool
for measuring the effectiveness of practical work (Havlíček, 2015).
In order that students can develop researching, questioning, critical thinking, problem
solving and decision making skills, so that they become lifelong learning individuals, they
should be improved regarding their knowledge, understanding and attitude towards natural
sciences. Attitudes towards physics lessons and physical experiments of high school students
have been examined for this purpose (Boyuk, 2011). Historically there have been many
claims made about the value of laboratory work in schools, yet research shows that it often
achieves little meaningful learning by students. One reason, among many, for this failing is
that students often do not know the ``purposes'' for these tasks. By purposes we mean the
intentions the teacher has for the activity when she or he decides to use it with a particular
class at a particular time. This we contrast with the `àims'' of a laboratory activity, the often
quite formalized statements about the intended endpoint of the activity that are too often the
`òpening lines'' of a student laboratory report and are simply the `èxpected'' specific science
content knowledge outcomes not necessarily learnt nor understood (Hart, et.al., 2000). In spite
of the best efforts of teachers, typical students are also learning that physics is boring and
irrelevant to understanding the world around them. Many college teachers today want to move
past passive learning to active learning, to find better ways of engaging students in the
learning process. But many teachers feel a need for help in imagining what to do, in or out of
class that would constitute a meaningful set of active learning activities. So we need to change
science education to make it more attractive and relevant for a much larger fraction of the
student population than in the past (Izadi, 2012).
Skills of students who can be trained in conducting experiments Kirchhoff's Law
through the use of experimental board is as follows. The ability to assemble a tool, which is
exactly the same circuit and right as in the Student Worksheet. The ability to read gauges,
which did parallax errors and using the tool of the greatest range. Ability to record data
observations, including data exactly as expected and consistent with the value of uncertainty.
Ability to present the results of the experiment, which is presented in accordance with the data
obtained, presented in a way that is polite, give another group a chance to express their
opinions.
Kirchhoff's Law Experiment board is equipped with a working guide Student
Worksheet be used to conduct an investigation or problem-solving activities that facilitate
students in the implementation of learning activities. Thus, students will gain experience of
Hikmawati 7
learning in the learning process that includes observing, ask, gather information, associates,
and communicate. The components consist of a student worksheets: the title of the
experiment, the experimental goals, tools and materials, formulation of the problem,
hypothesis, variables, operational definitions of variables, steps experimentation, observation
data, data analysis, and conclusions. Kirchhoff's Law Experiment board is equipped with a
guide in the form of worksheets students are expected to be one of the alternative media to
facilitate students learn the concepts of physics so that the learning objectives can be
achieved.
To provide learning experiences to students, teachers can make sheets of experiments
that can help students find themselves on: the effect of a series of branching to the potential
difference (V); and the effect of the strong branching circuit current (I). One set of boards
Experimental Law Kirchhoff consists of Board Experiments are made of acrylic glass that has
been assembled for connecting electrical circuits, with appropriate equipment and materials
such as 3 pieces multimeter, 2 pieces of 9 V battery, two sets of resistors (each 3 pieces)
resistor the known value of the obstacles, the circuit connecting cable (jumper), cable clamp
Resistor.
3. Conclusion
Based on the above it can be concluded that the use of the experimental board on
Kirchhoff's Laws in teaching physics in high school can apply through inquiry-based learning
model. Skills students in the experiment can be trained through the use of experimental board
Kirchhoff's Law, among which are: the ability to assemble a tool, the ability to read gauges,
ability to record observational data, and the ability to present the results of the experiment.
References
[1] Boyuk, H. K. ve U. 2011. Attitude Towards Physics Lessons And Physical Experiments Of The High
School Students. European J of Physics Education. Vol.2 Issue 1.
[2] Damawati, N. A. C. & Juanda, E. A. (2016). The Effect Of Inquiry Based Learning On The Reasoning
Ability Of Grade VII Students About Heat Concept. Jurnal Pendidikan Fisika Indonesia. 12 (1), 19-25.
[3] Gormally, C., Brickman, P., Hallar, B., Armstrong, N. (2009). Effects of Inquiry-based Learning on
Students’ Science Literacy Skills and Confidence. International Journal for the Scholarship of Teaching
and Learning. Vol. 3 (2), Article 16.
[4] Hart, C., Mulhall, P., Berry, A., Loughran, J., Gunstone, R. 2000. What is the Purpose of this Experiment?
or Can Students Learn Something from Doing Experiments?. Journal of Research In Science Teaching.
Vol. 37, No. 7.
[5] Havlíček, K. (2015). Experiments in Physics Education: What do Students Remember?. WDS'15
Proceedings of Contributed Papers — Physics, 144–148.
[6] Izadi, D. (2012). Physics Education and PYPT. Physics Competitions. Vol.13 No.2, 2011 & Vol.14 No.1,
2012.
[7] Krajcik, J. (2015). Three-Dimensional Instruction: Using a new type of teaching in the science classroom.
Michigan: Michigan State University.
[8] Mukhituly, M., I. 2016. Laws or Equality. International Journal of Education and Research. Vol. 4 No. 1.
[9] Smallhorn, M., Young, J., Hunter, N., Silva, K. B. (2015). Inquiry-Based Learning to Improve Student
Engagement in a Large First Year Topic. Student Success. Volume 6, Issue 2, pp. 65-71.
[10] Sudjana, N., & Rivai, A. 2013. Media Pengajaran (Penggunaan dan Pembuatannya). Bandung: Sinar Baru
Algensindo.
[11] Sukiman. 2012. Pengembangan Media Pembelajaran.Yogyakarta: Pustaka Insan Madani.
Hikmawati 8
Potential of Abalone (Haliotis sp.) as Control Agent of Biofouling

(seaweed) in Mariculture with Cage Nets
Dewi Nur’aeni Setyowati1*, Nanda Diniarti1

1
Aquaculture Study Program, University of Mataram, Pendidikan street no. 37, Mataram, West Nusa
Tenggara, Indonesia
* Email: dewinshuda@yahoo.com
Abstract
Biofouling is a collection of organisms on the surface of object or material in ocean

that can be harmfull. Biofouling acumulation is being a problem in aquculture with cage nets
in the world. Seaweed is one of biofouling organism in aquaculture with cage nets. Abalone is
a spesies that can use seaweed as food for its live. The aims of this research were to identify
biofouling in cage nets and to know the growth and survival rate of abalone which use
biofouling (seaweed) as feed. The research was conducted in Ekas Bay, East lombok for 3
weeks from August until September 2014. The method used were biofouling identification
based on www.seaweedbase.com, and descriptive analysis for the growth and survival rate of
abalone. The result showed that species of seaweed as biofouling are Padina australis,
Gracilaria sp., Eucheuma spinosum, Hypnea cervicornis, Sargassum sp., Eucheuma edule,
dan Rhodimenia palmate. Abalone could use biofouling (seaweed) to support the growth rate
(0,291%) and survival rate (90,266%).
Keywords: abalone, biofouling, seaweed, cage nets
1 Introduction
Biofouling is a collection of organisms on the surface of objects or materials in the
ocean that can be harmful. Biofouling organisms can be found in the form of microorganisms,
plants, and animals (Hartl et al., 2006).
Biofouling acumulation is being a problem in aquaculture with cage nets in the world
(Bloecher et al., 2013; Pudota, 2011). Problems caused by biofouling on cultivation of marine
waters including the need to charge more for the maintenance of nets and operational,
production decreased due to water quality decline due to biofouling, as well as competition
biofouling organisms with organisms cultured (Jackson, 2008; Swain and Shinjo, 2014 )
At cultivation in cage, to remove biofouling are traditionally done with nets drying.
The nets drying is done periodically to remove fouling sticking to the web. In addition, the
modern way is done by coating the net with anti-fouling materials (eg cuprous oexide)
(Forster, 2013). Economically, it would increase the operational costs of the cultivation in
cage.
Abalone is a species that utilize Gracilaria sp. as the main feed. Gracilaria is one kind
of seaweed that becomes biofouling in marine aquaculture. Therefore, the cultivation of
abalone as controlling biofouling on cultivation system KJA needs to be done. The study aims
to identify the seaweed as biofouling in cage and know the growth and survival of abalone
that feed by biofouling (seaweed).

The research was conducted in the Ekas Bay, East Lombok for 3 weeks on August-
September 2014. The method used in the study was the identification of biofouling in cage
based on the data in www.seaweedbase.com; and descriptive analysis on the growth and
Setyowati and Diniarti 9
survival rate of abalone.

The tools used in this research is the cage nets, digital scales, a ruler, a digital camera,
the pipe for shelter of abalone. Materials used were abalone seed with size 11-18 g of weight
and 4.1 to 5.1 cm of long, and seaweed (Gracilaria sp.) as feed of the abalone. During
maintenance, observation of growth and survival rate were done.
Calculation of absolute growth of the weight was using a formula of Effendie (1997)
as follows:
b  Wt  Wo
with b namely absolute of the weight, Wt is the average weight of abalone at the end of the
observation, and Wo is the average weight of abalone at the beginning of the observation.
Absolute growth of the length was calculated using Effendi (1997) as follows
b  Lt  Lo
where b is the absolute growth of the length, Lt is the average length of abalone at the end of
the study, and Lo is the average length of abalone at the beginning of the study.
The calculation of the spesific growth rate of the length was using the formula of
Weatherley (1970) as follows:
g
ln YT  ln yt  x100%
T  t 
with Yt is length or weight (at time T), yt is long or initial weight (at time t), e is the base of
logarithm natural, and g is the specific growth rate.
Survival is calculated using the formula Effendie (1997) as follows:
N
SR  t x100%
No
with SR namely survival rate (%), Nt is the number of abalone at the end of the observation
(individual), and No is the number of abalone in the initial observation (individual).
3. Result and Discussion

The results showed that biofouling in the form of macroalgae / seaweed commonly
found in floating cages, Ekas Bay (Figure 1). Seaweed as biofouling were identified namely
Padina australis, Gracilaria sp., Eucheuma spinosum, Hypnea cervicornis, Sargassum sp.,
Eucheuma edule, and Rhodimenia palmata (Figure 2). Seaweed which dominant in
aquaculture nets in the Ekas Bay is Gracilaria sp. The domination of Gracilaria sp. because
this seaweed widely used as a shelter on lobster in the Ekas Bay. Utilization of Gracilaria sp.
as a shelter due to the type of seaweed that is abundant and easily obtained in the Ekas Bay.
Figure 1. Biofouling (seaweed) on cage nets in Ekas Bay

a b c d
a a a a
e f g
a a a
Figure 2. Identification result of seaweed as biofouling in cage nets, Ekas Bay (a) Padina
australis, (b) Gracilaria sp., (c) Eucheuma spinosum, (d) Hypnea cervicornis,
(e) Sargassum sp., (f) Eucheuma edule, (g) Rhodimenia palmata
The results showed that seaweed, particularly Gracilaria sp. as biofouling has the
potential to feed the abalone. Research of Sholihan (2013) also showed that abalone is more
like seaweed (Gracilaria sp.) as feed compared with the pellet feed wet by probiotics, abalone
growth is also better. Research of Kirkendale et al. (2010) in Australia also shows that
abalone can consume seaweed like Gracilaria sp., Gelidiaceae, Ecklonia radiata,
Macrocystis augustifolia, and Ulva sp. But the results of these studies show that seaweed
preferred by abalone and showed very good results cultivation is Gracilaria sp. In this
research, Gracilaria sp. given only at the first time during the cultivation. After that abalone
are not given additional feed. The results showed that the abalone can growth even without
the addition of Gracilaria sp. According to Butterworth (2009), seaweed is a natural feed for
abalone. Abalone requires seaweed that is large enough to feed. Therefore, the use of seaweed
as biofouling to feed abalone can save the need of feed for cultivation of abalone.
Tabel 1. Abssolute growth, spesific growth rate and survival rate of abalone
Parameter Result
Absolute growth of length (cm) 0,305
Absolute growth of weight (g) 1,594
Spesific growth rate of length (%) 0,291
Spesific growth rate of weight (%) 0,495
Survival rate (%) 90,266
The data of spesific growth rate of weight was 0.291%. The value is high when
compared with research Atika et al. (2014) who observed the growth and survival of abalone
(Haliotis Squamata) using fiber tub as aquaculture facilities. This indicates that the abalone
was able to grow well in cage by utilizing biofouling (seaweed) for the growth.
The result of survival rate in the study showed 90.266%. The value shows high
survival rate than research of Hamzah et al. (2012) who conducted the research abalone using

concrete tanks. Results of research Hamzah et al. (2012) shows the abalone were stocked in
concrete tanks have survival value from 81.32 to 88.89%. Results of research Minh et al.
(2010) who cultivate on the concrete tank also showed low values (46.2 to 82%). Likewise,
research Atika et al. (2010) who did cultivation in concrete tanks showed lower value of
survival rate (78.05 to 87.6%). It showed that the maintenance of abalone in cage by utilizing
biofouling (seaweed) resulted in higher survival when compared to maintenance using
concrete tanks. However, research Setyono (2003) cit. Hamzah et al. (2012) who studied
tropical abalone (Haliotis asinina) in cage Coast North Lombok showed 93-95%. The value
of survival rate of abalone on the result of the study compared to the results of research
Setyono (2003) has a lower value, but the value of the survival of 90.266% is still a great
survival value for abalone.
4. Conclusion
The result showed that species of seaweed as biofouling are Padina australis,
Gracilaria sp., Eucheuma spinosum, Hypnea cervicornis, Sargassum sp., Eucheuma edule,
dan Rhodimenia palmate. Abalone could use biofouling (seaweed) to support the growth rate
(0,291%) and survival rate (90,266%).
References
[1] Atika, Rusliadi, and Mulyadi. 2014. Growth and Survival Rate of Abalone (Haliotis squamata) on Different
Stocking Density. Fisheries and Marine science Faculty. Riau University.
[2] Bloecher, N., Y. Olsen, and J. Guenther. 2013. Variability of biofouling communities on fish cage nets: a
one year field study at a Norwegian Salmon Farm. Aquaculture, 416: 302-309.
[3] Butterworth, A. 2009. Integrated multi-trophic aquaculture systems incorporating abalone and seaweeds.
Nuffield Scholar. Australia. 39p.
[4] Effendi, I. 1997. Biologi Perikanan. Yayasan Pustaka Nusatama. Yogyakarta. 163p.
[5] Forster, J. 2013. A review of opportunities, technical constraints and future needs of offshore mariculture –
temperate waters. Forster Consulting Inc. Washington. 23p.
[6] Hamzah, M.S., S.A.P. Dwiono, dan S. Hafid. 2012. Pertumbuhan dan kelangsungan hidup anak siput
abalon tropis (Haliotis asinina) dalam bak beton pada kepadatan berbeda. J. Ilmu dan Teknologi Kelautan
Tropis, 4(2): 191-197.
[7] Hartl, M.G.J., D. Watson, and. J. Davenport. 2006. Biofouling in the marine aquaculture industry, with
particular reference to finfish - current status and future challenges. University College Cork. Irlandia. 56p.
[8] Jackson, L. 2008. Marine biofouling an invasive species: guidelines for prevention and management. The
Global Invasive Species Programme and The UNEP Regional Seas Programme. 68p.
[9] Kirkendale, L., D.V. Roberston-Andersson, and P.C. Winberg. 2010. Review on the use and production of
algae and manufactured diets as feed for sea-based abalone aquaculture in Victoria. University of
Wollongong. Wollongong. 200p.
[10] Minh, N. D., S. Petpiroon., P. Jarayabhand. 2010. Growth and Survival of Abalone, Haliotis asinina
Linnaeus 1758, Reared in Suspended Plastic Cages. Kasetsart J (Nat. Sci.) 44: 621-630.
[11] Pudota, J. 2011. Seasonal variations in biofouling and plankton community connected to a large scale
salmon farm. Department Biologi. Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 57p.
[12] Sholihan, M. 2013. Pengaruh pengkayaan probiotik dan protein pakan buatan dalam budidaya abalon
(Haliotis sp.) dihibrid. Skripsi. Program Studi Budidaya Perairan. Universitas Mataram. Mataram. 91p.
[13] Swain, G. and N. Shinjo. 2014. Comparing biofouling control treatments for use on aquaculture nets. Int. J.
Molecular Science., 15: 22142-22154. CE
[14] Weatherley, A.H. 1970. Fish and invertebrate culture: water management in closed system. Wiley
Interscience. New York. 145p.

Growth Performance of Kappaphycus alvarezii with Addition of Sargassum

sp. Extract Using Spraying Technique
Tino Feri Ananta1, Nunik Cokrowati1*, Mursal Ghazali2

1
Aquaculture Study Program University of Mataram
2
Biology Study Program, Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Science University of Mataram
Jln. Pendidikan No.37, Mataram, NTB
*Email : n_cokrowati@icloud.com
Abstract
This research purpose was to study the effect Sargassum crassifolium, S.

cristaefolium, and S. polycystum S. aqufollium extract for the growth of seaweed
(Kappapycus alvarezii). This research was conducted on May 15th until June 19th 2016 in
Ekas bay, Ekas Buana Village, Jerowaru sub-district, East Lombok, West Nusa Tenggara.
Research design used Completely Randomized Design (CRD) and the data analized uses
Analysis of Variance (ANOVA). The treatments were species of Sargassum and extract dose.
Research parameter were absolute growth, spesific growth and carageenan. The result showed
that interaction between species and dose did not have significant effect of absolute growth
and spesific growth. Sargassum aquifolium extract with 5% dose give better absolute growth,
spesific growth and carageenan content. The conclution showed that there was no interaction
between factors species and dose on the growth of Kappaphycus alvarezii and Sargassum
extract could give influence on the content of carageenan.
Keywords: Species, dose, absolute growth, spesific growth, carageenan.
1. Introduction
Seaweed in Indonesia exploited for vegetables, fresh vegetables, pickles, cakes,
puddings and sweets. One of the edible seaweed is Sargassum sp. which is a type of brown
algae (Phaeophyta), the largest in the tropical sea. In Indonesia there are 15 of them
Sargassum is S. crassifolium, S. cristaefolium, S. polycystum and S. aquifolium. Sargassum is
always regarded as a nuisance by fishermen fishing. Based on research conducted by
researchers from the Marine and Fisheries Research Agency, Sargassum containing alginate
in the stalks. When the alginate was extracted, will be very much beneficial for industrial use
in food and non-food. Alginate capsules are used as materials, manufacture creams, lotions,
sauces, paper, ceramics, photography and much more. Extract alginate from Sargassum can
be color adhesive fabric in the textile industry, and the majority of alginate circulating in the
country they are imported.
(1) stating that the Sargassum crassifolium, S.cristaefolium, S. Aquifolium than as a
source of alginates and vegetables, also contain compounds with the same molecular weight
with Zeatin. Zeatin is a natural cytokines, cytokines are a group of plant hormones with an
important role in the growth and development of plants such as cell division, growth and
proliferation of new shoots, and the aging plant chloroplast biogenesis. Therefore, application
of seaweed extract containing cytokines can increase cell division, shoot growth and
proliferation of new shoots. (2) stating that this seaweed has the abundance and distribution
are very high, there are almost all regions in Indonesia sea. In general, seaweed Sargassum sp.
not widely known and used. Whereas some studies, it has been reported that the nutritional
content / high enough nutrients, such as protein and some essential minerals, only the analysis
Ananta et al. 13
of the nutritional composition is still incomplete.

Sargassum seaweed extract to improve plant growth and development has been
applied both in higher plants, algae and the tissue culture system. In higher plants has been
employed to soybeans (3), that in order to increase the availability of nutrients nitrogen and
increase the production of soybeans. S. policystum extract with a concentration of 20% (G2) is
likely to provide the number of nodules, nodule weight, shoot dry weight, N uptake and grain
weight filled. For tests on algae, (4) use the S. aquifolium to support the growth of grass
Euchema cottoni. With the immersion method found the best concentration of 5% with its
soaking time of 60 minutes. For the application in tissue culture, (5), states alginasi technique
has been widely used for the encapsulation of a wide variety of microorganisms, including
fungi function as biocontrol. Biopesticides, such as Bacillus thuringiensis israelensis (Bti)
and Trichoderma harzianum has been encapsulated in the form of microcapsules with
sheathing materials of alginate or polyethylene. Alginasi considered an effective method,
because the gel forming reaction is relatively safe at a certain temperature and is particularly
suitable for cells or organisms that are sensitive to temperature. Trapping ability
(encapsulation) biomass B. bassiana by sodium alginate and corn starch are equally effective.
It shows that both encapsulation formula can be selected to produce propagules active
mikoinsektisida of B. bassiana.
The use of immersion method in fertilizing the seaweed or sea algae have been done,
but this method has a drawback for applications in scale cultivation. Applications on a scale
cultivation of a high cost because it will need a container that very much. In addition to
requiring a container very much, this method also takes in the process with its soaking time 1-
6 hours, it will take a lot of time.
Through spraying application method is easy to apply in the scale of cultivation and
also saves the use of cost, because it does not require many containers as well as the
immersion method, since the method is only using a spray container that can be refilled
several times. In terms of time also does not require such a long time in the immersion
method, spraying only lasted for 30-60 minutes for large volumes.
In this study tested the extract 4 Sargassum is S. cristaefolium, S. crassifolium, S.
policystum and S. aquifolium at various concentrations on the growth of seaweed
Kappaphycus alvarezii.
The purpose of the study was to be carried out are To determine the effect of
Sargassum algae extract S. crassifolium, S. cristaefolium, S. polycystum dan S. aquifolium
against growth Kappapycus alvarezii. To determine the effect of doses of 0%, 5%, 15%, and
25% to the growth Kappaphycus alvarezii. To determine whether there is interaction between
the factor in the type and dose of the growth factor Kappaphycus alvarezii. To determine the
effect of the extracts from Sargassum algae extract S. crassifolium, S. cristaefolium, S.
polycystum dan S. aquifolium against growth Kappapycus alvarezii.
This research was conducted on May 15 until June 19, 2016, held at bay Ekas, Village
Ekas Buana, Jerowaru sub-district, East Lombok. The tools used in this research is the
longline, spray volume 2 Liter, Dimples, Scales, DO meter, refractometer, pH Meter,
Secchidisk, Flow Meters, Camera, Stove, Glassware Measure, Tray, Oven and Pan. Materials
used in research is Kappaphycus alvarezii, S. crassifolium Extract, S. critaefolium Extract, S.
polycystus Extract, S. aquifolium extract, NaOH, Alcohol, Seawater and Freshwater.
Data collection method used in this study is the experimental method. The
experimental method is the method in which these methods take biota samples was observed.
Research design used was Completely Randomized Design (CRD) with two types of 2 factors
are the type and dose. Total combined treatment of 16 experimental units were repeated 3
Ananta et al. 14
times:
Factor 1 (Type Extract)
P1 = S. crassifolium Extract,
P2 = S. cristaefolium Extract,
P3 = S. polycystus Extract,
P4 = S. aquifolium Extract.
Factor 2 (Dose)
D0 = 0%,
D1 = 5%
D2 15%
D3 = = 25%.
Preparation of macro alga extract were:
1. Grind Sargassum until smooth
2. Sea water mixed with a ratio of 1: 1 mass / volume Sargassum 1.5 kg and 1.5 liters of sea
water;
3. Squeezed extract using a soft cloth to separate the extract with the waste water;
4. Results extract 1.5 liters per Sargassum;
5. Do extracts dosing volume of 0%, 5%, 15%, and 25% of 2 liters of sea water;
6. Seaweed extract sprayed on Kappaphycus alvarezii until evenly;
7. Allowed to stand for 30 minutes, to allow time for the seaweed Kappaphycus alvarezii
absorb extraction;
Sampling was performed six times, respectively at the age of 7, 14, 21, 28, 35, and 42
days after planting. Samples were taken at three sampling points on each rope ris in longline
at each time taking samples. Beacause it, given that there are 48 rope ris, then taken 144
samples at each sampling time. Each sample was collected immediately weighed wet weight.
Thus, the weight of the wet sample is the average value of three sample replay value.The
parameters used to test the results of this research is by weighing or weight of each treatment
were tested with 1 time per week sampling within 1 ½ months until harvest.
Determination of seaweed growth rate measured on a weekly basis (sampling) of
observation (± 42 days) using the formula according to the (6):
G = [[Wn / Wo] (1 / n) -1] x 100%
Information :
G = Growth Rate (% g / day)
Wn = Weight average End (gr)
Wo = Weight average Initial (g)
n = Testing Time (days)
Absolute growth was measured using the formula of absolute growth, namely:
G = Wt-W0
Information :
G = the average absolute growth (g);
Wt = weight of the seeds at the end of the study (g);
W0 = weight of the seeds at the beginning of the study (gr).
Seaweed seedlings to the weight of the initial planting of 100 grams, taken a few as
samples for dry weight and wet weight. In an effort to get the value of the initial dry weight of
the seaweed is dried and weighed, while the final dry weight of samples performed after the
harvest.
Dry weight calculation results obtained with the following formula: total dry weight
(g) = (dry weight of sample (g)) / (wet weight of sample (g)) x total wet weight (g)
Preparation for getting carrageenan were done by 10 gram dry seaweed soaked in
water for 24 hours and then drained and put into jars, plus solvent (pH 8) as much as 60 times
its weight of 180 ml and then blend until smooth after it was cooked using a gas stove until it
Ananta et al. 15
thickens and then inserted into the tray and watered using alcohol, the last inserted into the
oven with a temperature of 60 ° C to dry for 24 hours the longest time.
Measurement parameters of water quality were physics and chemical and done twice a
week for 6 weeks of observation Kappaphycus alvarezii seaweed growth. Measurements in
physics, including: temperature, flow velocity, depth and brightness do dilokasi Kappaphycus
alvarezii seaweed cultivation. Chemical parameter measurements, including salinity,
dissolved oxygen (DO), and the degree of acidity (pH).
The data collected during the study were analyzed using ANOVA (Analysis of
Variance) and conducted a further test LSD (Least Significant Difference) if there is a
significant effect (significantly different) from each treatment.
3. Results and Discussion

Results of Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) The effect of extracts of Sargassum sp. on
the growth of seaweed Kappaphycus alvarezii factors and dose Sargassum extract can be seen
in Table 1.
Table 1. Results of Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) The effect of extracts of Sargassum

sp. on the growth of seaweed Kappaphycus alvarezii factors and dose Sargassum extract
Observation ANOVA Test Results
Type Dose Type x Dose
Weeks 1st S S NS
Weeks 2nd S NS NS
Weeks 3rd NS NS NS
Weeks 4th NS NS NS
Weeks 5th NS NS NS
Weeks 5th NS NS NS
Absolute growth NS NS NS
Daily Relative growth NS NS NS
Description: S = Significant; NS = Non Significant
Based on the results of Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) note that spraying extracts of
Sargassum to factor in the type and dose and interaction of these two factors do not have a
significant effect (p> 0.05) on Sunday 3rd, 4th, 5th, ke- 6, absolute growth and daily LPR.
While in week 1 on the type and dose obtained significant results, and at week 2, which has a
significant influence only factor types. The first factor is Sargassum algae extracts 4 and the
second factor is the dose extract did not have a significant influence on the results, as well as
the relationship between these two factors here is no interaction between treatment Sargassum
with a given dose of the extract.
400
200
0
Initial Weeks Weeks Weeks Weeks Weeks Weeks
Weight 1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
S. Crassifolium S. Cristaefolium
S. Policystum S. Aquifolium
Figure 1. Growth of Seaweed For 6 Weeks with Factor Type and Dose Factor
Ananta et al. 16
400
300
200
100
0
Initial Weeks 1st Weeks Weeks Weeks Weeks Weeks
Weight 2nd 3rd 4th 5th 6th
Dosis 0% Dosis 5% Dosis 15% Dosis 25%
Figure 2. Growth of Seaweed For 6 Weeks with Dose Factor
The observation of weekly growth of seaweed Kappaphycus alvarezii by treatment

with 4 Sargassum and 4 doses of the extract obtained at weeks 1 factor in the type and dose
factors have a significant influence, but there is no interaction between the two factors. In the
second week only factors that influence the type of significant and insignificant factors dose
and interaction between the two factors, as well as the fourth to sixth week did not have a
significant influence, Viewed from every week an increase in the growth of the weight of the
seaweed, it is possible caused by the quality of the water in the farming area which is suitable
for growing seaweed Kappaphycus alvarezii and also extract treatment appropriate to support
the growth of seaweed in terms of both factor in the type and dosage indicated by S.
aquifolium extract treatment with the best results on a weekly basis, especially in the last 3
weeks. However, on Sunday the 5th and 6th experienced steady growth or the same weight as
the collapse of the thallus caused by ris rope wrapped around and also how to retrieval of
samples as well as current research sites. (7) states that the weight of wet seaweed when
observations showed improvement from week 1 to week 6, it is suspected due to factors
aquatic environment parameter study site that supports both physics and chemistry as well as
biology. Factors supporting the water parameters of which there are sufficient nutrients and
also the speed of flow is relatively normal for the growth of seaweeds Eucheuma cotonii
wherein the mixing process so that the absorption of nutrients by the seaweed indicated either
that causes the growth of seaweeds Eucheuma cotonii tends to increase. In addition to other
factors such as the sun, temperature, salinity, pH, wave, and dissolved oxygen also impact the
growth and development of seaweed Eucheuma cotonii.
Data from the study showed that the extract of Sargassum effect although not
significantly different from the results of the control (no treatment). This is according to a
statement from (1), that Sargassum sp. containt Plant Growth Regulator (PGR) in the form of
auxin, cytokinin and giberlin. Auxin act as relaxants cell walls and cell wall enzyme-destruct.
While useful as extenders giberlin cells and cytokines serve as a spur in cell division.
According (8) auxin cause recipient cells on the stem cells secrete H + wall primer that
surrounds that will lower the pH. This leads to the relaxation of the wall and into rapid
growth. Low pH is believed to activate some destructive enzymes wall so as to allow easier
walls tenuous. George and (8) adds that auxin will cause the pectin soluble and stem cell wall
becomes soft and can increase the absorption of water and selakan expands. This is also
supported by the presence of gibberellins and cytokinins. (8) giberelin role in internodus stem
elongation by stimulating cell elongation. While cytokines play a role in encouraging cell
division (8).
Better treatment that S. aquifolium treatment with a dose of 5% and the lowest
Ananta et al. 17
adalah5% with extracts of S. cristaefolium, from these results correspond with previous
studies conducted by (4) with the best dose of 5% using the technique of soaking 60 minutes.
Dosing with 5% S. aquifolium extract gives the best results because the more nutrients more is
not good for plants and is influenced by the surrounding environment, it is influenced by the
nature of the food plants that absorb passively and actively. (9) suggest seaweed grows with
the absorption of active and passive absorption. The absorption of active seaweed for
transpiration directly and influenced by the environment. While passive absorption is
absorption that occurs because of the rapid transpiration which is a response back by seaweed
on the environment, light, salinity, temperature and dissolved oxygen.
From the results of the weight of carrageenan obtained the best treatment is the
treatment with Sargassum aquifolium dose of 5% and the lowest treatment with Sargassum
policystum by 15%. While the percentage of carrageenan obtained results with the formula
weight divided by the sample weight carrageenan dried and then multiplied by one hundred
percent.
Table 2. weight and percentage of carrageenan from seaweed Kappaphycus alvarezii with
the addition of four kinds of extracts of Sargassum and 4 doses of the extract.
Treatment Carrageenan Weight Persentage Carrageenan (%)

(gram)
PD0 3.0 ±0.00 30±0.00
P1D1 3.8±0.00 38±0.00
P1D2 2.3±0.00 23±0.00
P1D3 2.0 ±0.00 20±0.00
P2D1 1.5±0.00 15±0.00
P2D2 2.1±0.00 21±0.00
P2D3 1.2±0.00 12±0.00
P3D1 2.5±0.00 25±0.00
P3D2 1.1±0.00 11±0.00
P3D3 2.5±0.00 25±0.00
P4D1 4.2±0.00 42±0.00
P4D2 2.6±0.00 26±0.00
P4D3 2.4±0.00 24±0.00
Carrageenan test results proved that the best treatment is treatment of S.aquifolium a
dose of 5% and the lowest was treated with doses of 5% S. policystum. (10) stated that the
quality of carrageenan is closely related to factors at the time of cultivation, harvesting and
post-harvest handling and methods extraction. One the factors leading to the low quality of
carrageenan is a seaweed harvesting different. (10) stated that the harvesting is done when the
seaweed has been centain weighed. Harvest can be performed after 6 weeks, which is when
the plants are considered mature enough to contain the maximum polysaccharides (10) .
Harvesting 50 days give the highest gel strength and significantly different with harvest age
40, 45, and 55 days. The older age of the harvest, the strength of the resulting gel tends to
increase, and will decrease after reaching the peak of growth (10)
In the carrageenan test results also include carrageenan colors brown and murky, it is
related to color quality carrageenan. According (10), Color brownish carrageenan reviews
their still could be due to cellulose, pigments fikoeritin, and fikosianin. Aside from being
components larutair, cellulose also causes color carrageenan become cloudy. (10), namely ,
Added harvesting is likely to cause the degree of experience a decline. White matter
carrageenan is expected, with increasing age harvest will increase the content of cellulose,
Ananta et al. 18
which is a component that can affect carrageenan color. The presence of cellulose in high-
carrageenan in an amount not expected because it can cause the color of carrageenan into
turbid.
Results of water quality during the measurement within 6 weeks of ups and downs
tend to be stable at cultivation. Water quality measurements such as temperature on farms
ranging between 29-32 ° C. Optimal water temperature around the plant seaweed (Eucheuma
cottonii) range between 26-30 ° C (11) The temperature can affect the photosynthesis of sea
either directly or indirectly. Direct effect as temperature plays a role in the enzymatic reaction
reaction to controll the process of photosynthesis.
Salinity range of research sites in the bay Ekas is 29-34 ppm. According (12) the range
of salinity good for seaweed Eucheuma cottonii is 28-35 ppt. Then the location used as a point
of seaweed cultivation in accordance with salinity required by seaweed (Eucheuma cottonii).
Extreme changes in salinity can cause disease ice- ice.
The degree of acidity (pH) for 6 weeks at the study site ranged between 9.6 to 10.3.
Bodies base (7-9) is waters productive and contribute to encourage the process of changing
organic matter in water into minerals that can be in assimilation by phytoplankton waters of
the sea and the coast has a pH relatively stable and is within a narrow range, typically ranging
between 7 , from 7 to 8.4. influenced by the pH buffering capacity (buffer) that is the salts of
carbonate and bicarbonate that it contains (9).
The brightness value at the study site during the six weeks which is about 3.5 to 4.1 m,
while research into the location which is approximately 7 m. Waters ideal brightness is more
than 1 m. Turbid water (usually containing sludge) can block the break of sunlight in the
water so that the process of photosynthesis is interrupted, while Depth is good for growth
seaweed is 0.3 to 0.6 m (12)
Dissolved oxygen (DO) contained in the study site has a range of between 5.84 to 7.29
mg / L. Dissolved oxygen is a limiting factor for all living organisms. Dissolved oxygen is a
basic requirement for the survival of living beings in the water. Dissolved oxygen to support
usahabudidaya seaweed is 3 - 8 mg / l (12).
Flows on farms for 6 weeks ranging from 20-40 m / m. Current velocity is good for
the growth of seaweed ranges. between 0.2 to 0.4 m / s. Flow devastating for seaweed in
nutrient capture and bring food sources (11).
4. Conclusions
Factor type S. crassifolium, S. cristaefolium, S. policystum and S. aquifolium a
significant influence on the first week of the second and not leave significant effect on the
third week, fourth, fifth, sixth, and LPR daily absolute growth to the growth of seaweed
(Kappaphycus alvarezii), Factors dose to 0%, 5%, 15%, and 25% have a significant influence
on the first week alone, while in the next week and also on the absolute growth as well as
daily LPR does not provide a significant influence on the growth of seaweed (Kappaphycus
alvarezii). There is no interaction between factors dose and type of factors on the growth of
seaweed (Kappaphycus alvarezii) on a weekly basis and the results of observations of
absolute growth and daily LPR. Extract S. crassifolium, S. cristaefolium, S. polycystum and S.
aquifolium influence on the content of carrageenan, evidenced by the best treatment that S.
aquifolium dose of 5%.
References
[1] Nikmatullah, Aluh., Gazali, Mursal., Kurnianingsih, Rina., Mulyawarni, Dan Sunarpi .. 2014. Ability
Aquadest Some Macro Algae Extract Lombok Island, Indonesia In Stimulates Growth of Rice.
Agrotechsoc Volume 24
[2] Handayani, Tri,. Sutarno., Setyawan, Ahmad, Dwi. 2004.. Analysis of the Nutritional Composition of
Seaweed Sargassum crassifolium J. Agardh. Biopharmaceutical 2 (2): 45-52
[3] Indriyati, Ryrien., Lubis, Alida, and Jamilah .. 2015. Giving Brown Algae Extracts (Sargassum
Ananta et al. 19
polycystum) and Bradyrhizobium japonicum to Improve Nutrient Nitrogen and Soybean Crop
Production. Online Journal Agroecotechnology No. 2337- 6597Vol.3, 2
[4] Ali, Akbar, Bambang.. 2015. The Effect of Extract Sargassum aquifolium on Growth Kappaphycus
alvarezi. Essay. University of Mataram. Mataram.
[5] Putra, Bayu, Dwinata., Baryawati, Riris., dan Isnaini.. 2011. The Rate of Growth seaweed Gracilaria sp.
with Different Planting Methods in Caliandra Waters, South Lampung. Maspari Journal 03 (2011) 36-41
[6] Wahyudi, Priyo.. 2008. Encapsulation Propagule entomopathogenic fungus Beauveria bassiana Using
Alginate and Starch Products corn as Mikoinsektisida. Jurnal Indonesian Pharmaceutical Sciences Page.
51-56 Vol. 6, No. 2
[7] Wijayanto, Tri., Hendri, Muhammad., Aryawati, Riris .. 2011. Growth Study Seaweed Eucheuma cottonii
with Various Planting Methods different Bodies Trump, South Lampung. Maspari Journal 03 (2011) 51-
57
[8] Kusumaningrum, Indri., Budi, Hastuti., Rini dan Haryanti Sri. 2007. Influence Sargassum crassifolium
juice with Different Concentrations Hampered the Growth of Soybean Plants (Glycine max (L) Merill).
Bulletin Anatomy and Physiology Vol. XV, No. 2, October 2007
[9] Susilowati, Titik., Rejeki, Sri., Nurcahya, Dewi, Eko., dan Zulfitriani.. 2012. Depth Influence On The
Growth Of Seaweed Cultivated By The Method Of Longline On The Beach Mlonggo, Jepara Doistrict.
Journal Saintek Fishery Vol. 8. No. 1, 2012
[10] Robinson, Wenno, Max., Louretha, Thenu, Johanna., dan Gracia, Cristina, Lopulala, Cynthia.. 2012.
Kappa Carrageenan Quick Communication Characteristics of Kappaphycus alvarezii on a variety of
different ages. JPB Fishery Vol. 7 No. 1 Tahun 2012: 61 –67.
[11] Anggadiredja, J. T., Zatnika, Ahmad., Purwanto, Heri., Istini S. 2008. Seaweed. Penebar Swadaya.
Jakarta.
[12] Directorate General of Aquaculture. Technical 2008. User Culivation Seaweed Euchema spp. DKP RI,
Ditjenkanbud. Jakarta.
Ananta et al. 20
Development of e-SCM Open Source

as Integration of Data Management
For Fish Farmers SMEs in Pasar Ulekan Bandung
Yudi Priyadi1, Jurry Hatammimi2*

1,2
Departement of Telecommunication and Informatics Business Management,
School of Economics and Business, Telkom University.
* jurryhatammimi@telkomuniversity.ac.id
Abstract
In general, e-SCM-based Open Source is a framework that conduct

collaborative use of information technology for the flow of information, materials,
finance, services from producers to consumers to achieve the efficiency of activities
and costs on all entities involved in the system. Business potential is still very large
ornamental fish to thrive. It can be observed from the data of Agricultural Census
2013-2014, that the income from this business ranks first on fishing effort. Small and
Medium Enterprises (hereinafter referred to as SMEs) is a transformative companies
that are committed to continue the development and growth. These relationships
involve the key stakeholders such as customers, employees, suppliers, and
competitors. The use of modeling notation DFD is part of a context diagram, which is
one modeling notation in information systems. DFD contained in the draft Notation
Data Store that will be implemented into a table in the database. In information
systems modeling, a Data Store in a DFD will be modeled by E-R diagram be
Notation Entity. To design a business process reengineering in this activity, generate
context diagram called “E-SCM UKM Ikan”, which consists of five entities involved
directly with the system, namely: supervisor fish shop, fish shop retailers, employees,
fish farmers, and customers. Referring to the Context Diagram, there is decomposition
process “E-SCM UKM Ikan” Level 0. Decomposition produces Data Flow Diagram
Level 1 consists of four sub processes, namely: business partner, transaction, the stock
of retailers, and documentation. For the integration of data management, there is a
Localhost Server e-SCM, using http://whyphi:8080, as the address for the prototype.
Keywords: e-SCM, Open Source, Data Management, Context Diagram, DFD, E-R
Diagram.
1. Introduction
Through the description of the Government Work Plan (GWP) Sector
Empowerment of Cooperatives and SMEs in 2014, that there are 42 million data
regarding the perpetrators of Small and Medium Enterprises (hereinafter referred to as
SMEs), which are scattered in 23 government agencies. Referring to the Law of the
Republic of Indonesia Number 20 of 2008, concerning micro, small and medium
business development activities. In Article 17 through Article 20, there is a
description of the business development for the increase in production, processing,
marketing, human resources, design, and technology. An activity that can be
collaborated to handle the business processes of SMEs mentioned above is Open
Source technology and the Electronic Supply Chain Management (hereinafter referred
to as e-SCM). Business potential is still very large ornamental fish to thrive. It can be
Priyadi and Hatammimi 21

observed from the data of Agricultural Census 2013-2014, that the income from this
business ranks first on fishing effort. In the tabulation of data Spatial Plan in Bandung
from 2011 to 2013, Pasar Ulekan including the location being the center of the
development of Sub City Services and the Center for the Environment by indications
of commercial activity program trading and Sub-scale entertainment City Territory,
Even this stagnant market to increase revenues, due to difficulties in adopting the
technology supply chain.
2. Methods and Design
2.1. The combination of Fishbone Diagrams and Charts Research

There are four categories for the stagnation of SME business processes fish
farmers, namely Man Power, Machine, Methods, and Materials. Of these categories,
some problems can be grouped its implementation in the first year and second year.
For the four categories that performed in the first year (Phase 1), the cause is as
follows:
1. Not understanding the Electronic Data Interchange for production transaction
(Tidak memahami Electronic Data Interchange untuk transaksi produksi)
2. Not to understand the accounting of financial data (Belum memahami pembukuan
data keuangan)
3. Not understanding the Supply Chain (Tidak memahami Supply Chain)
4. Data on the supply of fish is not available (Data pasokan ikan tidak tersedia)
5. Hardware/Software for business process improvement is not owned by SMEs
(Hardware/Software untuk peningkatan proses bisnis tidak dimiliki oleh UKM)
6. Promotion inconsistent (Promosi tidak konsisten)
7. Fish stocks are not monitored (Stok ikan tidak dimonitor)
8. Distribution of goods do not flow (Distribusi barang tidak mengalir)
9. Do not perform data management (Tidak melakukan manajemen data)
10. The concept of supply chain is not used (Konsep supply chain tidak digunakan)
11. Material for the standard prices do not (Material untuk standar harga tidak
dilakukan)
12. Less cultivation of fish seeds (Kurang budi daya bibit ikan)
13. Raw material of fish feed is not available (Bahan baku pembuatan pakan ikan
tidak tersedia)
14. Delay of fish stocks and feeding areas (Keterlambatan stok ikan dan pakannya)
15. Not available data/information supply of fish (Tidak tersedia data/informasi
pasokan ikan)
Figure 3 Adoption Fishbone for Research
Figure 1. Adoption Fishbone for Research

2.2 Stages of Application Development

Referring to the specific purpose of the research, the following is an
explanation of the stages of development of Open Source e-SCM adopted the
framework as waterfall development cycle. Steps being taken for this study in the first
year, includes grooves that can be observed in Figure 2.
Figure 2 Adoption Stages Waterfall for Research [14]
After each step is defined, the steps in signing off and continued development
in the next step. This model has been obtained from other engineering process, which
offers a way of making software more tangible. Description of the stages are as
follows [14]:
1. Analysis and Requirements Definition (Analisis dan Definisi Kebutuhan)
2. Software and system design (Perancangan sistem dan Perangkat Lunak)
3. Implementation and testing unit (Implementasi dan pengujian unit)
4. Integration and Testing System (Integrasi dan Pengujian Sistem)
5. Operations and Maintenance (Operasi dan Pemeliharaan)
3. Discussion
3.1. Context Diagram of Existing System2.2 s

Referring to Figure 3, it can be observed that the existing system is composed
of four entities that are directly involved, namely: petani ikan (fish farmers),
toko ikan (fish shop), kurir (courier) and pembeli (buyers).
Figure 3. CD of Existing Systems
3.2. DFD and Data Store of Existing Systems

DFD are used to determine the details of the process, which is contained in a
Context Diagram. Therefore, the details of the process can be observed in Figure 6
which presents the results of a data flow diagram breakdown at level 1. In the
diagram, we can know the details of the process that consists of three sub-processes,
namely: transaksi stok (stock transaction), transaksi kurir (courier transaction), and
transaksi konsumen (consumer transactions). In addition, there is also the use of one
data store, the name is simpan (save).

Figure 4. DFD of Existing Systems
Referring to Figure 6 of the DFD of the existing system, it can be observed

that the existence of data storage on the system is not very support business processes
for fish supply system. In the picture, the role of notation data store only as a medium
for recording transactions of buying and selling of fish, even many transactions were
never documented. However, this media can be used as the basis for the development
of BPR in e-SCM, so that the fundamental issue in this system, namely the SME
business processes stagnation fish farmers, can find a solution. Table 1 contains the
explanation of connectivity between entities, sub processes and data store occurred in
context diagram Level 1.
Table 1 Relationship of Entities, Sub-Process and Data Store
ENTITY SUB PROCESS DATA STORE

Pembeli TransaksiKonsumen Simpan
TokoIkanUlekan TransaksiStok Simpan
TokoIkanUlekan TransaksiKurir
TokoIkanUlekan TransaksiKonsumen Simpan
PetaniIkan TransaksiStok Simpan
PetaniIkan TransaksiKurir
Kurir TransaksiKurir
3.3. Business Process Reengineering for CD/DFD and E-R Diagram

The next activity is to create Business Process Reengineering (BPR) based on
the existing system that has been described previously, by adopting the scheme Open
Source e-SCM. Referring to Figure 7, there is a change in the flow of data and the
entities involved. This happens from Context Diagram engineering with e-SCM
scheme. In this figure, there are five entities involved directly with the system,
namely: supervisor toko ikan (supervisor fish shop), retailer toko ikan (fish shop
retailers), employees, petani ikan (fish farmers), and customers.
Figure 5. CD of E-SCM UKM Ikan

Based on Figure 6, there is a breakdown DFD results for level 1. In the

diagram, there are four sub-processes, namely: business partner, transaksi
(transaction), stoknya retailer (the stock of retailers), and dokumentasi
(documentation).
Figure 6. DFD of E-SCM UKM Ikan
Designing models for data management, data storage is engineered to the

process of e-SCM. This design, built based on the existence of the data store on the
DFD for all levels.
Figure 9. Data Dictionary in the E-R Diagram
When referring to the design of DFD modified, then all data store contained in
the DFD will be the entity on the E-R Diagram. The entity comprised of B_BUYER,
AD_USER, B_SELLER, C_CASH, C_PAYMENT, C_BANK, and
M_WAREHOUSE. Use of the data dictionary at E-R Diagram, aims to show the
relationships between entities without being disturbed by the presence of key
attributes and descriptive attributes. This can be observed in Figure 9, which presents
the use of the data dictionary to E-R Diagram.
1.4. The Result of Engineering Prototype e-SCM Applications

Here is some footage of the experimental results to the adjustment of business
processes in Pasar Ulekan with open source e-SCM, as follows:
1. Address localhost. To test engineering this application, used a server that is local to
the address http://whyphi:8080
2. The database used in this application uses PostgreSQL that is open source, so it is
suitable to the application of e-SCM. Referring to the database, there are several
core tables are modified according to the needs of the system.

Figure 8. Relations on the Physical Table

3. Login form e-SCM, using the display input from applications that are tailored to
the needs of the fish supply chain system
Figure 9. The prototype for Form Login e-SCM (iDempiere)

4. Conclusions
In general, the research develops SCM applications for SMEs fish farmers
based Open Source, through the implementation of E-SCM collaboration and Data
Management. Additionally, in particular the research has reached the following
results:
1. In designing the model of existing system, for Context Diagram Level 0 there are
four entities involved, namely: fish farmers, fish shop, courier and buyers.
Referring to the Fish Supply System Diagram Context, there is decomposition
process Level 0, which produces Data Flow Diagram Level 1 with three sub-
processes, namely: the stock transaction, the transaction courier, and consumer
transactions.
2. In the existing modeling system for data management, there is the use of one data
store, named "simpan". The role of the existing data store of this system, just as the
media to record the sale and purchase transactions of fish, often not even been
documented for the transaction. Based on these facts, the use of the concept of ER-
Diagram for the existing system cannot be used.
3. To design a business process reengineering in this activity, generate context
diagram called E-SCM UKM Ikan, which consists of five entities involved directly
with the system, namely: supervisor fish shop, fish shop retailers, employees, fish
farmers, and customers. Referring to the Context Diagram, there is decomposition
process E-SCM UKM Ikan Level 0. Decomposition produces Data Flow Diagram
Level 1 consists of four sub processes, namely: business partner, transaction, the
stock of retailers, and documentation. In addition, for the activities of data storage

on the Data Flow Diagram Level 1, which produced seven data store of e-SCM
process, as follows: B_BUYER, AD_USER, B_SELLER, C_CASH,
C_PAYMENT, C_BANK, and M_WAREHOUSE.
4. For the integration of data management, there is a Localhost Server e-SCM, using
http://whyphi:8080, as the address for the prototype, which can be adopted by
SMEs fish farmers in the research for the second year.
References
[1] Ascef, Rogers. Ferrer, Geraldo. & Mullins, Steve. (2014). “Supply Chain Management and its
Route to Normal Science: a Kuhnian Analysis”, Journal of Operations and Supply Chain
Management, Vol. 7 no. 2, pp.59 - 74
[2] Blanchard, D. (2010). Supply chain management best practices (2nd ed.). Hoboken, NJ: John
Wiley & Sons.
[3] Chopra, S., and Meindl, P., 2001, Supply chain management: Strategy, planning, and operations.
New Jersey - Prentice-Hall.
[4] CSCMP. (2004). CSCMP Council of supply chain management professionals. Tersedia di:
http://cscmp.org/about-us/supply-chain-management-definitions (diakses 19 Maret 2015)
[5] Durkin, Mark., McGowan, Pauric., & McKeown, Niall. (2013),"Exploring social media adoption
in small to medium-sized enterprises in Ireland", Journal of Small Business and Enterprise
Development, Vol. 20 No. 4 pp. 716 - 734
[6] Friedman, Andrew L., Miles, Samantha. & Adams, Cameron (2000) "Small and medium‐sized
enterprises and the environment: evaluation of a specific initiative aimed at all small and medium‐
sized enterprises", Journal of Small Business and Enterprise Development, Vol. 7 No. 4, pp.325 -
342
[7] Giménez, Cristina. Lourenço, Helena R. (2008). "e-SCM: internet's impact on supply chain
processes". Emerald Insight - The International Journal of Logistics Management, Vol. 19 Iss 3
pp. 309 - 343
[8] Halley, Alain & Guilhon, Alice (1997) "Logistics behaviour of small enterprises: performance,
strategy and definition", International Journal of Physical Distribution & Logistics Management,
Vol. 27 No. 8, pp.475 - 495
[9] Lummus, Rhonda R. & Vokurka, Robert J. (1999) "Defining supply chain management: a
historical perspective and practical guidelines", Industrial Management & Data Systems, Vol. 99
Iss: 1, pp.11 – 17
[10] McLeod, Raymond, Jr. (1995). “Management Information System. 6th ed”., Prentice - Hall, NJ.
[11] Priyadi, Yudi (2014). “Kolaborasi SQL & ERD Dalam Implementasi Database (ISBN:978-979-
29-2195-3), Andi Publisher
[12] Ross, David Frederick, 2003. “Introduction to e-supply chain management: engaging technology
to build market-winning business partnerships”, CRC Press LLC, 2000 N.W. Corporate Blvd.,
Boca Raton, Florida 33431
[13] Rencana Kerja Pemerintah (Rkp) Bidang Pemberdayaan Koperasi Dan Ukm Tahun 2014
[14] Turban, E., McLean, E., Wetherbe, J. (2007), “Information Technology for Management”, John
Willey & Sons, Inc.
[15] Undang-Undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 20 Tahun 2008 Tentang Usaha Mikro, Kecil Dan
Menengah.

Seasonal Comparison of Aquatic Macroinvertebrate Benthic were Collected

in Powerplant Segment Sidutan Stream, North Lombok
Nanda Diniarti
Aquaculture Study Program, Universitas Mataram

nanda_unram@yahoo.co.id
ABSTRACT
Every season has different effect to organism live on stream. Current velocity and
water level are the water quality factors has direct effect to macroinvertebrate benthic. This
study aims to look at the types of variations that appear in every season. The research was
conducted in the dry season (June 2016) and the rainy season (January 2016). Observation
stations are divided into three, before inlet of power plant, Outlet and 200 m after the outlet.
Macroinvertebrate benthic are collecting by kicking method. The results showed that the
number of species and diversity were found different between the dry season to the rainy
season.
Keywords: comparison, dry season, macroinvertebrate benthic, rainy season, stream
1. Introduction
Macroinvertebrate benthic has long been used as bio-indicators of water, especially in

a dynamic or moving waters such as rivers. The existence of macroinvertebrate benthic
depending waters condition is meant here are the parameters of physics, chemistry and
biology waters [1].
Physical parameters in the river is the main parameter because it is directly related to
the distribution, abundance, diversity and community composition of benthic
makroavertebrata [2]. Current velocity and change of water level that affect to river depth are
the physical parameters. Both physical parameters are strongly influenced by landforms and
the weather / season.
The type of benthic macroinvertebrate does not always appear in each season. The
type is able to adapt to the condition of the particular season has high the appearance, medium
who can not adapt will limit the appearance of even choose dormant. Variations of this
species must be known to find out what happens every season of the types of information
that the collected. The purpose of this study is to see the types of variations that appear in
each of the dry season and rainy on the river, especially in the segment Micro Hydro
Powerplant in Sidutan River Santong.
Location of study Sidutan stream in the Santong village District of Kayangan was
conducted in January (rany) and June (dry) 2016.
The tool was used are: D-net frame with a size (20 x 30 cm, mesh size 500 mm), DO
meter Lutron 5510, stereo microscope, bottle collection and plastic jars. Materials was used :
formalin 4% as a preservative and 70% alcohol preservative collection.
Selection sampling sites of macroinvertebrate benthic and water quality based on the
location of the MHP to the river. Based on the location of the MHP determined three
locations namely observation example: Before Inlet, Outlet and 200 m after the outlet.
Macroinvertebrate benthic was collected using the kick-net sampling techniques, which
Diniarti 28
shuffles bottom of the river using a foot and look at the representation of the zone.
Makroavertebrata benthic identified to family level, if possible to genus level with
identification book [3], [4], and [5]. Water quality which was analyzed in-situ such as DO,
temperature, current speed and water depth. Once sorted and identified then see the difference
each season for macroinvertebrate benthic community structure to calculated Shannon and
Weiner diversity index, dominance index simphons [6] and Signal-2 / Stream Invertebrate
Grade Number Average Level 2 [7].
The water quality in the dry season is different than during the rainy season. Water
quality parameters are very different is the water depth, current speed and the concentration of
dissolved oxygen (DO). In the dry season has a high flow velocity compared with the rainy
season. Similarly, the DO concentration. Indonesia at 2016 had the effect of La Nina that
despite in dry season rainfall remains high. The day before sampling in June (dry), Sidutan
River basin hit by rain with a high itencity. It can be seen on the river bank eroded and into
the depth of stream was rise.
Table 1. Comparison water quality at rainy and dry seasons

Water Quality Rainy Dry
S.1 S.2 S.3 S.1 S.2 S.3
Temperatur ( OC) 21,5 22,7 22,7 24,2 21,7 20,7
Water depth (m) 0,4 0,3 0,5 0,5 0,4 0,7
Current velocity(m/s) 0,6 1 0,8 0,2 0,3 0,6
Dissolved Oxygen 5,2 8,5 9,5 9,5 11,8 12
(mg/L)
There are some family that appears on every season but some appear only in a
particular season (Table 2). The kind that appear in the second season was from Family crane
fly, Gerridae, Physidae etc. This species has a high adaptability as the gastropod class. [8],
declared that the gastropod has high adaptability to the environment. Gastropods have a shell
to protect against adverse environmental effects. The type appears only in the dry season or
rainy was representatives of the Order severally. For example in the Order Tricoptera the
rainy season was represented by Leptophlebiidae being the rainy season was represented by
Sericostomatidae.
Diniarti 29
Table 2. Macroinvertebrate Benthic just seew at rainy and dry season

No Rainy Dry
1 Corixidae Dytiscidae
2 Philopotamiidae Stratiomyidae
3 Aescrinidae Glossiphonidae
4 Elminthidae Sericostomatidae
5 Leptophlebiidae Hidrophicidae
6 Hidroptilidae Nematocera
7 Leptoceridae Mycetophilidae
8 Psepnisidae Limnocaridae
9 Caenidae
10 Habrophlebia
11 Ecdyonuridae
12 Hydropsychidae
13 Psychomyiidae
From the ecological index were compared during the rainy season and the dry seen
improvements in the wet dry season. Where the dirt in the stream will drift away from the site
so that the index during dry season better than wet season.
Table 3. Ecological index every seasons

Ecology Index Rainy Dry
S1 S2 S3 S1 S2 S3
Families 10 8 12 11 11 12
Diversity (H) 1,70 1,57 2,01 1,99 2,38 2,36
Dominance 0,38 0,36 0,46 0,44 0,51 0,50
Signal 2 4,30 3,36 4,55 4,90 4,15 5,42
4. Conclusion
There are differences in water quality, type of macroinvertebrate benthic was appear and
ecological ndex during the dry season and the rainy season. 2016 dry season has better water
quality than in the rainy season.
References
[1]. Bruce, JF. 2002. Characterization and Analysis of Temporal and Spatial Variations in Habitat and
Macroinvertebrate Community Structure, Fountain Creek Basin, Colorado Springs and Vicinity,
Colorado, 1998-2001. Water_resources Investigations Report 02-4093. U.S. Geological Survey. Denver.
[2]. Brooks, RT. 2000. Annual And Seasonal Variation And The Effects Of Hydroperiod On Benthic
Macroinvertebrates Of Seasonal Forest (‘‘Vernal’’) Ponds In Central Massachusetts, USA. Wetlands.
20:4:707-715.
[3]. Quigley M. 1977. Invertebrates on Stream and River: A Key to Identification. London: Edward Arnold
Publishers Ltd.
[4]. Pennak RW. 1978. Freshwater Invertebrates of United States. Ed ke-2. Wiley Interscien. New York: John
Wiley and Son Inc.
[5]. Mc Caffery WP. 1981. Aquatic Entomology. The Fishermen’s and ecologists’ ilustrated guide to insects
and their relatives. Boston : Jones and Barlett Pub.
[6]. Abel PD. 1989. Water Pollution Biology. London. John Wiley and Sons Ltd.
[7]. Chessman BC. 2003. A scoring system for macroinvertebrates (water Bugs) in Australian rivers. User
manual. Monitoring River Health Initiative Technical Report no 31, Commonwealth of Australia,
Canberra.
[8]. Diniarti, N. 2015. Keragaman Gastropoda yang Mendapat Masukan Limbah Tahu-Tempe di Kali Ancar.
Biowallacea.3:140-142.
Diniarti 30
Economic Analysis of Direct Loan Cattle Dispersal System

in Sumbawa District
Anggi Fitriza*, Hermansyah
Faculty of Animal Husbandry, University of Mataram, Mataram – 83115, Indonesia

*
Email: anggifitriza90@gmail.com
Abstract
This research aimed to analyze the profitability and factor affecting income of farmers
in the direct loan cattle dispersal system (Bantuan Pinjaman Langsung Masyarakat, BPLM) in
Sumbawa district, West Nusa Tenggara. A survey method was used in this study. 50 farmers
in 9 districts who received the direct loan cattle dispersal system were selected purposively.
Results of this study showed that the net income of farmers receiving the direct loan is Rp.
24,005,548/breeder/year or Rp. 2,000,462/breeder/month. The three independent variables
affecting the farmer income were number of household member, farmer age and farmer
education level. On the other hand, farmer experience in raising cattle did not significant
effect on income of farmers receiving the direct loan system of cattle dispersal system in
Sumbawa district, West Nusa Tenggara province.
Keywords : Farmer income, beef cattle, experience farmer
1. Introduction
The west Nusa Tenggara province in the context if national development has
prioritized the one of livestock area and also to become a purification area of Bali cattle. This
condition gives hope that NTB is expected to become the provider of national livestock
continuously to maintain that preservation.
The one of the effort of the regional government of west Nusa Tenggara to helping
overcame the economic community is with providing economic opportunity for farmers
through the cattle distribution of Direct Loan Aid Society (BPLM). Aid distribution of beef
cattle in BPLM in Sumbawa district carried out since 2002. The purpose of this program to
strengthen the venture capital groups in agribusiness, increase production and productivity of
agribusiness, group income, improve the independence, and teamwork.
Sumbawa regency has an area of 6,643.98 km2 with a population of 419,989 people.
About 66,37% most residents of Sumbawa livelihood as farmers. The total cattle population
of Sumbawa district in 2011 were 38.505 horses, 164,505 cattles, 55,706 buffalos, and 39,396
goats (BPS). These conditions provide opportunities that farm businesses are able to be
developed in this area
This study aims to identify income of the farmer that received the direct loan aid
society (BPLM) in Sumbawa district and the factor that affects the income of the recipient
direct loan aid society (BPLM) in Sumbawa district.

This study using survey method. The sampling method conducted through purposive
sampling approach, with cattleman’s sample basis was incorporated within breeder groups
cattle business recipient community direct loans aid society (BPLM). The total of a sample
used 50 respondents. As the primary data obtained by using interview with questionnaire,
while as the secondary data obtained from scientific report, record or documents from
Fitriza and Hermansyah 31
relevant departement as well as literature or refrences that are relevenat to research. The
analysis of this research are upplying the income analysis and multiple regression analysis.

3.1. Business Income
3.1.1. Gross Income
Gross income of respondents is visible in table 1. The data presented in table 1 shows
that the intial population as many as 140 tails. In 2014 the cattle purchase is 110 tails, it also
livestock sales is 75 tails and the last cattle population of respondents is 340 tails, which
earned gross revenue of Rp 25.867.500/breeders/year.
Table 1. Gross Income (Gross Farm Income / GFI) Breeders

The number of
Price Per Unit Total price
Variable Livestock
(Rp.) (Rp.)
(Tail)
The early population of cattle (-) 140 4.458.928,57 669.250.000
Purchase of cattle 2014 (-) 110 5.840.909,09 642.500.000
Cattle Sales 2014 (+) 75 6.085.000,00 456.375.000
The last population of cattle (+) 340 6.319.852,94 2.148.750.000
Total Gross Income (GFI) 1.293.375.000
The average of Gross Income (GFI)/breeder/ year 25.867.500
GFI: 50 breeders
3.1.2. Operational Cost

Maintenance of cattle requires a certain operating costs to get maximum
results. Business carried respondent spent a number of operational costs for first year as
presented in Table 2. Operational costs include the cost of the cage with the economic life or
the life of 8 years, the purchase and use of equipment (crescent, wheelbarrow, shovel and hoe)
with a shelf life of 5 year, the purchasing fuel vehicles, additional feed, vaccinations,
registration, treatment of diseases and electricity consumption. The data in Table 2 provides
that on average the highest operating costs in the cost of vehiclfuel and electricity
consumption costs. It can be explained that the stable owned by ranchers relatively more
advanced because generally have gotten relatively adequate light.
Table 2. Operating Costs (Rp / year)
Cost Total Cost (Rp.)
Cage 12.053.125
Equipment 2.247.000
Fuel Vehicles 43.500.000
feed Supplement 1.800.000
Electricity consumption 23.760.000
Vaccination 5.000.000
Registration 887.500
Treatment of Diseases 3.850.000
Total Operating Costs 93.097.625
Total Operating Costs / Breeder / Year 1.861.953

Vehicle fuel costs is the greatest costs in operating costs, this is due to the vehicle
being used for finding and transporting feed in livestock enterprises is also used to somewhere
else. The cost of power consumption is caused the average breeder becomes the respondent
built the cages adjacent to their house so that the power consumption becoming one electics
used at night.
3.1.3. Net Income (Net Farm Income)

Net income recipient of BLPM in Sumbawa is presented in the following description:
NFI = GFI - TFC
= Rp. 25.867.500- Rp. 1.861.953
= Rp. 24.005.548, -
So the net income (Net Farming Income / NFI) of respondents on average
Rp. 24.005.548/respondent / year.
Net revenue (net income)/breeder/month =
= Rp 2.000.462/breeder/month
Net income in farming as submitted by Soekardono (2009) is the difference between

gross income and total expenses total farming. Net revenue for 1 year breeders respondents
obtained net income (NFI) Rp. 24,005,548 / breeder / year or Rp. 2000462/breeder/month.
3.2. The Influence Independent Variables Against Livestock Revenue

To examine the factors that affect the income of the respondents used multiple linear
regression, where that becomes the independent variable are the age of the farmer
(X1),education level (X2), the experience of raising (X3) and the number of dependents
(X4), while being the dependent variable is income (Y). Results of testing the factors that
affect the income of the farmer as respondents can be seen in Table 3.
The accuracy of the model is reflected in the value of the coefficient of determination
2
(R ) the magnitude of 0,507. This means that changes in operating revenues BPLM recipient
farmers in Sumbawa 50,7% influenced by the independent variable while the remaining
influenced by other variables outside the model.
Table 3. Factors Affecting Breeders Income

Coefficient
Factor Std Error tcount Significance
Regression
Age (X1) - 2.1243,072 97.447,799 - 0,218 NS
Education level (X2) - 201.308,273 777.257,215 - 0,259 NS
Farming experience (X3) 800.891,305 133.472,720 6,000 **
The number of dependents (X4) - 48.152,496 212.137,021 - 0,227 NS
Constants 1,956E7 5,956,031.452 3,284
R2 = 0,507
Fcount = 11,584 Tα (0,05) = 1,679
Fα (0.05) = 2,58 Tα (0,01) = 2,410
Fα (0.01) = 3,77

Based on Table 4 can be made simple equation with the following formula:
Y = 1,956E7 - 21243,072X1 - 201308,273X2 + 800891,305X3 - 48152,496X4 + µ

Table 4 also shows that the factors of age, education level and number of dependents each
have the tcount is smaller than ttable the means that statistically the factors of age, education level
and number of dependents did not significantly affect the breeders income.
Meanwhile, the tcount on the raising experience factor greater than the value of
ttable that means statistically the factor of raising experience are highly significant effect on
operating income of breeders. Generally raising experience possessed by breeder was
obtained from the parents for generations. Raising long experience gives an indication that the
knowledge and skills of breeders on livestock maintenance management has a better
ability. The results of the study to gain influence as expected, this caused many breeders who
have adequate experience and using their experience in managing the business until now, so
the results of this study in accordance with the opinion of Abidin and Simanjuntak (1997), the
experience factor of breeders that very determaining the development of the livestock
business.
4. Conclusion
The conclusion of this study is that the business net income of the breeder that
received the Direct Loan Aid Society (BPLM) in Sumbawa Regency is Rp
24.005.548/breeders/year or Rp 2.000.462/breeders/month. Which the factors have a real
influence on the breeders income of BPLM recipient in Sumbawa District is only the a factor
raising experience.
References
[1]. Abidin, A. and Simanjuntak, D., 1997. Beef Cattle. Directorate General of Livestock. Jakarta.
[2]. Ahmadi, AH, 2003. Sociology of Education. Publisher PT. Rineka Reserved. Jakarta.
[3]. BPS Sumbawa, Sumbawa in 2012. The 2012 figure. BPS Sumbawa. Sumbawa.
[4]. NTB Provincial Livestock Office, 2001. Strategic Plan 2003-2007. NTB Provincial Livestock
Office.Mataram.
[5]. NTB Provincial Livestock Office, 2005. Implementation Guidelines BPLM 2005. Provincial Animal
Husbandry NTB. Mataram.
[6]. Soekardono, 2009. Agribusiness Economic Theory and Application. Academica Pressindo. Jakarta.
[7]. Soekartawi, A., et al., 1986. Farming Science and Research for Development of SmallFarmers. UI -
Press. Jakarta.

Green Synthesis of Bio-degradable Superabsorbent Polymers from

Carboxymethyl Cellulose/Humic Acid
Nurul Ismillayli1*, Siti Raudhatul Kamali1, Saprini Hamdiani1, Surya Hadi1, Dhony
Hermanto1
1
Department of Chemistry, Faculty of MIPA – University of Mataram, Mataram
* Email: nurulismillayli_12@gmail.com
Abstract
Superabsorbent polymer (SAP) blend has been synthesized from carboxymethyl

cellulose (CMC), humic acid, and aluminum sulphate octadecahydrate cross-linker. SAP is
hydrophilic networks that can absorb and retain huge amount of water within their structures.
Humic acid as starting material of polymer, was isolated from subgrade Batujai Dam by using
IHSS method. Water Absorption Capacity (WAC), FTIR, and ignition tests are carried out to
investigate the cross-linking process and which of Al3+ and SO42- ions causes the
crosslinking. Optimum cross-linking ratio of CMC and cross-linker appeared to be 2wt%
corresponded to WAC determination. FTIR spectrum of CMC/humic acid blend showed that
CMC react with humic acid during polymerization process.
Keywords: carboxymethyl cellulose, crosslinking, humic acid, superabsorbent polymer
1. Introduction
Recently interest in developing superabsorbent from biopolymer such as starch [1],

cellulose and its derivates [2], and chitosan [3] has been increased due to their exceptional
properties compared to petroleum-based polymers that is sustainable, biocompatible,
biodegradable, renewable and nontoxic [4]. Owing to their three-dimensional polymeric
networks that can absorb and retain large volumes of water, superabsorbents are widely used
in many fields, such as hygienic products, drug-delivery systems, agriculture and horticulture
[5].
Superabsorbent prepared through electrostatic complexing can be used for example
crosslinking of CMC/HEC [2] and CMC/starch [1] with aluminium sulphate as cross-linking
agents. Aluminium sulphate, with its cationic species in effective form of Al 3+, Al(OH)2+ and
oligomeric species in aqueous solution when pH< 5, provides multivalent positive charges
and abundant sites for crosslinking with anionic groups [6] such us NaCMC that containing –
COO- groups to form hydrogel structures.
Application of humic acids (HA, one of the main fractions of humic substances) in
agriculture as soil fertilizer and soil conditioner has been extensively discussed in the
literature [7]. Containing of carboxylic and phenolic groups, humic acid provides favorable
conditions for chemical reactions, biological activity and improves physical structure of soil,
water holding capacity, pH buffering and accelerate transport of nutrients to plants [8].
Therefore, it was planned to synthesize a biodegradable superabsorbent with suitable for soil
water conservation by crosslinking CMC and humic acid with aluminum ions. Optimum
cross-linking ratio of CMC and cross-linker, water absorption capacity and FTIR analysis
were also studied.
Humic acid used in this study were isolated from subgrade Batujai Dam, Lombok
Ismillaily et al. 35
Tengah, Nusa Tenggara Barat. Analytical quality materials (analytical grade) for humic acid
isolation include: NaOH (sodium hydroxide), HCl (hydrogen chloride), HF (hydrogen
fluoride), AgNO3 (silver nitrate), paper Whatman filter 42, pH indicator strip were obtained
from Merck (Germany). Carboxymethyl cellulose sodium salt NaCMC aluminum sulphate
octadecahydrate was used at reagent grade to crosslink the polymer complex.
2.1. Isolation and Characterization of Humic Acid

Humic acid isolated by using recommended method of the International Humic
Substances Society [9]. Humic acid isolated then were characterized using FTIR
spectroscopy.
2.2. Preparation of Cross-Linked CMC/HA Blend

Carboxymethyl cellulose sodium salt (10 g) was mixed with 1.0 L of distilled water
(DW) in a large beaker using a magnetic stirrer. The solution was agitated for 1 hour at 70ºC.
Then varying amounts of aluminum sulfate were added to the beaker to investigate the
optimum crosslinkage, and the solution was allowed to mix for another 30 min. The solution
was then spread on Teflon baking pans and dried at 50°C until a film is formed. The film was
shredded with a blender and then ground into a powder with a mortar and pestle. Dried film of
the cross-linked CMC, was crushed and dissolved in DW. Using magnetic hot plate, humic
acid solution mixed with the cross-linked CMC gelatinezed for 30 minute at 70ºC. Result
paste was dried overnight at 50ºC, crushed, and tested.
2.3 Water Absorption Capacity (WAC)

WAC was measured using tea-bag method according to the following equation :
= (1)
Where W0 is dry weight and W1 is wet weight.
2.4 Investigation of the Active Ion

When aluminum sulfate octadecahydrate dissolve in water, the material dissociates
into Al3+ and SO42-. Investigating the ions which enters the cross-linking reaction has done by
adopting following procedure: pieces of the cross-linked CMC/starch blend immersed in hot
water 70ºC for 30 minutes and then filtered. The extraction then divided into two parts. The
first part is tested for sulfate group using BaCl2 solution, while the second part is tested for
Al3+ ion using NaOH solution.
3. Results and Discussions
3.1 Isolation and Characterization of Humic Acid

HA was obtained from subgrade Batujai Dam after separating its humin and fulvic acid
then purifying by using mixed HCl/HF solution to dissolves silica oxide mineral. Based on
interpretation of the FTIR spectra of crude and pure HA in Table 1 can be seen that
purification decreased the ash content, indicated by decrease of SiO stretching in 914 cm -1.
Peak at 1388 cm-1 coupled with 1659 cm-1 peak suggests that crude HA has carboxylate
groups, presumably because of the ash content [10][11]. The peak was shifted to 1381 and
1653 cm-1 respectively after purification of HA. Intensity of this peak was decreased, while
peak intensity around 1722 cm-1 increased at pure HA spectra due to carboxylate to
carboxylic changes in HA. This is supported by result of ash content determination that
purification decreased ash content from 5.60% to 1.13%. Based on FTIR spectra, HA isolated
containing functional groups of COOH, phenolic –OH, aliphatic hydrocarbon and aromatic
ring.
Table 1 Interpretation of the FTIR spectra of HA
HA before
HA after purification
purification Vibration Type
(cmˉ 1)
(cm-1)
3425 3408 OH stretching of alcohols or phenols
2927 2927 asymmetric stretching of aliphatic C-H in –CH2- groups
2851 2851 symmetric stretching of aliphatic C-H in –CH2- groups
1728 1722 C=O stretching (carboxylic and carbonyl group)
1659 1653 aromatic C=C and asymmetric C=O stretching in COOˉ groups
1564 1552 nitro groups
1463 1457 methyl asymmetric C-H bending
1388 1381 OH deformation and C-O stretching in phenols and COOˉ
1255 1236 groups
1035 1035 C-O stretching of aryl ethers and OH deformation of COOH
914 914 groups
700 700 C-O stretching (alcohols and polysaccharide)
529-473 524-466 SiO stretching
ortho disubstituted out-of-plane = C-H bending vibration
metal-humic acid interaction
3.2 Proposed Interaction of cross-linked CMC/HA-Al3+

In order to suggest a reasonable interaction, knowing which ions enters the cross-
linking reaction ( Al3+ or SO42-) is needed. Tested for sulfate group using BaCl2 solution on
extraction of cross-linked CMC/AH, shows dense white precipitate indicated that the sulphate
group not share for blend formation.While, tested for Al3+ ion using NaOH solution on
extraction of cross-linked CMC/AH, shows the absence of Al+3 ion, which indicates that the
Al3+ ion share in the blend structure. To confirm this result, FTIR analysis was done. The IR
spectra of the HA, CMC, and CMC/HA blend are shown in Fig. 1 (a–c), respectively.
Figure 1 FTIR spectra of HA(a), CMC (b), and CMC/HA blend (c)
Comparing with the IR spectrum of CMC (Fig. 1(b)), the absorption bands at 1608
cm-1 for the –COONa group shift to 1634 cm-1, and the absorption bands at 1381 (OH
bending vibration) and 1268 cm-1 (C–O stretching) disappeared in the IR spectrum of cross-
linked CMC/HA (Fig. 1(c)). Comparing with the IR spectrum of AH (Fig. 1(a)), the
absorption bands at 3413 and 1653 cm-1 for the –OH stretching of alcohols or phenols group
and C=O stretching in COOˉ groups shift to 3451 and 1634 cm-1 respectively and the
absorption bands at 1722 cm-1 (C-O stretching of carboxylic group of AH), 1381 cm-1 (–COO
asymmetric stretching of AH) and 1255 cm-1 (phenolic C–O stretching of AH) disappeared in
the spectrum of cross-linked CMC/AH superabsorbent (Fig. 1(c)). The results obtained from
IR analysis showed that the reaction of both CMC and AH occurs in carboxylic and phenolic
groups of HA and –COONa groups of CMC via Al3+ as cross-linker.
3.3 Optimum Cross-Linking Ratio

The effect of the amount of Al3+ on WAC was shown in Fig. 2. The max. of absorbency was
at 2% of Al3+. Increasing cross-linker could increase the nodes of network and the cross-linker
density, which is favorable to the super-absorbent absorbing and retaining fluid [12]. Low
concentration of the cross-linker leads to low degree of cross linking, and it is hard for
network structure to form, so the water absorbency is low. However, when it is higher than
the best value, there are more cross-linking points and the pores become smaller in the
network, which causes the macroscopic decrease of the absorbency [13].
50
40
WAC (g/g)
30
20
10
0
0,0 1,0 2,0 3,0
Aluminum sulphate %
Figure 2. Optimum percent of aluminum sulphate octaadecahydrate cross-linker
4. Conclusions
A superabsorbent was successfully prepared using the cross-linking of CMC/HA with
aluminum ions. The interaction was occurs in carboxylic and phenolic groups of HA and –
COONa groups of CMC via Al3+ as cross-linker. The mass ratio of Al3+ to CMC could affect
its water absorption capacity.
Acknowledgements
This work was financially supported by DIPA BLU (PNBP) Universitas Mataram
Project.
References
[1] AJ. Braihi, SI. Salih, FA.Hashem, J K.Ahmed, International Journal of Materials Science and
Applications, 3(6) , 363-369 (2014), doi: 10.11648/j.ijmsa.20140306.23
[2] Y. Liu, Y. Chen, Y. Zhao, Z. Tong, and S. Chen, BioResources 10(4), 6479-6495 (2015).
[3] HC. Ge, W. Pang and DK. Luo, Carbohyd. Polym, 66(3), 372-378, (2006).
[4] M. Sadeghi1 and M. Yarahmadi, African Journal of Biotechnology, Vol. 10(57), 12265-12275 (2011).
[5] F. Nnadi and C. Brave, Journal of Soil Science and Environmental Management, 2(7), 206-211 (2011).
[6] S. Bi, C. Cao, C. Zhang, Cooordination Chemistry Reviews 248, 441-455, doi: 10.1016/j.ccr.2003.11.001
[7] D. Hermanto, SR. Kamali, R. Kurnianingsih and, N. Ismillayli, Sains Tanah – Journal of Soil Science and
Agroclimatology,10 (2), 21-32, (2013)
[8] SM. Ibrahim, FI. Abou El Fadl and AA. El-Naggar, Journal of Radioanalytical and Nuclear Chemistry
299(3), 1531-1537 (2014). doi: 10.1007/s10967-013-2820-4
[9] International Humic Substances Society, 2008, http://www.ihss.gatech.edu
[10] M.Takács, and JJ. Alberts, Changes in Chemical Compositian, FTIR and Fluorescence Spectral
Characteristics of Humic Acids in Peat Profiles, edited by EA Ghabbour, and G. Davies, The Royal
Society of Chemistry, 1999, pp 171-172.
[11] N. Ismillayli, SJ. Santosa and D. Siswanta, Jurnal Pijar MIPA, 10(2), 18-21 (2015).
[12] A. Pourjavadi and GR. Mahdavinia, Turk. J. Chem. 30, 595–608, (2006).
[13] Z. Ma, Q. Li, Q. Yue, B. Gao, X. Xu, Q. Zhong, Bioresource Technology, 102, 2853-2858, (2011).
Shear Design of Reinforced Concrete Beam Using Steel Truss Encased in

Flexural Plastic Hinge Zone
Fatmawati Amir1,2*, Iman Satyarno2, Djoko Sulistyo2
1
Civil Engineering Department of Tadulako University, Palu, Indonesia
2
Civil and Environmental Engineering Department of Gadjah Mada University, Yogyakarta, Indonesia
* Corresponding author: fatmastructureuntad@gmail.com
Abstract
The behavior of structures that are shear-critical under seismic load conditions has not
been well studied, unlike with moment-critical structures, where shear-critical failures are
usually associated with much less forgiving brittle mechanisms and little forewarning. A
number of researches about various methods to increase the shear capacity of structural
members in flexural plastic hinge zone were investigated, the type of methods are
summarized in various amount of shear stirrups, arrangement of shear stirrups, various ratio
of shear length to depth of cross section, the length of longitudinal bar anchorage, and steel
shape encased in concrete. Refer to previous researches that utilizing of various designs of
structural members in plastic hinge zone to increase its shear capacity, to ensure the energy
dissipated and ductility of structures. But still there are some weaknesses due to inadequate
designs of shear-critical reinforced concrete. With the simplifying assembling and the ductile
performance of steel, it is proposed to embedded a steel truss in plastic hinge zone of
reinforced concrete as a shear reinforcement, improve concrete prosperity, enhance shear
capacity and ductility of structural members. In this paper, a proposal for shear design using
steel truss in flexural plastic hinge zone of reinforced concrete will developed and discussed.
Keywords : shear-critical reinforced concrete, flexural plastic hinge, steel truss
1. Introduction
Inelastic cyclic loading on reinforced concrete structures, which may occur in ductile
frame under severe seismic loading can lead to yielding of reinforcement, and causes shear
deformation develope in plastic hinge zones of beams and columns. Most of stiffness
degradation caused by the development of shear deformation in these zones. The deformation,
in a practical design is sometimes ignored, so it can greatly affect the forces distribution in the
structure and its ability to survive without collapse. Critical areas along the plastic hinge are
generally dominated by high shear and exhibit brittle failure mechanism (Figure 1) . where
shear-critical failures are usually associated with much less forgiving brittle mechanisms and
little forewarning.
Shear deformation due to increased of flexural ductility causes shear strength degradation
in the plastic hinge zones as a result of nominal shear stress reduction detained by the
concrete due to large shear strength. Therefor, nominal shear stress can be resisted by the
concrete elements decreases with increasing flexural ductility imposed by cyclic loading.
Amir et al. 39
(a) (b)
Figure 1. Typical shear failure on beam due to seismic loading : (a) in Turkey, 2003; (b)
at The Grand Chancellor Tower in South Island, NZ, 2011
(http://www.koeri.boun.edu.tr; http://db.concretecoalition.org)
. Flexural ductility increases (Figure 2) causes the degradation of shear strength in the
plastic hinge zones, reinforced concrete beam section will cracks and spread as soon as
possible, resulted in shear failure of beam, in Figure 2 the degradation of shear strength values
symbolized by a factor k is equal to 0.20 in calculating Vc (or k = 0.17 by Equation 11-3 and
11-4 section 11.2.1 SNI 2847:2013).
Figure 2. Degradation of nominal shear stress resisted by the concrete with

imposed cyclic curvature ductility factor
2 Previous Researches on Shear Capacity in Plastic Hinge Zones
Various studies on shear design in the plastic hinge member to reduce shear deformation
cause of flexural ductility of reinforced concrete members has been perform by several
researchers, among others by Rhomberg, 1963; Celebi and Penzien, 1973; Schribner and
Wight, 1978; Fenwick, 1983; Fenwick et al, 1999; Pan and Li, 2013. From the results of these
studies showed that the stiffness and the shear strength decrease progressively in reinforced
concrete, although the number and diameter of the transverse bar can ensure sufficient and
confined concrete core capabilities in resisting shear imposed by cyclic loading. Its indicates
that the configuration of transversal bars likely not reduce the shear degradation due to
increased of flexural ductility in reinforced concrete members.
Alternative shear design that has been study to reduce the ductility of flexural reinforced
concrete structures is the addition of steel profiles into reinforced concrete /steel shape
encased in concrete (Khuntia and Goel, 1998, 1999; Weng et al, 2001, 2002 and Deng,
2015). The results of the investigation show that the composite steel encased has excellent
ductility and strength if restraints on concrete core around profile insufficient in areas of
flexural plastic hinge.
Based on the experimental and analytical studies about the different various method in
Amir et al. 40
shear design of reinforced concrete members can be concluded that the shear design currently
not sufficient to reduce the degradation of the shear strength in plastic hinge regions
significantly due to the reduction of the nominal shear stress Vc resisted by the concrete
mechanisms. In addition, the shear design has difficulties to applied in rural Indonesia area
cause of the cost factor and congestion that may affect the constructibility. As a result, the
research on shear design of beam using a steel frame in flexural plastic hinge zone developed
and made as an alternative design by encased a steel frame in flexural plastic hinge of
reinforced concrete members.
The steel frame is made and formed from a steel plate and configured by a certain height
and spliced with diagonal steel bar. Steel plate is used to facilitate the casting of concrete and
provide additional flexural strength in reinforced concrete beams, while diagonal bar as a
fitting steel plate and serves to maintain the shear strength of concrete and providing a shear
force to arrest a large shear imposed by cyclic loading ,
3 Shear Design of Reinforced Concrete Beam Using Steel Truss Encased in Flexural
Plastic Hinge Zone
According to SNI 2847:2013, design of cross sections subject to shear shall be based on :
φVn ≥ Vu (1)
Where shear reinforcement perpendicular to axis of member is used,
= (2)
where Av is the area of shear reinforcement within spacing s, Vu is the factored shear force at
the section considered and Vn is nominal shear strength calculated by,
Vn = Vc + Vs (3)
Where, Vc is the nominal shear strength provided by the concrete beam which is calculated as
follows:
= 0,17 (4)
Where, fc' is the compressive strength of concrete, bw is the width of the beam section and d is
the effective height of the beam section.
4 Proposed design of shear using a steel frame in flexural plastic hinge zones
Design concept of the beam with a steel frame is by adding steel frame (Figure 3) into a
reinforced concrete beam.
Amir et al. 41
Figure 3. Proposed design of shear by embedded a steel frame in flexural plastic hinge
zones
In this design, the magnitude of the shear strength, Vu provided by the concrete, Vc (Eq.
4) , transversal bar, Vs (Eq. 2) and diagonal steel bar, Vt which is calculated based on the yield
strength of diagonal bar, fy where as :
Vu = Vc + Vs + Vt (5)
And Vt, calculated as follow,
Vt = At fy (6)
Where, Vt : Steel frame shear force (kN), At = 0,25πD2 (mm2) and D : diagonal bar diameter
(mm)
Shear strength provided by steel plate (Eq. 6) should be made larger than the shear forces
provided by diagonal steel bar, shear provided by steel plate representing by the following
equation,
Vpt = Apt fy (7)
Where, Vpt : Shear provided by steel plate (kN), Apt = bt (mm2), b: width of plate (mm), t:
plate thickness (mm).
Shear design using a steel frame calculated by assuming a large shear force provided by
the steel frame modifications, Vt the same or close to the shear forces provided by concrete,
Vc, and the value of Vc taken equal to zero.
5 Summary and Conclusion
It can be concluded from above description and subsequently can be important to be

solved for further studied. The important points are :
1. The shear design currently not sufficient to reduce the degradation of the shear strength in
plastic hinge regions significantly due to the reduction of the nominal shear stress Vc
resisted by the concrete mechanisms,
2. Base on SNI 2847: 2013, for the structural system of fexural frame special moments, shear
strength provided by the concrete taken equal to zero and the overall shear forces should be
resisted by transversal bar, so we need transversal quite a lot and more close at flexural
plastic hinge reinforced concrete. It implicated to the construction costs and congestion
that may affect the constructibility;
3. New alternative shear design of reinforced concrete beams using steel frame encased in
flexural platic hinge zone is expected to be able to resist high shear loads developed in the
Amir et al. 42
structural members imposed by cyclic loading and as reference material for revision of the
seismic provisions in the future.
References
[1] Fenwick, R.C., 1983, “Shear Deformation in Seismic Frame Structures”,Journal of Structural Engineering,
ASCE, Vol. 109, no. 4, pp. 965-976.
[2] Fenwick, R.C., Dely, R., Davidson, B., 1999, “Ductility Demand for Uni-Directional and Reversing Plastic
Hinges in Ductile Moment Resisting Frames”, Bulletin of The New Zealand Society for Earthquake
Engineering, Vol. 32, No. 1, March, pp. 1-12.
[3] Khuntia, M. dan Goel, S.C., 1998, “FRC-Encased Steel Joist Composite Beams under Reversed Cyclic
Loading”, Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 124, no. 10, pp. 1115-1124.
[4] Khuntia, M. dan Goel, S.C., 1999, “Experimental study of FRC-encased steel joist composite beams”,
Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 125, no. 5, pp. 495-502.
[5] M.D.Cahyati, Perilaku geser pada balok castellated modifikasi komposit mortar profil double siku dengan
diagonal silang baja tulangan akibat beban siklik, Tesis S2, Teknik Sipil UGM, Yogyakarta, Indonesia,
2015.
[6] Pan, Z. dan Li, B., 2013, “Truss Arch Model for Shear Strength of Shear Critical Reinforced Concrete
Columns.” Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 139, no. 4, pp. 548-560.
[7] Rhomberg, E. J., 1963, “The Effect of Combined Moment and Shear on The Formation of Plastic Hinges in
Reinforced Concrete Beams”, Ph.D Thesis, Iowa State University of Science and Technology, Civil
Engineering, University Microfilms, Inc. Ann Arbor, Michigan, Retrospective Theses and Dissertation,
paper 2491.
R.Park, T. Paulay, Reinforced concrete structures, John Wiley and Sons Inc, New York, 1974
[9] Scribner, C.F., Wight, J. K., 1978, “Delaying Shear Strength Decay in Reinforced Concrete Flexural
Members Under Load Reversals”, UMEE 78R2, The University of Michigan, Department of Civil
Engineering, Ann Arbor.
[10] SNI 2847:2013, Persyaratan Beton Struktural untuk Bangunan Gedung, BSN, Jakarta, 2013.
[11] T. Paulay, M.J.N. Priestley, Seismic design of reinforced concrete and masonry building, John Wiley and
Sons Inc, New York, 1992.
[12] Weng, C. C., Yen, S. I. N., dan Chen, C.C., 2001, “Shear strength of concrete-encased composite structural
members”, Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 127, no. 10, pp. 1190-1197.
[13] Weng, C. C., Yen, S. I. N., dan Chen, C.C., 2002, “Experimental study on shear splitting failure of full-
scale composite concrete encased steel beams”, Journal of Structural Engineering, ASCE, Vol. 128, no. 9,
pp. 1186-1194.
Amir et al. 43
Design of Seismic Recorder with Single-Axis Geophone for Passive Seismic

Monitoring
I Wayan Sudiarta1*, Raja Fathurrahman Akmaludin1, Dian Wijaya Kurniawidi1, Made Sutha
Yadnya2
1
Physics Study Program, Faculty of Mathematic and Nature Sciences, the University of Mataram
Mataram, NTB, Indonesia
4
Department of Electrical Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, the University of Mataram,
Mataram, NTB Indonesia
* Email: wayan.sudiarta@unram.ac.id
Abstract
Seismic events such as earthquakes have influenced our life. To monitor seismic events
requires a seismic recorder that consists of five parts : (1) a single axis geophone with natural
frequency of 1 Hz, (2) a signal conditioning circuit, (3) an ADC circuit, (4) an RTC circuit
and (5) an SD logger circuit. Simple test have shown that our seismic recorder can record
seismic waves up to 70 samples per second, and with amplification of 1400 times. Seismic
monitoring for two weeks in the City of Mataram have shown that seismic waves are clearly
shown and produced by human activities during the night and the day, and natural
phenomena such as earthquakes. Analysis of P and S waves of two earthquakes that
happened during time of the seismic monitoring have shown that the distance of the
epicenters of the earthquakes are obtained to be in agreement with epicenters provided by the
Indonesian Agency for Meteorology, Climatology and Geophysics (BMKG).
Keywords: Seismic recorder, Single-axis geophone
1. Introduction
Seismic waves in the earth crust are, for examples produced by the movement of tectonic
plates, human activities, tides and winds. Characteristics of seismic waves can be used to
determine subsurface structure of the earth. One can use active seismic sources (known as the
active seismic method) and natural seismic sources (the passive seismic method) [4]. To
record natural seismic vibrations, a passive seismic recorder is needed.
The conventional seismograph which used is a seismograph with short-time records, its only
capable to short-term record. The main purpose of this study is to produce a device with
single-axis geophones that is capable of recording natural seismic activities for a long period
of time [1], it is low cost and low power device. This device is then applied to record seismic
waves in the City of Mataram.
2. Material and Methods
2.1 Related Work

Study on a design of the device for the detection of passive seismic phenomena such as
earthquakes was conducted by Zhang [8] for a design geophone to detect an earthquake using
MEMS. Application for monitoring volcanic activity with wireless sensor network (WSN)
was done by Werner-Allen et. al [6]. A study to determine locations of hydrocarbon was also
conducted by Mohammed [3].
Sudiarta et al. 44
2.2 Hardware Design

The seismic recorder consists of a single axis geophone LF-24, a signal conditioning
circuit (see Fig. 1 (a)), Data logger shield, an Arduino Mega, an ADC circuit ADS 1115.
(a) (b)
Figure 1. Single-axis system (a) signal conditioning circuit for the seismic recorder
(b) conceptual diagram system
2.3 Single-axis Geophone System Design

The design of signal conditioning using operational amplifier with active filter system
and strengthening, besides signals conditioning are also converted signal using a ADC
ADS1115 with 16 bit resolution. The design of the signal conditioning can be seen from
Figure 1 (a) with reinforcement cascade and band-pass filter [2]. Then for the system design
and system timer recording (see Fig. 1 (b)) using the data logger shield with the type of
communication with arduino using SPI for recording system and I2C timer system.
2.4 System Testing and Data Retrieval

System testing is done to determine whether the system is designed to work in
accordance with the draft, testing of the system consists of laboratory testing. The analysis
procedure for recording data on a long-term passive seismic activity starting from obtained
data recording for one week, data generated some files that are the result of recording per hour
for one week, and then merge the files according to the recording time. Results of one week of
data is then processed using Matlab with STFT methods to see the difference frequencies
occur at any time. Then, with the data STFT characterization was carried out to see
phenomena that occur during recording [5].

Results single-axis system design geophone can be seen in Figure 2 (a) consists of signal
conditioning, system timer and recording system.
Sudiarta et al. 45
(a) (b)
Figure 2. System results (a) Single-axis geophone design result (b) bode diagram
result
Signal conditioning consists of active filter, amplifier and ADC, timer and recording system
designed using data logger module shield and Arduino as the controller system. The results of
the design to produce systems that are capable of storing and managing time digital. The
results of the input signal conditioning to arduino then processed and determined when the
signal came by RTC and recording systems store data signal recording and time data from the
RTC and then storing them in SD-card.
3.1 Design Testing Result

System testing is done on a laboratory scale and outside testing, the purpose of this
test is that the designed system capable of recording seismic waves passive. Single-axis
system testing geophone testing laboratory scale to the signal conditioning, ADC, timer
systems and recording systems. Testing signal conditioning bode diagram band pass filter
using multisim with cut-off frequencies between 0.345 Hz and 270.081 Hz and gain 706.042
times. The results obtained from the program multisim compared with the results of
measurements with the oscilloscope showed in Figure 2 (b), the results were very close to the
simulation results with multisim with cut-off frequency of 0,351 Hz - 240.08 Hz.
3.2 Long Term Record Result

Long-period recording seismic activity aims to record human activity and activity
within one week, Figure 3 is a spectrogram of recording results for one week.
(a) (b)
Figure 3. Long-term record results (a) one week record signal results (b) one week
record spectrogram results
Long-term passive seismic recording there are several phenomena such as earthquakes
recorded, the activity of motor vehicle traffic and activities in the morning and evening.
Figure 4 (a) and Figure 5 (a) shows the phenomenon of earthquakes and the time recorded on
Sudiarta et al. 46
Thursday 9 June 2016 at 10:41 wita and 12:13 wita, it corresponds to the time recorded by
BMKG time of occurrence of the phenomenon of earthquakes.
(a) (b)
Figure 4. Earthquake event (a) earthquake record at 10:41 wita (b) Epicenter result
for earthquake record at 10:41 wita
Results picking seismic wave in Figure 4 (a) was difference in arrival time for the P and S
waves which is 12 seconds, to determine the distance of the epicenter resulting from the
earthquake epicenter distance [7] is 100.8 Km (see Fig. 4 (b)) from geophone.
(a) (b)
Figure 5. Earthquake event (a) earthquake record at 12:13 wita (b) Epicenter result
for earthquake record at 12:13 wita
The quake, which occurred at 12:13 wita showed great magnitude so as to obtain arrival
time differences for P and S waves are used digital filter to smooth the result of the recording
of Figure 5 (a) is obtained wave arrival time difference of 39 seconds obtained epicenter of
the earthquake [7] is 327.6 Km (see Fig. 5 (b)) from geophone.
(a) (b)
Figure 6. Human Activity (a) human activity spectrogram results (b) human activity
in day and evening results
Seismic activity caused by humans in general can be seen in Figure 6 (b) it’s at 03:00
wiita humans activity started, this is indicated by an increase in magnitude at all frequencies
Sudiarta et al. 47
recorded. Human activity is a motor vehicle passing near the geophone can be shown in
Figure 16, where the horizontal red line at a frequency of 20Hz - 23Hz, it is repeated every
day at 10:00 wita to 11:00 wita and 04:00 wita. to 18:00 wita.
4. Conclusions and Future Work

Based on the result of design and recording 1-axis geophones, it can be concluded that
design and testing single-axis geophone can perform passive seismic activity with frequency
between 0.325 Hz and 270,364 Hz, gain by 1400 and sampling record 70 Hz and recording
long-term passive seismic activity obtained natural phenomena such as earthquakes with
epicenter distance 100.8 Km and 361,2 Km, also record human activity.
For development single-axis geophone system is necessary to improve its system in higher
and faster data processing using raspberry pi, high-resolutions ADC 24-bit and IOT-based to
facilitate data recording, also apply to volcano monitoring and measure the building motions.
References
[1] Bowness, D and Lock, A C., 2007, Monitoring the Dynamic Displacement of Railway Track., proceeding
of the institution of mechanical engineers, part F : journal of rail and rapid transit
[2] Haskov, J and Gerard . W., 2004. Instrumentations In Earthquake Seismology. Springer : Dordrecht,
Netherlands.
[3] Mohammed, Y, 2009 . Low-frequency passive seismic experiments in Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates:
implications for hydrocarbon detection. The Petroleum Institute. UEA.
[4] Sheriff, R. E., and Geldart, L. P., 1995. Exploration Seismology 2nd Edition. Cambridge University Press:
New York. USA.
[5] Walker, D. 2008, Recent developments in low frequency spectral analysis of passive seismic data. First
break, 26, 67-77.
[6] Werner-Allen, G. Johnson, J. Ruiz, M. Lees, J. Welsh M., 2005 ,Monitoring volcanic eruptions with a
wireless sensor network, Wireless Sensor Networks, Second European Workshop, Harvard University.,
Boston, MA, USA.
[7] Wood, M. M. (2007, April 16). UPseis. Retrieved June 5, 2016, from Michigan Tech:
http://www.geo.mtu.edu/UPSeis/locating.html.
[8] Zhang Xiaodan, Ke Xizheng, Zhang Zhiyu, 2010, Research on Micro-Electro-Mechanical-Systems
digital geophone, International Conference on Artificial Intelligence and Computational
Intelligence, Beijing, China.
Sudiarta et al. 48
Study of Livestock Behavior Relationship in Cage Environmental

Sanitation Management with Suspect of Scabies Disease
Mujahid Fitriadi¹*, Sukardono, Made Sriasih²
¹Master Program of Animal Husbandry Faculty, University of Mataram, ²Lecturer of Animal

Husbandry Faculty, University of Mataram
*
Email : mujafatriadi1234@gmail.com.
Abstract
In district of Kediri in 2015, the scabies disease in cattle reported 54 cattles that are
mostly located in the village of Lelede with a total of 25 cattle and all the goats and cases of
skin infections including scabies has contributed quite high, 2,847 cases (Health Department
of West Lombok 2015). The aim of this research was to find out the behavior of farmers in
the management of environmental sanitation cage with suspected scabies. This research is
descriptive analytic study, the population is farmers in the village Lelede district of Kediri,
sampling techniques using systematic random sampling, with 84 respondents, the techniques
of data analysis by chi square test. Based on the research results obtained level of knowledge
about the management of environmental sanitation skable is good (61.9%), the respondents'
attitudes hesitant towards environmental sanitation management in cage (48.8%) and
respondents largely action managing environmental sanitation cage (57 , 1%). From the
results, the suspect scabies 26 of 84 respondents (30.95%). Results of statistical test Chi
Square correlation between knowledge of respondents with suspected scabies is derived
indigo p = 0.280> 0.005 indicates no correlation, statistical result ties the action of
respondents with suspected disease scabies obtained value of p = 0.298> 0.005 showed no
correlation and statistical result relation actions respondents with suspected disease scabies
obtained value of p = 0.014 <0.005 indicates no relationship. The conclusions of research
there is no relationship of knowledge and attitudes of respondents to the environmental
sanitation management cage with suspected disease scabies but there is a relationship between
the actions of the respondents in the management of environmental sanitation cage with
suspected disease scabies.
Keywords: Behavior, sanitary cage, suspected scabies
1. Introduction
One of the diseases problems is the disease of infectious skin disease (scabies).
Scabies disease mite infestations due to a parasite of animals by name Sarcoptesscabiei
(S.scabiei) type hominis, or attack humans. In Indonesia, the prevalence of scabies is still
quite high, according to the Department of Health (2008), the prevalence of scabies in
Indonesia amounted to 5.60 to 12.95%, and scabies is the third of the 12 most common skin
disease (Azizah and Setyowaty, 2011). There are many factors that support the development
of the scabies disease include a decline in the body's immunity as a result of the Human
Immunodeficiency Virus (HIV), low socio economic, poor hygiene, sexual promiscuity nature
(Murtiastutik, 2009). Also added by Handoko (2009), the factors that support the
development of the disease scabies is an environment that is not clean, behavior support, fault
diagnostics and the development of demography and ecology.
Baur et al. (2013) reported a factor of personal hygiene, water supply, socio economic
status influence the prevalence of scabies in India. Advance prevalence of scabies among
Fitriadi et al. 49
other factors caused by high humidity, poor sanitation, overcrowding, malnutrition (Onayemi,
2005) and poor personal hygiene, knowledge, attitudes and behaviors that are less supportive
of healthy lifestyles (Ma'rufi, 2005).
In the district of Kediri Regency West Lombok in 2015, the disease scabies in cattle
reported 54 cattles which are mostly located in the village of Lelede with a total of 25 cattle
and all the goats. Similarly, infectious skin diseases, West Lombok in 2014 some 17 886
cases increased in 2015, namely 27 365 cases, in the district of Kediri cases of skin diseases,
including scabies infection has contributed quite high at 2,847 cases. The results of the
examination and sanitary conditions within the cage to cage housing in the village Lelede data
obtained stable conditions do not meet the health requirements of 53.8%.
This research was conducted in March until June, 2016 in the village of Lelede district
of Kediri Regency West Lombok. This type of research is descriptive analytic with cross
sectiona, data collection is done through face to face interviews with the help of a
questionnaire. The data obtained were collected and conducted assessment or scoring on a
questionnaire. The data were analyzed using univariate to obtain the percentage of
respondents by age, gender, type of education and the percentage of each level of Knowledge,
Attitudes and Actions of the respondents. The variables were observed in this study are
grouped into two independent variables (independent variable) consists of knowledge,
attitudes and actions breeder of respondents to the management of environmental sanitation
skable and dependent variable (dependent variable) is the presence or absence of a disease
suspected of scabies in breeder respondents. The behavior of respondents in the study is
analyzed using SPSS software tools for windows 17 and to determine its relationship with the
suspected disease scabies was analyzed by chi square.
The level of knowledge of farmers in sanitation management skable majority are at a

good level of knowledge that 52 of 84 respondents (61.9%). Mubarrak (2009) and
Notoatmodjo (2010) says that one of the factors that can affect a person's level of knowledge
is experience and age. When viewed from the distribution of respondents by age showed the
majority of respondents are farmers with productive age of between 31- 40 years as many as
48 of the 84 respondents (57.14%). Distribution of the respondents indicate that the
respondent is a group of people who have a mature age, where they already have good
reasoning skills in understanding information on management of environmental sanitation
cage. Similarly, with experince in raising the majority of respondents experienced more than
three years that 56 of 84 respondents (66.67%), in line with the proposed Soekanto (2002)
that the knowledge gained from the information either orally or in writing of a person's
experience.
The attitude of farmers in the management of environmental sanitation skable most
respondents expressed hesitation in the environmental sanitation skableby 41 of the 84
respondents (48.80%). The higher the level of education a person more accepting of
information that many knowledge (Effendy, 2008). The low educational level of farmers led
to awareness attitude towards the environment is also low, the education level of respondents
are mostly elementary education or equivalent ie 42 respondents (48.81%), this causes the
respondents' attitudes hesitation in the management of environmental sanitation cage.
Respondent action in the management of environmental sanitation skable most of the
acts of respondents do not take action against the management of environmental sanitation
Fitriadi et al. 50
skable that 48 of 84 respondents (57.1%), it can be concluded that the efforts of acts or
activities of farmers in the management of environmental sanitation skable still short of the
expectations in whole to support a healthy environment. According Notoatmodjo (2007) the
behavior itself is influenced by several factors, namely: enabling or supporting factors,
manifested in the physical environment, provided or unavailability of facilities or means of
support. From the research results in detail that the unavailability of respondents facility or
means of support such as unavailability of sewage management (19.7%), unavailability of
waste water management (18.0%) and lack of shelter animal waste (12.6 %).
Based on the test results of chi-square statistic in getting p value is 0.280 which shows
that the value of ρ> 0.05, this means there is no significant relationship between farmers
knowledge in environmental sanitation management cage with suspected scabies. Along
expressed Notoatmodjo (2007) that knowledge or cognitive domain is very important for the
formation of a person's actions. knowledge of the respondents in general to reach the phase
level of know (know) and understanding (comprehension) skable environmental sanitation
management, defined as the ability to understand correctly describe about the object known,
and can correctly interpret the material.
The result of chi-square statistic about the attitude obtained p value is 0.298 which
shows that the value of ρ> 0.05, these results concluded that there was no significant
relationship between the attitude of farmers in the management of environmental sanitation
cage with suspected scabies. In accordance with the statement Notoadmodjo (2007) that the
attitude of farmers in the management of environmental sanitation skable not yet at the stage
respect (valuing) is to invite other people to do or discuss with others on an issue, but the
respondent only at the stage responds (responding), provide an answer when asked , a task
that is given is an indication of the attitude due to an attempt to answer a question or perform
a given task, regardless of the job is right or wrong.
Relationships action in the management of environmental sanitation breeder cage with
suspected disease scabies in getting test results statistical p value is 0.014 which shows that
the value of ρ <0.05, it can be concluded that there is a significant relationship between the
actions of farmers in the management of environmental sanitation cage with suspected scabies
, According to Martinez et.al (2009), the environmental impact of the farm may be
contamination of soil, water and air that could potentially interfere with the health of the
animal itself and humans. From the results of research in getting the majority of respondents
do not commit acts of environmental sanitation management action skable that 48 of 84
respondents (57.1%) so it can be inferred to have a significant relationship to the respondent
with suspected scabies ie 26 respondents (30.95%).
Along expressed Onayemi (2005) one of the factors advance prevalence of scabies
was caused by the lack of sanitation. From the research data that measures respondents lack
sanitary facilities or means of support such as no manure waste management facilities
(19.7%), lack of wastewater management facilities (18.0%) and lack of shelter waste (12.6
%). Rianti research results (2010) also said that there was a significant relationship between
hygiene and environmental sanitation with the causes of skin diseases, including scabies. This
study is in line with the results of research Faridawati (2013), which examines the relationship
between personal hygiene and individual characteristics with complaints of skin disorders in a
scavenger (LaskarMandiri) in the village of Sumur Batu subdistrict Bantar Gebang, showed
that skin hygiene has a significant connection with complaints of skin disorders , The results
of research in the field, found that 14.8% of respondents did not pay attention to the
cleanliness of the skin such as not utilizing clean water for bathing.
Kuspriyanto (2013) reported that the prevalence of scabies associated with education
gained prevalence of scabies higher in students tsanawiyah than aliyah, the study in boarding
schools in Pasuruan, East Java, and The results Raza et al (2009) in Pakistan low education
Fitriadi et al. 51
levels (<10 years) are factors that significantly influence the incidence of scabies. Based on
respondents' level of education is a large part of the SD equivalent ie 42 respondents
(48.81%). The research Ciftci (2006) and Ratnasari study (2014) showed that a low education
level (the highest is only up to primary school) tend to be higher prelevansi scabies
significantly compared with persons with higher levels of education.
4. Conclusion
There was a significant correlation between the action of farmers in the management
of environmental sanitation cage with suspected scabies.
References
[1] Azizah and Setiyowaty., 2011. Capital Scavenger Relationships Knowledge Level About Personal
Hygiene In Genesis Scabies In Toddlers At the final disposal of Semarang. Midwifery dynamics. 1: 1-5.
[2] Baur et al., 2013. The Pattern of Dermatological Disorders Among Patients Attending the Skin O.P.D of a
Tertiary Care Hospital in Kolkata, India. Journal of Dental and Medical Sciences 3.
[3] Ciftci IK, Karaca S, Dogru O, Cetinkaya Z, &Kulac K., 2006. Prevalence of pediculosis and scabies in
children of preschool nursery Afyon, Turkey. Korean Journal of Parasitology, 44, 95-98.
[4] R.I. Health Department, 2008.The Indonesia Health Profile. Jakarta.
[5] Lombok Barat District Health Office, District Health Profile 2015West Lombok.
[6] Dispertanakbun Lobar, 2015.Documenting Results Number of Livestock in West Lombok
regency.Section Keswan.
[7] Effendy, Uchjana.O., 2008. Dynamics of Communication. Bandung: PT. Teens Rosdakarya.
[8] Faridawati, 2013. Relationship between the Personal Hygiene and Individual Characteristics With Skin
Disorders Complaints In Scavenger (LaskarMandiri) in the village of
SumurBatusubdistrictBantarGebang. Thesis UIN SyarifHidayatullah Jakarta.
[9] Handoko, 2009. Dermatology and Venereal (V Edition).
[10] Kuspriyanto, 2013. Influence of Environmental Sanitation and Healthy Behavior Students Against
Scabies Genesis dipondokPesantrenPasuruan, East Java. Scientific Journal of UNS.; 11: 21.
[11] Ma'rufi I, Keman S and Notobroto HB, 2005. Factors That Contribute to Environmental Sanitation
PprevalensiAgainst Scabies Disease Study On Students at boarding Lamongan. Environmental health
journal vol 2 no.1, 11 -18.
[12] Martinez and Jose, Patrick Dabert, SuzelleBarirngton, and Colin Burton, 2009. "L: ivestock Waste
Treatment Systems for Environmental Quality, Food Safety and Sutainability." Science Direct journal
Bioresource Technology 100 (2009) 5527-5536.
[13] Mubarak and Chayatin, 2009. Public Health Theory and Applications. SalembaMedika. Jakarta.
[14] Murtiastutik, 2009.Textbook of Sexually Transmitted Infections. Yogyakarta: Erland.
[15] Notoatmodjo, 2010.Methodology for Health Research. 1st ed. Jakarta: Rineka Reserved.
[16] Onayemi O., Isezuo SA. & Njoku CH., 2005. Prevalence of different skin conditions in an outpatients'
setting in north western Nigeria. International Journal of ermatology 44, 7-11.
[17] Regulation of the Minister of Health No. 416 / Menkes / Per / IX / 1990 concerning requirements and
supervision of Air Quality.
[18] Rural Development Profile Lelede district of Kediri 2015
[19] Ratnasari and Sungkar, 2014. The prevalence of scabies and Associated Factors in Pesantren X, East
Jakarta ', Journal of the University of Indonesia, Vol.2, No.1, pp. 251-256.
[20] Raza et al,, 2009. Risk factors for scabies Among male soldier in Pakistan: a case control study. Eastern
Mediterranean Health Journal 15.1-6.
[21] Rianti, E.D.D., Palgunandi, B.U., and Mansyur, 2010. Analysis of Hygiene And Sanitation With
Occurrence Causes of Skin Diseases in Sub Asemrowo Surabaya. Journal of Medical Sciences. 1 (1): 1-
10.
[22] Soekanto and Soerjono, 2002.Role Theory. Jakarta. earth Literacy
Fitriadi et al. 52
Characteristics Of Water Inundation In The Swampland Of Pelabuhan

Dalam Village (Ogan Ilir South Sumatera)
Puspitahati 1*, Edward Saleh2, Robiyanto H. Susanto2, Ngudiantoro2

1
Student Doctoral Program of Agricultural Sciences Faculty of Agriculture, Sriwijaya University, South
Sumatera
2
Supervisor of Doctoral Program
*Email: pusphyt4@yahoo.com
Abstract
Fluctuations in water level is very closely related to the rain and tidal rivers. Water
level fluctuations can change from year to year, so it will change the characteristics of water
fluctuation pattern. During the rainy season, water from tidal river resulting inundation
occurred in paddy fields. Thus, High and period of inundation water on the swampland is
affected by rainfall and tides from the river. In determining the pattern and the planting
period must adjust the characteristics of an inundation in the swampland. Therefore, this
study purpose is to determine the characteristics of the inundation, a pattern and depth of
inundation. The methods were used observation and experiment, and inventory data. Direct
observation to the field that was in the rice fields on Village of Pelabuhan Dalam.
Microcontroller sensors were used to measure water fluctuations in research location area ,
analysis was done by using GIS and ETo analysis also graphic tabulation. This study was
conducted in the District of Keramasan Pemulutan, Pelabuhan Dalam Village, Ogan Ilir
South Sumatera from march to September 2016. Finally, The conclusions that can be drawn
were 1)Inundation characteristics in Pelabuhan Dalam was influenced by river tidal from
Ogan river, The depth of an inundation of water was influenced topography factor, also by
the distance between the land and the water channel of the river, 2)water fluctuation during
the morning was tend to be higher than during the afternoon, 3)There are some characteristics
of water inundation : ZONE I: Zone which has water depth of -50 cm (50 cm below
groundwater level) to 0 cm, ZONE II: Zone which has water depth of 0 cm to 50 cm on the
ground, ZONE III: Zone which has water depth of 50 cm to 100 cm on the ground.
Keywords: inundation, water level fluctuations, swampland, river tidal, rainfall
1 Introduction
The Fluctuations in water level is very closely related to the rain and tidal rivers
(Puspitahati et al, 2013). Erratic rainfall can change the water level fluctuations from year to
year, so it will change the characteristics of an inundation. During the rainy season, occurred
inundation in paddy fields. Height and long term of inundations on field are affected by
rainfall and water level of the river.
In addition to rainfall, water level fluctuations are affected by sea levels rising and
tidal rivers. It will affect hidrotopografi and the ability of land drainage (Rahmadi et al,
2010). Fluctuations and periods of high water levels in the soil will affect the type of
inundation. Inundation of swampland can be caused by tides, rain puddles or rivers overflow
(Noor, 2007). Swampland, especially in Pelabuhan Dalam village has a characteristic that is
Puspitahati et al. 53
influenced by the tide of the river. It is caused by fluctuation of the tidal rivers and rainfall,
then the water level in the fields can not be predicted certainty. Therefore, the pattern of
swampland management in Ogan Keramasan undeveloped optimally, such as the cropping
pattern is still in the form of rice-fallow, the condition of the water level as a constraint, so
that farmers are able to grow rice once per year periodically (Saleh et al., 2013). These
problems can reduce productivity and cause failure of crops in swampland.
Finally, Successful management of agriculture in swampland is determined by water
management (Susanto, 2010) and the water control to optimize land (Ogban, P. I. et al, 2010).
Water management of swampland can be done through the adaptation and water management
engineering. However, it is not sufficient just by adaptation (Sang Ok, 2012), it is important
to determine the characteristics of inundation water in order to predict and to design cropping
pattern more than two periodicly in a year. High and period of inundation water on the
swampland is affected by rainfall and tides from the river, so this study purpose is to
determine the characteristics of the inundation, a pattern and depth of inundation.
This study was conducted in the District of Pemulutan, Pelabuhan Dalam Village,
Ogan Ilir, South Sumatra. It was from march to September 2016. The methods of the research
were surveys, installation of measuring devices, observations of water levels and rainfall, the
analysis of the characteristics of an inundation. To find out the fluctuations in water level and
precipitation for 3 months was observed in the fields. Rainfall was measured every day when
it was rain. It was plugged pisscal boards along 2 m in to the location area to measure the
water level. This research also used sensors device (Microcontroller sensors) and pziometer
to observe fluctuation the water.
The analyzes of water level fluctuation were done by hydrograph water level
fluctuations and chart comparison of the relationship between the rainfall and water
level. After that, carried the analysis characteristics of inundation in swampland and did
classify the type and characteristics of inundation by looking at the pattern and depth of
inundation. Analysis inundation water was according to criteria of swampland based on
hidrotopografi which classified in three types.
The highest rainfall in June 2016 with the thickness of the water was 30 ml on the
26th, the highest rainfall in July 2016 with the thickness of the water was 20 ml on 23th,
while the highest rainfall in July 2016 was the thickness 30 ml of water were on 22th and
20th.
Characteristics of water inundation is the behavior of water particularly in swamp
land from time to time or from season to season can cause by the early of flooding, stagnant
water and the end of the flooding. It can be seen from the length and the depth of water level.
Water level fluctuations can change from year to year, so it will change the characteristics of
water fluctuation .
The results of measurements of water level in fields. Measurements were made every
day using piscall board and sensors from May to July 2016.
Figure 1. Results of water level (NI,N2,N3,N4) in Mei, June and July 2016
In determining land zones, the estimation based on the average height of stagnant
water which was time has longer than others. It was measured with four points zones there
were zone N1, N2, N3 and N4. the result of classifications were based on water level height,
there are some characteristics :
1) ZONE I: Zone which has water depth of -50 cm (50 cm below groundwater level) to 0 cm.
2) ZONE II: Zone which has water depth of 0 cm to 50 cm on the ground
3) ZONE III: Zone which has water depth of 50 cm to 100 cm on the ground
On land N1 and N2 can be categorized of zone 1 because it was included a bit drier
than on land N3 and N4. It was influenced by topography factor. It is because the land N3
and N4 are more inclined to decline and was lower than in land N1 and N2. In addition, the
depth of water inundation is influenced also by the distance between the land and the water
channel of the river. In the land N3 and N4 were closest to the drains that drain water from
the river water.
So that when it was tide, water flowed directly into the channel and into the zone N3
and N4, then entered the zone N1 and N2. And when it subsided, the land N1 and N2 were
dry earlier than land N3 and N4.
4. Conclusions
Finally, The conclusions that can be drawn were :
1. Inundation characteristics in Pelabuhan Dalam was influenced by river tidal from Ogan
river, The depth of an inundation of water was influenced topography factor, also by the
distance between the land and the water channel of the river.
2. water fluctuation during the morning was tend to be higher than during the afternoon.
3. There are some characteristics of water inundation :
1) ZONE I: Zone which has water depth of -50 cm (50 cm below groundwater level) to 0
cm.
2) ZONE II: Zone which has water depth of 0 cm to 50 cm on the ground
3) ZONE III: Zone which has water depth of 50 cm to 100 cm on the ground
References
[1] Puspitahati, Saleh E., Purnomo, RH. 2013. Water Management Of Swampland As Adaptation Toward
The Climate Change In South Sumatera. Prosiding International Seminar on Climate Change.
[2] Rahmadi, Suryadi,Robiyanto H.Susanto and Bart Schultz. 2010. Effects Of Climate Change And Land
Subsidence On Water Management Zoning In Tidal Lowlands Case Study Telang I, South Sumatra
[3] Noor, M. 2007. Swampyland: Ecology, Utilization and Development. PT Raja Grafindo Persada. Jakarta.
[4] Saleh, E., C. Irsan dan M.U. Harun. 2013. Evaluation of Planting Pattern on Swamp Land Keramasan
Ogan. Research Report. Sriwijaya University. Indralaya.
[5] Susanto, R.H. 2010. Wetlands Management Strategy for Sustainable Agricultural Development. Books
Inauguration Soil Department, Faculty of Agriculture.Sriwijaya University.
[6] Ogban,P.I.,Effiong,G.S.,Obi,J.C. dan Ibia,T.O. 2011. Characteristics, Potentials, and Constraints of
Wetland Soils for Agricultural Development in Akwa Ibom State, South-EasternNigeria.7(2):80-87
Elements Social Capital in The Vegetable Marketing In Tawangargo

Village , Malang Regency, East Java
Sugeng Riyanto1), Kliwon Hidayat2), Keppi Sukesi2)
Department of Social Economic Agriculture Faculty of Agriculture Brawijaya University Malang

E-mail : suksesbyallah@gmail.com
Abstract
Social capital undoubtedly has a significant role in vegetable marketing. The

interrelationship between farmers, trader, and worker create a certain relationship that forms
a social capital in vegetable marketing. This study aims to: 1 Find out whom gets involved
in the vegetable marketing, 2 Analyze the elements of social capital, and 3 social capital
formation process. This study used a qualitative approach. Data analysis technique used in
this study is an interactive model. 1. The study found several actors in vegetable marketing
activities, they are village-level collector traders, big collector trader, major collectors
traders to supermarkets, supermaket suppliers, suplier traders, farmer’s buyer trader and
workers. Vegetable middlemen community’s element of social capital is trust (Traders paid
the vegetable after the commodities are sold), social networking (New traders able to enter
the market easily only if they come from the same village as the old middleman), and social
norms (Trust is also an important social capital, they believe that they will fulfil their duties
each other (trader-trader and trader-farmer). The formation process of vegetable
middlemens’ social capital can be divided into two: 1 Relationship with workers and
farmers which has grown up by neighbor and brother relationship. 2 Relationship with the
other traders which is grown up by a continuous interaction process.
Keywords : Social capital, vegetable marketing, farmers, middlemen
1. Introduction
Agricultural markets are relatively different from other markets because it has
characteristics involving the farming community and the trader community that have
interrelationship between actors and natural resources. Social capital as a critical success
factor of vegetables horticultural marketing system of agricultural market because it has
patterns of social interaction in which specific social interraction has an important role in
keeping their interaction patterns. Social capital in the marketing of vegetables in
Tawangargo village has been maximized to support vegetable marketing activities in line
with the Syahyuti's statement (2008) of agricultural markets in form of imperfect
competition, agricultural markets need the social capital to smoothen marketing activities of
agricultural products.
Social capital developed in vegetable marketing is really attractive since it is full of
competition, but in this community, in an effort trafficking vegetables, it still uses elements
of community/social capital. From that, this research will be needed in order to know how
social capital in a community of traders in the Tawangargo village.

This study uses a qualitative approach, the process of extracting data to understand
the social phenomenon based on thorough research (holistic), formed by the words, and
obtained from the natural situation. In the implementation of this qualitative approach, it is
Riyanto et al. 57
used to observe phenomenon of the social capital dynamics in the vegetable marketing in
Tawangargo.
2. Study Findings And Discussions
2.1. Description of Actors Involved in Vegetable Marketing

Vegetables become a strategic commodity in Tawangargo village since some traders
begin to sell the commodity out of town. They start selling at local markets such as Batu,
Gadang, and Blimbing to further expand the market to Surabaya, agro market, Mojokerto,
and Porong. The expansion of the vegetable market is increasingly attracting other people to
become traders and it increases in subsequent years. The increasing number and marketing
activities are automatically complicating marketing channels. There are several types of
traders involved in marketing channels depending on its position in marketing channels. In
local terms, the traders are trader collectors in village level, big collector trader, big collector
trader for the supermarket merchant.
2.1.1. Small Collector Traders
Collector traders in village level is a trader who does his work by cutting vegetables
directly to farmers. Besides cutting, it also slashes the partnership by giving capital to the
farmers. Collector trader in village level usually can not directly sell the vegetables to the
market because it has no market network. Besides the reason of not owning the network
market, collector traders in village level is also unfamiliar with the social situation in the
market, so they are afraid to be cheated.
2.1.2. Big Collector Traders

Big Collector Traders are traders from Tawangargo Village which is directly selling
vegetables to the vegetable markets around Malang from Porong Market, Mojokerto Market,
Agro Market, Lawang Market, Karangploso Market, Lawang Market and Malang Market.
2.1.3. Supermaket Standard Big Collector Traders

Supermarket standard big collector traders is a trader that serves vegetables sold in
supermarkets, example of this type of vegetables is peppers, broccoli, Siomak, cucimis, and
others. Big collectors in supermarket standards do not directly sell to supermarket but it
passes second hand dealers before reaching the supermarket. Second-hand traders are traders
who have a cooperative relationship with the supermarket contracts.
2.1.4. Workers (Coolie)

Labor owned by the trader, who has a role to smoothen diverse activities of their
vegetables marketing activities. Their workers are distributed in various positions such as
duty harvesting in the fields, transporting to the packing house, as the packers, and last is
their duty to sell vegetables or participating to sell vegetables in the market. Their workers
still have close relationships between them. workers come from relatives, neighbors, and
their companions.
2.1.5. Vegetables Farmers
Farmers is a very important partner for their businesses. Farmers have a good
relationship with traders in their village. Usually, the trader already has farmers who have a
cooperative relationship. Farmers and traders develop cooperation on the basis of a
mutually beneficial relationship. Traders need farmers and farmers also need the traders.
Farmers feel advantaged by the vegetable traders in their villages to plant vegetables
commodity needed by farming traders will be more prosperous for farmers. This is because
Riyanto et al. 58
the vegetables commodity including commodities that have high economic value and
vegetables have a relatively short lifespan of other commodities.
2.2. Social Modal Elements
Social capital has been invested since their ancestors. Mutual cooperation, a sense of
community, and maintaining the norms of public life. Social capital is a rule that has been
keeping the harmony of society. One of social capital developed in the marketing of
vegetables in Tawangargo is trust. Trust is a form of social capital builds based on
community relations villages filled with elements of kinship. Sense of family also has an
impact on any activity undertaken by all the villagers. In the vegetable marketing business of
trust in form of farmers giving kepercaan on traders in kind penen meraka entrusted to
traders to be sold without having paid in advance, and paid after the traders have to sell it in
the market. The trader's trust is to provide capital to farmers in exchange for vegetables sold
at traders who provide capital.
Social networking is a relationship that makes it possible to bring an economic
potential in a particular social system in society. Social networks within the community
embodied in the form of network marketing. This network marketing is used to grow their
businesses. Vegetable marketing network in Tawangaargo is started from some people
conducting trading activities, at first some of these people only trade some types of
agricultural products produced from the area. This is in line with the results of this study
(Theingi et al, 2008), social relationships can foster, develop and require the enactment of
norms in a relationship. Social capital does not directly contain or have value for money.
Nonetheless, social capital can facilitate the relationship between the perpetrator and tie
network through trust.
That harmony is strengthened by norms applicable between them. Trust and social
networkreinforced with the norms prevailing between them. Trust and social networks are
reinforced by prevailing social norms, to social norms will minimize fraudulent activities in
vegetables marketing. Social norms in marketing intangibles from traders and farmers.
Traders definitely pay vegetables they had bought and farmers will sell vegetable to traders
who have provided capital to farmers. Trust is a form of vegetable marketing, especially a
belief will not play dirty in doing marketing, both in getting vegetables and selling
vegetables.
The description above socialcapitalconsists of 3 elements, they are trust, social norms,
and social networks. This is in line with Putnam’s statements (1993) that social modal is as
amutual trust between society member and society to their leaders. Social capital is defined
as social institution involving networks, norms and social trust.
2.3. The Forming Process of Social Capital
Here, it will describe about forming process of social capital in three things: in
obtaining wares, manpower, and in selling vegetables. First, the formation process of social
capital of farmers and traders, beginning with some traders who sell commodities developed
in Tawangargo. The commodity is the onion and garlic. Farmers leave their crops to traders
to be sold to the market without having to pay for it at first. Payment of onion and garlic
growers harvest is conducted by traders once everything is sold in the market.
Both labors that they manage are labors coming from their closest environment. The
nearby neighborhood comes from relatives, neighbors, and their companions. Automatically,
that capital social in employment has been built from the outset. With capital's closeness of
the relationship, it creates employment to be easily controlled. As Fukuyama (1999) stated
that social capital grows and develops from lineage based society group.
These three processes to build process conducted by the traders are a very long
journey. Development of this market has two versions. Version of supermarket traders and
Riyanto et al. 59
traditional market traders. Supermarkets, market development is conducted by delivering to

the supermarket merchants. Traders continue to serve the orders although the number of
orders is not balanced with the distance to deliver vegetables to the amount of goods
ordered. Good service is a social capital that creates the customer trust and it will have effect
to order more vegetables to the supermarket standard traders. For vegetables marketing to
traders who sell in traditional markets by building trust among them. Mutual trust given
between traders and consumers are keeping each other. The trader's obligation is selling
vegetable in good quality and the right merchant is getting paid from the sale of vegetables
in a timely manner and vice versa with consumers.
Consumers will buy vegetables bynyaur ngamek it means the buyer will pay
vegetables they have bought in the following days. However, big merchants applythe system
only to the old buyer. It is as stated by Thiengi et al. (2008) that trust gives influence to the
social capital through the increase of profitthat may be obtained; minimize risk; add relation
chance, motivation and ability. Building trust is a strategy that must be conducted in building
individual network structure. Besides, trust and behavior trusted are critical aspect of social
capital.
Social capital formed as a result of interdependence between actors involved in
marketing activity. Farmers depend on the traders, traders depend on the farmers and traders
depend on other traders, as stated by Coleman (1994) that people in poor condition will
depend much on the people surroundings.
3. Conclusion
Based on the study result and data analysis conducted, it can be concluded that.
Actors involved in vegetable marketing activities in vegetable traders community in
Tawangargo Village is farmers, workers, small traders, big traders, supermarket standard
merchants.
Social capital elements owned by vegetable trader community in Tawangaargo
consist of trust, social network, and social norms. The formation process of social capital in
vegetable trader community in Tawangaargo can be divided into two, first is social capital
with worker and farmer.
Social capital grown begins from social values they own because the worker comes
from neighbor’s family and friends since long ago before they start trading. The second type
is a social capital relationship with other trader, it is an interaction process that is
continuously conducted to make them tied in a social capital bonding.
References
[1]. Coleman, J.S. 1994. Foundations Of Social Theory. Terjemahan Mutaqien, I Widiowati,S.R dan
Purwandari. Dasar-dasr teori sosial Penerbit kanisius, Yogyakarta.
[2]. Putnam, R.D. 1993. The prosperous community: Sosial capital and public life. The Amercan Prospect.
Vol.4
[3]. Syahyuti.2008. Peran modal sosial (social capital) dalam Pemasaranhasil pertanian. Pusat Analisis
Sosial Ekonomi dan Kebijakan Pertanian :Bogor
[4]. Theingi, S. P. dan Y. Phungphol. 2008. Social capital in Southeast Asian business relationships. Journal
of Industrial Marketing Management 37 (2008) 523–530
[5]. Fukuyama, F. 1999. Social Capital and Civil Society. Institute of Public Policy. George Mason University
Riyanto et al. 60
Kinetics of Increasing Protein Content on The Sorghum Flour

Fermentation
Nur Istianah
University of Brawijaya
Email: n_istianah@ymail.com
Abstract
Fermentation of sorghum flour using pure baker yeast, pure Lactobacillus plantarum
or the mix of them could increase the total protein content of the fermented sorghum flour
(mosof). It was caused by conversion of substrate to the protein and also might be caused by
the growing of biomass cell. Rate of total protein content was studied by the fermentation at
the 37°C of temperature in the varying duration of 24-72 hrs. It was compared to the total cell
growth to find the influence of cell growth on the total protein. The mathematical approach
was introduced to predict the contribution of cell to the protein content. The results showed
that the curve of protein content did not have the same trendline. It indicates that the increase
of protein content did not dominated by the growing of cell. The kinetic of protein content
1
near to the kinetic of 2nd order reaction with the equation  0.0005t  0.0786 .
[ P]
Keywords: fermentation, sorghum, kinetics, protein
1. Introduction
Sorghum is a kind of cereal that has great potential to be cultivated and developed
commercially because of its wide adaptability, high productivity and more tolerance to
marginal conditions (drought, salinity and land sour). Based on ICRISAT (1990), sorghum
seeds which contain high carbohydrate were used as a raw material in various industries such
as beer, starch, sugar, liquid (syrup), jaggery (a kind of brown sugar), ethanol, etc. On the
other hand (use more appropriate word or phrase to introduce the readers to bread), bread is
one of the common foods that also becomes a stuff food in Europe. Minimum ingredients of
bread are the common wheat flour, water, salt and yeast. Wheat flour is the dominant
composition, as the source of gluten. Sorghum is a kind of grain that is free of gluten.
Sorghum flour can replace or be combined to wheat flour to get gluten-free product. Sedej et
al. reported that crackers made from buckwheat (sorghum) flours can increase supply of
gluten-free products on the market and may be regarded as health promoting functional foods,
especially for celiac disease patients. In order to improve nutritional content of modified
bread, sorghum was treated enzymatically or by fermentation. Hrckova et al8 reported that
treating soy flour with Flavourzyme protease could release more arginine (22.1%), leucine
(10.6%), and phenylalanine (12.9%). This can be adopted for sorghum flour to get better
pasting properties.
Fermented sorghum flour has many benefits in the bread products such as enriching
protein content as lysine, leucine, isoleucina and methionine content increased 2, improving
texture13, mouth-feel, acceptability and shelf-life of bread1. Conversion of sorghum seeds into
flour as food is rarely found. Most of the people use sorghum seeds as animal feed only. In
the fermentation, it was predicted that microbal growth affected the protein content. This
correlation need a confirmation by the mathematical model. Therefore, it is necessary to find
the kinetics of sorghum flour fermentation due to increase total protein.
Istianah 61
2. Materials and ethods
2.1. Materials
Sorghum grains harvested from Pemalang, Indonesia was used as a raw material for the
fermented flour production. It had a median diameter of 0.8 cm and its color is brownish
white. In this experiment, dry baker's yeast (Saf-instant produced by PT. Saf Indonusa) and
Lactobacillus plantarum that was cultured in the Biotechnology Lab, AIT, were used to
ferment sorghum flour. Whereas (please consider using other words), the ingredients of the
bread are fermented sorghum flour, commercial wheat flour (white swan), water, yeast, salt,
sugar, shortening (butter), and skim milk.
2.2. Fermentation
Dry baker's yeast and L. plantarum either single or their mixed culture were used to
ferment the sorghum flour. It was 1010 CFU per mL in the single and 107 CFU per mL in the
mixed culture. Before fermentation, the black husk was removed from the sorghum grain to
clean them from cellulose. Pericarp was still maintained because it covers sorghum starch
inside. Then, it was ground and sieved using 60-mesh screen. Pasteurization was conducted to
the sorghum flour suspension consisting of sorghum flour, distilled water and yeast extract at
60°C for 30 minutes. In this experiment, total volume of fermentation was 350 mL.
Fermentation was operated at 37°C, pH 5.5, 200 rpm of agitation speed under anaerobic
condition. These conditions were operated in a bio-reactor type 884101/1 no. 02002/96;
product of B.Braun Bio-tech International. The fermentation time was varied between 24 and
72 hrs.
2.3. Crude protein determination
Crude protein was determined by Kjeldahl method using Kjeltec TM model 2300, as
described in Foss Analytical manual, AB. The method involved digestion of the sample at
420°C for 1 hr to liberate the organically bound nitrogen in the form of ammonium sulphate.
The ammonia in the digest ammonium sulphate was then distilled off into a boric and receiver
solution, and then titrated with standard hydrochloric acid. A conversion factor of 6.25 was
used to convert total nitrogen to percentage crude protein.
2.4. Microorganism growth: microorganisms growth can be measured in terms of two
different parameters: changes in cell mass by turbidity measurements and changes in cell
numbers by electronic counting chambers.
3.1. Cell growth curve

0,10000 0,12000
0,08000 0,10000
0,08000
X (g∕mL)
X (g∕mL)
0,06000
0,06000
0,04000
0,04000
0,02000 0,02000
0,00000 0,00000
24 30 48 65 72 30 37 48 59 67
t(hrs) t(hrs)
(a) (b)
Figure 1. Cell growth curve of fermentation using L.plantarum(a) and baker
yeast(b)
Istianah 62
L.plantarum was used after 4 hrs of incubation and baker yeast after 3 hrs. in order to
reach their log phase. Both of total protein content and cell growth was analysed start from 24
hrs fermentation.
3.2. Curve of protein content increasing
13,2000 13,2000
concentration…
concentration (b/b)
13,0000 13,0000
protein
12,8000 12,8000
protein
12,6000 12,6000
24 30 48 65 72 24 30 37 48 67
t(hour) t(jam)
(a) (b)
Figure 2. Total protein content of Mosof using L.plantarum(a) and Baker yeast (b)
Figure 1 and Figure.2. show that the increasing of total protein content (Figure 2.) has
no same gradient and order of equations with the cell growth curve. Both are in the different
trendline, non-linear correlation. Therefore, the Monod Equation are not suitable to determine
the kinetics of total protein content increase. It means, protein is not the main product of
fermentation by L.plantarum and Baker yeast.
Another approachment was used to find the kinetics of total protein content increase.
General kinetic was introduced to find the fit order and the equation of protein production. It
was initiated by the 0-order. The fit model was evaluated by the highest root square (R2)
value.
13,2000 13,2000
13,1000 y = 0,0817x + 12,721 13,1000 y = 0,0622x + 12,806
13,0000 R² = 0,9343 R² = 0,9412
13,0000
12,9000
[P]
[P]
12,8000 12,9000
12,7000 12,8000
12,6000 12,7000
24 30 48 65 72 24 30 37 48 67
t(jam) t(jam)
(a) (b)
2,5800 2,58
2,575 y = 0,0048x + 2,55
2,5700 y = 0,0063x + 2,5434
2,57 R² = 0,9413
R² = 0,9351
2,5600 2,565
ln[P]
ln[P]
2,56
2,5500 2,555
2,5400 2,55
2,545
2,5300 2,54
24 30 48 65 72 24 30 37 48 67
t t
(c) (d)
Istianah 63
0,0785 0,0780
0,0780 0,0775
0,0775 0,0770
0,0770
[P]-1
[P]-1
0,0765 y = -0,0004x + 0,0781
0,0765 y = -0,0005x + 0,0786
0,0760 R² = 0,9414
0,0760 R² = 0,9359
0,0755 0,0755
0,0750 0,0750
24 30 48 65 72 24 30 37 48 67
t t
(e) (f)
Figure 3. Protein content curve, 0-order (a,b), 1st order (c,d), 2nd order(e,f)
Table 1. The R2 value of total protein equations

Nilai R
Orde
L.plantarum Baker yeast
0 0.9343 0.9412
1 0.9351 0.9413
2 0.9359 0.9414
4. Conclusion
Total protein content was not dominated by the cell grofth of sorghum flour fermentation. It
1
has the 2nd order reaction in the equation of  0.0005t  0.0786 .
[ P]
References
[1] Correia, Isabel. (2010). “Screening of lactic acid bacteria potentially useful for sorghum fermentation”.
Journal of Cereal Science 52, 9-15.
[2] De Vries, Maaike C.et.al. (2006). “Lactobacillus plantarum survival, functional and potential probiotic
properties in the human intestinal tract”. International Dairy Journal: 6, 1018-1028.
[3] Earp, C. F. (2004). “Microscopy of pericarp development in the caryopsis of Sorghum bicolor(L.)
Moench”. Journal of Cereal Science 39: 21–27.
[4] Elkhalifa, AbdElmoneimO.et.al.(2005). “Effect of fermentation on the functional properties of sorghum
flour”. Food Chemistry(92):1–5.
[5] Hrčková M., Monika rusňáková and Jaroslav zemanovič. Enzymatic Hydrolysis of Defatted Soy Flour by
Three Different Proteases and their Effect on the Functional Properties of Resulting Protein Hydrolysates.
Czech J. Food Sci.2002; 20 (1):7-14.
[6] IvanaSedej, Marijana Saka, Anamarija Mandi, Aleksandra Mi, Mladenka Pestori, Olivera Simurina, and
Jasna Canadanovi Brunet. Quality assessment of gluten-free crackers based on buckwheat flour. Food
Science and Technology. 2011; 44:694-699.
[7] M.P. Sirappa. Sorghum Development Prospects in Indonesia as An Alternative for Commodities Food,
Feed, and Industry. Agriculture Research and Development. 2003; 22 (4).
[8] Mustafa, Arwa. (2009). “Interaction effects of fermentation time and added asparagine and glycine on
acrylamide content in yeast-leavened bread”. Food Chemistry 112, 767–774.
[9] Onyango, Calvin.et.al. .(2010). “Rheological and baking characteristics of batter and bread prepared from
pregelatinised cassava starch and sorghum and modified using microbial transglutaminase”. Journal of
Food Engineering(97):465–470.
[10] ____.(2011). “Modification of gluten-free sorghum batter and bread using maize, potato, cassava or rice
starch”. Food Science and Technology(44):681-686.
[11] Ray, Bibek. (2004). “Fundamental Food Microbiology, 3th edition”. New York:CRC Press.
[12] Procopio, Susanne. (2013). “Significant amino acids in aroma compound profiling during yeast
fermentation analyzed by PLS regression”. Food Science and Technology 51: 423-432.
Istianah 64
Genes Action in Quantitative Traits of Rice The Result of Crosses Between

Ipb 4s Varieties With Red Rice Promising Lines
Baiq Ernawati1*, I Gusti Putu Muliarta Aryana2, Anak Agung Ketut Sudharmawan3
1 (Magister Programme of Dry Land Management Resource, Mataram University, NTB – Indonesia)
2(Lecture In Agriculture Faculty, Mataram University, NTB – Indonesia)
3 (Lecture In Agriculture Faculty, Mataram University, NTB – Indonesia)
*
Email : baiqernawati.08@gmail.com/baiqerna_imud@ymail.com
Abstract
Red rice is one of the germplasm that has not been utilized as a source of genetic
diversity in breeding programs. This study aimed to determine the role of genes of
quantitative traits of crossbreeding progenies between the rice variety “IPB-4S” and a
promising red rice line, by conducting a field experiment at experimental station of the
Faculty of Agriculture, University of Mataram, located in NyurLembang Village of Narmada
District of West Lombok regency. The experiment was designed using Randomized Complete
Block Design (RCBD) testing 4 treatments of rice genotypes with 3 replications. The
genotypes tested were the parents (G3 and IPB 4S), F1 (G3 / IPB 4S) and F1 (IPB 4S / G3).
The parameters measured were days to flowering, plant height, number of productive tiller,
number of non-productive tillers, panicle length, number of filled grains, number of unfilled
grains, weight of 100 grains, and grain weight per clump. The results indicated that the roles
of the genes controlling the nine parameters measured on the crossbreeding progenies
between IPB-4S and a promising line of red rice varied between parameters, i.e. it was
additive on the parameters plant height, number of productive tillers, number of unfilled
grains, and grain weight per clump; it was partial dominant on the parameters days-to-
flowering, panicle length, and number of filled grains; and it was dominant on the parameters
weight of 100 grains; and it was over dominant on the parameter number of non-productive
tillers.
Keywords : Red rice, genetic parameter, gene action, IPB-4S variety
1. Introduction
Rice is the staple food consumed by many people in the world, especially in
Asia. Although generallywhite rice consumed, there are also varieties of rice that have color
pigments such as red rice, brown rice and black rice. Red rice (Oryza sativa L.) is a type of
rice that have the colourred.The red colour is caused by anthocyanin pigments which found on
the outer layer.
Rice is one of the brown rice germplasm untapped as a source of genetic diversity in
breeding programs. Limited development area is endemic in the highlands as upland rice in
the old as well as the existence increasingly rare (endangered) due to the planting of the types
of new high yielding varieties of rice (1).
Until now estimated to be around 85 per cent of rice areas have been planted with
improved varieties. With the increasingly widespread planting of high yielding varieties will
urge local varieties, resulting in the shifting of even the extinction of a number of local
varieties that have specific adaptations to certain conditions, as it is known as genetic erosion.
To overcome in order to avoid sustained genetic erosion, need to rice germplasmcollection(2).
Elders with high genetic variation is a very important breeding material in the
Ernawati et al. 65
assembly of high-yielding varieties. IPB 4S variety is high yielding varieties of rice that has a
new type of white colour with the number of seeds and saplings lot less. G3 promising lines
have red rice, panicle number less but have many the number of chicks(3). Elders who have
variations / high genetic diversity will provide great opportunities to generate cross
combinations appropriate to the combined properties of good.
Estimation of the type of gene acts as indispensable as a basis for improvement of
efficiency of a breeding program, as a follow-gen describe genes work in showing the
morphological characters of plants and can be used in the method of selection purposes.
Therefore, information on the follow-gene is very important to know. In this regard, it is
necessary to do research on " genes action in quantitative traits of rice the result of crosses
between IPB 4S varieties with red rice promising lines”
These experiments using an experimental method with Randomized Complete Block

Design (RCBD) ) testing 4 treatments of rice genotypes with 3 replications. This experiment
was conducted at experimental field, Faculty of Agriculture, University of Mataram,
NyurLembang Village of Narmada District of West Lombok regency. Materials used are two
parents (G3 and IPB 4S) F1 (G3 / 4S IPB) and F1 (IPB 4S / G3). Parameters measured were
days to flowering, plant height, number of productive tiller, the number of non-productive
tillers, panicle length, number of grain contains, the number of empty grain, 100 grain weight
and grain weight per clump. The role of genes calculated using the potential ratio according to
Petr and Frey (4) is hp=
3. Results And Discussion
Results and discussion presented by displaying the results of the analysis are then
discussion for each parameter was observed, are presented as follows:
To see the value of gen action on quantitative characters of genotype G3, IPB 4S, F1
(G3 / 4S IPB) and F1 (IPB 4S / G3) from the result of crosses between white rice with brown
rice paddy can be seen in Table 1.
Table 1. Values Gen action Some Quantitative Characters On Genotype G3, IPB
4S, F1 (G3 / 4S IPB) and F1 (IPB 4S / G3)
Hp Criteria
F1 (G3/IPB F1 (IPB
No Characters 4S) 4S/G3) F1 (G3/IPB 4S) F1 (IPB 4S/G3)
1 Plant age 0.72 0.43 Dominant majority Dominant majority
2 Plant height 0.2 0.07 Aditive Aditive
Total number of productive
3 tillers / hill 0.24 1.04 Aditive Dominant
Total number of non
4 productive tillers / hill 2.53 2.6 Over dominant Over dominan
Panicle length
5 0.27 -0.12 Dominant majority Aditive
6 Number of filled grains 0.74 -1.05 Dominant majority Dominant

7 Number of unfilled grains 0.23 0.06 Aditive Aditive
8 Weight 100 grains 0.78 -1.14 Dominant Dominant
Grain weight per panicle
9 0.17 -0.38 Aditive Dominant majority
Ernawati et al. 66
calculations to determine the nature of the additive and epistasis between dominant genes
controlling traits. Acts of different genes will make the segregation of different genes (7).
Acts of genes that control traits in rice varieties of crosses IPB 4S with red rice paddy
promising lines in Table 1 shows the value that varies. Of the nine parameters were observed
in the study of genes is additive, dominant majority, dominant and over-dominant. For five
quantitative trait observed, additive and dominant genes play a role in the appearance of
properties partially observed both in F1 and the resiprok.
Additive gene is more important than the dominant gene in four parameters observed
indicated by the nature of plant height, number of productive tiller, the amount of grain
hollow and weight per clump with a value of respectively 0.2, 0:24, 0:23 and 0:17 in the F1
(G3 / IPB 4S) while the dominant gene acts partly indicated by the parameter date of
flowering, panicle length and the number of grains contain. In his research on soy, Suprapto et
al. (8) shows the value ratio of 0.71 which explains that the dominant genes that control plant
height trait is dominant genes partly positive. Dominant genes are more important than
additive gene acts that appear on the parameters of a weight of 100 grains with a value of
0.78, while the follow-gene appeared dominant over the nature of the number of non
productive tillers showed with 2:54. Meanwhile there are some differences in the criteria in
F1 resiprok (IPB 4S / G3) on several parameters: the number of productive tillers and number
of grains contain genes that show dominant, panicle length showed additive and dominant
genes partly on the weight of grain per clump with a value of -0.38. Ratio potential of -0.38
explained that the dominant gene that controls most of the serious nature of grain per clump is
partially dominant gene negative. In his research on sweet corn, Sujiprihati et al (9) also find
zero value on the genetic variance and heritability in the broad sense of the nature and
corncob cob diameter. This is in accordance with the grouping of the potential value ratio
according to Petr and Frey (1966), namely hp = 0 - <0:25 acts additive gene, hp = 0:25 -
<0.75 acts as a dominant gene in part, hp = 0.75 - <1:25 dominant and hp = ≥ 1:25 over
dominant.
Knowledge of the gene acts very concerned with determining selection methods on the
material being handled (10). According to Basuki (11), when the additive gene is more
important than the act of the dominant genes controlling a trait, the more effective mass
selection to do at the material. Conversely, if the dominant gene is more important than the
act of additive genes controlling a trait, it should be towards the formation of hybrid varieties
more quickly.
4. Conclusion
Limited based on the results of this study, it can be concluded that there is a gene
actions which varies the nature of the additive, dominant majority, dominant, over-dominant
and for some properties such as the number of productive tillers, number of grains contain and
the weight of grain per clump should use IPB 4S as male gametes and G3 at panicle length
parameter.
Acknowledgement
Thanks to Indonesia Endowment Fund for Education (LPDP), which has funded the
research, and the second supervisor who constantly provide feedback and constructive
suggestions to enhance the writing of this paper.
References
[1] Muliarta, N. Kantun, Kisman, Sanisah, Soemenaboedhy. 2004. Penampilan fenotipe dan beberapa
Ernawati et al. 67
parameter genetik 16 genotipe padi beras merah. Agroteksos 14 (3) : 162-167.
[2] Silitonga, T. B., M. Warson., Indarjo., L. Cholisoh. 1988. Variabilitas dan Derajat Kemiripan Sifat-sifat
Agronomis Genotip-Genotip Padi. 25-36 h. Seminar HasilPenelitianTanamanPangan. Balittan Bogor.
[3] Muliarta, I.G.P,. A.A. Sudharmawan, 2014. Perakitan Varietas Padi Gogo Rancah Beras Merah
Fungsional Tipe baru Potensi Hasil (>7 ton/ha) Serta Berumur Genjah (<110 hari). Proposal Penelitian
Strategis Nasional. Universitas Mataram.
[4] Petr F.C. and K.J. Frey. 1966. Genotype Correlation, dominance and heritability of quantitative
characters in oats. Crop. Sci. 6 : 259-262.
[5] Allard, R.W. 1960. Principles Of Plant Breeding. John Wiley and Sons, Inc.New York. 485p.
[6] Crowder, L.V. 1981. Genetika Tumbuhan (terjemahan oleh L. Kusdiarti dan Soetarso). Gadjah Mada
Univertsity Press. Yogyakarta.
[7] Singh, R.K., B.D. Chaudary. 1979. Biometrical methods in quantitative genetic analysis, Kalyani
Publishers. New Delhi. 304 p.
[8] Suprapto, Narimah Md. Kairudin. 2007. Variasi Genetik, Heritabilitas, Tindak Gen dan Kemajuan
Genetik Kedelai (Glycine max Merrill) PadaUltisol. Jurnal Ilmu-ilmu Pertanian Indonesia. Volume 9
No.2, 183-190p.
[9] Sujiprihati, S. M. Syukur, R.Yunianti. 2005. Pendugaan Ragam Genetik dan Heritabilitas Beberapa
Karakter Vegetatif dan Hasil Jagung Manis. J. Agrotropika 10(2) : 75-78.
[10] Salazar, F.S., s. Panday.,L.Naro., J.C. Perez., H. Ceballos., S.N. Parentoni and A.F.C.B. Filho. 1997.
Diallel Analysis of acid Soil Toleran t and in Tolerant Tropikal Maize Populations. Crop Sci. 37: 1452-
1462.
[11] Basuki, N. 1995. Pendugaan Tindak Gen. 48 h. Diktat Kuliah. Fakultas Pertanian. Universitas
Brawijaya. Malang.
Ernawati et al. 68
Behavior of Rice Market in the Lampung Province
Irmayani Noer1*, Bina Unteawati2

1
Agribussines Study Program, Economic and Agribussines Department, State Polytechnic of Lampung Jl.
Soekarno—Hatta Rajabasa Bandar Lampung
Email: fathianoer@yahoo.com
Abstract
The purpose of the study is to analyze the behavior of the rice market in the context of
the availability of rice (stock / buffer) for food security in the province of Lampung to
approach the market supply of rice planting area of rice and rice productivity . The virtue of
the research is on analysis of market availability of rice from the rice planting area and
indicate the availability of rice paddy productivity to meet the food needs and ensure that you
meet the food needs of the community. The study took a sample of respondents from various
parties , namely agricultural producers , marketing actors in the market rate of the village,
district , and county / city . Sampling was done intentionally ( purposive ) and proportionately
on the basis of the number of actors the production and marketing of rice from the village
level up to the wholesalers . The method will be used to formulate the rice market supply
function is the equation of the function of rice planting area, where the planting area is a
function of the price of rice and corn prices and productivity function approach, where
productivity is a function of the price of rice and grain prices. Results indicate that the rice
price increase factors and competitors' products (maize) in the previous year will increase the
rice planting area . Similarly, if there is an increase in rice prices in the previous year will
increase the productivity of rice. While the rise in input prices of rice and a dummy crisis will
reduce the productivity of rice .
Keywords : market supply of rice , food security
1. Introduction
The food crisis began to be felt in 2007 because of the population growth rate remains
high every year, while on the other side of land available for agricultural activities is limited,
or the rate of growth is getting smaller, or even in absolute terms tend to be more narrow
(Afrianto, 2010). The World Health Organization estimates that Indonesia is one of the
countries threatened by the food crisis in the next few years. The population of Indonesia who
have touched the figure of 220 million people make this prediction becomes more pronounced
(Arifin, 2001).
The vitality of the agricultural sector is currently experiencing degradation, characterized
by decreased production of some agricultural commodities, especially food commodities
(Noer, 2010). This production decline resulting in decreased ability of the state to provide
food that is characterized by an imbalance between the production of foodstuffs with
population growth.
When viewed from the consumption aspect, embodiments food security has run into
difficulty because the majority of the Indonesian people for this meeting the food as a source
of carbohydrates, such as rice. With the level of rice consumption at 130 kg / cap / yr to make
Indonesia as the highest consumers of rice in the world, far surpassing Japan (45 kg),
Malaysia (80 kg), and Thailand (90 kg). Indonesia's population totaled 212 million need rice
for domestic and industrial use more than 30 million tons per year (Siswono et al., In
Afrianto, 2010).
Noer and Unteawati 69

Lampung Province as one of the producers of rice in Indonesia has a responsibility to

fulfill the need for consumption of rice as a staple food community, not only for local needs
but also as a buffer of national rice. Therefore, in addition to rice production conditions need
to be investigated how factors such as the price of rice, the area under rice harvest, the
average production of rice, maize prices dam gaba prices have an impact on the availability of
rice to support food security in the province of Lampung.
This research aims to: (1) analyze the behavior of the rice market in the context of the
availability of rice (stock / buffer) for food security in the province of Lampung to approach
the market supply of rice and rice market integration, and (2) analyze the effects of the
harvested area, productivity, grain prices, the price of rice, and corn prices on the market
supply of rice in the province of Lampung.
Rice supply model using a two-stage approach is by predicting the function of rice
planting areas, where the planting area is a function of the price of rice and maize prices
second stage using a productivity function approach , where productivity is a function of the
price of rice and grain prices . Forms used function is Cobb - Douglas ( double logarithm )
with the following equation
1. Approach the function of planted area , mathematically as follows
ln APt = αo + α1 ln PBt – 1 + α2 ln Pjt-1 + e1 …………………...............……..………………… (1)
Where:
APt : is rice planting areas all i in year t
PBT - 1 : is the price of rice to - i in year t - 1
PJT - 1 : is the price of corn to - j in year t - 1
2. Approach productivity functions as follows :
ln YPt = βo + β1 ln PBt – 1 + β2 ln Pxt + β3 Dt+ e2 …….........……….................………………( 2)
Where :
YPT : Productivity of paddy to - i in year t
PBT - 1 : is the price of rice to - i in year t - 1
PXT : is the input price of rice ( paddy) in year t
The rice market is an indirect approach, as was done in the research Fitriani , et al . ,
(2008 ) where the amount of production / supply (Q / S) of agricultural products is the
multiplication of the planting area ( Apt ) and productivity ( YPT )
Qt = Apt x YPT .................... ......... ................................................ ... ( .. 3 )
Where :
QPT : Total supply of rice in year t
APt : rice planting area all i in year t
YPT : Productivity of paddy to - i in year t
Aside from the level of rice production is generated, the availability of rice (rice stocks)

for the structure of people's food needs and the integration of the rice market. Furthermore,
based on the results of a study conducted by researchers tealh the structure and integration of
the market showed that the market at the farm level and the retail level in Lampung province
has a strong level of integration (Noer, 2010).
3. Results and Discusion

3.1 Factors Affecting Rice deals with Rice Planting Area Function Approach
Estimation models of rice planting area in a model allegations:
Ait Ln Ln = 11059 + 0,151 PBT-1 + 0.100 ln PJT-1 + e1
The regression coefficient 0.151 indicates that any price increases of rice the previous year by
1% ceteris paribus, the rice planting area will increase by 0, 151 hectares. The regression
coefficient of 0.100 indicates that any price increases of corn the previous year by 1% ceteris
paribus would increase paddy planting area of 0,100 Ha. The rise in the price of rice and rice
products of competitors in the previous year ceteris paribus will increase the planting area of
rice so that rice offers increased (in terms of production).
The result indicate that at the time of the decision making process whether to plant crops or
not, the main factors or variables considered by farmers of rice price is just one year earlier.
3.2 Factors Affecting the Production and Special Rice with Rice Productivity Function
Approach
Estimation models of rice productivity in a model allegations :

ln Yit = 2436 + 0007 Ln PBT - 1-0140 ln PXT - 0:34 Dt + et
Statistical value of F = 58 143 and α significant at 10%, which means that the model is
already well defined and appropriate. These results indicate that at the time of the decision
making process whether to plant crops or not, or the main variable factors considered by the
farmers is the price of rice, corn and rice input prices one year earlier.
Rice productivity change response to changes in the price of rice of the previous year is
shown by the amount of estimated parameters (regression coefficient) is equal to 0.007. The
magnitude of this value indicates that any changes in the price of rice of the previous year by
one percent, ceteris paribus, there will be changes in the productivity of rice amounting to
0.007%. That is, if the price of rice a year earlier rose by 1% ceteris paribus, the productivity
of rice in the current year will have an addition of 0.007% of the productivity of the previous
year, and vice versa if the price of rice a year earlier fell by 1% ceteris paribus, the
productivity of rice at current year will be decreased by 0.007%.
4. Conclusion
Based on the results of research conducted, the conclusion can be drawn as follows.
1. Factors that affect the production and supply of rice in the province of Lampung good
approach paddy planting areas function well with productivity function approach shows
that only the prices of rice, corn prices and input prices of the previous year, which have a
significant impact.
2. Response changes in the production and supply of rice for food security in the province of
Lampung is influenced by the price of rice, corn prices and input prices one year earlier.

References
[1] Bustanul, A. 2001. Spektrum Kebijakan Pertanian Indonesia. Erlangga. Jakarta.
[2] Afrianto, D. 2010. Analisis Pengaruh Stok Beras, Luas Panen, Rata-Rata Produksi, Harga Beras, dan
Jumlah Konsumsi Beras terhadap Ketahanan Pangan di Jawa Tengah. Universitas Diponegoro. Semarang.
[3] Irmayani, N. 2010. Kajian Produksi dan Penawaran Beras di Provinsi Lampung. Jurnal Penelitian
Pertanian Terapan Edisi Khusus Oktober 2010. Politeknik Negeri Lampung. Bandar Lampung.
[4] Fitriani, A., Irmayani, N. 2008. Respon Penawaran Ekspor Kopi di Provinsi Lampung. Jurnal
Manajemen Akuntansi dan Bisnis FE Univ Widyagama. Malang Volume 6 Januari 2008. Halaman 165—
169.

Optode Urease Biosensor and Their Application for

the Determination of Hg (II) in Aqueous Solution
Dhony Hermanto1*, Mudasir2, Dwi Siswanta2, Bambang Kuswandi3

1
Department of Chemistry, Faculty of MIPA – University of Mataram, West Nusa Tenggara 83125, Indonesia
2
Department of Chemistry, Faculty of MIPA – University of Gadjah Mada, Yogyakarta 55281, Indonesia
3
Chemo and BioSensor Research Group,School of Pharmacy – University of Jember, Jember 68121, Indonesia
* Email: dhony.hermanto@gmail.com
Abstract
Optode Biosensor was designed for determination of Hg(II) by using inhibition of

enzymatic activity of urease integrated with bromothymol blue (BTB) immobilized into
alginate–chitosan polyelectrolyte membrane.. Chemically synthesised alginate–chitosan was
used as supports for urease–BTB immobilisation. The urease–BTB was immobilised onto
polymer by using sol-gel technique. Measurements were performed by color changeable
optode monitoring on the inhibition of the enzyme activity. Experimental factors that affect
biosensor response ware investigated and optimized, such as temperature and pH. The
analytical characteristics of the biosensor prepared toward Hg(II) are described. The result of
experiment indicates that the response of the optode biosensor prepared in good agreement
with with the reference method in determination of Hg(II).
Key words: optode biosensor, urease, BTB, Hg(II)
1 Introduction
An increasing concentration of mercury as one of the heavy metals in the environment
is a serious problem for human and animal health protection and production of foodstuffs in
many countries around the world [1,2,3]. That is why easy and quick detection of heavy
metals at very low concentrations levels in environmental. The optode biosensors have
superior properties over the other existing measurement systems because they can provide
rapid, simple and low-cost on-field determination number of metal ion. In addition, biosensor
technology is a powerful alternative to conventional analytical techniques, combining the
specificity and sensitivity of biological systems in small devices.
Enzyme inhibition methods based on optode biosensors are commonly used for metal
ion determination, since these can be based on the use of a wide range of enzymes that are
specifically inhibited by low concentrations of certain metal ions [4]. Immobilisation of
enzyme into suitable support material is one of the most important steps in designing of a
biosensor, since this step plays an important role in the overall performance. In last decade,
various matrixes used as enzyme immobilisation supports. Polyelectrolyte complexes (PEC)
used as membrane for enzyme immobilisation, it has been reported that immobilized enzymes
retain higher activities than native enzymes and were stable [5]. Alginate as polyanion and
chitosan as polycation when dissolved in appropriate condition can interact each other
through carboxyl group of alginate and amino group of chitosan [6] and its ionic interactions
are the main interactions inside the network. PEC formed is expected to provide better
application due to their unique structure and properties.
In this work, a simple and fast immobilisation method is described based on
chemically synthesised alginate-chitosan membrane. The optimised condition for urease
immobilisation was defined and the effects of pH and temperature on the optode biosensor
response and the stability of the biosensor are studied as well as its analytical characteristics.
Hermanto et al. 73
2 Materials and Methods

The urease used for preparing the biosensor was E.C. 3.5.1.5. from jack beans, Type
III, U1500, 272 μ/g was stored at 40C, sodium alginate was 300–400 cp from brown algae,
and chitosan was 95% deacetylated from crab shell were purchased from Sigma (St. Lois,
USA). Hydrochloride acid (37%), glacial acetic acid (98%), sodium hydroxide, potassium
dihydrogenphosphate (KH2PO4) and sodium tetraborate (NaB4O7·10H2O), brom Thymol blue
were received from Merck (Germany). Stock solution of urea (1000 μg/mL) was prepared in
aqueous solution. Hg(NO3)2, AgNO3, Cd(Cl)2, CuSO4, Pb(NO3)2 solutions were prepared by
appropriate dilution. All other reagents were analytical grade and were used without further
purification. Solutions were prepared with deionised water. All the reflectance measurements
have been conducted by using an optical fibre spectroscopy (spectrophotometer model USB
2000, Ocean Optic). A pH meter model IM-20E (TOA Electronic Ltd.) was employed for all
pH measurements.
2.1 Preparation of membrane

Membrane was prepared by mixing two polymer solution, chitosan and alginate
solutions. Chitosan solution was obtained from 1 g of chitosan was dispersed into 25 ml
distilled water and then dissolved by adding 5 ml of glacial acetic acid with stirring using a
magnetic stirrer to form a homogeneous mixture. Furthermore, alginate solution was prepared
by dissolving 1 g of alginate in 25 ml of distilled water, then the solution was allowed one
night. The formed polymer was complex alginate-chitosan sol-gel.
2.2 Immobilisation procedure

PEC membrane alginate-chitosan is used as the supporting material (solid support) for
enzyme immobilisation. Immobilisation of urease-BTB on sol-gel glasses has been performed
in three steps: (i) preparation of sol solution from mixer both polymer of 50 ml alginate-
chitosan, 2 ml of 32% HCl, and then added a solution of NaOH 10% (w/v) to obtain a pH =
5.28. Then, the mixture was stirred until homogenous. (ii) immobilisation of urease-BTB.
Here, 3 ml sol, 1 ml phosphate buffer (pH 6.5) and 3 ml urease in 10 drops BTB was stirred
for ± 4 hours in room temperature. Afterwards, the sol-gel was transferred to the glass mould
with 1 mm dept in order to produce glass block of sol-gel. (iii) ageing process. Then the glass
block was stored at 40C for 24 hours for ageing process.
3 Result and Discussion

Fig.1 Shows the spectral of pH indicator (BTB) toward unreacted (a) and reacted biosensor
(b). The optimum wavelength conducted to determine the best operational wavelength
biosensors, determined by measuring the difference in signal intensity before and after reacted
with Hg(II). The signal intensity change when the pH increase in presence of ammonium
which is a product of hydrolysis of urea by urease. It is sensed by the BTB indicator, the color
change from yellow to green leading to a decrease in the reflected signal intensity (at 580,15
nm). This aspect is particularly important, since the pH working range of pH indicator fits
very well with pH changes associated to the enzyme-substrate based reaction. On the other
hand, the plain shape of the pH indicator allowed easy access for analyte, which in turn,
resulted a high sensitivity of indicator to the net of the pH change. Furthermore, the matrix
effects on the pH indicators has been minimized by using buffer as carrier in order to maintain
the stability of sensor response to the change of the pH that only correlated to the Hg(II) and
not to other parameters (physical and chemical factors) which might change the pH [7].
Hermanto et al. 74
Table 1. Optimization of experimental

parameters
Parameter Range Optimum
wavelength (nm) 400–800 580,15
pH 5–8 6
Substrate/Urea (mM) 10–100 75
Figure 1. Spectra of the pH indicator (a) before Flow Rate (mL/min) 10 10
interaction and (b) after interaction biosensor Inhibition Time (min) 4–8 7
Temperature (oC) 25–35 25
By applying the optimised parameters above (Table 1), the dynamic response to
Hg(II) was monitored as change in the reflected signal intensity at 580,15 nm, when the
optode biosensor was performed by flowing buffer solution, substrates, inhibitors and
reactivator alternately with variations of metal concentration (inhibitor) (Fig. 2). Response
curve obtained for different concentration of Hg(II) shows a linier curve in the concentration
range 10–500 ppb (Fig. 3), with the correlation coefficient (r) is 0.9778 (each point was the
average of three injections). As can be seen from Fig. 3, there is a linear correlation between
absorbance of the biosensor and concentration of Hg(II) for the interval range of 10 – 500
ppb of Hg(II), with a regression equation of %I = 42,424 [Hg(II)] – 35,939. The detection
limit is determined by using analyte concentration when Hg(II) inhibit enzyme for 10%. It
was chosen because it assumes that at intensity is 10%, differences before and after inhibition
can be observed with 90% confidence level, I10% = 12.1 ppb for Hg(II). The obtained
repeatability of the biosensors (coefficient of variation, Cv= 0.86%) is no significant different
(<5%), so it can be concluded that obtained data has high precision.
Figure 2. Average response curve of inhibited

Hg(II) urease biosensor with variation of Figure 3. The calibration plot of Hg(II) in-
concentration and is reactivated by EDTA (a) hibition vs Log Hg(II) concentration
Substrate; (b) Heavy metal (c) Reactivation.
Fig. 4 shows that the obtained relative value of inhibition was very small (<5%), indicating
that ions Pb (II), Cu (II), Cd (II) and Ag (I) were not significant interference. However, the
Ag (I) have a relatively large value compared with other ions, this is because Ag (I) at high
concentrations will affect the inhibition enzyme activity by metals [8]. To evaluate the ability
of the optode biosensor prepared to carry out the analysis of aquatic samples. The standard
addition method was used and sample spiking with different amount of Hg(II) were analysed,
as described above. Since, the result shown in Table 2 was in good agreement with reference
method using atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS).
Table 2. Determination of Hg(II) in aquatic

samples
Various The AAS (std
S Water biosensor Hg(II))
Samples ppb ppb
1 buffer 0.00 0.00
2 Tap water 0.00 0.00
3 River water 0.003±0.02 0.00
Figure 4. Biosensor responses versus 4 Sea water 44.90±0.02 40.20
Interference *average of triplicate measurements.
Hermanto et al. 75
4. Conclusions
Urease has been co-immobilised with brom thymol blue (BTB) by entrapment method
in alginate–chitosan PEC membrane for determination as optode biosensor development is
easily prepared, stable and a simple method for the determination of Hg(II). The difference in
the pH changes before and after inhibition was proportional to the number of ions Hg(II) in
the sample solution. In the presence of constant urease, a color change of BTB from yellow to
green and the measured reflected signal intensity at 580.15 nm and pH of 6 could be related
to Hg(II) concentration in sample solution. After optimation of experimental parameters, the
biosensor has a linear response in range of 10 to 500 ppb, detection limits; (I10%) was 12.1
ppb, and highly coefficient of variation (0.86%). The optode biosensor was applied for the
determination of Hg(II) in aquatic system, which was shown in good agreement with
reference method (AAS).
Acknowledgement
The authors are grateful to the Minister of Research Technology and Dikti, Republic of
Indonesia (Kemenristekdikti) for support of this work.
References
[1] J. Zehnalek, V. Adam, R. Kizek, Influence of heavy metals on production of protecting compounds in
agriculture plants, Listy Cukrov, 120(2004), p.222.
[2] R. Kizek, J. Vacek, L. Trnkova, B. Klejdus, V. Kuban, Electrochemical biosensors in agricultural and
environmental analysis, Chem. Listy, 97(2003), p.1003.
[3] B. Sures, Environmental parasitology: Relevancy of parasites in monitoring environmental pollution,
Trends Parasitol, 20(2004), p.170.
[4] Aminea, H. Mohammadia, I. Bourais, G. Palleschi, Enzyme inhibition-based biosensors for food safety
and environmental monitoring, Biosens and Bioelectron, 21(2006), p.1405.
[5] S. Yabuki, Polyelectrolyte complex membranes for immobilizing biomolecules, and their applications to
bio-analysis, a review, Analytical Sciences, 27(2011), p.695
[6] M.C.P. Cruz, P. Sergio, P. Ravagnani, M.S. Fabio, Brogna, Evaluation of the diffusion coefficient for
controlled release of oxytetracycline from alginate/chitosan/poly (ethylene glycol) microbeads in simulated
gastrointestinal environments, Biotechnologi. Appl. Biochem, 40(2004), p.243.
[7] B. Kuswandi and N.W. Suwandari, A simple and sensitive flow injection optical fibre biosensor based on
immobilised enzyme for monitoring of pesticides, Sensors and Transducers Journal, 76(2007), p.978.
[8] N.E. Azmi1, J. Abdullah1, M. Ahmad, H. Sidek, L.Y. Heng, S.A. Rahman, An optical based biosensor for
the determination of ammonium in aqueous environment, American Journal of Analytical Chemistry,
3(2012), p.364.
Hermanto et al. 76
Inhibitive Determination of Hg (II) in Aqueous Solution Using a Urease

Amperometric Biosensor
Dhony Hermanto1*, Mudasir2, Dwi Siswanta2, Bambang Kuswandi3

1
Department of Chemistry, Faculty of MIPA – University of Mataram, West Nusa Tenggara 83125, Indonesia
2
Department of Chemistry, Faculty of MIPA – University of Gadjah Mada, Yogyakarta 55281, Indonesia
3
Chemo and BioSensor Research Group,School of Pharmacy – University of Jember, Jember 68121, Indonesia
* Email: dhony.hermanto@gmail.com
Abstract
An amperometric biosensor for the indirect determination of Hg (II) was developed by

inhibition of urease immobilized into alginate–chitosan polyelectrolite complexes membrane
by using sol–gel technique. Some factors that affect biosensor response ware studied, such as
temperature and pH. Optimum conditions for biosensor were found as: operating potential
0,02 V vs Ag/AgCl, enzyme load 0.56 U/mm2 electrode surface, supporting electrolyte: 0.1
M phosphate buffer (pH 7). The current response of the biosensor in hydrodynamic
amperometry was linearity dependent on the concentration within 40 – 90 ppm Hg (II) with a
detection limit of 29 ppm. The enzymatic activity could be fully recovered by exposure of the
electrode to a solution of EDTA (0.1 M) for 2 minutes. The analytical characteristics of the
biosensor prepared toward Hg(II) are described. Analytical results of spiked water sample
showed a good correlation with determinations by atomic absorption spectrometry where the
difference is not statistically significant at 95% confidence level. The sensor yielded a stable
and reproducible response more than 2 weeks when stored dry at 4 oC.
Key words: Amperometric biosensor, Urease, Inhibition, Hg (II)
1 Introduction
Industries produce a number of undesirable species such as pesticides, toxic organic
compounds, heavy metals and so on [1,2]. That is why easy and quick detection of heavy
metals at very low concentrations levels in environmental and biological samples is necessary
for assurance against acute intoxications and, first of all, against long-time exposure that may
lead to many diseases and death [3]. The biosensors have superior properties over the other
existing measurement systems because they can provide rapid, simple and low-cost on-field
determination number of metal ion, such as amperometric biosensors [4,5]
Domínguez-Renedo et al. [6] developed enzymatic amperometric biosensors for the
measurement of Hg2+, based on the inhibitory action of this ion on urease activity. They used
screen-printed carbon electrodes as support and screen-printed carbon electrodes modified
with gold nanoparticles. Polyelectrolyte complexes (PEC) used as membrane for enzyme
immobilisation, it has been reported that immobilized enzymes retain higher activities than
native enzymes and were stable [7]. For these reasons, PEC are potentially attractive
materials for applications in biotechnology, including biosensor. Alginate as polyanion and
chitosan as polycation when dissolved in appropriate condition can interact each other
through carboxyl group of alginate and amino group of chitosan [8] and its ionic interactions
are the main interactions inside the network.
A simple and fast immobilisation method is described based on chemically
synthesised alginate-chitosan membrane and their application in amperometric biosensing for
determination Hg(II) in aqueous solution. The optimised condition for urease immobilisation
Hermanto et al. 77
was defined and the effects of pH and temperature on the amperometric biosensor response
and the stability of the biosensor are studied as well as its analytical characteristics.
2 Materials and Methods

The urease used for preparing the biosensor was E.C. 3.5.1.5. from jack beans, Type
III, U1500, 272 μ/g was stored at 40C, sodium alginate was 300–400 cp from brown algae,
and chitosan was 95% deacetylated from crab shell were purchased from Sigma (St. Lois,
USA). Hydrochloride acid (37%), glacial acetic acid (98%), sodium hydroxide, potassium
dihydrogenphosphate (KH2PO4) and sodium tetraborate (NaB4O7·10H2O) were received
from Merck (Germany). Stock solution of urea (1000 μg/mL) was prepared in aqueous
solution. Hg(NO3)2, AgNO3, Cd(Cl)2, CuSO4, Pb(NO3)2 solutions were prepared by
appropriate dilution. All other reagents were analytical grade and were used without further
purification. All the electrochemical measurements have been conducted by using an
PalmSens Electrochemical Portable Apparatus (Palm Instrument BV, Houten, The
Netherlands).
2.1 Preparation of membrane

Membrane was prepared by mixing two polymer solution, chitosan and alginate
solutions. Chitosan solution was obtained from 1 g of chitosan was dispersed into 25 ml
distilled water and then dissolved by adding 5 ml of glacial acetic acid with stirring using a
magnetic stirrer to form a homogeneous mixture. Furthermore, alginate solution was prepared
by dissolving 1 g of alginate in 25 ml of distilled water, then the solution was allowed one
night. The formed polymer was complex alginate-chitosan sol-gel.
2.2 Immobilisation procedure

PEC membrane alginate-chitosan is used as the supporting material (solid support) for
enzyme immobilisation. Immobilisation of urease on sol-gel glasses has been performed in
three steps: (i) preparation of sol solution from mixer both polymer of 50 ml alginate-
chitosan, 2 ml of 32% HCl, and then added a solution of NaOH 10% (w/v) to obtain a pH =
5.28. Then, the mixture was stirred until homogenous. (ii) immobilisation of urease. Here, 3
ml sol, 1 ml phosphate buffer (pH 6.5) and 3 ml urease was stirred for ± 4 hours in room
temperature. Afterwards, the sol-gel was transferred to the glass mould with 1 mm dept in
order to produce glass block of sol-gel. (iii) ageing process. Then the glass block was stored
at 40C for 24 hours for ageing process.
2.3 Construction amperometric biosensor
Construction PalmSens Electrochemical, PEC membrane alginate-chitosan coated on

Screen Printed Electrode (SPE), immobilisation of urease was packed onto an electrode
surface. In the presence of increasing amount of Hg(II) and a constant substrate
concentration, the activity of the enzyme decrease so that signal of the sensor are measured
using an PalmSens.
3 Result and Discussion
Fig. 1 show that the scanning potensial between -0,5 – 0,5 V displays very good redox
activity at pH 7. Cyclic voltamogram blue as a base line, was current from urea in phosphate
buffer pH 7. Cyclic voltamogram red as an inhibitive urease with Hg(II) in urea solution pH
Hermanto et al. 78
7. With repetitive cycling of the potential an increase in the redox peaks was observed, which
indicated the formation of a complexing polymer as membrane for immobilisation urease on
the electrode surface. Determination of operating optimum parameters is initial investigation
performance for amperometric biosensors of Hg(II). Table 1 shows some parameters were
investigated and their optimum value. Phosphate buffer solution used for the enzymatic
reaction with a pH of 7, which is reaction enzymatic between the sample and reagent is
optimum.
Table 1. Optimization of experimental
parameters
Parameter Range Optimum
pH 5–8 7
Substrate/Urea (mM) 10–80 70
Respon time (s) with
0–8 4
scan rate 1 V/s
Figure 1. Cyclic voltamogram urease biosensors o
Temperature ( C) 20–35 25
with urea 10 ppm, buffer pH 7, scan rate 1 V/s
By applying the optimised parameters above (table 1), the dynamic response to Hg(II)
was monitored, when the amperometric biosensor was performed by flowing buffer solution,
substrates, inhibitors and reactivator alternately with variations of metal concentration
(inhibitor) (Fig. 2). Response curve obtained for different concentration of Hg(II) shows a
linier curve in the concentration range 40–90 ppb (Fig. 3). Fig 3 also shows the relationship
between the reflected signal and low concentration of Hg(II) from 40–90 ppb, with the
correlation coefficient (r) is 0.9617 (each point was the average of three injections). As can
be seen from Fig. 3, there is a linear correlation between absorbance of the biosensor and
concentration of Hg(II) for the interval range of 40 – 90 ppb of Hg(II), with a regression
equation of %I = 0,0002 [Hg (II)] – 0,0352. The detection limit is determined by using
analyte concentration when Hg(II) inhibit enzyme for 10%. It was chosen because it assumes
that at intensity is 10%, differences before and after inhibition can be observed with 90%
confidence level, I10% = 29 ppb for Hg(II). The obtained repeatability of the biosensors
(coefficient of variation, Cv= 0.86%) is no significant different (<5%), so it can be concluded
that obtained data has high precision.
Figure 2. Average response curve of inhibited

Hg(II) urease biosensor with variation of Figure 3. The calibration plot of Hg(II) in-
concentration hibition vs Log Hg(II) concentration
Fig. 4 shows that the obtained relative value of inhibition was very small (<5%),
indicating that ions Pb (II), Cu (II), Cd (II) and Ag (I) were not significant interference.
However, the Ag (I) have a relatively large value compared with other ions, this is because
Ag (I) at high concentrations will affect the inhibition enzyme activity by metals [9]. To
evaluate the ability of the optode biosensor prepared to carry out the analysis of aquatic
samples. The standard addition method was used and sample spiking with different amount of
Hg(II) were analysed, as described above. Since, the result shown in Table 2 was in good
agreement with reference method using atomic absorption spectrometry (AAS).
Hermanto et al. 79
Table 2. Determination of Hg(II) in aquatic

samples
Various The AAS (std

S Water biosensor Hg(II))
Samples ppb ppb
1 buffer 0.00 0.00
2 Tap water 0.00 0.00
Figure 4. Biosensor responses versus 3 River water 0.003±0.02 0.00
Interference 4 Sea water 44.90±0.02 40.20
*average of triplicate measurements.
4. Conclusions
Optimum conditions for biosensor were found as: operating potential 0,02 V vs
Ag/AgCl, enzyme load 0.56 U/mm2 electrode surface, supporting electrolyte: 0.1 M
phosphate buffer (pH 7). The current response of the biosensor in hydrodynamic amperometry
was linearity dependent on the concentration within 40 – 90 ppm Hg (II) with a detection
limit of 29 ppm. The enzymatic activity could be fully recovered by exposure of the electrode
to a solution of EDTA (0.1 M) for 2 minutes. The analytical characteristics of the biosensor
prepared toward Hg(II) are described. Analytical results of spiked water sample showed a
good correlation with determinations by atomic absorption spectrometry where the difference
is not statistically significant at 95% confidence level. The sensor yielded a stable and
reproducible response more than 2 weeks when stored dry at 4 oC.
Acknowledgement
The authors are grateful to the Minister of Research Technology and Dikti, Republic of
Indonesia (Kemenristekdikti) for support of this work.
References
[1] J. Zehnalek, V. Adam, R. Kizek, Influence of heavy metals on production of protecting compounds in
agriculture plants, Listy Cukrov, 120(2004), p.222.
[2] R. Kizek, J. Vacek, L. Trnkova, B. Klejdus, V. Kuban, Electrochemical biosensors in agricultural and
environmental analysis, Chem. Listy, 97(2003), p.1003.
[3] G. Nordberg, T. Jin, P. Leffler, M. Svensson, T. Zhou, M. Nordberg, Metallothioneins and diseases with
special reference to cadmium poisoning, Analysis, 28(2000), p.396.
[4] M.R. Guascito, C. Malitesta, E. Mazzotta, A. Turco, Inhibitive determination of metal ions by an
amperometric glucose oxidase biosensor study of the effect of hydrogen peroxide decomposition, Sensors
and Actuators B, 131 (2008) 394–402
[5] A.Amine and H. Mohammadi, Determination of methyl mercury in fish tissue using electrochemical
glucose oxidase biosensors based on invertase inhibition, Comprehensive Analytical Chemistry, 49 (2007),
p.139
[6] O. Domínguez-Renedo, M.A. Alonso-Lomillo, L. Ferreira-Gonçalves, M.J. Arcos-Martínez, Development
of urease bades amperometric biosensors for the inhibitive determination of Hg (II), Talanta, 79(2009),
p.1306.
[7] S. Yabuki, Polyelectrolyte complex membranes for immobilizing biomolecules, and their applications to
bio-analysis, a review, Analytical Sciences, 27(2011), p.695
[8] M.C.P. Cruz, P. Sergio, P. Ravagnani, M.S. Fabio, Brogna, Evaluation of the diffusion coefficient for
controlled release of oxytetracycline from alginate/chitosan/poly (ethylene glycol) microbeads in simulated
gastrointestinal environments, Biotechnologi. Appl. Biochem, 40(2004), p.243.
[9] N.E. Azmi1, J. Abdullah1, M. Ahmad, H. Sidek, L.Y. Heng, S.A. Rahman, An optical based biosensor for
the determination of ammonium in aqueous environment, American Journal of Analytical Chemistry,
3(2012), p.364.
Hermanto et al. 80
Activated Carbon Composites from Rice Husk as an Adsorbent Textile

Waste
Dian W. Kurniawidi1*, Cici Andayani1, Siti Alaa’1, Susi Rahayu1

1
Department of Physics, Faculty of Mathematic and Natural Science, UniversitasMataram
Jl. Majapahit 62, Mataram 83125, Lombok, Nusa Tenggara Barat
*email : dkurniawidi@gmail.com
Abstract
One of the methods used in dealing with textile waste is by using activated carbon as
adsorbent. The aims of this research is to determine the effectiveness of activated carbon from
rice husks as adsorbent textile waste by measuring the adsorption process, the level of
turbidity, and the amount of light transmitted by adsorption solution result. Activated carbon
is made from rice husk with carbonized temperature 500°C, 700°C and 900°C and also with
various concentrations of activator H3PO4 0:10, 1: 9, 3: 7 and 5: 5 using a simple heating
method. Activated carbon is then formed into a composite using the adhesive glue PVaCwith
a press method. From the results, we get that the activated carbon composites that have good
adsorption capacity of activated carbon is a composite with carbonization temperature of 900
°C with turbidity levels resulted by different concentration of H3PO4 respectively are 3.26
NTU, 6.81 NTU, 3, 45 NTU and 6.35 NTU. That result indicated that the turbidity level is
moderate that include in clean water category. While the intensity of light produced are 46
lux, 101 lux, 229 lux and 1987 lux. The value of light intensity is increasing due to the
reduction of dyes in textile waste.
Keywords :adsorbent, activated carbon, light intensity, turbidity, textile waste.
1. Introduction
Water pollutions are very dangerous things that threaten long-lasting environment and
human live. Nowadays, human activities and industrial agent causes many diseases and
producepollutant that destroy our environment.Primary coloroften use by consumer is blue
metilen(C16H18N3SCl). Negative effects by using this colorare skin irritation, digestive
irritation and cyanosis [1].
Many methods developed to reduce pollution, there are precipitation, coagulation,
floculation, extraction, membrane separation, ion exchange, reverse osmosis and adsorption
[2]. In this research, we use an adsorption method. This is an efficient method and very
competitive to reduce pigmentation, heavy metal and material or another dangerous
compound like organic and an organic pollutant from liquid waste [3]. Many research used
activated carbon as adsorbent, activated carbon was from charcoal and activated using
H3PO4 [4,5]. In this research, we sensitized activated carbon from rice husk and H3PO4 as
activator. Activated carbon then use as adsorbent for textile waste.

Syntesis of activated carbon is done through two processes, namely carbonization and
activation.In carbonization process, rice hulls washed then dried and furnaces. Dilution
activation process using H3PO4 solution by ratio H3PO4 solution and distilled water are 1: 9,
3: 7, and 5: 5. The result is then smoothed using a mortar and sieved, The results of the sieve
soaked with H3PO4 solution with a concentration of dilution of 1: 9 for 24 hours.
Kurniawidi et al. 81
The activation process can be divided into two process, the activation of chemistry and
physics. Chemical activation is done using a solution of H 3PO4 activator. Carbon that has
been soaked for one day then filtered using filter paper. While the physical activation is done
by the simple method of heating for drying rice husk carbon that has been chemically
activated using the oven at 150oC for 2 hours. The final step is manufacturing the composite,
by mixing the starch glue and white eagle glue with activated carbon.
After mold using press machine, composite carbonize in different temperature 700 0C
and 9000C. We measure the absorption time using a stopwatch, measure the turbidity using
turbidimeter turbidity levels, and the light intensity measurement is using a luxmeter.

Wastewater adsorption process is done by placing activated carbon composite into a
measuring glass as in Figure 1.
Figure1.Schematic Diagram to adsorb liquid waste
The adsorption process was conducted to determine the effectiveness of activated carbon
produced by variations of temperature and concentration of activators. The results can be
seen in the Figure 2.
(a) (b) (c)

Figure2. Product of an adsorbing liquid waste at various temperature (a) 5000C
(b)7000C (c) 9000C
From Figure 3,we can see that the sample has a turbidity value optimal for liquid
waste adsorption results with a temperature of 900°C. Although the level of turbidity
produced has a higher value than the initial state, but the liquid waste adsorption results can
still be categorized as clean water because the maximum requirement for clean water is less
than or equal to 25 NTU,
Figure3.Correlation between Turbidity Level and Concentration of H3PO4
Wastewater before adsorption has a light intensity of 39 lux. After treatment, the
intensity of waste water decrease as presented in Figure 4.Highest light intensity occurs at
900oC sample with the concentration of H3PO4 activator used was 5: 5. This happens
because the temperature can activate the pores of the carbon. The purpose of the activation
process is to enlarge the pores so that the surface area of activated carbon is increasing. If the
surface area is increasing, the capability of carbon to adsorb waste water is increasing.
Figure 4.Correlation between Light Intensity and Concentration of H3PO4
4. Conclusion
The activated carbon composites that have good adsorption capacity of activated
carbon is a composite with carbonization temperature of 900°C with turbidity levels resulted
by different concentration of H3PO4 respectively are 3.26 NTU, 6.81 NTU, 3, 45 NTU and
6.35 NTU. The result indicated that the turbidity level is moderate that include in clean water
category. The intensity of light produced are 46 lux, 101 lux, 229 lux and 1987 lux. The
value of light intensity is increasing due to the reduction of dyes in textile waste.
Acknowledgement
This work is supported by the fund of the PNBP by UniversitasMataram 2016.
References
[1] Hamdaoui, O. and Chiha, M. 2006. Removal of Methylene Blue from Aqueous Solutions by Wheat Bran,
ActaChim. 54 : 407–418.
[2] Stumm, W., and Morgan J.J. 1981. Aquatic Chemistry. New York : John Wiley & Son Inc.
[3] Annadurai, Juang R.S. and Lee D.J. (2002). Factorial Design Analysis of Dye on Activated Carbon Beads
Incorporated with Calcium Alginate. Journal of advance Environment of Research. 6: p. 191.
[4] AnggunPradilla, Astuti, Sandi. 2014. PengaruhWaktuAktivasiMenggunakan H3po4 TerhadapStruktur
Dan Ukuran Pori KarbonBerbasisArangTempurungKemiri (AleuritesMoluccana). Padang :JurnalFisika,
UniversitasAndalas.
[5] Erprihana,A.A., danDhoniHartanto. 2014. PembuatanKarbonAktif Dari KulitJerukKeprok (Citrus
Reticulata) UntukAdsorbsiPewarnaRemazol Brilliant Blue. Semarang: JurnalTeknik Kimia.
Early Detection of Newborn Hearing Impairment: The Useful of Mobile

Application
Hamsu Kadriyan, Sapto Sutardi
Medical Faculty, University of Mataram
Abstract
The incidence of newborn hearing impairment in the world is about 1-3 of 1000 live births. If
the treatment was decided lately, a severe social effect will occure such as speech impairment. On the
other hand, an increasing of mobile phone was surprising all over the world, including Indonesia. In
the last periods, the most familiar mobile phone is smart phone, which have some advantages to
operated any application to help people to do their work. For instance, application to make a diagnosis
of specific disease, such as the early detection of hearing impairment. Aim of study was to measures
the usefullness of mobile application that writer developed on early detection of newborn hearing
impairment. This study design with cross sectional methods. Subject on this study including general
practitioner with inclusion criteria were subject should have a smart phone, based on android or ios,
agree as subject. Subject will excluded if he/she didn’t answer the questionare. The step of study
including : 1. Development of mobile application; 2. Application trial; 3. Installing application to
subject smartphone; 4. Application trial by subject; 5. Filling a questionare by subject; 6. Statistical
analysis. During period of study, there are 41 subject enrolled to this study, consist of 20 male (49%)
and 21 female (51%) with the mean of age is 26,1 years old. Based on perception of easiness of
application installation, most of subject said that very easy to install (75,6%), easy (24,4%) and none
of them said difficult or very difficult. Based on perception easiness to use the application, most of
subject said that very easy to use (70,7%) and the remaining said easy (29,3%) and none of them said
difficult or very difficult. In the aspect of features, 44 % said that application is very interesting and
49% interesting, but there are 4,8% said common sense and also 2,4% said that the features is not
interesting. However, 21 subject (51,2%) and 20 (48,8%) consecutively said that this application is
very useful and useful to help them to diagnosed the newborn hearing impairment. The conclusion of
this research was mobile application on newborn early detection of hearing impairment is very useful
(51,2%) to help general practitioners on their duty.
Keywords : mobile application, newborn, hearing impairment, general practitioners
1. Introduction
Wireless technology is getting more popular worldwide, especially mobile phone devices.
Almost all people have this devices nowadays 1 and it’s used are significant to changed
informatics system generation.2 Furthermore, it can become increased or changed a personal
computer (PC) function. For instance, mobile phone can perform quicker execution than PC
in some application feature3,4 although it has small memory and processor.5
The characteristic of mobile phone are as follows: 1) more economist than PC; 2) more
efficient in some work; 3) it have some PC program and low energy needed. 6,7 In general,
mobile phones becoming popular in society. Almost 60% population useing this devices on
daily activities and several scientist agreed that it will be increased in this era.8
2.1. Smart Phone and It’s Application

One of special variance of mobile phones is smart phone. This is because smart phone is
inserted with a PC operation. According to Indonesian bodies for telecommunication
regulation (BRTI) 2015, the number of smart phone users in Indonesia 281,9 million, whereas
in worldwide reach 1,86 bilion or 25% population.9 In the end of 2015 the user is increase
Kadriyan and Sutardi 85

until 37%, according to PEW research center.10

To make a smart phone functionally work, it should have software (application). An
excelent software should fulfill a user needed. So it is necessary to decide or to know the user
needed. Several advantages of software can be reaches as long as it fulfill a user needed. For
instance, to help early detection of hearing impariment in children, writer should developed a
specific software for this purposes.11,12
2.2. Hearing Impairment in Newborn and It’s Effect

Congenital hearing impairment has been recognized for decades as a serious disability
for affected children. Studies showed that newborns that have significant hearing impairment
are estimated to range from 1 to 3 per 1000 live births. 13 In Mataram, West Nusa Tenggara,
Indonesia, based on hearing screening in neonatal intensive care unit, the incidence of hearing
impairment were relatively high as well as 12% of newborn baby.14
The importance of normal hearing in the psychological and social development of
children is unquestionable. Hearing loss may have significant adverse effects on the
development of speech, language capabilities and social-emotional development, as well as
lead to worse educational and occupational performance in adulthood. Thus, hearing disorders
need to be detected as early as possible.15
2.3. Mobile application in health purposes

Several appilcation or software are used to health purposes. Sutardi et al (2010) have
developed a software to help general practitioner to make a diagnosis and treatment of
malnutrtition. Kadriyan and Sutardi (2014) has developed a software to early detection of
hearing impairment in children based on standard indicators from otorhinolaryngologist
society. The software can guided a practitioner such as midwife or general practitioner to
early diagnosed the hearing impairment in newborn or children (figure 1).
2.4. Aim of Study

The aim of this study is to measures the usefullness of mobile application that writer
developed to early detection a newborn hearing impairment.
Figure 1. Application of early detection in Newborn hearing impairment


This study is design with cross sectional. Subject on this study including general
practitioner with inclusion criteria were subject should have a smart phone, based on android
or ios, agree as subject. Subject will excluded if he/she didn’t answer the questionare.
The step of study are as follows : 1. Development of mobile application which is based on
android or ios program; 2. Application trial was tried by few practitioner in real patient, a
good result were collected; 3. Installing application to subject smartphone by downloading the
application application store; 4. Application trial by subject; 5. Filling a questionare by
subject to knows their perception to this application; 6. Statistical analysis was done by
descriptive analysis.
3. Results and Disscussion
During period of study, there are 41 subject enrolled to this study, consist of 20 male
(49%) and 21 female (51%) with the mean of age is 26,1 years old. Detailed data distribution
can be seen in figure 2.
15
Frequency
10
0
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
Years
Figure 2. Age distribution
Several caracteristic were analyzed on this study, including perception of easiness to

installed an application or software on smart phone, perception of easiness to use an
application or software, application or software feature and the usefullness of application or
software on their daily practices.
Based on perception to easiness of application installation, most of subject said that
very easy to install (75,6%), easy (24,4%) and none of them said difficult or very difficult
(Figure 3). Based on perception to easiness to use the application, most of subject said that
very easy to use (70,7%) and the remaining said easy (29,3%) and none of them said difficult
or very difficult (Figure 4). In the aspect of features, 44,% said that application is very
interesting and 49% interesting, but there are 4,8% said common sense and also 2,4% said
that the features is not interesting (Figure 5).

Sangat
sulit
0%
Easy Easy
24% 29%
Very Very
Easy Easy
76% 71%
Figure 3. Perception of easiness to installed Figure 4. Perception of easiness to use
Common Not
sense Interesting
5% 2%
Very
Interesting
44%
Interesting
49%
Figure 5. Perception to application features
There were 21 subjects (51,2%) said that this application is very useful to help them to
diagnosed the newborn hearing impairment on their daily practices (Figure 6). This result
were similar with several studies who develoved an application for health purposes. Offiah
MC, et al. (2014),18 found that smart phone application was very useful in replacement of
hearing aid function. This studies also congruent with Tobias AP et al (2015),19 with their
result was smartphone application was make clinicians easier to understand the clinical
genomics terminology.
Useful Very
49% Useful
51%
Figure 6. Perception of usefullness

4. Conclusion
Mobile application on Newborn early detection of hearing impairment is very useful
(51,2%) to help general practitioner on their duty.
References
[1] Klingsheim, André N.. 2004. J2ME Bluetooth Programming.-. The No Wires Research Group. Available
from: https://bora.uib.no/.
[2] Whitten, Jeffry L., et. al.. 2004. Motode Desain dan Analisis Sistem. Yogyakarta: Andi.
[3] Sun Microsystem. 2009. Java™ 2 Platform, Micro Edition (J2ME™) Web Services, For the Java™ 2
Platform, Micro Edition. Santa Clara: Sun Microsystems. Available from: http://java.sun.com/.
[4] Narsoo, J and Mohamudally, N. 2008.Issues in Informing Science and Information Technology, vol. 5 ed.
2008: Identification of Design Patterns for Mobile Services with J2ME. California: Informing Science
Institute http://proceedings.informingscience.org/.
[5] Steiner, Urs. 2001. J2ME: Introduction, Configurations and Profiles. Zürich, University of Zürich.
Available from: http://www.ifi.uzh.ch/.
[6] Efrain, Turban, R. Kelly Rainer, and Richard E. Potter. 2006. Pengantar Teknologi Informasi, Terjemahan
Introduction to Information Technology. Jakarta: Salemba Infotek
[7] JENI (2007).Pengembangan Aplikasi Mobile. - . JENI. Available from: http://poss.ipb.ac.id/.
[8] Daily Mail. 2008. Mobile phone use explodes as 60% of the world's population signs up for a handset.
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/.
[9] Anonim.2016. Population, total. http://data.worldbank.org/indicator/SP.POP.TOTL.-, The World Bank.
[10] Poushter, Jacob. 2016, "Smartphone Ownership and Internet Usage Continues to Climb in Emerging
Economies". Pew Research Center.
[11] Guzdial, Mark. 1999. Designing User Interface, chapter 6. Designing User Interfaces in Squeak. Available
from: http://stephane.ducasse.free.fr/
[12] Nugroho, Adi. 2002. Analisis dan Perencanaan Sistem Informasi dan Metodologi Berorientasi Objek.
Bandung, Informatika Bandung.
[13] Barsky-Firkser L, Sun S. Universal newborn hearing screenings: a three-year experience. Pediatrics.
1997;99(6):133–138.
[14] Kadriyan H, Rambu M, Trisna IGA. Newborn hearing screening in neonatal intensive care unit in Mataram
General Hospital, West Nusa Tenggara.2008. Presented as poster in Otologic annual meeting Bandung.
[15] J.M. Davis, J. Elfenbein, R. Schum, R.A. Bentler, Effects of mild and moderate hearing impairments on
language, educational, and psychosocial behavior of children, J. Speech Hear. Disord. 51 (1) (1986) 53e62.
[16] Sutardi S. Z-saptors score in diagnosis and treatment of malnutrition. Patent Awarded by HAKI 2010.
[17] Kadriyan H, Sutardi S. Mobile application in early detection of newborn hearing impairment.Report of
community services program, Medical Faculty, Mataram University 2014.
[18] Offiah MC, Rosenthal S, Borschbach M. Assessing the Utility of Mobile Applications with Support for or
as Replacement of Hearing Aids. Procedia Computer Science 34 ( 2014 ) 593 – 600.
[19] Tobias AP, Tobias ES. Developing educational iPhone, Android and Windows smartphone cross-platform
apps to facilitate understanding of clinical genomics terminology. Applied & Translational Genomics 6
(2015) 15-17

Incorporate Computational Chemistry as an Alternative for Chemistry

Laboratory Work at High School Level
Saprizal Hadisaputra1, Lalu RudyatTelly Savalas1, Saprini Hamdiani2
1Chemistry Education Division, Faculty of Mathematics and Science Education, Mataram University, Indonesia
2Chemistry Division, Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Science,Mataram University, Indonesia
*
Email: rizal@unram.ac.id
Abstract
Carrying out chemistry laboratory activities at high school level in Indonesia is a

challenging task. Lack of equipment, chemicals, cost, and even worst no laboratory
infrastructuresforce wet laboratory practicehardly exist in mosthigh schoolsin this country,
especially at Lombok Island, West Nusa Tenggara province. This pilot project focused on
incorporate computational chemistry as an alternative for chemistry laboratory work at high
school level. It describes the effectiveness of computational chemistry software for replacing wet
laboratorypractice. We have studied what topics are essential and what topics are student
struggled with, chosen computational chemistry software and conducted teacher motivation
survey. This project is promising and has a strong impact in the future but improving the current
high school technology is a necessity.
Keywords: computational chemistry, high school, laboratory.
1. Introduction
Chemistry lab is one of the core activities on chemistry learning included in the level of
high school. However, the implementation of the chemistry lab faced many obstacles in
Indonesia (Coppola, 2008). The high workload of teachers lead to less motivated to plan, prepare
and conduct the chemistry lab. The other obstacles are the expensive cost of laboratory practice,
time consuming, limited equipment and chemicals (Jansen-van Vuuren, 2013) as well as the
possible dangers during chemistry practicum. In addition, many high schoolsin Indonesia do not
have a chemical laboratory infrastructure, no laboratory building and waste treatment plan. It
makes chemistry practicum did not go well so that chemistry learning process does not produce
the optimum result.
Chemistry is a science-based theory and experiment. Theory without chemistry laboratory
practice leads to the students miss understanding of the chemistry key concepts. Many chemistry
topics are abstract in concepts so that it is considered difficult. Absorbing these abstract topics
within a relatively limited time with no chemistry laboratory practicum makes many students fail
in chemistry class.In addition, the learning process emphasizes only on the theory without
practical would be boring and less attracting.
Applying computational chemistry as an alternative chemistry lab is a solution for this
problem. Computational chemistry methods are very flexible. All topics on the chemistry lab
ranging from simple level to level difficult can be easily modeled using computational chemistry.
The availability of a wide range of computational chemistry software for free can be used by
teachers as a substitute for chemistry lab at the school (Fortenberry, 2015). The other advantages
of using computational chemistry as an alternative for practicum in high schools is low cost,
highly accuracy, less time consumption, harmless and certainly help improve students'
Hadisaputra et al. 90
understanding of chemical topics (Sendlinger and Metz, 2010; Ochterski, 2014).

The aims of this project are to determine the most suitable software for lab-based
computational chemistry in high school. Secondly, to determine the essential chemistry topics for
computational chemistry based practicum. Thirdly, to study the teacher motivation to
implementlab work in chemistry learning process. Based on the above objectives, the
methodology of this project are a survey of chemistry topics, software review, and implementing
a lesson plan.This pilot project was sampling two high schools: SMAN 1 Narmada and SMAN 2
Narmada atLombok Island, West Nusa Tenggara province, Indonesia.
3.1. Program Review.

Some programs were reviewed as a prime candidate to be used as alternative for replacing the lab
work in high school. The program can be seen in Table 1. The program selected based on ease of
installation, ease of use, and compatibility with chemical topics.
Table 1. Potential Program Fitures

No Program Web based Easy to Install Easy to Use Finalist
1= very difficult
5 = very Easy
1 NWChem*1 No No 2 No
2 Hyperchem2 No Yes 4 Yes
3 Gaussian3 No Yes 2 No
4 Chemlab4 No Yes 5 Yes
5 WebMo5 Yes No 4 No
6 ACD/ChemSketch6 No Yes 5 No
*1. Valiev, 2010; 2.Froimowitz, 1993; 3.Frisch, 2004; 4.Maciejowska, 2009; 5.Schmidt, 2007; 6.Spessard, 1998.
Two programs were chosen because they fit the categories: Hyperchem and Chemlab.
Both programs were chosen due to they do not need the internet, and can be installed locally.
This is advantageous because of limited access to the Internet at school. Hyperchemwas chosen
because it could represent aspects of chemistry laboratory microscopically, easy installation,
windows-based so it can be easily used by teachers. In addition, the facilities of Hyperchem
calculations are fairly complete. The calculation can be performed at the various levels
ofcalculations: molecular mechanics, semi-empiric, abinito, density functional theory and post-ab
initio.ChemLab was chosen due to it can represent the macroscopic aspects to bridge the wet
laboratory practice. This program is also easy to use, easy to install and has the complete
featuresfor virtual practicum.
Some programs were eliminated due to a major flaw in installation, or difficult to use so
they were not suitable for this project. Although Nwchem and Gaussian relatively easy to install
and havecomplete features, very complicated in the operation so that NWChem and Gaussian
wereeliminated. Although easy to install and use, ACD/ChemSketch only for visualization and
cannot be used for calculating chemical system so thatit was eliminated.
3.2. Chemistry Essential Topics

In order to obtain topics that are essential for chemical lab-based computing, the survey
carried out on teachers. The survey results showed some of the main topics that need to be
applied as the main topic chemistry lab work. Teachers suggest topics: atomstructures, periodic
properties of the elements, acids and bases, physical and chemical properties of substances,
molecular geometry, energy and thermodynamics and organic chemistry to be involved in the lab.
Once the essential topic is decided then the next step is to develop a practicum in
accordance with software that has been previously based on these topics. It is found that topics
such as the atomic structure, the periodic properties, molecular geometry, energy and
thermodynamics and organic chemistry lab are suitable to be performed using Hyperchem. In
contrast, topics such as acid-base and the physical and chemical properties of substances can
easily do with ChemLab.
3.3. Teacher Motivation
The survey was also used to measure the level of motivation of teachers in implementing
chemical lab. A total of 20 teachers were taken as a sample to determine the chemical lab work
implementation and motivation before and after the introduction of computational chemistry
technologies for chemical lab. The survey showed that nearly 85 % of teachers in Lombok Island
did not carry out routine chemical lab. In contrast, survey showed that the motivation of teachers
in conducting chemistry lab was categorized high (motivation score = 3.1 of interval 1-4). This
contradiction may due to many obstacles as mentioned previously.
The introduction of computational chemistry as an alternative chemistry lab did not
change the level of motivation of teachers for implementing chemistry lab in learning. The good
news is our observation showed that the teachers at partner schoolshave started to carry out
routine chemical lab. We believe soon it will be followed by other school in West Lombok
district.
4. Conclusion
Chemistry lab-based computational chemistry can be an alternative solution for the
chemistry lab at the high school. Practical chemistry-based computing has advantages such as
efficiency of time, effort, and cost, minimize the hazards and waste practicum. Teachers have
high motivation to carry out practical activities after the introduction of computational chemistry.
Chemistry lab-based computing is very useful for teachers and students to optimize the learning
process, especially in high school.
Acknowledgement
Many thanks to the Science and Technology for Society Program (IbM) RISTEKDIKTI 2016 for
funding support. Chemistry Education Division, Faculty of Teacher Training and Science
EducationMataramUniversity, headmasters and teachers of partner schools, the member of IbM
team and students.
References
[1] Coppola, B. P. (2008).SelamatDatang di Indonesia: Learning about chemistry and chemistry education in
Indonesia. Journal of Chemical Education, 85(9), 1204-1209.
[2] Fortenberry, R. C., McDonald, A. R., Shepherd, T. D., Kennedy, M., & Sherrill, C. D. 2015.PSI4Education:
Computational Chemistry Labs Using Free Software, ACS Symposium Series, Vol. 1193, pp 85–98
[3] Frisch, A. (Ed.). (2004). Gaussian 03.Gaussian.
[4] Froimowitz, M. (1993).HyperChem: a software package for computational chemistry and molecular
modeling. Biotechniques, 14(6), 1010-1013.
[5] Jansen-van Vuuren, R. D., Buchanan, M. S., & McKenzie, R. H. 2013.Connecting resources for tertiary
chemical education with scientists and students in developing countries.Journal of Chemical Education,
90(10), 1325-1332.
[6] Maciejowska, I., &Bílek, M. 2009. 4.3 virtual environment on theoretical introduction and training of real
experimentation. Interaction of real and virtual environment in early science education: tradition and
challenges, 68.
[7] Schmidt, J. R., &Polik, W. F. 2007.WebMO Pro, version 7.0; WebMO LLC: Holland, MI, USA, 2007.
[8] Sendlinger, S. C. and Metz, C. R., 2010, Computational Chemistry for Chemistry Educators, J. Comp. Sci.
Edu, 1, 1, 28-32
[9] Spessard, G. O. 1998. ACD Labs/LogP dB 3.5 and ChemSketch 3.5.Journal of chemical information and
computer sciences, 38(6), 1250-1253.
[10] Ochterski, W, J., 2014, Using Computational Chemistry Activities to Promote Learning and Retention in a
Secondary School General Chemistry Setting, J. Chem. Edu, 91 (6), 817-822
[11] Valiev, M., Bylaska, E. J., Govind, N., Kowalski, K., Straatsma, T. P., Van Dam, H. J., ... & De Jong, W. A.
(2010). NWChem: a comprehensive and scalable open-source solution for large scale molecular simulations.
Computer Physics Communications, 181(9), 1477-1489.
The Application of Giving Various Dose of NPK Manure

Toward Tobacco Crop (Nicotiana Tabaccum L.) in Lombok Island West
Nusa Tenggara Island
Titin Sugianti*1, Fitria Zulhaedar1, Sudjudi1
Assessment Institute for Agricultural Technology (BPTP) – Jl. Raya Peninjauan Narmada Lombok Barat Nusa
Tenggara Narmada
*titin_sugianti@yahoo.co.id
Abstract
Tobacco is one of plant which has high economic and commercial value. Tobacco is
non food which is widely cultivated in around the world. The quality of tobaccos crop is
depend on the availability of substance element where the tobacco is cultivated. The objective
of this research is to identify the appropriate dose of various manure in increasing the tobacco
quality and productivity. This research is conducting by using Complete Random Device
consisting of seven treatments and repeated three times. Treatment planning of dose
application on NPK manure toward tobacco crop is as follows. P1=control ( NPK 12-15-20
600 Kg / ha+ZA 100 Kg / ha+KNO3 200 Kg / ha), P2=Npk 12-11-20 500 Kg / ha + ZA 100
Kg / ha, P3=Npk 12-11-20 600 Kg / ha + ZA 100 Kg / ha, P4=Npk 12-11-20 500 Kg / ha +
ZA 100 Kg / ha+ZK 100 Kg / ha, P5=Npk 12-11-20 600 Kg / ha + ZA 100 Kg / ha+ZK 100
Kg / ha P6=Npk 12-11-20 500 Kg / ha + ZA 100 Kg /ha+ZK 200 Kg / ha, P7=Npk 12-11-20
600 Kg / ha + ZA 100 Kg / ha+ZK 200 Kg / ha. According to the result of dose application
study of NPK manure toward tobacco crop concluded that: The giving of NPK manure with
high dose do not show significant increasing of tobacco crop leaf amount and crop. Treatment
of P1 with dose 600 Kg / ha NPK 12-15-20, 100 Kg / ha ZA and of KNO3 200 Kg / ha do not
show significant differences compared to treatment of P2 which only using 500 Kg / ha NPK
12-11-20 and 100 Kg / ha ZA. Furthermore, according to result of analysis treatment of P1
yield heavy and wet weight run dry is higher than the treatment of P2 until P7. However,
higher dry heavy and wet heavy do not positively significant toward heavy value of yielded
orange oven. The treatment of P2 until P7 yields higher weight of orange than P1. This case
happened due to the excessively of N element given in the plant media which made up the
tobacco's leafs become black brown. As the result, it will decrease the economic value of
tobacco crop.
Keywords: Tobacco, Quality, Productivity, Manure.
1. Introduction
Tobacco in Latin Nikotiana tabacum L is a plant that has a high economic value which
is widely demand material and it is non food commercial plant widely cultivated in the
world1. Tobacco plants scattered throughout the archipelago and it has a variety of uses
including as biopesticides, insecticides, preservatives for Petung bamboo, wound cleaning and
mainly as a raw material for making cigarettes2. Tobacco also has a significant role in the
national economy through customs and taxation, employment and the double impact
(multiplier effect) procurement and trading of tobacco3.
However, the development of agriculture in paddy fields and dry land often face a
variety of constraints such as poor essential nutrients like N, P, K, Ca and the value of cation
exchange (CEC) is low so that the nutrients easily separated and leached which together with
Sugianti et al. 94
the increased nutrient toxic such as Al, Fe and Mn15. One of the efforts made by farmers to
increase the production of tobacco is by fertilizing16.
The purpose of fertilization in the cultivation of tobacco plant is to meet the nutrients
that plants need to obtain maximum results and to produce high quality of tobacco 4.
Therefore, the type and dose of fertilizer is crucial to the production and quality of tobacco
produced. The needs of NPK macro nutrients for growing tobacco will determine the yield
and quality of tobacco produced.
In other circumstances provided sufficient nutrients, nitrogen deficiency will lead to the
accumulation of acetic acid to form the compound CH included carbohydrates, fats and
pentose which can cause leaf tobacco and tasteless according5. However, excess nitrogen can
cause decline in the quality of production where the production of oven blackish brown. The
need for nutrients P and K in tobacco plants begin to look at the early stage of growth until
the final result oven. According6 virginia tobacco requires high doses of phosphorus and
potassium to be able to produce good quality, ie kerosoknya bright yellow.
To increase productivity and quality of the tobacco crop this then there must be
technical, the dose and the right type of fertilizer to be used in the cultivation of tobacco.
Besides a balanced fertilizer that specific location is directed to use with a variety of
compound fertilizer formula that aims to avoid the inefficiencies of nutrients from fertilizer in
locations that already have a high nutrient status.
Observing these conditions, the researchers intend to conduct a study of various doses of
fertilizer application NPK in tobacco plants (Nicotiana Tabaccum L.). It is expected from this
research note that the appropriate dosage of NPK fertilizer on productivity and quality of
tobacco, so that the data and clear information about the size of the dose of NPK fertilizer on
the growth and yield of Tobacco (Nikotiana Tabacum L.) is available.
The location for application testing dose of NPK On Tobacco plants (Nicotiana
Tabaccum L.) was conducted in technical irrigated land in the village Rarang Terare East
Lombok District of West Nusa Tenggara. The activities carried out in the growing season MK
II. Tobacco cultivation is done in June to September 2016.
The materials used in this study is PVH09 virginia tobacco seeds, fertilizer NPK 12-11-
20 Kebomas, ZA fertilizer, fertilizer KNO3, ZK fertilizers and pesticides. The tools used are
the plow, harrow, hoe, sickle, rope, hand sprayer, rulers, scales,
sacks, tarpaulins and equipment oven.
The research studies dosage of NPK fertilizer application in tobacco plants are designed
using a randomized block design (RAK), which consisted of 7 treatments, each conducted in
the plot of a plot size of 4 x 5 m and each treatment was repeated 3 times. The design of the
study treatment dosage of NPK fertilizer application in tobacco plants is as follows:
P1:NPK 12-15-20 600 kg/ha + ZA 100 kg/ha + KNO 3 200 kg/ha (control);
P2:NPK 12-11-20 500 kg/ha + ZA 100 kg/ha;
P3:NPK 12-11-20 600 kg/ha + ZA 100 kg/ha;
P4:NPK 12-11-20 500 kg/ha + ZA 100 kg/ha + ZK 100 kg/ha;
P5:NPK 12-11-20 600 kg/ha + ZA 100 kg/ha + ZK 100 kg/ha;
P6:NPK 12-11-20 500 kg/ha + ZA 100 kg/ha + ZK 200 kg/ha, and
P7:NPK 12-11-20 600 kg/ha + ZA 100 kg/ha + ZK 200 kg/ha
The working procedures were performed in accordance with the procedures tobacco
cultivation PT. Indonesia Dwi Sembilan which is one of the companies engaged in tobacco
which is located in District Sikur East Lombok West Nusa Tenggara and guide books virginia
tobacco cultivation for tobacco cultivation implement good practices (Good Tobacco
Sugianti et al. 95
Practices / GTP) in East Java.

The determining the location is based on the uniformity testing overlay planting area
which represents, flat, irrigated semi-technical engineering, open (not shaded), free of the
effects of flooding so it is easy to access and remove excess water and easily monitored. Work
on the land begins to clean up the remnants of plant like grass and others. Land unloaded with
a tractor or hoe, followed by the manufacturing process got around size 40 x 40 cm and got
control of 35 x 35 cm. Map plots the treatment used is 4x5 m and created ridges with
lebarxpanjang size 0,60x5 m and a height of 30-35 cm; so that in each plot consisted of four
treatment plots mounds. Planting is done by planting the seeds scraped who have been sowing
before the seedbed seedbed with the criteria of seedlings 40-45 days, 10-15 cm height, leaf
number 4-5 sheets, not thin, good rooting and disease free. Manufacture planting hole using a
hoe with a distance of 110 cm between rows and in rows 50 cm, planted 1 perlubang crop
planting. Before planting the leaves of plants cut to one third that aims to reduce the
evaporation of the tobacco plant seeds are planted.
Fertilization of tobacco plants done 3 times, namely: first fertilization performed at the
age of 7-10 plants HST (days after planting) for NPK fertilizer at a distance of 5 cm from the
plants as a treatment. Second fertilization performed at the age of 14-20 plants HST to ZA
with pouring system at a distance of 5 cm from the plant. Fertilization is done at age three
plants for fertilizers KNO3 25-30 HST to control and ZK on treatment is by putting fertilizer
at a depth of 15-20 cm with a distance of ± 25 cm from the plant, giving done by hoeing the
soil around the plant canopy as deep as ± 25 cm from the soil surface.
The activity maintenance is watering, weeding, shady, pruning or topping, pest and
disease control. When the provision of water and the amount of water given, in connection
with growth towards the establishment of optimal quality, an outline is as follows 7: a. When
planting, the soil is required for immediate moisturization roots if used seed paste scraped
from the embankment, b. When the soil is not sufficient water, with spray irrigation is done
by pouring water 0.5-1.0 l liter/cropping and given to the base of the plant until the age of 10-
20 days, depending on the condition of the plants, watering is done in the morning and
afternoon. After the age of the plant is strong enough only watered once a day.
Watering by immersing the ridges there are three stages: the first irrigation with water ¾
height of ridges to the growth stage and watering II and III water level ¼ - ½ to stage maintain
the quality of tobacco. Trimming (topping) is an activity cut or dispose of the plants and
carried out in the phase button stage (flower has not bloomed / cob flowers appear. Mewiwil
(suckering) is to remove the axillary buds (axillary-bud) that grow increased as a result of
actions prunings. Generally clipping the better is to throw leaves unproductive shoots that
could not grow anymore. Control of pests and diseases of plants is done according to the
conditions in the field.
Observations included the analysis of soil chemical properties beginning and end, ie
agronomic data collection of plant height and number of leaves done at age 0 hst, 40 hst and
70 hst. Measurement of plant leaf fresh weight carried on each harvest based on the position
of the leaves. Measurement of leaf dry weight of plants is done after the process of oven. The
number of plants observed in each treatment is 10 plants, were randomized to each treatment.
Harvest activities in tobacco plants by means of picking the leaves are characterized by leaves
yellowish green or yellow has been ahead. The flush in one harvest generally ranges from 2-3
sheet and can be picked 1 time a week. In the harvest season can last 7-8 times quotes for 7- 8
weeks. To know the difference among the treatments in this test, all the agronomic data has
been collected and analyzed using ANOVA followed by LSD test at 5% level.
Sugianti et al. 96
3.1 Characteristics of Soil Testing

The test site is irrigated land with soil type Inceptisol technical and textured sandy
loam with a depth of 20-25 cm soil solum and bertopografi flat with a height of 125 meters
above sea level, is a potential area for tobacco plants were planted after the rainy season rice
planting. Based on the results of the initial soil analysis and soil analysis results late in each
treatment and testing conducted at the Laboratory Testing BPTP NTB presented in Tabel 1.
Table 1. Results of Soil Analysis before and after the study of the application of various
doses of NPK fertilizer in tobacco plants (Nicotiana Tabaccum L.)
Parameter of Analysis
Treatmen N Nutrient P Nutrient K Nutrient
(%) Status (ppm) Status (ppm) Status
First Analysis 0,16 Low 15,24 Very high 303,54 Very high
Second Analysis Very high
P1 0,16 Low 17,73 Very high 344,27 Very high
From the results of the soil analysis carried out showed that the initial ground before
the test process applications contained low N value, while the value of the content of P and K
available is very high. After making the test process according to the dose of fertilizer
application in the treatment of each plot testing shows that the value of the dignity of N, P and
K are contained in the same land that is sequentially lower N, P and K are very high. Soil
Nutrient Status criteria in Table 2 are set based on the assessment of soil nutrient status
Technical Guide 2nd edition Chemical Analysis Soil, Plants, Fertilizer Water and Soil
Research Institute in 2009.
Kriterian ratings soil analysis results indicate that the number N is given the maximum
absorbed by tobacco plants so that the dosage of N quite appropriate doses given at each
treatment. While the value of P and K are still very high indicate a need for dose reduction
element K is given because it is basically the amount of element content of P and K are
available on the ground is already very high. It is also proved that for the growth of tobacco
plants of the dosage of nutrients P and K are contained in NPK fertilizer which has 11% P and
20% K is sufficient to meet the nutrient needs of P and K on the growth of tobacco plants.
3.2. The Growth of Tobacco Plant

The growth of tobacco plants characterized by a high increase in the number of plants
and plant leaves. Based on the statistical analysis of data obtained from various plant growth
are presented based on the observation of parameters. Plant height and number of leaves is the
variable response of plant growth. The results of test analysis fertilizer application on plant
height and number of leaves of tobacco plants are presented in Table 2.
Sugianti et al. 97
Table 2. Result of plant high and number of leaf the tobacco by several dosage of NPK
fertilizer
Plant high Number of leaf

Treatment
0 dap 40 dap 70 dap 0 dap 40 dap 70 dap
P1 15 75,1 110,5 5 15 ab 18.77 a
P2 15 81,9 115 5 15.17ab 20.27 b
P3 15 79,7 118,5 5 15.67 b 19.7 ab
P4 15 77 110,5 5 14.83 a 18.17 a
P5 15 77,1 110,7 5 14.33 a 19.2 ab
P6 15 80,2 113,4 5 15.03ab 19.87ab
P7 15 84,8 118,7 5 15.5 b 20.33 b
Ns ns ns ns
* The average value in the same column follows with the same alphabet is
showing indifferent significant on LSD test at 5% standard
Statistically, the high of tobacco plant based treatments tested showed no significant
differences in measurement 0 hst, 40 hst and 70 hst. These results indicate the dosage of NPK
fertilizer, ZA, and KNO3 which is a fertilizer that contains nutrients N is an element needed
for vegetative growth of the plants one plant height, did not have a significant influence on the
response of the tobacco plant height at each age observations.
Test Results Fertilizer application is in accordance with the results of research
conducted by the Madura tobacco8;9 as well as research PT. BAT Indonesia in Bali10 which
states that increasing doses of nitrogen fertilizer on tobacco no significant effect on plant
height. Nitrogen role as the main element to form chlorophyll and photosynthesis result leaves
more focused on leaf size than the plant height and stem diameter. This is due to the active
growth of plants is dominated by the leaves that require high nitrogen, while the stem growth
area is limited to the cambium and the end of the shoots of plants11. According12 nutrient
nitrogen also affect plant growth that makes plants green, leaf and stem growth, and makes
plants more succulent.
Leaves are organs of plants synthesizing a food for the needs of plants as well as food
reserves. The leaves have a role in the process of chlorophyll photosynthesis. The more the
number of leaves produced, then the place for the process of photosynthesis more so as a
result of more photosynthesis. Based on the analysis of tobacco plants showed on
observations 0 dap there is no significant difference, it is because the seeds used uniform has
5 leaves. In observation of the number of leaves of tobacco plants at the age of 40 and 70 dap
dap there are significant differences. At the peak of growth, namely the observation of the
third age of 70 hst showed the highest number of leaves in the treatment of P2 and P7 with a
value of 20.27 and 20.33bila sequentially compared with the amount of leaves in the
treatment of farmers, namely P1 number of leaves produced only 18.77.
This shows an increase in the number of doses given does not give a real difference to
the number of leaves. This is consistent with the results of research conducted by9 that an
increase in dose or dose of fertilizer did not show significant differences in the number of
leaves. It is also in line with13 where a lot of fertilizer does not always give a good advantage
for the plant. Although there are differences in the number of leaves on the treatment dose
tested N but the effect is not significant on the number of leaves. The number of leaves can
also be influenced by genetic factors14.
Sugianti et al. 98
3.3 Tobacco Plant Productivity

The response variable productivity of tobacco plants observed wet weight, dry weight,
heavy orange oven, oven heavy brown and orange and cokat percentage yield. The results of
the analysis of various tobacco crop productivity variables are presented in the following
tables.
The response variable wet weight includes the weight of the wet leaves of the tobacco
plant. Based on the research applications of various doses of NPK fertilizer in tobacco plants
(Nicotiana Tabaccum L.) to the weight of the wet leaves of tobacco plants is presented in
Figure 1, the graph shows that the total wet weight wet weight in treatment P1 has a total
value of wet weight is high at 19 842 kg / ha compared to treatment of P2-P7 range of values
ranging between 15 202 kg/ha - 16 172 kg/ha. According to7 administration with high-dose
nitrogen can convert carbohydrates produced by photosynthesis into protein so it will add
width, length, and number of leaves. So that the effect of high N elements in treatment P1
positive effect on the value of the wet weight of tobacco leaf produced.
Wet weight total (kg/ha) Dry weight total (kg/ha)

21.000 19.842 2.200
20.000 2.100 2.081
19.000 2.000
18.000 1.900
16.172 1.870
17.000 15.701 15.727 15.356 1.800 1.792
16.000 15.202 15.223 1.754 1.748
1.700 1.730
15.000 1.679
1.600
14.000
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7
treatment treatment
Figure 1. Total of wet weight (kg/ha) Figure 2. Total of dry weight (kg/ha)
Dry weight response variables derived from process pengovenan include dry weight of
the leaves of tobacco plants. Based on analysis of the study of application of various doses of
NPK fertilizer in tobacco plants (Nicotiana Tabaccum L.) to dry weight of leaf tobacco plants
are presented in Figure 2, shows that the total dry weight graph result pengovenan higher
treatment compared to treatment P1 P2-P7 Total weight dry oven treatment results P1 worth
of 2,081 kg/ha, while the value range of dry weight P2 to P7 treatment ranged from 1,679
kg/ha to 1,870 kg/ha. The total value of the results of oven dry weight compared to the total
value posisif initial wet weight of the tobacco leaves before the oven, in order to obtain the
dry weight of leaf tobacco would be higher than P1 P2 -P7 treatment which has a total wet
weight is lower.
Although the dry weight of P1 higher treatment but has not been disaggregated to
quality oven dried classified into dry weight oven dry weight oven brown and orange. Where
classification orange oven provides ekomis value much higher than the oven brown.
The response variable heavy oven orange and brown is obtained from the leaves of the
tobacco plant pengovenan. Graphs total weight of oven orange and brown are presented in
Figure 3.
Sugianti et al. 99
Total weight of oven Orange and Coklat (kg/ha)

2.000
1.800
1.600
1.629
1.400 1.546 1.545
1.492 1.468 1.452
1.200 1.408
1.000
800 673
600
400 241 256 247 263 227
207
200
0
P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7
treatmen
Total of oven orange weight
Total of oven brown weight
Poly. (Total of oven orange weight )
Poly. (Total of oven brown weight)
Figure 3. Total weight of oven orange and brown (kg/ha)
Based on analysis of the study of application of various doses of NPK fertilizer in

tobacco plants (Nicotiana Tabaccum L.) to heavy oven orange and brown leaves of tobacco
plants presented in Figure 5. Total weight of oven orange shows the results of treatment P1
showed a lower weight orange oven with 1408 results kg/ha but produces heavy oven
chocolate high as 673 kg/ha. In the treatment of P2 -P7 obtained top results in the treatment
dosages of P3 with a total weight of 1,629 kg orange oven/ha with oven brown weight 241
kg/ha. This shows that the use of fertilizer dose of 700 kg/ha (600 kg/ha of NPK 12-11-20
plus 100 kg/ha ZA) has high yields of the number of orange oven and reduce the weight of the
oven chocolate. To a certain extent increased doses of nitrogen will increase the width of
leaves and production, but this increase will actually reduce production. It terjadikarena
increasingly thin leaves, causing tobacco plants produce krosokan (the last leaf) become
brittle blackish brown, thick berbodi with heaviness and leaf tobacco would be difficult to
cook because chlorophyll is stable and difficult overhauled during penguningan phase leaves.
According to the6, when there is excess nitrogen will cause more dominant SINTESI protein
so that the vegetative growth phase is longer, delayed flowering and ripening leaves. But on
the cultivation of tobacco plants vegetative growth dikendaki not long, it will cause the plants
thrive with high water absorption, so it will eventually affect the oven and the desired end
result.
4.Conclusion
Based on the results of the study dosage of NPK fertilizer application in tobacco plants
can be drawn some conclusions, namely: NPK fertilizer with high doses did not show any
significant differences on plant height and number of leaves of tobacco plants. Treatment of
P1 with a dose of 600 kg/ha of NPK 12-15-20, 100 kg/ha ZA and KNO3 200 kg/ha did not
have a significant effect compared to P2 treatment using only 500 kg/ha NPK 12-11-20 and
100 kg/ ha ZA. Based on the analysis of treatment P1 produce heavy wet and dry weight were
higher compared to treatment P2 to P7. However, the high weight of the wet and dry weight
Sugianti et al. 100

of no positive value to the value of the resulting orange oven weight. Treatment of P2 to P7
produce heavy orange higher than P1. This is caused by an excess of N given where the
excess of the nutrient content of N can cause krosokan become brittle, blackish brown, and
ultimately reduce the economic value of farming.
5. Suggestion
Every one who demand accurate informsi dosage of NPK fertilizer on tobacco plants should
conduct a study dosage of NPK fertilizer application on the season and the different areas in
order to provide accurate information about the proper dosage for a particular tobacco
cultivation systems for growers of tobacco plants.
References
[1] P. Maris, A. Tarno and A. Afandi, 2014. Effectiveness of Using Biological Fertilizer Mycorhyza (Glanus
spp) for Control of Root Knot Nematodes (meloidogyne javanica) in Tobacco (Nicotiana Tabaccum L).
HPT Journal 2 (4), December 2014. ISSN 2338.4336
[2] Sardi, 2016. Effectiveness Fertilization in Tobacco Plants. Scientific Comunity.
[3] Kurniawan, B.A, S. Fajriani, Ariffin, 2014. Effect of Total Water Response Against Tobacco (Nicotiana
Tabaccum L.) Plant Growth and Yield. Journal of Palnt Production 2 (1), January 2014: pp. 59-64 .
[4] Djajadi, 2008. Effect of Compound Fertilizer Againts Tobacco Yeild and Quality of Virginia in East Java
Bondowoso. Journal of Littri 14 (3), September 2008: pp. 95-100. ISSN 0853-8212.
[5] Murdiyati, 1997. Nutrient and Fertilization on Virginia Tobacco. Book 1 Monograf Balittas Virginia
Tobacco. Research Centers for Sweetener and Fiber Plants. Agricultural Research and Development
Insitute. Agricultural Departement.
[6] PT. Indonesia Dwi Sembilan, 2010. Good Agricultural Practical (GAP) Hand Book.
[7] Hakim. 1986. The Basics of Soil Science. Universitas Lampung Press. Bandar Lampung.
[8] Rachman, A dan A, S. Murdiyati. 1987. Dose Effect of N and P Fertilizer on the Production and Quality of
Madura Tobacco on Soil Aluvial. BPPT, Malang 2 (1-2) : pp. 1-9
[9] Febrian. 2011. Effect of Nitrogen Fertilizer on the Gworth and Productivity of Tobacco (Nicotiana
Tabacum L.) Prancak Varieties in a Population Density of 36.000/ha in Pamekasan Regency, East Java.
Departement of Biology, Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Sciences. Insititute of Technology.
[10] Rachman, A. dan Djajadi. 1991. Dose Effect of N and K Fertilizer to the properties agronomist and
Chemical Composition of Tobacco Leaves Temanggung in paddy field.. Tobacco and Fiber Research (6) 1,
1991 : pp. 21-30
[11] Riyn. 2009. Recycling Carbon, Nitrogen and Other Hara. http :// riynmultiply.com accesed on Oktober 19,
2016.
[12] Djamaan, D. 2006. Application of Nitrogen (Urea) on the Growth and Yield of Lettuce (Lactusa sativa L.).
Assessment Institute for Agricultural Technology Sumatera Barat.
[13] Istiana, H. 2007. Nitrogen Fertilizer Applicatio Method and it’s Effect on Madura Tobacco Plants. Bulletin
of Agricultural Engineering 12 (2). Crop Research Institute for Tobacco and Fiber, Malang.
[14] Sudjudi, 2014. Final Report Tetsting Effectiveness of NPK Phonska Plus 0,2% Zn on Rice Plant.
Assessment Institute for Agricultural Technology Nusa Tenggara Barat.
[15] Sardi, 2016. Efectiveness of Fertilization on Tobacco Plant. Scientific Community.
Sugianti et al. 101

The Optical Properties of SnO2 Thin Layer With Dopan Zinc Using Solgel
Technique
Aris Doyan1,a), Susilawati1,b), Yolanita Septiana1c)
Master of Science education, Post Graduate Mataram University

Lombok Indonesia1
e-mail : a)arisdoyan@yahoo.co.id, b)Susilawatihambali@yahoo.co.id,
c)
ollayolanitaseptiana@yahoo.com,
Abstract
A thin layer of a material that is grown on the substrate surface with a size up to the
nanometer scale. This study aims to determine the optical properties of SnO2 thin film by
doping Zn using sol-gel method. Variations in the concentration of the sol used 0.1, 0.2, and
0.3 M and Zn doping concentration of 0, 5, 10 and 20 % at 550oC annealing temperature. The
characterization using UV - Vis Spectrophotometer, indicating reduced transmittance after
being given dopants, for their absorption is shifted to shorter wavelengths, causing the energy
band gap decreases with increasing sol concentration and doping Zn.
Keywords : Optical properties, thin film, SnO2, Zn, sol gel.
1. Introduction
The development of science and technology more rapidly led to more varied
innovations in various fields, especially electronics. Businesses that need to be done so as not
to depend on other countries by making the independent Indonesian state so as to create an
electronic device and be able to compete in the world of technology. An electronic device can
be derived from a semiconductor material. Semiconductors are solid materials which have an
energy band gap of 0.5 - 5.0 eV (between conductor and insulator) and made in the form of
pellets, a layer of thick and thin layers. Electronic device may use a semiconductor material
because it can alter the characteristics of a material such as optical properties, crystal
structure, morphology and composition contained in the material.
Thin film technology is the development in the field of solid material that is widely
used to achieve a thickness of 1μm [1]. Early development of the thin layer in 1852 by
Groove with the development of the materials use, the method, as well as treatment given in a
thin layer. It is became the basis of further research to develop the conducting transparent
oxide, gas sensors, transistors and other electronic devices. Material that can be used in the
synthesis of a thin layer of the material that has properties as a metal oxide material such as
ZnO, SnO2, TiO2, In2O3, WO3, ITO and many other materials. ZnO and TiO2 is widely used
because it shows good flexibility in the methods of synthesis and morphology of particles
produced [2]. But has the disadvantage at the time of coating and stability are low in chemical
processes and can affect the resistivity of the material of electronics. As with the doping
material indium tin oxide absorption, transmittance decreases [3]. Absorption occurs because
of the clumping of solute in a solution by the surface of the absorbent substance that forms a
bond between the absorber. Absorption occurs due to the presence of compounds that undergo
electronic transitions when exposed to light from a source. The transition is usually caused by
Doyan et al. 102

electron transitions between electronic states in atoms or material. Electron transitions

between energy levels in the atoms outside the great mass also involve ultraviolet energy.
This corresponded to a total energy of wavelengths from ultraviolet to visible light even to the
near infrared. Absorption of ultraviolet to visible light energy transition involves a fairly high
(above 1 eV)[4]. Based on the description above, the authors analyze the characteristics of
SnO2 layers without doping, and given various concentration sol, Zn doping. Variations sol
and doping concentration of Zn to get a variation of the optical properties of a thin layer of
SnO2 through absorption and transmittance testing include SnO2 layer by doping Zn tested
with UV-Vis spectrophotometer.
2. Materials And Methods

Thin layer sample preparation method used is the sol-gel spin coating deposition. The
basic ingredients used in this study as C2H5OH, SnCl2.2H2O, and ZnCl2 in the form of a
powder with a purity of 99.99% with heating 550oC. After the sample is finished in the heat,
further samples SnO2 thin layer with Zn doping variation tested by UV-Vis Mini 1240SA
(Shimadzu) with a wavelength of ultraviolet light to visible light through (300-800 nm) to
determine the value of the transmittance and absobansi and analyze the band gap energy.
3. Result And Discussion

Testing samples of SnO2 thin layer with a metal doping Zn conducted to determine
the transmittance, absorption and energy band gap on each individual sample. In SnO2 thin
layer transmittance spectrum of 0.2 and 0.3 M showed a regular decrease with the addition of
doping given Zn grown on the surface of the glass substrate. There are two parts of the first
part of the curve transmittance 350 nm ≤ λ≤1500 nm and transmittance is between 80% and
on the 290 nm ≤ λ≤350 nm which is the absorption area, the transmittance decreases (falls)
[3]. The test results UV-Vis spectrophotometer can be seen in Figure 1 below.
Absorption of SnO2 thin layer using metal doping Zn pada0,1 M; 0.2 M; and 0.3M
with doping concentration variation of 0%, 5%, 10% and 20% can be seen in Figure 2 below:
The energy band gap in the semiconductor optical analysis using Tauc equation [2],
which is a relation between the plot that shows the linearity, where extrapolation may be used
in calculating the energy gap. Values energy band gap in the sol concentration of 0.1 M, 0.2
M and 0.3 M showed a significant decrease. This is due to the influence of density is changed
in a thin layer, change the size of the crystal grains in thin layers and their quantum size
effects [6]. Energy gap extrapolating results is the value obtained in Table 1.
Table 1. Energy band gap with different concentrations and varying concentrations of metal doping Zn
concentration sol A thin layer sample Energy gap

Pure SnO2 3.291
SnO2 + Zn 5% 3.179
0,3 M
SnO2 + Zn 10% 3.177
SnO2 + Zn 20% 2.804
Pure SnO2 3.292
SnO2 + Zn 5% 3.362
0,2 M
SnO2 + Zn 10% 2,000
SnO2 + Zn 20% 2.800
Pure SnO2 3.471
SnO2 + Zn 5% 2.372
0,1 M
SnO2 + Zn 10% 2.254
SnO2 + Zn 20% 1.937
Doyan et al. 103

Wave length (nm) Wave length (nm)
Wave length (nm)
Figure 1. Graph transmittance with a concentration of 0.1 M sol (a), 0.2 M (b) and 0.3 M (c) with doping
variation of 0%, 5%, 10% and 20%.
Doyan et al. 104

Wave length (nm) Wave length (nm)
Wave length (nm)
Figure 2. Absorption chart with sol concentration of 0.1 M (a), 0.2 M (b) and 0.3 M (c) with doping
variation of 0%, 5%, 10% and 20%.
4. Conclusion
The optical properties of SnO2 thin layer with a transmittance and energy band gap
decreases with given variations of metal Zn doping concentration of 0%, 5%, 10% and 20%,
but absorption increases with the doping given variation. In theory indicates the sample is a
semiconductor
References
[1] A. Ayeshmariam, 2013. Synthesis, Structural and Optical Characterizations of SnO2 Nanoparticles.
Journal on Photonics and Spintronics. Vol 2 No 2 May 2013.
[2] A.N.Naje, A.S. Norry,.,andA.M. Suhail, 2013. Preparation and Characterization of SnO2
nanoparticles. International Journal of Innovative Research in Science, Enginering and Technology
(An ISO 3297 :2007 Certified Organization) Vol 2, issue 12, December 2013.
[3] A.R. Razeghizadeh, V. Rafee, and L.Zalaghi, 2015. Effects of Changes Sol Concentration on The
Structural and Optical Properties of SnO2 Nanoparticle by The Sol-Gel Technique. (Online:
http://arxiv.org/abs/1502.00219v1).
[4] P.Gupta, 2013. Synthesis and Characterization of Pure and Zn-Doped SnO2 Nanopowders.International
Journal of Modern Physics : Conference Series Vol 22 (2013) 452-457.
[5] A. Farooq, and M.Kamran, 2012. Effect of Sol Concentration on Structural and Optical Behavior of
ZnO Thin Films Prepared by Sol-Gel Spin Coating. International Journal of Applied Physics and
Mathematics, Vol. 2, No. November 6, 2012.
[6] M.Shaban, G.F.Attia, A.Basyooni, and H. Hamdy, 2015. Morphological and Structure Properties of
Spin coated Tin Oxide Thin Film. International Enginering and Advanced Research Technology
(IJEART) Volume-1, Issue-3, September 7, 2015.
Doyan et al. 105

The Electrical Properties of Barium Hexaferrite

Nanopowders Using Co-Precipitation Method
Susilawati1, Aris Doyan 1*

1
Magister Science, Post Graduate of Mataram University, Mataram, Indonesia
* Email: susilawatihambali@ yahoo.co.id and arisdoyan@yahoo.co.id
Abstract
Barium hexaferrite BaFe12O19 powders have been synthesized using co-precipitation

method and examined LCR meter. Co-Zn were substituted barium ferrite nanocrystalline
particles BaFe12_2xCoxZnxO19 with (0 < x > 1) were prepared by co-precipitation method, and
their electrical properties and their temperature dependencies were studied. The ac
conductivity measurements were performed within a temperature range 400-8000C. The ac
conductivity showed a linear relation with the frequency power law for BaFe12O19. For all the
samples it is observed that electrical conductivity is small in the lower frequency region and
increases for higher frequencies and conductivity increases with temperature. It decreases
with increasing temperature, indicating that the heterogeneous structures increase. Cationic
substitution in M-type hexaferrites is considered to be an important tool for modification of
their electrical properties. The results of the study demonstrate a relationship between the
modulation of electrical properties of substituted ferrites and nature of cations and their lattice
site occupancy. The effect of variation of composition, frequency and temperature on
conductivity has been carried out. The ac conductivity increased with temperature showing
semiconductor like nature of the samples..
Keywords: Barium Hexaferrite, electrical properties, co-precipitation, nanopowder
1. Introduction
Barium M-Hexaferrites (BAM) has a hexagonal molecular structure (BaFe12O19) is one

material that attracts many researchers because it has electricity and magnetism parameter
high. BAM has a high saturation magnetization (72 emu / g) [1], terrain large coercivity (6700
Oe) [2], and a high Curie temperature (502 ° C) [3]. This causes these materials have wide
applications such as: as an electromagnetic wave absorbing material, memory devices,
microwave devices, and recording media with high density [4-5]. As the wave absorbing
material, BAM must have electrical properties such as high electrical resistivity, dielectric lost
and magnetic lost low [6], while for applications as a storage medium or memory required a
high density [7]. To produce a high density, the resulting crystals must be sized nano and
uniform distribution so this is one of the challenges in research.
The other interesting thing of BaM is the nature of electricity and magnetism can be
modified according to the application required by the researcher. Engineering can be done by
way of substitution or doping. Some researchers have tried replacing the iron (Fe) with
transition metal ions of the elements that have similar ionic radii such as La, Ti, Mn, Co, Ni
and Zn [8-11]. This research will be conducted ion substitution with Co-Zn alloys. Selection
of doping is based on previous research, namely: electrical conductivity increases with
increasing temperature and the concentration of Zn ions [12] and the dielectric constant is
largely influenced by the concentration of Co ions that decrease with increased frequency in a
wide variety of temperature [13]. Frequency and temperature influence on the electrical
Susilawati and Doyan 106
properties of a material would provide information about the charge transfer mechanism and
dielectric properties of the materials. Therefore, this study aimed to investigate the influence
of the frequency of the electrical properties of Bam on a wide variety of Co-Zn ion
concentration and calcinations temperature variations.
In the synthesis of Bam there are several commonly used methods such as solid state
reaction [14], solution combustion method [15], sol-gel [16-17], and co-precipitation [18,19].
The preferred method is co-precipitation research because it is easy to control the chemical
composition and size of the crystals produced [20].
2.1. The Synthesis of Barium Powder Process M-Hexaferrit (BaFe12-2xCoxZnxO19)
The materials used in this study for the synthesis of barium M-hexaferrit BaFe12-
2xCo xZnxO19 are: Barium Carbonate Powder (BaCO3) with M = 197.34 g / mol,Iron (III)
Chloride Hexahydrate (FeCl3.6H2O) as the base material With M=270.33 g/ mol, and CoCl2
powder and Zn proanalis (PA) as a doping material with variations in the value of x = 0; 0.2;
0.4; 0.6; 0.8; 1. Synthesis of barium M-hexaferrit BaFe12-2xCoxZnxO19 performed by co-
precipitation method comprising: Powder Barium carbonate (BaCO3) solution dissolved in
HCl (0,1N), heated to a temperature of about 800C with hot plate and stirred using a magnetic
stirrer for approximately 2 hours until the powder dissolved and the solution is clear white.
Crystal Iron (III) cloride Hexahydrate (FeCl3.6H2O) diluted with distilled water, stirred with a
magnetic stirrer without heating to obtain a solution with a blackish brown color. Zn powder
was dissolved in HCl (0.1 N) and the CoCl2 powder. The second solution diluted with
distilled water acts as doping. The above three solutions are mixed and stirred with a magnetic
stirrer until it becomes homogeneous (black and brown), without settling heated then added a
solution of NH4OH (25%), to obtain a precipitate with high homogeneity (dark brown). After
a few minutes of samples ranging look no deposits, after which the precipitate is filtered by
using a filter paper and washed with distilled water up to 10 times until reached state neutral
or reached pH = 7. After the sample is deposited so as to achieve a normal ph level, then the
sample crushed so that we will get a fine powder samples.
3. Results and Discussion.
For all the samples BaM with doping Co dan Co-Zn are observed that conductivity is
small in the lower frequency region and increases for higher frequencies (Fig. 1(b) and 2 (b)).
The electrical conductivity increases with temperature as shown in Fig. 1(b), 2(a) and 2(b).
Therefore, the iron oxides are generally termed as ‘semiconductors’. The lattice vibrations
increase with temperature, giving rise to higher probability of the hopping of electrons at the
octahedral sites, leading to enhanced mobility of charge carriers and hence the conductivity
[12].

BaM with doping Co

BaM without doping
Conductivity (S/cm)
Conductivity (S/cm)
Co
40…
Frequency (Hz) Frequency (Hz)
1 (a) 1 (b)
Figure 1. (a) log conductivity versus log frequency for BaM without doping and
(b) log conductivity versus log frequency for BaM with doping Co
BaM with doping CoZn

Conductivity (S/cm)
BaM with doping Zn

CoZn…
Conductivity (S/cm)
CoZn…
Zn…
Frequncy (Hz)
Frequency (Hz)
2 (a) 2 (b)
Figure 2. (a) log conductivity versus log frequency for BaM witht doping Zn and
(b) log conductivity versus log Frequency for BaM with doping Co-Zn
From Figure 1 (a) shows that the conductivity values without doping BaM shows the
value increasing with increasing frequency of, showed that the increased conductivity occurs
liner. At low frequencies the conductivity value of 4.27 10-7 S / cm at a frequency of 105 Hz,
while the value of conductivity is 9.32 10-5 S / cm. From Figure 1 (b) - 2 (b) the value of the
conductivity can be seen in the following table 1.
Table.1. Conductivity of samples in the range frequency below 100 Hz and above
100 to 105 Hz
Frequency (Hz) Conductivity (S/cm)

Co (4000C) Co (8000C) Zn (4000C) Zn (8000C) Co-Zn (4000C) Co-Zn (8000C)
0.5 – 100 (4.8–9) 10-8 (1.68-3.7)10-7 (5.3 -7.1) 10-7 (1.8.10-4–1.0 10-3) (3.6–6.14 10-8 (1 -2) 10-7
>100 - 105 (1 – 3) 10-6 (4.5 -7.4)10-6 7.7.10-7– 5.10-6 1.1 10-3 – 1.5 10-3 6.7.10-8–3.5 10-6 2.4 10-7 – 3.48 10-6
From Table 1. show that conductivity increases with increasing temperature

calcinations for all types of doping used. The conductivity also increased with increasing

frequency, at low-frequency conductivity tends to a constant value while at high frequencies

the conductivity increases linier. This may be interpreted in a way that at low range of
frequency, the jumping of electrons between Fe 2+ and Fe 3+ is less but as frequency goes to
the higher values, the hopping of electrons is increase and conductivity is also increased [4].
All samples exhibit a frequency-independent conductivity at low frequencies and a frequency-
dependent conductivity at high frequencies due to ionic conductivity relaxation. The higher
conductivities were attribute to the increase of ionic charge carries in the samples. The
increment of temperature causes increase in conductivity due to the increase of free volume
and their respective ionic and segmental mobility. Thus segmental motion, which is
temperature dependent permits free charges to hop from one site to another or provides a
pathway for the transitional ionic motion. The conductivity increase as the temperature,
indicating more ions gained kinetic energy via the thermally activated hopping of charge
carrier between trapping sites that is temperature dependence and phonon-assisted quantum
tunneling through a barrier separating two equilibrium positions, which is hopping distance
dependent. Both mechanisms contributed to the ionic mobility and increase total conductivity.
The conductivity in ferrites may be elaborated by Verwey’s hopping mechanism. The
electronic conduction in hexaferrites is mainly due to hopping of electrons between ions of
the same element present in more than one valence states [6].
4. Conclusion
The results showed conductivity samples for doping Co, Zn and Co-Zn increases
with increasing calcination temperature and conductivity also depends on the frequency, the
low frequency tends to a constant value but at a higher frequency increased. Increase in
conductivity with rise in temperature shows semiconducting nature of the samples.
Acknowledgements
This research has been sponsorship by PUPT Research Department of Research and
Technology of Higher Education 2016.
References
[1] M. Radwan, M.M. Rashad, and M.M. Hessien.2007. Synthesis and characterization of barium hexaferrite
nanoparticles. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 181, 106.
[2] T. Gonzalez-Carreno, M.P. Morales, and C.J. Serna. 2000. Barium ferrite nanoparticles prepared directly
by aerosol pyrolysis. Mater. Lett. 43, 97.
[3] M. Cernea, S.G. Sandu, C. Galassi, R. Radu, and V. Kuncser. 2013. Magnetic properties of
BaxSr1xFe12O19 (x 5 0.05–0.35) ferrites prepared by different methods. J. Alloys Compd. 561, 121.
[4] M.N. Ashiq, M.J. Iqbal, M. Najam-ul-Haq, P.H. Gomez, and A.M. Qureshi. 2012. Synthesis, magnetic and
dielectric properties of Er–Ni doped Sr-hexaferrite nanomaterials for applications in high density recording
media and microwave devices. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 324, 15.
[5] P. Bhattacharya, S. Dhibar, G. Hatui, A. Mandal, T. Das, and C.K. Das. 2014. Graphene decorated with
hexagonal shaped M-type ferrite and polyaniline wrapper: A potential candidate for electromagnetic wave
absorbing and energy storage device applications. RSC Adv. 4, 17039.
[6] M. U. Islam, F. Aen, S. B. Niazi, M. A. Khan, M. Ishaque, T. Abbas, & M. U. Rana. 2008. Electrical
transport properties of CoZn ferrite–SiO 2 composites prepared by co-precipitation technique. Materials
Chemistry and Physics, 109(2), 482-487.
[7] T. Kaur, B.H. Bhat, S. Kumar, and A.K. Srivastava. 2015. Enhancement in physical properties of barium
hexaferrite with substitution. Journal of Materials Research, 30(18), 2753-2762.
[8] Y. Liu, M.G.B. Drew, Y. Liu, J. Wang, and M. Zhang. 2010. Preparation, characterization and magnetic
properties of the doped barium hexaferrites BaFe122xCox/2Znx/2SnxO19, x50.0–2.0. J. Magn. Magn.
Mater. 322, 814.
[9] H. Sozeri, I. Kuucuk, and H. Ozkan. 2011. Improvement in magnetic properties of La substituted
BaFe12O19 particles prepared with an unusually low Fe/Ba molar ratio. J. Magn. Magn. Mater. 323, 1799.

[10] M.K. Tehrani, A. Ghasemi, M. Moradi, and R.S. Alam. 2011. Wideband electromagnetic wave absorber
using doped barium hexaferrite in Ku-band. J. Alloys Compd. 509, 8398.
[11] T. Kaur, B. Kaur, B.H. Bhat, S. Kumar, and A.K. Srivastava. 2015. Effect of calcination temperature on
microstructure, dielectric, magnetic and optical properties of Ba0.7La0.3Fe11.7Co0.3O19 hexaferrite.
Phys. B 456, 206.
[12] V. V. Soman, V. M. Nanoti, and D. K. Kulkarni. 2014. Effect of substitution of Zn-Ti on magnetic and
dielectric properties of BaFe 12 O 19. Physics Procedia, 54, 30-37.
[13] A. Sharma, K. Parmar, R. K. Kotnala, and N. S. Negi. 2012. Magnetic and Dielectric Properties of
CoxZn1-xFe2O4 Synthesized by Metallo-Organic Decomposition Technique. International J. Adv. Engg.
Tech, 5, 544-554.
[14] A. Rahman, A. Gafur, and A.R Sarker. 2015. Impact of doping on Structural, Electronic and Optical
Properties of Cobalt Ferrite Prepared by Solid-state Reaction. International Journal of Innovative Research
in Advanced Engineering (IJIRAE) ISSN: 2349-2163 Volume 2 Issue 1.
[15] R. Rani, G. Kumar, K. M. Batoo, and M. Singh. 2013. Electric and dielectric study of zinc substituted
cobalt nanoferrites prepared by solution combustion method. American Journal of Nanomaterials, 1(1), 9-
12.
[16] C. C. Chauhan, R. B. Jotania, and K. R. Jotania. 2012. Conductivity and di electric properties of M-type
barium magnesium hexaferrite powder. Int J Adv Eng Res Stud, 1, 25À27.
[17] S. Kanagesan, M. Hashim, T. Kalaivani, I. Ismail, N. A. Rahman, and A. Hajalilou. 2014. Microwave
sintering of NiCo doped barium strontium hexaferrite synthesized via sol-gel method. Journal of Chemical
and Pharmaceutical Research, 6, 1210–1215.
[18] K. K. Mallick, P. Shepherd, and R. J. Green. 2007. Dielectric properties of M-type barium hexaferrite
prepared by co-precipitation. Journal of the European Ceramic Society, 27(4), 2045-2052.
[19] G. Sathishkumar, C. Venkataraju, and K. Sivakumar. 2010. Synthesis, structural and dielectric studies of
nickel substituted cobalt-zinc ferrite. Materials Sciences and Applications, 1(01), 19.
[20] N. Dawar, M. Chitkara, I. S. Sandhu, J. S. Jolly, and S. Malhotra. 2016. Structural, magnetic and dielectric
properties of pure and nickel-doped barium nanohexaferrites synthesized using chemical co-precipitation
technique. Cogent Physics, 3(1), 1208450.

Detection of Lombok Faults using Gravity Methods
Suhayat Minardi 1, Teguh Ardianto 1, Alfina Taurida Alaydrus1
1,2,3
Physics Department University of Mataram
Email : suhayat.minardi@unram.ac.id
Abstract
Research with the gravity method with the aim to detect the presence of fault has
conducted on the Lombok Island. Gravity measurements was done in Central Lombok and
East Lombok Regency using Scintrex autograv CG5 gravimeter on August, 22 -25, 2016. The
stations (measurement points) have distributed randomly at the roads that traversed at Central
Lombok and East Lombok Regency. Separation anomaly was conducted using upward
continuation and modelling results verified by a second vertical derivative (SVD) and the
geological map of Lombok and Sumbawa issued by the P3G Bandung 1994. Modelling
results showed that the survey area has developed by soil, sandstone, limestone and andesit
layer. The faults at the survey area were occurred at depth of 40 until 264 meter.
Keywords: fault, gravity, Lombok, modelling, SVD
1. Introduction
The area of subduction by the Indo-Australian plate extends to the west of Sumatra
Island, south of Java to Bali and Nusa Tenggara Islands, moving to north about (50-70)
mm/year [1]. The Indonesia's geological setting causes frequent earthquakes in various parts
of Indonesia, especially on the island of Lombok West Nusa Tenggara province, which is
geographically located at the confluence of two major tectonic plates, Eurasian Plate and
Indo-Australian Plate. Plate movement that is the trigger of faults activity across most areas of
the island of Lombok. If the faults becomes active then passed into the area prone to
earthquakes [2].
Fault occurs due to a shift in the earth layer of normal conditions. Passive fault can be
reactivated under the influence in the surrounding, such as the effect of volcanoes or other
seismic activity. Therefore fault activity still need special attention and further research,
especially faults that exist on the Lombok Island is still less attention.
Lombok Island has a geological structure which is divided into three zones,
mountains, hills, and plains. Obviously with such geological structure, the island of Lombok
has a fault on the plates underneath the earth's surface. One prediction of fault there is a fault
Lombok, that has a length about 75 km with Northeast-Southwest trending, while other faults
trending fault-Northwest-Southeast and few in number almost North-South trending [3].
One of the geophysical methods that can be used to study the fault is the gravity
method [4] [5]. When a 3-dimensional shape of any mass distributed continuously with
density (, ,  ) as shown in Figure 1, the potential of gravity at the point P (x, y, x) above
and beyond the distribution the mass density is given by [6]:
Figure 1 Potential effect of gravity at point P
Minardi et al. 111

∆ ( , , )
( , , ) = ⁄
∙ ∙
[( − ) + ( − ) + ( − ) ] ……………….(1)
Vertical component of gravity caused by density distribution can get by differentiating

equation 1 to z.
( , , )
∆ =−
∆ ( , , )( − )
=− ⁄
∙ ∙ …………….(2)
[( − ) + ( − ) + ( − ) ]
The research location are the Central and East Lombok Regency, as shown at Figure
2. Measuring gravity using a gravity meter Scintrex Autograv CG-5 with the number of
measurement points 85 points. Data processing was done by Microsoft Excel and modelling is
done by using software Oasis Montaj. Stages of work in this research is shown in Figure 3. As
verification of modelling results, use the geological map sheet Lombok and Sumbawa issued
by the Bandung P3G (1994) [7].
GPS GRAVITY
MEASUREMENT MEASUREMENT
POSITION AND COMPLETE BOUGUER

ELEVATION DATA ANOMALY D ATA
COMPLETE BOUGUER
ANOMALY MAP
ANOMALY
SEPARATION
REGIONAL ANOMALY RESIDUAL ANOMALY

MAP MAP
SLICING ANOMALY
SVD FILTERING TRAJECTORY
TWO DIMENSIONAL
Figure 2. Location of research MODELING
SVD ANOMALY MAP
POSITION AND DEPTH
OF FAULTS
LOMBOK VERIFICATION OF
GEOLOGICAL MAP FAULT
REMARK:
PROCESS FINAL RESULT
RESULT OF PROC ESS SUPPORTING D ATA
Figure 3. Diagram the stages of research

3. Discussion
The measurement results of Global Positioning System (GPS) data is processed to

obtain the position and elevation measurement points. The data is then plotted on the map and
produces elevation maps as shown in Figure 3. The study area has a height variation from 50
to 350 meters above sea level. The gravity data after the data is processed to produce a
complete Bouguer anomaly and plotted into the map as shown in Figure 4. The value of the
gravity anomaly varies between -80 to 140 mGal.
Minardi et al. 112

Figure 3. Elevation map Figure 4. Bouguer anomaly map

Bouguer anomaly is a combination of regional anomaly residual anomaly, so to get the
anomaly is due to local sources, the two should be separated. The anomaly separation process
using upward continuation method, and the result is a residual anomalies as shown in Figure
5. The residual anomaly maps created cross section to be modelled anomalies below the
surface conditions.
Figure 5. Residual anomaly map with lines of slicing to be modelled
Four cross-sections, that’s AA ', BB', CC’ and DD 'are made to model subsurface
conditions. Sub-surface models under cross sections AA’, BB’, CC’, and DD’ can be shown
in Figure 6 until Figure 9. Position of all cross sections, quantitative interpretation as a results
of modelling (depth of fault and layer of rocks faulting) shown in Table 1. All of cross
sections are composed of soil, sandstone, limestone, and andesite, based on density value by
[8].
Figure 6. Subsurface model cross section Figure 7. Subsurface model cross section
AA’ BB’
Minardi et al. 113

Figure 8. Subsurface model cross section Figure 9. Subsurface model cross section
CC’ DD’
Table 1. Position of cross sections and the parameters of models
Cross Length Depth of fault

No. Point (m) Rocks layer
section (m) (m)
Start (418429, 9024569) Soil ( = 2.05 gr/cc)
1. AA’ 7035 39.5
End (422020, 9030618) Sandstone ( = 2.31 gr/cc)
Start (410395, 9031941) Limestone ( = 2.52 gr/cc)
2. BB’ 5740 40.2 Andesite ( = 2.67 gr/cc)
End (415215, 9035061)
Start (451889, 9059069)
3. CC’ 8394 156.5
End (450755, 9050751)
Start (424194, 9055666)
4. DD’ 14879 263.8
End (432985, 9043662)
Second Vertical Derivative (SVD) is one of the filtering techniques that can bring
residual anomaly (shallow effect). With this method, the presence of a fault in one area will
be known [8] SVD contour value is 0 mGal/m2 indicates that in the area there are structural
faults, so that the map of residual anomalies and modelling can be expected to fault the
position as shown in Figure 9. Fault estimated on the ellipse of red and blue and is consistent
with the geological map in Figure 10.
Figure 9. SVD map Figure 10. Geological map of Lombok

Island
4. Conclusion
Modelling results showed that the survey area has developed by soil, sandstone,
limestone, and andesit layer. The faults at the survey area were occurred at depth of 29 until
263 meter.
Acknowledgment
Thanks to DP2M DIKTI authors say that has funded this research with the contract
Minardi et al. 114

number 61H/ SPP-FD/ UN18.12/ PL/ 2016 dated 20 February 2016, colleagues from BMKG
Kemayoran Jakarta, Physics Laboratory University of Mataram, and the students who has
helped conduct the study.
References
[1] Pasau, G., dan A. Tanauma. 2011. Pemodelan Sumber Gempa di Wilayah Sulawesi Utara
Sebagai Upaya Mitigasi Bencana Gempa Bumi. Journal science of MIPA. 7:1-5.
[2] Kertapati E., 2006. Aktivitas Gempabumi di Indonesia (Perspektif Regional pada Karakteristik
Gempabumi Merusak). Bandung: Pusat Survey Badan Geologi.
[3] Manurung.Y.S dan Karno, 1997. Hasil Eksporasi Mineral Logam Di Daerah Mataram, Kabupaten
Lombok Barat dan Lombok Tengah, Propinsi Nusa Tenggara Barat. DSM. Bandung.
[4] Sarkowi M., (2009) : Coal Bed Methane Sebagai Energi Alternatif Baru dan Upaya Pemantauan
Proses Produksinya. Proceeding Seminar Nasional MIPA 2009, 16-17 Nopember 2009.
[5] Yoshida Shigeo, Gaku Seta, Shuhei Okubo, and Shigeki Kobayashi, 1999. Absolute gravity
change associated with the March 1997 earthquake swarm in the Izu Peninsula, Japan. Earth
Planets Space, 51, 3–12, 1999
[6] Kadir W.G.A., Santoso D., dan Sarkowi M (2004) : Time Lapse Vertical Gradient Gayaberat
mikro Measurement for Subsurface Mass Change and Vertical Ground Movement (Subsidence)
Identification, Case Study: Semarang Alluvial Plain, Central Java, Indonesia. Proceedings of The
7th SEGJ International Symposium, Sendai- Japan 24-26 Nopember 2004 p.421-426
[7] P3G, 1994, Peta geologi lembar Lombok dan Sumbawa Bandung
[8] Lestari, Intan dan M. Sarkowi, 2013, Analisis Struktur Patahan Daerah Panasbumi Lahendong -
Tompaso Sulawesi Utara Berdasarkan Data Second Vertical Derivative (Svd) Anomali
Gayaberat, Prosiding Seminar Nasional Sains & Teknologi V Lembaga Penelitian Universitas
Lampung 19-20 November 2013
[9] Telford, W. M., Geldart, L. P. and Sheriff, R. E., 1990., Applied Geophysics Second Edition,
Cambridge University Press, New York
Minardi et al. 115

Description of Cognitive Conflict Levels in Chemistry College Students in

Conceptual Change Strategy
Rosalina Eka Permatasari1*, Suyono2
1) Doctorate Degree Student of Science Education, Postgraduate, State University of Surabaya, Surabaya.
E-mail: Rosalina.permatasari88@gmail.com
2) Department of Chemistry, Science Faculty, State University of Surabaya, Surabaya.
*
E-mail: ionunesa@yahoo.co.id
Abstract
This study aimed to describe the level of cognitive conflict students in conceptual
change strategy. This research type is a case study with the goal of three students from
Chemical Education Department (trainee teachers) who have a high burden of misconceptions
on Arrhenius acid-base concept.They have a visual-verbal balanced of learning style and low
of imagination. The variables which measured, photographed and studied was the level of
cognitive conflict when individual targets involved in cognitive conflict condition as a whole
in the process of conceptual change. The method used in this research wasmixed methods
which combine the qualitative and quantitative methods. The level of cognitive conflict
students described based on the data: (a) the answers of students to the questionnaire which
were integrated in conceptual change module, (b) recording the movements of physical
students whencognitive conflictevent, and (c) recording of verbal or students speech who
submitted to the lecturer. Recording of students gestures, signs, and body languange when
they took place the creation of cognitive conflicteventwere interpreted with reference to
Nonverbal Dictionary written Givens (2002) and Guidelines on How To Read Body
Languangewritten by Pease (1988). Recording verbal or students’speechs to lecturer are
written as it is. Data from the questionnaire, meaning of student’s gestures, signs, and body
languange and verbal greeting were triangulation to describe the level of student cognitive
conflict target. Conclution of this research was cognitive conflict level about three students
who targeted as research objectives differ from one another. First Students target has high
levels of cognitive conflict, positive, and consistent. Second Students target had lower levels
of cognitive conflict, positive, and consistent. Third Students target has a low level of
cognitive conflict, positive, and tend to be inconsistent.
Key Words: burden of misconceptions, individual characteristics, variants of conceptual

change strategy
1. Introduction
Through IonunesaDetektor software, it has been successfully mapped conception of

chemistry, learning styles, mental models, and the level of cognitive conflict of students of
Chemistry Education Department Unesa.Individual learning styles were measured in four
dimensions, namely perception, input, process, and understanding. Individual mental
modelsare measured in three dimensions, namely perception, imagination, and understanding
discourse. Individual mental models are classified into three levels: low, medium, and high.
Students determined to have a low mental model if the accumulated results of tests using
detector test mental models conclude that students have a mental modelfar from the mental
model target, and vice versa. The level of cognitive conflict described from three data sources,
namely: (a) the answers to the questionnaire are integrated in modules of conceptual change,
(b) recording ofphysical movements whenthe event of cognitive conflict condition creation
Permatasari and Suyono 116

occur, and (c) recording of verbal or students’ greeting submitted to the supervisor.
Students of Unesa Education ChemistryDeoartmentarecandidaters for chemistry
teacher who will substitute the existence of chemistry teacher that currently exist infield and
are known to have misconceptions about subject matter that learned to their students (Suyono,
Yuanita, and Rohmawati, 2012).Fact misconceptions happen on teachers not only in
Indonesia, but also in other countries. Kolumuc and Tekin (2011) found teachers’ chemical
misconceptions in Turkey also Burgoon et al. (2011) in the United States. The presence of
chemistry teachers with many misconceptions, alarming the world of education. The existence
of a chemistry teacher in the field with a load of misconceptions in turn must be substituted
with new teachers who know the concept. Why should it be substituted? If not, there is a
concern that the misconceptions in chemistry at high school students will never be solved.
While Lemma (2013) summed up the results of his research, that the index of determination
of teachers’ chemistry misconceptions towards students’ misconceptions reached 90%. After
further analysis of students’ chemistry map conception (prospective chemistry teacher), found
a number of students have a load of misconceptions in the various chemistry subject mattersto
be covered in school such as the concept of chemical bonds, solvents, acids and bases,
electrochemistry, and the reaction rate (Suyono, Masriyah, and Muchlis, 2015). Suyono et al.
(2015) also found a number of students who have high misconceptions, more than 50% of
number of conceptual questions that tested. The load of chemistry misconceptions must be
reduced (minimized), if possible eliminated. If the load of misconceptions chemistry teacher
candidates were not reduced, then the substitution chemistry teachers in the same field would
be useless.
Remedial teaching practices with individual clinical patterns have been conducted by
Suyono and his colleagues in 2016 using conceptual change strategy. Conceptual change
strategy was based on the ideas of Piaget and constructivism (Baser, 2006). According to
Baser, this strategy encourages the creation of discontent in the minds of individuals against
conception, cognitive conflict happen. When that kind of discontent happen so there will also
re-adaptation to the individual to re-achieve a balance (equilibration) (Piaget, 1950). With a
simple word, the core of the conceptual change strategy is as follows. Misconceptions that
have been recorded in any individual scheme disequilibration for further equilibrated
converted into a correct conception, according to the conception of scientists. The pattern of
clinical services done were very different to a study conducted by previous researchers, such
as Pabuccu and Geban (2006) which states that the conceptual change strategy proven to
eeffective in reducing students’misconceptions. The same conclusion was made by Ozdemir&
Clark, 2007; Zirbel, 2004; Sinatra & Broughton, 2011; Ultay et al. 2014; Potvin et al. 2014.
The studies that have been done have not provided services according the individual
characteristics and proven still leaves the misconceptions burden to the individual remediation
target.
The pattern of clinical services performed by Suyono et al. in 2016, in addition to
individual,it also gave notice to the individual characteristics such as learning styles, mental
models, and the level of cognitive conflict.These three individual characteristics correlate with
the misconception happen to someone. Sen and Yilmaz (2012) along withAbosalem (2013)
found a significant correlation between learning styles of students (learning style) with
student misconceptions. Individual learning styles which are not well accommodated in the
designed learningprocess will cause a failure in students’ learning process. Misconceptions in
chemistry correlated with mental models owned (Wang, 2007). Clerk and Rutherford (2000)
stated that misconception would occur in the brain when the students' mental models which
formed by an individual does not match the mental model that should be or targeted mental
models (low mental models).
Aryungga and Suyono (2014) found that students who experience resistant
misconceptions are students who have a learning style balanced on the four dimensions of

learning styles. Verawahyuni (2014) found that students who had low mental models tend to
have a high burden of misconceptions. Suyono et al. (2015) found a significant relationship
between student perception abilities with a load of misconceptions on the concept of atomic
structure. Students with lower perceptions ability, one of mental models dimension, have a
high load of misconceptions. The level of individual cognitive conflict is also known to
correlate with misconceptions (Kang et al., 2004). The results of this study provide meaning
that individuals who have balancelearning styles, low mental model, and lower levels of
cognitive conflict can be classified into disadvantaged individuals in building chemical
conception. These less fortunate individuals have not been touched in particular by previous
investigators in implementing the strategy of conceptual change. Meanwhile, Sen and Yilmaz
(2012) along withAbosalem (2013) has warned, if the learning style (one of the characteristics
of the individual) are not accommodated in the learning designed by the learner, it will cause
a failure in students’ learning process. A touch on the individual characteristics besides
learning style is also important. Clerk and Rutherford (2000) stated that misconception would
occur in the brain when the students' mental model formed by an individual does not match
the mental model that should be or targeted mental model. Positive response to the statement
of Clerk and Rutherford, is that learners in designing remedial action of misconceptions must
provide services that help individual to have a mental model, for example the low perceptual
abilities. Means that, in the implementation of conceptual change strategies need to be
supplemented with other forms of services based on the characteristics of individuals, more
specifically, to the less favorable characteristics. Again, these have not been done by previous
researchers. The author would like to enter into this gap region.
The author has succeeded in formulating the design of remedial learning strategies to
reduce the burden of student chemical misconceptions based on conceptual change strategies
and individual characteristics (Suyono, Masriyah, and Muchlis, 2016). Remedial learning
strategies for loads of misconceptions assigned for department of chemistry education
students who have completed basic course of chemistry and identified as having: (1) the load
of high misconceptions, (2) balanced learning styles, (3) low mental models, and (4) low to
moderate levels of cognitive conflict. To base on the need for individual services according to
individual characteristics, there have been formulated five (5) variant conceptual
changestrategy, namely: (1) Conceptual change strategy aided by integrated worksheet with
target of balance sensing-intuitive-learning style student, low mental models, low-to moderate
level of cognitive conflict (2) Conceptual change strategy aided by Module CC with target of
balance visual-verbal learning style and low imagination students, (3) Guided conceptual
change strategy aided by multimedia with target of balance visual-verballearning style,
medium active, and the low level of cognitive conflict, (4) Conceptual change strategy that is
integrated with 3R strategy targeting the student with balance visual-verbal learning style and
low mental models, and (5) Conceptual change strategy integrated with peer-learning strategy
with target of balance sequential-global learning style and low-medium level of cognitive
conflict students. Implementation of each conceptual change strategies variants based on
individual characteristics supported by the learning device/tools consisting of remedial
learning scenarios and conceptual change worksheet /modules. On this opportunity, reported
description that represents the cognitive conflict level in the targeted students underwent
conceptual change strategy in the second variant of the strategy. Representation of student
cognitive conflict levels are set based on the observed/recorded physical movement in a
hidden camera and recorded document module of conceptual change. Why need to be made a
description of targeted student cognitive conflict level target?
Targeted students involved insecond variant of conceptual change strategy is students
with a high load of misconceptions of Arrhenius acid-base concept and has a balance visual-
verbal learning style, as well as low ability of imagination. Individuals with certain types of
learning styles have a tendency to typical study (Felder, 1993). The ability of imagination is

one of the elements of mental models. Mental models are knowledge structures constructed
by the individual to understand and explain the experience (Rahayu&Purwanto, 2013). In
understanding abstract concepts, people need a visual representation in the form of graphs,
drawings and diagrams that are indispensable to explain the abstract concepts (Gabel, 1999;
Chittleborough&Treagust, 2007). Conceptual change module that is used to guide the stages
of conceptual change strategy in which there are services adjusted to the individual
characteristics of balance visual-verbal learning style and low imagination, so that become
meaningful and can tap long-term memory. Implemented stages of conceptual change strategy
consist of four stages: validation of misconceptions, creating conditions of cognitive conflict
in students, providing assistance for the equilibration, and reconstruction of student
understanding (Suyono et al., 2016).
As mentioned in the third paragraph that the strategy conceptual change is based on in
the ideas of Piaget and constructivism (Baser, 2006). According Baser, this strategy
encourages the creation of discontent in the minds of individuals against conception, cognitive
conflict happen. When there is discontent like that will happen re-adaptation to the individual
to re-achieve a balance (equilibration) (Piaget, 1950). Creation of cognitive conflict on
individuals is indispensable in the process of individual schemes prior to equilibration and re-
adaptation. Creation of cognitive conflict is one of the four essential conditions that must be
met in order to re-adaptation or accommodation occurs (Posner et al., 1982), namely: (1) there
must be dissatisfaction of the individual against the present conception (conception old), can
be conditioned by bring in anomaly, (2) a new conception must be clearly understood
(intelligible), can be tested or applied for wider use in new situations, (3) a new conception
must be reasonable (plausible), can be used to solve problems and have consistency, and (4) a
new conception more useful (fruitful), has the opportunity or potential to support
development program and pave the way of a new inquiry
If observed that the statements in the aboveparagraph, it is clear that the phase of
creation of cognitive conflict conditions is one of important stages in the process of
conceptual change. This was the argument for researchers to explicitly describe the cognitive
conflict level of chemistry students in conceptual change strategy aided module. The level of
student cognitive conflict affects the process of changing misconceptions, therefore, in this
study the fact of students’ cognitive conflict level tried to be connected to the fact of students’
changes of conception which recorded in modules, especially in the reconstruction of student
understanding.
Students involved in the stage of creation of conditions for cognitive conflict can be
divided into three conditions, namely: (a) students who experienced cognitive conflict, (b) the
student does not conflict cognitively, and (c) the students were in anxiety state that is between
states of conflict non-conflict. The purpose of this study is to obtained descriptions of the
level of student cognitive conflict and its success in reconstructing understanding. The level
of students’ cognitive conflict the students described in seven indicators, namely: (1) any
doubt as to what has been believed, (2) the shock of new facts are found, (3) comfort against
what has been believed, (4) an interest to learn more on new terms, (5) the level of curiousity
to learn more, (6) the confusion over something that has believed, and (7) unhappiness
because has not understood the new concept. This all seventh indicator refers to Lee et al.
(2003). The purpose of this study was to describe the level of students’ cognitive conflict in
conceptual change strategy.
This research is a case study with the targeted students of Chemical Education
department/major (prospective teachers) who have a high burden of misconceptions of
Arrhenius acid-base concept, has a balance visual-verbal learning style, and has the lower

ability of imagination.The variables measured, photographed, and assessed are: (1) the level
of targeted individual’s cognitive conflict when involved in conditions for cognitive conflict
creation event as a whole in the process of conceptual change. The method used in this
research is combined methods (mixed methods), a combination of qualitative and quantitative
methods. The strategy chosen was concurrent embedded strategy, both combined methods are
run simultaneously and in this case quantitative methods embedded into qualitative methods
(Creswell, 2009). The level of students’ cognitive conflict described based on the data: (a) the
answers to the questionnaire are integrated in conceptual changemodules, (b) recording
physical movements of the current event creation of conditions for cognitive conflict lasts,
and (c) recording of students’ verbal or speech which submitted to the supervisor.
Seven indicators according to Lee et al. (2003) can be used to describe the level of
cognitive conflict through questionnaire method mentioned above. Answers to the questions
in the questionnaire were classified into five levels 0 s.d. 4 with the following meaning:
0 = do not have doubts; shock; inconvenience; interest; curious; confusion; confidence (not at
all),
1 = have doubts; shock; inconvenience; interest; curious; confusion; confidence between 1% -
25% (very low),
2 = have doubts; shock; inconvenience; interest; curious; confusion; confidence between 26%
-50% (low),
-75% (high),
-100% (very).
Recordings physical gestures (gestures, signs, and body languange) when the creation
event of cognitive conflict conditions took place intepreted with reference to Nonverbal
Dictionary written by Givens (2002) and guidelines on how to read body languange written
by Pease (1988). Verbal or speech recordings delivered to students who are written as their
supervisor. Data from questionnaire’s filling, of the meaning of gestures, signs, and body
languange and verbal greeting each triangulated to describe the level of targeted student
cognitive conflict.
3.1. Cognitive Conflict Levels Targeted Individual

The level of targeted students’ cognitive conflict (TKKMS) is described based on the
data: (a) the recognition of individuals in answer to a questionnaire that is integrated in
conceptual change module, (b) recording of gestures, signs, and body languange when the
event creating conditions cognitive conflict lasts, and (c ) recording of verbal or student
speech delivered to lecturers, mutually triangulated.
3.1.1. TKKMS Questionnaire Based on answer of targeted students

The filling of student questionnaire which are integrated in conceptual change module
is the recognition that represents cognitive conditions perceived by students during and after
the process of creation of cognitive conflict. As mentioned that the level of students’ cognitive
conflict described in seven indicators, namely: (1) any doubt as to what has been believed, (2)
the shock of new facts are found, (3) comfort against what has been believed, (4) interest for
learn more in the new case received, (5) the level curiousity to learn more, (6) the confusion
over something that has believed, and (7) unhappiness because it has not understood the new
concept. The level of threetargeted students’ cognitive conflict during misconceptions
revision on the concept of Arrhenius acids are presented in Table 1.

Table 1 Level of Cognitive Conflict of Three Students Based on Questionnaire Filling

Targeted Students Conflict Creation 1 Conflict Creation 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 3 3 3 4 4 3 3 2 2 3 4 4 3 3
2 1 2 1 4 4 2 3 2 2 2 4 4 3 3
3 1 1 1 4 4 2 1 3 3 2 4 4 2 2
Description of the fisrt targeted student cognitive conflict level on the implementation of
conceptual change strategies to revise misconceptions of Arrhenius acid is as follows:
1) Doubt about what has been believed, the shock of the new facts are found, and comfort to
what has been believed to be at level 3, high.
2) The interest to learn more in the new case received and the level curiousity to learn more
deeply, both at the level of 4, very high.
3) The confusion over something that has beenbelieved and unhappiness because they have
not understood the new concept is at level 3, high.
Description of the second targeted student cognitive conflict level on the implementation
of conceptual change strategies to revise misconceptions of Arrhenius acid is as follows:
1) Doubt about what has been believedand comfort to what has been believed to be 1, very
low.
2) The shock of the new facts at the level of 2, low.
4) Confusion over something that has been believed to be at level 2, low.
5) Unhappiness because they have not understood the new concept is at level 3, high.
Description of the third targeted student cognitive conflict level on the implementation of
conceptual change strategies to revise misconceptions of Arrhenius acid is as follows:
1) Doubt about what has been believed, the shock of the new facts are found, and comfort to
what has been believed to be at level 1, very low.
3) The confusion over something that has been believed to be at level 2, is low.
4) Unhappiness because they have not understood a new concept at the level 1, very low.
3.1.2. TKKMS Based on Gestures, Signs, and Body Languange Recording When
Conflict Condition Cognitive Creation Event Occur
Chemical Conceptual change modulewhich used to guide the process of changing
student’s misconceptions loads twice the creation of conditions of cognitive conflict.
Description of cognitive conflict level of the three targeted students based on the recording of
gestures, signs, and body languange presented below.
3.1.2.1 When the First Creation Conflict Conditions

In the first phase of cognitive conflict, students are faced with an anomaly data.
Anomaly datashere are two of the seven compounds that are all H atoms on compounds of
formula but not the examples of the acid Arrhenius. Description of the three targeted students’
level of cognitive conflict conditions are as follows:
a. Student target no. 1, when face this data is holding chin and then switch to the cheek with
a serious expression. According to Pease (1988), this kind of attitude is interpreted as
mistrust or dubious data read.
b. Students target no. 2, when understanding data is constantly moving his legs. According
to Pease (1988) this attitude showed anxiety and confusion.
c. Students target no. 3, holding the lips with the right thumb and just turn the module page
over and over. Its meaning (Givens, 2002) is a nonverbal sign of verbal fraud, fraud on
the truth or lying. Nonverbal cues can be used as a reliable indicator on anxiety and
stress.
3.1.2.2. When the Second Creation Conflict Conditions

In the second phase of cognitive conflict, students are faced with the scientific
conception of the Arrhenius acid. Description of the three targeted students cognitive conflict
level objectives are as follows:
a. Students target no. 1, when face of this conflict is confused; this is indicated by keep
moving legs while reading the scientific conception of the acid.
b. Students target no. 2, when reading the scientific conception of the acid is change the leg
position from bent into straighten then bent over and over and moving his mouth like
trying to understand the reading repeatedly. This indicates that the student is currently
undergoing confusion.
c. Students target no. 3; keep turn over the module page with an expression of confusion.
3.1.3 TKKMS Based on Verbal or Speech Students Recording Presented to Lecturer

Assistants
There are no utterances coming out of the mouth of the three reaserach targeted
students’ for event creation of conditions for cognitive conflict.
3.1. Description Based on Cognitive Conflict Levels of Three Sources of Data

The targeted students’ level of cognitive conflict of triangulation based data sources:
(a) the recognition of individuals in answer to a questionnaire that is integrated in the
conceptual change module, (b) recording of gestures, signs, and body languange when the
event creating conditions cognitive conflict lasts, and (c) recording verbal or speech delivered
to the student supervisor are as follows:
3.2.1. Student target no. 1

Confusion, sadness/unhappiness, distrust, doubt, high shock when presented to him is
an indication of cognitive conflict in the student’s brain. In addition, these students have an
interest and very high curiosity for a deeper study on accepted new things. Based on the
description it can be concluded that the student target no. 1 have high and positive levels of
cognitive conflict. Tested positive, because there is a comfortable feeling against what has
been believed (the old conception of the misconceptions) is experiencing confusion and
sadness/unuhappiness with a high level of interest and curiosity to learn more new things
received. This description applies to the first creation of conditions conflict. Different
Condition conflict when students are involved in the second creation of conditions conflict.
At the time of the second creation of conflict conditions, doubts about what had been
believed and his shock at the new facts are found to be at a low level, while for other
indicators the same as the time of fist creation of conflict. Low doubt and shock students
today might because he has never experienced the atmosphere of earlier conflicts.
3.2.2 Students target no. 2

Confusion and anxiety occurred in student target no. 2, but the doubt and shock when
presented to him is very low and low. This condition is an indication that cognitive conflicts
that occur in the brain is not as strong as the students who happen to student target no. 1.
Student target no. 2 have a very high interest and curiosity for a deeper study on new things
and feelshighly sadness when hecan not understand the new concept. Student target 2 has a
low level of cognitive conflict but still be declared as positive. Tested positive, because he has

an interest and curiosity is very high for a deeper study on new things to be accepted at this
time. In addition, he is also has a high level of sadness because he has not understood the new
concept. The description happen when the fist creation of conflict condition, while the second
creation of conflict conditions that both descriptions are not much different.
3.2.3. Students target no. 3

Anxiety, stress, and confusion coloringthe third target student, but the confusion and
sadness are low and very low. This student turned out to have a very high interest and
curiosity to learn more about the new things that were presented. What is described is valid
when the fist creation of conflict condition, while different things happened at the time when
the second creation of conflict conditions. On the second creation of sonflict condition, doubts
about what has been believed, and the shock of the new facts that are found in high levels,
when in the first creation of condition conflict is very low. Student target no.3 does not seem
to be aat a consistent conflict level.
3.3. Discussion Result

Three student research targets are students to have almost the same the "fate" and
individual characteristics. All three have high burden of chemical misconceptions, equally
experienced misconceptions on the concept of Arrhenius acid, and classified to the individual
balance visual-verbal and low imagination skills. The three then involved in remedial learning
with the same strategy that is conceptual change aided by Conceptual Change Chemistry
Module. That is, a module that is used to guide trip conceptual change process is the same.
It turned out that all three have different cognitive response when involved in the stage
or process of the creation of conflict conditions. Cognitive response that attempted described
through three sources of data, namely the recognition of individuals in answer to a
questionnaire that is integrated in the conceptual change module, recording of gestures, signs,
and body languange when the conditions cognitive conflict creation event lasts, and records of
verbal or students’ speech which are submitted to supervisor, mutually triangulated. In this
study found no utterances out of the mouth of the three targeted research students for conflict
condition creation event, so the description of levels of cognitive conflict is only based on two
sources of data called first.
Student cognitive conflict level 1, 2, and 3 are ifferent from each other. Student target
no. 1 has high levels of cognitive conflict, positive, and tends to be consistent. Tested
positive, because although there is a comfortable feeling against what has been believed (the
old conception of the misconceptions) is experiencing high level of confusion and sadness
and along with very high interest and curiosity to learn more new things received.The level of
first targeted student cognitive conflict can still be said to be the tends to be consistent, even if
there are differences in doubt and shock that too is still very reasonable because of doubt and
shock students today may be because he has never experienced the atmosphere of earlier
conflicts. Student target no. 2 has a low level of cognitive conflict but can still be tested
positive and consistent. Tested positive, because he has a very high interest and curiosity for a
deeper study on new things to be accepted at this time. In addition, he is also has a high level
of sadness because he has not understood the new concept. Description of the first creation of
conflict conditions, while the second creation of conflict conditions descriptions is not much
different. Student target no. 3 has a low level of cognitive conflict, is still positive, but is
unlikely to be at level of conflict that consistently.
According to the researcher, the difference in cognitive response time of creation of
conflict conditions in the three target students are the rights of every individual. Creation of
conflict conditions, according to Baser (2006) will encourage the creation of discontent in the
brains of individuals against conception, cognitive conflict has been proven. Turns
discontents of each individual vary. Re-adaptation to the individual to re-achieve balance or

equilibration according to Piaget (1950) starting from the discontent itself. Researcher
suspects that the difference in rates of individual cognitive conflict correlates with individual
success at the next stage of conceptual change, such as providing assistance for the
reconstruction and understanding equilibration. That reasercher’spreditions also consider the
opinion of Sen and Yilmaz (2012) along with Abosalem (2013) that there is a significant
correlation between student learning styles which are the ways individuals respond to
information with student misconceptions, certainly applies to student’s chemical conception.
Chemical misconceptions in individuals correlated with mental models held (Wang, 2007).
When mental renponses are different, implicitly Clerk and Rutherford (2000) will lead to
differences in the mental processes of others. When the individual's cognitive level is
different, the response time of the process of assistance to the equilibration allegedly also
different. Predictions that rely on Kang et al. (2004) that the level of the individual cognitive
conflict known to correlate with its misconception, of course the conception as well.
Remedial learning strategies based on conceptual change strategy that has been
implemented is still open for amendment. As is well known, phases of the strategy which has
been implemented consisting of four stages: validation of misconceptions, creating conditions
of cognitive conflict in students, providing assistance for the equilibration, and reconstruction
of student understanding. Completion focusing on the stage of conflict conditions creation
should be directed to four important conditions that must be met in order to re-adaptation or
accommodation occurs (Postner et al., 1982), namely: (1) there must be dissatisfaction of the
individual against the conception that there is (old conception), can be conditioned by
bringing anomaly, (2) a new conception must be clearly understood (intelligible), can be
tested or applied for wider use in new situations, (3) a new conception must be reasonable
(plausible), can be used to solve issues and have consistency, and (4) a new conception must
be more useful (fruitful), has the opportunity or potential to support development program and
pave the way a new inquiry. Four of these conditions must still be tailored to the different
levels of cognitive conflict each individual.
4. Conclusion
The level of three research students cognitive conflict objectives differ from one
another. Student target 1 has high levels of cognitive conflict, positive, and consistent.
Student target 2 has lower levels of cognitive conflict, positive, and consistent. Studenttarget
3 has a low level of cognitive conflict, positive, and tends to be inconsistent.
References
[1]. Abosalem, Yousef Mahmoud. (2013). The Relationship Between the Learning Styles of Students in
Grades Five and Six and Their Held Misconceptions About Dividing Fractions Based on Kolb’s
Model.Thesis. Dubai: The British University.
[2]. Aryungga dan Suyono. (2014). Identifikasi Gaya Belajar Siswa yang mengalami Miskonsepsi Resisten
pada Konsep Kimia. Unesa Journal of Chemical Education, vol. 3 pp 127-134.
[3]. Baser, Mustofa. (2006). Effect of Conceptual Change Oriented Instruction on Student’s Understanding of
Heat and Temperature Concept. Journal of Maltese Education Research, 4 (1), 67-79.
[4]. Burgoon, Judee, K., Laura, K. G. and Katy Floyd. (2011). Nonverbal Comunication. Boston: Allyn and
Bacon.
[5]. Chittleborough, G. and Treagust, D.F. (2007).“The modelling ability of non-major chemistry students and
their understanding of the sub-microscopic level”.Chemistry Education Research and Practice, Vol 8
No. 3. 2007. Pp. 274-292.
[6]. Clerk, D. and Rutherford, M. (2000). “LangguageAs a Confounding Variable in The Diagnosis of
Misconceptions.”Int. J. Sci. Educ. Vol 22. No. 7. 2000. pp. 703-717.
[7]. Creswell, John W. 2009. Research Design PendekatanPenelitianKualitatif,Kuantitatif, dan
Mixed.Yogyakarta: PustakaPelajar. PenterjemahAchmadFawaid.
[8]. Felder, Richard M. (1993). "Reaching the Second Tier: Learning and Teaching Styles in College Science
Education.”J. College Science Teaching, Vol. 2, No. 5, p. 286-290.
[9]. Gabel, D. (1999). Improving Teaching and Learning Through Chemistry Education Research: A Look to

the Future. J. Chem. Educ, 76(4), 548.

[10]. Givens, David B. (2002).The Nonverbal Dictionary of Gestures, Signs, and Body Language Cues.
Spokane, Washington: Center for Nonverbal Studies Press.
[11]. Kang, S., Scharmann, L. C., & Noh, T. (2004). Reexamining The Role of Cognitive Conflict in Science
Concept Learning. Research in Science Education, 34(1), 71-96.
[12]. Kolomuc, Ali &Tekin, Seher.(2011). Chemistry Teachers’ Misconception Concerning Concept of
Chemical Reaction Rate.Eurasian J. Phys. Chem. Educ, 3(2), 84-101.
[13]. Lee, et al. 2003.Development of an Instrument for MeasuringCognitiveConflict in
SecondaryLevelScienceClasses.Research in ScienceTeachingvol 40 (6).
[14]. Lemma, Abayneh. (2013). A Diagnostic Asessment of Eighth Grade and Their Teachers’ Misconceptions
About Basic Chemical Concepts. AUCE, 3(1), 39-59.
[15]. Ozdemir and Clark.(2007). An Overview of Conceptual Change Theories.Journal of Mathematics,
Science and Technology Education. 3, (4), 351-361.
[16]. Pabuccu, A., &Geban, O. (2006).Remediating Misconceptions Concerning Chemical Bonding through
Conceptual Change Text.Hacettepe University Journal of Education, 30, 184-192.
[17]. Pease, Allan. (1988). Body Language: How to read others’ thoughts by their gestures. London: Sheldon
Press.
[18]. Piaget, J. (1950). The Origins of Intelligence in Children. New York: International Universities Pess, Inc.
[19]. Posner, G. J., Strike, K. A., Hewson, P. W., &Gertzog, W. A. (1982). Accommodation of A Scientific
Conception: Toward a Theory of Conceptual Change. Science Education, 66(2), 211-227.
[20]. Potvin, P. And Hasni, A. (2014). Interest, motivation and attitude towards science and technology at K-
12 levels: a systematic review of 12 years of educational research . Journal Studies in Science Education.
Volume 50, 2014-Issue 1.
[21]. Rahayu, S., &Purwanto, J. (2013).Identifikasi Model Mental Siswa SMA Kelas X padaMateriHukum
Newton tentangGerak.KauniaJurnalSainsdanTeknologi, 9(2), 12-20.
[22]. Sen, Senoldan Yilmaz, Ayha.(2012). “The effect of learning styles on students’ misconceptions and
selfefficacy for learning and performance.”Procedia - Social and Behavioral Sciences, Vol. 46, Hal.1482-
1486.
[23] Sinatra, G. M., & Suzanne, H. B. (2011). “Bridging Reading Comprehension and Conceptual Change in
Science Education: The Promise of Refutation Text,”International Reading Association, Reading
Research Quarterly 46(4) pp. 374–393.
[24] Suyono, Masriyah, and Muchlis. (2015).Perception of Students Who Had Misconception in Atomic
Structure Concepts.International Conference on Mathematics, Natural Sciences,andEducation
(ICoMaNSEd2015) in Manado.
[25] Suyono, Masriyah, and Muchlis.(2015). PreparasiSarjanaPendidikan Kimia TanpaMiskonsepsi di
FMIPA Unesa.LaporanHasilPenelitianUnggulanPerguruan Tinggi (tidakdipublikasikan). Surabaya:
LembagaPenelitian.
[26] Suyono, Yuanita, L., dan Rohmawati, L. (2012). Apakah Guru sebagai Pencipta Miskonsepsi Kimia pada
Siswa? Jurnal Penelitian Pendidikan Matematika dan Sains, 2012.
[27] Treagust, D. F., and A. L., Chandrasegaran. (2009). The Eficacy of an Alternative Instructional
Programme Designed to Enhance Secondary Student’s Competence in the Triplet Relationship. In J. K.
Gilbert and D. F. Treagust (Eds) Multiple Representation in Chemical Education. Boston: Springer.
[28] Ultay, N., Unnu, G., and Eser, U. (2014).Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Conceptual Change Texts in
the REACT Strategy.Journal Chemistry Education Research and Practice.
[29] Verawahyuni, Helda. (2014). Pengembangan Instrumen Pendeteksi Penyebab Miskonsepsi Kimia
Berbasis Model Mental pada Konsep Struktur Atom. Tesis Pasca Sarjana Unesa, Tidak dipublikasikan.
[30] Wang, C.Y. (2007). “The Role Of Mental-Modeling Ability, Content Knowledge, And Mental Models In
General Chemistry Students’ Understanding About Molecular Polarity”. A Dissertation presented to the
Faculty of the Graduate School University of Missouri – Columbia.
[31] Zirbel, E, L. (2004). Framework for Conceptual Change.Tufts University, Department of Physics and
Astronomy.

Preliminary Study And Synthesis Thin Film of Crystalline Al, Zn Co-

Doped SnO2 (Stannic Oxide) With Sol-Gel Dip Coating Technique
Aris Doyan1*, Norma Ikraman 1, Susilawati1, Syifa Azzahra1, Zahid Ramdhan1

Lombok Indonesia1
*
e-mail : a)arisdoyan@yahoo.co.id,
Abstract
Stannic oxide thinfilmare widely used in many technology application such as

Transparent Conducting Oxide (TCO), Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field Effect Transistor
(MOSFET), Gas Sensors, and anti-reflection coating.In this research, we have been
synthesized a thin film of crystalline pure Stannic oxide (SnO2) and Alumunium (Al), Zinc
(Zn) co-dopedStannic oxidefilm on a glass substrate by sol-gel dip coating technique. Sol-gel-
making process using a base material powder of Tin (II) Chloride Dehydrate (SnCl 2∙2H2O),
Zinc chloride (ZnCl2), and Alumunium Chloride (AlCl3), Ethanol and water. For undoped sol,
SnCl2.2H2O powder dissolved in water, stirredand heated using magnetic stirrer at 100°C, 300
rpm for one hour to get cloudy yellow solution. Then Ethanol added to the solution, stirred
and heated for two hoursto get turbidal white solution and aged for two days to get yellow
solution. Furthermoreto get dophant composition of 10, 50, and 100mmol,then calculated
amount of ZnCl2, AlCl3, and SnCl2.2H2O dissolve and mix with same procedure.The
deposition sample of thin film Zn, Al co-doped Stannic oxidewas carried out using dip coater
with withdrawl speed 10 cm/min. Then the samples were baked in hot plate at temperature of
150℃ for 15 minutes, followed by calcination at 550℃ for one hour in muffle furnace.
Keywords: Stannic oxide, Zinc, Alumunium, Doped, sol-gel technique, Dip Coating,
substrate.
1. Introduction
Tin dioxide (SnO2) thin layers present potential application ini many fields, in
particular when good transparancy in the visible range and good electrical conductivity are
simulatneously required (as in displays and photovoltoics), but also for infrared properties
(heat shield), or in electronic components (heterojunction). Thin layer of tin dioxide also has
known that have very sensitive to the surrounding gas. This properties making the thin layer
of SnO2 as the good gas sensor.
Various methods of growing a thin layer of SnO2, such as Chemical Bath Deposition
(CBD) [1], Ultrasonic Spray Pyrolysis [2], Magnetron sputtering[3], Chemical Vapour
Deposition [4], Pulsed Laser Deposition (PLD) [5], and sol-gel [6]. However, among these
methods, sol-gel method is widely used, because of its low cost, its composition is
homogeneous, do not use a vacuum chamber with a high level, the layer thickness can be
controlled, and microstructure are quite good [6].
Tin dioxide film has known can improve their property by small amount of impurity like
Antimony, Chlorin, Fluorin, Alumunium, Zinc, etc. It has been report that the small amount
of Aluminium in SnO2 Lattice film can lower the value of band gap energy and increase the
transparancy of SnO2 film using sol-gel spin coating deposition [6]. In other report founded
that Zinc (Zn) dopant can increase the electrical conductivity SnO2 film that syntezied using
co-precipitation methode. According that report, we will try to observe the effect of
Alumunium – Zinc co-doped SnO2 film to the propoerties of SnO2 film using sol-dip coating
Doyan et al. 126

methode [7].
Based on the above background, the problems studied were: how synthesis of thin
layers of crystalline undoped and Al-Zn co-doped SnO2 film? and how the influence of
variations in concentration of Alumium-Zinc Mixture to the formation of thin layers of
crystalline SnO2?
Based on the formulation of the problems mentioned above, the purpose of this study
is:Synthesize thin layers of undoped and Alumunium (Al) – Zinc (Zn) co-doped SnO2.
Analyze the effect of variations in concentration of (Al) – Zinc (Zn) co-doped on the
formation of thin layers of crystalline SnO2?
Sol-gel-making process using a base material powder of Tin (II) Chloride Dehydrate
(SnCl2∙2H2O), Zinc chloride (ZnCl2), and Alumunium Chloride (AlCl3), Ethanol (C2H5OH)
and water. For undoped sol, to get 0,4 M solution, 4,5 gr of SnCl2.2H2O powder dissolved in
5 ml water, stirred and heated using magnetic stirrer at 100 °C, 300 rpm for one hour to get
cloudy yellow solution. Then 50 ml Ethanol added to the solution, stirred and heated for two
hours to get turbidal white solution and aged for two days to get yellow solution. Furthermore
to get dophant composition of 10, 50, and 100 mmol, then calculated amount of ZnCl 2, AlCl3,
and SnCl2.2H2O dissolve and mix with same procedure. The molarity for undoped and the
doped sol was keep at 0,4 M.
The deposition sample of thin film Zn-Al co-doped Stannic oxide was carried out using dip
coater. Substrate materials to be used in this study is an ordinary sodalime glass slide with
dimension of 25 × 75 × 1 mm. Before use of the glass slide is Soaked in detergent containg
Hydrocloric Acid for 24 hour, then hydrollized in distilled water for 24 hour, followed by
rinsed with water and methanol, then dried using blower. After that, the clean substrate were
dipped into the the solution with whitdrawn speed of 10 cm/min. Then the samples were
baked on hot plate at temperature of 150 °C for 15 minutes, followed by calcination at 550
°C for one hour in muffle furnace.
Materials used in research synthesis of SnO2 crystals with a thin layer of sol-gel
method are:
1. Powder of SnCl2.2H2O(Molar mass 225,63 g/mol)
2. Powder of ZnCl2(Molar mass 136,30 g/mol)
3. Powder of AlCl3 (Molar Mass 133,34 g/mol)
4. Ethanol C2H5OH with (Molar mass = 46,07 g/mol)
5. Water (H2O)
The synthesis of SnO2and Al, Zn co-doped SnO2 film crystals with a thin layer of sol-
gel method following the chemical equations sol-gel as follows:
M(OR) + xH O → M(OR) OH + xROH (hydrolysis) (1)
M(OR) OH + M(OR) → (OR) MO M(OR) + xROH (condensation) (2)
Sol-gel solution for a variation of dopant concentrations that have been synthesized are stored
in a test tube as figure 1:
Doyan et al. 127

Figure 1. Results of Sol-Gel-varying concentration of Al-Zn dopant from left to right

with a concentration of 0 %; 1 %, 5 %, and 10 %.
4. Conclusion
In this study, synthesis experiments wih material prekursor is Tin (II) Chloride
Dehydrate (SnCl2.2H2O) which doped Alumunium Chloride (AlCl3), and zinc chloride
(ZnCl2). The solution to solvent and solute is ethanol (C2H5OH) and water (H2O) For
undoped sol, SnCl2.2H2O powder dissolved in water, stirred and heated using magnetic stirrer
at 100 °C, 300 rpm for one hour to get cloudy yellow solution. Then Ethanol added to the
solution, stirred and heated for two hours to get turbidal white solution and aged for two days
to get yellow solution. Furthermore to get dophant composition of 10, 50, and 100 mmol, then
calculated amount of ZnCl2, AlCl3, and SnCl2.2H2O dissolve and mix with same procedure.
The deposition sample of thin film Zn, Al co-doped Stannic oxide was carried out using dip
coater with withdrawl speed 10 cm/min. Then the samples were baked in hot plate at
temperature of 150 ℃ for 15 minutes, followed by calcination at 550 ℃ for one hour in
muffle furnace.
References
[1] Akhiruddin Maddu, Rodo Tua Hasiholan, and Mersi Kurniati. 2006. Penumbuhan Film
Nanokristal SnO2 dengan Metode Chemical Bath Deposition (CBD). Jurnal Nanosains &
Nanoteknologi. Edisi Khusus. P. 95 – 99
[2] S.M. Rozati and E. Shadmani. 2011. Effect Of Zn Concentration On Physical Properties
Of Nanostructure Tin Oxide Films Prepared By Spray Pyrolysis Technique. Digest
Journal Of Nanomaterials And Biostructures. Vol. 6, No. 2, P. 365-372
[3] Z.Y. Banyamin, P. J. Kelly, G. West, and J. Boardman. 2014. Electrical and Optical
Properties of Fluorine Doped Tin Oxide Thin Films Prepared by Magnetron Sputtering.
Coatings 2014, 4, 732-746; ISSN 2079-6412
[4] J. Jeong, S. P. Choi, and K. J. Hong. 2006. Structural and Optical Properties of SnO2
Thin Films Deposited by Using CVD Techniques. Journal of the Korean Physical Society,
Vol. 48, No. 5, pp. 960-963
[5] A.J. Haider, S.S. Shaker and A.H. Mohammed. 2013. A study of morphological, optical
and gas sensing properties for pure and Ag doped SnO2 prepared by pulsed laser
deposition (PLD). Energy Procedia 36, p. 776 – 787
[6] A. Doyan, Susilawati, and Yanika D.I.. 2016. Synthesis and Characterization of SnO2 thin
layer with a doping Aluminum is deposited on Quartz Substrates. ICTAP-2016. Page. 19
– 21.
[7] R. Bargougui, A. Oueslati , G. Schmerber, C. Ulhaq-Bouillet, S. Colis, F. Hlel, S.
Ammar, A. Dinia. 2014. Structural, optical and electrical properties of Zn-doped SnO2
nanoparticles synthesized by the co-precipitation technique. J Mater Sci: Mater lectron
25:2066–2071
Doyan et al. 128

Statistical Downscaling Model Using Nonparametric Regression to Predict

Temperature in Selaparang Lombok
Mustika Hadijati1*, Desy Komalasari1, Nurul Fitriyani1
1
Mataram University, Jl. Majapahit 62, Mataram, Indonesia
* Email: mustika.hadijati@unram.ac.id
Abstract
The accurate climate informations are needed by society, in order to reduce the impact
of climate change. This research aims to obtain temperature model as one of efforts to get a
better climate information. The modeling of temperature use statistical downscaling method
which develop the functional model between global climate data, that is air temperature of
General Circulation Model (GCM), and local climate data, that is temperature in Station
Selaparang. In order to reduce the dimension of GCM global data, it is obtained the projection
of GCM data by factor analysis. Then, it is done the modeling of GCM temperature data
projection with local temperature data by Kernel nonparametric regression. Temperature in
Selaparang Lombok is predicted based on the model.
Keywords: GCM, statistical downscaling, reduce data dimension, factor analysis, kernel
nonparametric regression
1. Introduction
Climate change gives some impacts for society. An effort to anticipate these impacts is
getting accurate information/prediction of climate. In order to get accurate climate prediction,
it is needed modeling of climate variable with high accuracy. One of climate variable
modeling is temperature modeling.
Now, climate model developed is General Circulation Model (GCM) that have global
scale. GCM is computerize base model that consist of many numerical and deterministic
equation and follow physics theorems. However, information of GCM model still have global
scale which is not accurate for local scale prediction. In order to get local scale information, it
is done regionalization by using downscaling technique. One of downscaling technique is
statistical downscaling (SD). Wigena [1] said that SD is a static downscaling process where
data on high scale grids in certain period of time are used to determine data on lower scale
grid. By SD, it will be developed functional relation model between GCM output information
with local/regional climate variable information.
In the application of SD method, it is necessary to concern about characteristic of GCM
output as predictor variable and characteristic of local/regional climate data as response
variable. GCM data is spatial and temporal. It is curse of dimensionality that can cause spatial
correlation between data on different grids in one domain. Therefore, it is necessary to do pre-
data processing in arranging of SD model by reducing the dimension of GCM data. An
alternative method that can be used to reduce dimension of GCM data factor analysis which is
based on pricipal component analysis. After that, it is done regression analysis with certain
method. In this case, it is used Kernel nonparametric regression method because climate
variable is generally non-normal, non-linear, and non-stationery. Kannan and Ghoss [2] said
that this method can explain temporal variance and extreme value of climate data.
Hadijati et al. 129

This research use two kind of data. The first is monthly temperature data from Selaparang
rainfall observation station in Lombok Island. The second is monthly air temperature GCM
data from CMAP data. The domain of GCM data is 5X5 domain on the Lombok Island. The
data collected are data on lattitude -2.50 o, -5.00 o, -7.50 o, -10.00 o, -12.50 o N, and longitude
112.50 o, 115.00 o, 117.50 o, 120.00 o, and 122.50 o E. The data collected are data of 15,
20, 25, and 30 years.
The research will construct model of temperature in Lombok Island using statistical
downscaling method with nonparametric Kernel regression approach. Response variable was
monthly temperature at station Selaparang and predictor variable was monthly precipitation
air temperature GCM data. Before modeling process, pre-data processing of GCM data was
done by reducing the dimension of data. The method used was factor analysis. By this
method, it will obtained the dominant GCM variable that influence response variable. The
dominant variable will be used in statistical downscaling modeling by Kernel nonparametric
regression.
Hardle and Muller [2] give the steps of Kernel nonparametric regression
1) To obtain Nadaraya-Watson estimator,
T
K H ( X t  x)Yt
mˆ H ( x)  t 1 (1)
T
K
t 1
H ( X t  x)
with Gaussian Kernel function K u   1  1 

Exp   u 2  ,  1  u  1
2   2 
1
2
2) To obtain optimum bandwidth based on generalized cross validation (GCV)

criteria. Bandwidth optimum is bandwidth that minimize GCV function.
∑ ( )
= (3)
( )
3) To obtain the best of Kernel nonparametric regression model with optimum

bandwidth
By factor analysis, the 15 years data of air temperature GCM is extracted into two
factors (factor 1 and factor2) with 93.639% total variance explained. Variables of GCM data
are classified into the factors based on correlation score of each variable to the factors. For
example, variable which has high correlation score to factor 1 will be element of factor 1. The
extraction by factor analysis can reduce dimension of data from 25 variable into smaller
number of variables.
Factor 1 explain variance more than factor 2, that is 78.62%. So, variables included in factor 1
are more dominant to obtain variance of data than variables in factor 2 and GCM data can be
projected onto these variable. Among variables in factor 1, variable X4Y2 (CMAP air
temperature data on grid -10 o N and 115 o E ) have the highest score of correlation to factor
1. So, it is the most dominant variable affecting factor 1 and can be the projection of the 15
years data of air temperature GCM. The same analysis was performed on data 20, 25, and 30
years. The result are summarized in Table 1.
Hadijati et al. 130

Table 1. Summary of projection result by factor analysis
Periode Number of Total variance Dominant Correlation

Data factor explained (%) variable score to
factor
15 2 93.639 X4Y2 0.942
20 2 92.223 X5Y2 0.95
25 2 93.356 X5Y3 0.949
30 2 92.808 X5Y2 0.944
Based on Table 1, more analysis about the predictor variabel describe that the
most dominant variable of 15 years data is variable X 4 Y2 (CMAP air temperature data
on grid -10 o N and 115 o E), the dominant variable of 25 years data is variable X 5 Y3
(CMAP air temperature data on grid -12.5 o N and 117.5 o E), also the dominant variable
of 20 and 30 years data are variable X 5 Y2 (CMAP air temperature data on grid -12.5 o N
and 115 o E). The variables may used to be predictor that have low complexity.
Then, it is done modeling of temperatur by Kernel nonparametric regression, with
projection variable as predictor and local temperature as respon variable. The result are
shown on Figure 1.
Figure 1. Model of temperature in Selaparang Lombok for 15 years data (a), 20

years data (b), 25 years data (c), and 30 years data (d)
Hadijati et al. 131

28
Temperature (oC)
26
24
22
Septem…
Desem…
Novem…
Maret
Juli
Juni
Januari
Februari
Agustus
April
Oktober
Mei
aktual 15 th 20 th
25 th 30 th
Figure 2. The patern of actual and prediction temperature in Selaparang Lombok

in 2015 based on 15, 20, 25, and 30 years data
Based on the model obtained, it is made predictions of monthly temperature in

Selaparang Lombok in 2015. The patern of temperature predictions is described on Figure 2.
Figure 2 shows that the actual temperatur and the predictions have small differences on
January until Mey and October until December. Also, the predictions based on 15, 20, 25, and
30 years data are relatively equal. It shows that there is consistency in predictions.
4. Conclussion
Based on the result of this research, it can be concluded that the dimension of GCM data
can be reduce by factor analysis. And, statistical downscaling model of temperature
obtained using Kernel nonparametric regression gives relatively equal prediction
pattern. It shows there is consistency of prediction using four different data periode.
References
[1] A.H. Wigena, “Pemodelan Statistical Downscaling dengan Regresi Projection Pursuit untuk Peramalan
Curah Hujan Bulanan: Kasus Curah Hujan Bulanan di Indramayu”, Disertasi Pascasarjana, IPB, 2006.
[2] S. Kannan and S. Ghosh, “A Nonparametric Kernel Regression Model for Downscaling Multisite Daily
Precipitation in The Mahanadi Basin”. Water Resources Research, 49. 2013.
[3] W. Hardle and M. Muller, (). Multivariate and Semiparametric Regression. <http://www.edoc.hu-
berlin.de/series/sfb-373-papers/1997-26/PDF/26.pdf>. 1997, 26-4-2013
Hadijati et al. 132

Preliminary Study and Synthesis Thin Film of Antimony Tin Oxide (ATO)
with Sol-Gel Spin Coating Technique
Syifa Azzahra 1*, Aris Doyan 1, Susilawati1, Ahmad Harjono1,Norma Ikraman1, Zahid
Ramdhan1

Lombok Indonesia12
*
syifasarahzahra138@gmail.com
Abstract
ATO tin films has been applied to the device optoelectronics, electronics, sensor and
Laser UV. In this research have been synthesized a thin film of Antimony Tin Oxide (ATO)
on a glass substrate by sol-gel spin coating technique using centrifuges. To making Sol-gel,
this study using material salt of Tin (II) chloride dihydrate (SnCl2.2H2O), ethanol (C2H5OH),
and Antimony (III) Chloride (SbCl3), each of which serves as solutes and solvents. As the
material sol, SnCl2.2H2O salt dissolved in ethanol solution, at room temperature with stirred
using a magnetic stirrer for three hours until completely dissolved with various persent doped
antimony on tin oxide is 0, 5, 10, and 15%. In preparation dripped glass sol-gel material is
approximately 0.05 ml, then spin using centrifuged for 30 second with rotation speed of 3000
rpm. Then the samples were heated in 350 ℃ for 10 minute to deposited films.
Keywords: ATO, sol-gel technique
1. Introduction
Tin Oxide is one of the material semiconductor that applications as solar cells,
optoelectronic device, thin film resistors, antireflection coating, photochemical devices and
electrically conductive glass. These properties are attracted the attention of scientist who have
attempted to improve electrical performance by different experimental and simulated and
methods [1,2]. For TCO application, in electronics for instance, a very high quality of the
films is required, and we will show that high quality tin oxide layers, as far as the structure
and morphology are concerned [3].
Semiconducting thin films of Tin oxide is usually “n” type and transparent in visible range
which can be conductivite by contribution of some elements such as antimony, molybdenum
[4,5]
A thin film of pure tin oxide or tin oxide by doping have been generated through a
variety of different techniques, such as chemical vapor deposition (CVD), aerosol pyrolysis,
sputtering, laser abration, dip coating and sol-gel spin coating. All of these techniques have
advantages and disadvantages of each. Some of them need the equipment and how to work
more complicated such as high pressure and vacuum conditions. For example, by sputtering
method, adhesion between the film and the substrate is good, but it requires complicated
equipment. While evaporation method, apparatus used is quite simple, but the outboard power
atoms on the substrate surface is not too strong [6].
In previous studies have been quite many conducted research on doping antimony tin
oxide such as investigated the characteristics of antimony doped tin oxide thin films by dip
coating technique [7], discussed in proceeding that tin oxide cristaline structure remain the
same after antimony addition [8], investigation of the properties of antimony doping on tin
oxide materials for technological applications [9], and investigate the cristallinity,
Azzahra et al. 133

microstructure, electrical properties [10].

The current study to synthesis and analyze various percent doped antimony on tin
oxide and repeated the process of spin coating and heating. The various percent doped
antimony on thin film of tin oxide is 0, 5, 10, and 15% whereas repeated the process of spin
coating and heating is once, twice and three times. The purpose of this study were synthesize
thin films of Tin Oxide, analyze the effect various percent doped antimony on thin film of tin
oxide and repeated the process of spin coating and heating?
The substrate materials to use glass slide with dimensions (20 mm x 20 mm x 5 mm)
were cleaned with two steps. Cleaned glass slide aims to remove oil and organic residues,
which appear on glass surface. Step first of cleaned, the glass substrate in warn acetone bath
for 10 minutes then remove and place in methanol for 5 minutes. Next, remove and rinse in
aquades then dried by blower. Step second of cleaned, pour the aquades and 30% HCl
solution. Futhermore, put the glass substrate into glass beaker and shake for 30 minutes then
rinse in aquades and dry with blower. The glass substrate that is clean, then stored in plastic
clip.
The precursor was prepared using SnCl2·2H2O (98%, Merck Co. Inc.) and SbCl3 (99%,
Merck Co. Inc.) as starting materials, and ethanol (99%, Merck Co. Inc.) was used as a
solvent. The mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature, to obtain a homogene
solution with 1.0 M sol concentration. In this experiment, the solution of sol-gel with various
percent doped antimony is 0, 5, 10, and 15%. Then maturation process of sol gel solution
approximately one day.
The sol gel materials were deposited on a glass substrate with driped 0.05 ml. Using a
centrifuges, spin coating method with a rotation speed of 3000 rpm for 30 seconds. The as-
deposited films were heating for 5 minutes on temperature 350℃. In this study, the process of
spin coating and heating with various repeated is once, twice and three times.
Materials used in research synthesis of Tin Oxide salt with a thin layer of sol-gel
method that is: Salt tin (II) chloride dehydrate (SnCl2.4H2O) with M = 225,53 g/mol, Ethanol
C2H5OH with M = 46,07 g/mol and Salt antimony (III) chloride (SbCl3) with M = 228,1
g/mol.
The work was performed in a clean room and room temperature which hydrolysis and
condensation reaction as follows respectively:
(1)
M (OR)4  xH2O M (OH)4x OHx  xROH
M (OH)4 x OHx  M (OR)4  (OR)4 x MOxM (OR)4 x  xROH
(2)
Solution of sol-gel with various percent doped antimony that have been synthesized are
stored in small bottles as figure 1.
Azzahra et al. 134

Figure 1. Solution of sol-gel-varying doping antimony a (0%), b (5%), c (10%) and d

(15%)
For result deposition solution of sol-gel-varying doping antimony on the glass substrate as
figure 2.
Figure 2. Results deposition solution of sol-gel-varying doping antimony a (0%), b (5%),

c (10%) and d (15%) for heating 350 ℃
Furthemore the result deposition doping antimony D (15%) with various repeated the process
of spin coating and heating 350 ℃ as figure 3.
Figure 3. Results deposition solution doping antimony D (15%) with various repeated
the process of spin coating and heating 350 ℃ : (layer 1) once, (layer 2) twice and (layer
3) three times
4. Conclusion
This research have been synthesized a thin film of tin oxide on glass slide by technique os
sol-gel spin coating. To making sol-gel, used base material such as salt tin (II) chloride
dehydrate (material prekursor) and ethanol, each of which serves as solutes and solvent. As
the material sol, SnCl2.2H2O salt dissolved in ethanol solution, at room temperature with
stirred using a magnetic stirrer for three hours until completely dissolved with various persent
doped antimony on tin oxide is 0, 5, 10, and 15%. In preparation dripped glass sol-gel
Azzahra et al. 135

material is approximately 0.05 ml, then spin using centrifuged for 30 second with rotation
speed of 3000 rpm. Then the samples were heated in 350 ℃ for 10 minute to deposited films.
References
[1] Chien-Kun Wang et al. 2010 Journal of Marine Sciences and Technology 18 225
[2] Z. Chelahi Chikr et al. 2013 Surface Review Letter 20 1250050
[3] J. Pchatelon et al. 1994. Thin Solid Films 247 162
[4] Terrier. C et al. 1995. Thin Solid Films 263 37
[5] Zum Felde et al 2000. J. Phys. Chem. B 104 9388
[6] Erni, T. 2007. Deposisi Lapisan Tipis Aluminium (Al) pada Substrat Kaca dengan Teknik Evaporasi dan
Karakterisasi Optiknya. Yogyakarta : Universitas Sanata Dharma.
[7] T. M,Hammad, and N.K, Hejazy 2011 Structural, Electrical and Optical Properties of ATO Thin Films
Fabricated by Dip Coating Method, Int. Nano Lett., 1 2
[8] Novinrooz, Abdojavad; Parvin Sarabani; Javad Garousi 2006 Iran. J Chem. Eng. 25 2
[9] Z.Hachoum et al. 2016 Materials Science and Engineering 123
[10] Dong Chan woo et al. 2012 Transactions on Electrical and Electronic Materials 13 5
Azzahra et al. 136

The Identification on Iron Compound of Nature Sand

in Ampenan Beach Mataram
Annisa Fithriyani1*, Husniatul Khair1, Susilawati1, Aris Doyan1
1
Master of Science Education, Post Graduate,MataramUniversity
Lombok, West Nusa Tenggara, Indonesia
*
email:annisafithriyani@unram.ac.id
Abstract
The research was conducted on the nature sand of Ampenan Beach, Mataram City to
determine the percentage of metal content of iron (Fe) which is will be used as a basic
ingredient in the synthesis of Barium M-Hexaferrites. Iron sand is sediment containing
magnetite (Fe3O4), maghemit (γ- Fe2O3) and hematite (α- Fe2O3) as major minerals and some
other mineral which is the mineral support. Magnetic separation of the natural sand using a
permanent magnet has successfully separate the parts are magnetic (iron sand) and non-
magnetic. To get extraction, the iron sand can be executed by destruction with concentrated
acid (HNO3 + HClO4). Extraction and analyzed by using Atomic Absorption
Spectrophotometry (AAS) which show that the iron sands contain metals amounted to
11.15% Fe.
Keywords: Fe, nature sand, Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry
1. Introduction
Sand is a natural ingredient that isvery abundant in Indonesia.Natural sand contains
many valuable minerals containelements iron, titanium, and other elements that can be
utilized for industrial materials [1].Potential and distribution of ore iron in Indonesia are often
found in various area such as: the west coast of Sumatra, southern coast of Java, Borneo,
Sulawesi, Nusa Tenggara, and Maluku Islands, but so far the exploration activities not been
done fully and systematically [2].Research that has been done previously found that 60.8% of
natural sandstone contain magnetic minerals [2] with a metal content of iron (Fe) about 87.5%
[3].Separation of magnetic minerals are managed to separate the parts of magnetic (ore iron)
and non-magnetic [4].Magnetic mineral separation process can use a permanent magnet
(magnetic separator) [5].
Sand iron compounds containmagnetite (Fe3O4) [1,3,6,7], hematite (α-Fe2O3) [3,4,6,8]
as the main minerals (predominantly compound) and maghemite (γ -Fe 2 O 3),silica
(SiO2)[1,3,4,6,7], alumina (Al2O3),rutile (TiO2)[4.7], and ilmitite (FeTiO3)[ 6] as a minor
compound.The differences levels of mineral content due to geological structure and
mineralization processes in each region.These minerals are magnetic 88% and 12% do not
have magnetic properties [3].These minerals have the potential to be developed as an
industrial material.For example, magnetite can be used as a base material dry ink (toner) on a
copier and laser printer [3], in industries such as ceramics, catalysts, energy storage, magnetic
data storage device,Ferro fluid, as well as in medical diagnostics [9], absorbing radar waves
[10].The maghemit is the key ingredient of a tape [1].
Natural sand contained in the beach also comes from the river.Natural sand in the river
has similar physical appearance with natural sand at the beach.The sand river also have a sand
iron and mineral content similar to the natural sand beach.Based on research that has been
done before it is known that the average percentage of iron sand from the river sand is
Fithriyani et al. 137

smallercompared to the average percentage of iron sand from the sand beach, with the main
minerals are albite (NaAlSi3O8) [1].
This study examined the content of iron (Fe) in natural sand by using equipment
Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometry (AAS).This test aims to determine the amount and
presentation of the mineral content of iron (Fe) in natural sand to be used as raw material in
the synthesis of microwave absorbing materialsare Barium M-Hexaferrites (BAM).

The equipment used in this study such as measuring cups, pumpkin destruction, filter
paper, funnel, pipette, spatula, analytical balance, magnets neodymium, heating, test tubes,
test tube rack, flask, micro pipette.The basic ingredients we used in this studyis taken from the
natural sand Ampenan Beach, Lombok near the mouth of the river.Solution of HNO3 and
HClO4 used in wet destruction process, and distilled water as a solvent when dilution.The
measurement of magnetic mineral content aims to determine the percentage content of
magnetic minerals that contained in natural sand.Measurements has made with a permanent
magnet in a way closer to the natural sand.Iron sand that sticks to the magnet is a magnetic
mineral.The percentage of magnetic minerals can be calculated using equation 1 [2]:
(%) = × 100 % (1)
The process of testing the metal content of iron (Fe) can be seen in the following
flowchart (Figure 1):
Figure 1. The flowchart of identification iron in nature sand using AAS

Iron sands extraction of natural sand by using a permanent magnet powered 1.48T
showed that 50 grams of natural sand (Figure 2a) were homogenized using a sieve size of 250
μm and have 24 grams of magnetic minerals (Figure 2b), or there are about 47, 21% of
magnetic minerals in the natural sand.

(a) (b)
Figure 2.The homogen nature sand (a); the magnetic minerals (b)
Then analyzed using AAS to determine the metal content of iron (Fe) and obtained the
data as shown in the tables below:
Table 1 Result of AAS Analyte

Analyte Mean
1 Fe-I Fe 305.91 44.24 mg/L
2 Fe-II Fe 305.91 46.09 mg/L
3 BLK Fe 305.91 -0.406 mg/L
Table 2. Result of Iron Percentace

Content of Metal Percentace
(ppm) (%)
1 Fe-I 109.067,600 10,9068
2 Fe-II 113.898,0872 11,3898
4. Conclusion
Based on the results of the research that has been done, the iron sand successfully
extracted using permanent magnets obtained by percentage of magnetic minerals by 47.21%
in 50 grams of natural sand.Test analysis of metal content of iron (Fe) in mineral obtained by
using AAS showed that the samples of Fe-I are 109,067.600 ppm Fe with a percentage of
10.9068% and the Fe-II samples contained metal 113,898.0872 ppm Fe percentage of
11.3898%.The average percentage of Fe in both samples is 11.1483%.This amount can be
quite high.
5. Acknowledgments
Thisresearch, have been sponsorship by PUPT research of Departemen Reaserch and
Technology 2016. Thank you very much to Mataram University Research Center for helping
at administration procedure. Futhermore thank giving to Analytic Laboratorium Mataram
University and LIPI Serpong Jakarta.
References
[1] Afdal and L. Niarti, 2013, Characterization of Magnetic Properties and Mineral Content Iron Sand
BatangRiver Kuranji Padang, West Sumatra, Journal of Physical Science5(1), pp. 24-30.
[2] F. Rozidan A. Budiman, 2015, Effect of Temperature Variation toward the Grains Form Magnetic Mineral
of Iron Sand Mineral grains, Journal of Physics Unand4(2), pp. 123-128.
[3] Ratnawulan, 2013, Characterization of Nature Iron Ore as Raw Materials Magnetite of the Dry Ink, Journal
of Science and Mathematics6(1).
[4] A. Ibrahim, I. Yusuf, danAzwar, 2012,Identification of Metal Compounds in Iron Sand in Aceh Province,
Scientific Magazine BISSOTEK7(1), pp. 44-51.
[5] N. D. Anggraini, 2008, Analysis of SEM (Scanning Electron Microscopy) in Oxidation Process Monitoring
Magnetite become Hematite, National Seminar-IIV Engineering and Mechanical Engineering Applications

in Industry Campus ITENASISSN 1693-3168.

[6] Zulkarnain, 2000,Possible Utilization of Iron Sand Coastal Aceh for Magnet Fabrication, Proceedings of
the National Seminar IMagnet Material, Serpong, October 11, 2000, ISSN 1411-7630, pp.59-61.
[7] Z. Jalil, E.N. Sari, Ismail, dan E. Handoko, 2014, Study Phase Composition and Properties of Iron Sand
Magnetism Aceh Coastal Separationusing Mechanical Milling Method, Indonesian Journal of Applied
Physics4(1), pp. 110-114.
[8] D. L. Kartika dan S. Pratapa, 2014, Synthesis Fe2O3of Iron Sand with Hydrochloric Acid Dissolved Metal
Method, Journal of Science and Arts Pomits3(2), pp. B-33 – B-35.
[9] L. K. Sholihah, 2010, Synthesis and Characterization of Fe3O4 Nano Particles Originating from Iron Sand
and Fe3O4 Materials Commercial (Aldrich), ITS Journal
[10] R. L. Sari dan Mashuri, 2010, Composites Epoxy-Fe3O4as Radar Absorbent Materials at Frequency 8 to
12.4 GHz

Preliminary Study of Electrical and Magnetic Properties of Barium

M-Hexaferrites from Nature Sand With Co-Ni Substituted by Co-
Precipitation
Husniatul Khair 1 * , Annisa Fithriyani, 1 , Susilawati 1 , Kosim 1 , Aris Doyan 1
1
Master of Science Education, Post Graduate, Mataram University,
Lombok, West Nusa Tenggara, Indonesia
*
email: husniatul.khair@gmail.com
Abstract
Barium M-hexaferrites (BaM) for several decades became an interest topic for
researchers because it has a saturation magnetization, coercivity, and a high curie temperature
with magnetic and electrical properties can be adjusted to suit the application required. For
reducing the magnetic properties from hard magnetic to soft magnetic need substitution or
doping there for BaM with doped by Co-Ni ions can be a potential candidate as a microwave
absorbing materials. Based on that, the researchers do a preliminary research to determine the
electrical and magnetic properties of BaM doped by Co-Ni ions. BaM will be synthesis from
iron which is separation from nature sand. The synthesis method in this research is co-
precipitation with variation of doping concentration and calcinations temperature. To know
the electrical and magnetic properties will be using x-ray diffraction (XRD) to identify
phases; Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM) to identify the distribution of elements
contained and the percentage of each element; Transmission Electron Microscope (TEM) to
ascertain the particle size has reached the order of nano; LCR Meter to get the electrical
properties as conductivity samples; Vibrating sample Magnetometer (VSM) to get the
magnetic properties (magnetic saturation, coercivity and magnetic remanence); and Vector
Network Analyzer (VNA) will show that the intensity of the microwaves that can be
absorbed.
Keywords: Barium M-hexaferrites, natur sand, Co-Ni doped, co-precipitation, microwave

absorber
1. Introduction
The electromagnetic waves have been used in various fields such as in the fields of
electronics, telecommunications, and information. The impact of rapid development are
various systems based equipment electronics such as electronic control system and security
system equipment that are vital even human safety and health are now facing a new threat that
comes from the atmosphere which known as the Electromagnetic Interferences (EMI) [1]. The
Electromagnetic Interference pollution that affects human life, make microwave absorbing
material as an important topic to study. One material that can be used as a microwave
absorbing material is Barium M-Hexaferrites (BaM).
BaM is a permanent magnet with the main composition elements of ferrites (Fe) as the
base material synthesis, where the element iron is obtained by extracting the sand that
containing iron. In Lombok Island with 2,333 km coastline which is long enough to have sand
that containing iron potential to be developed. The utilization of sand that containing irons is
currently less optimal because it was only used asan mixture of cement. Sand that containing
iron, have Fe oxides component such as magnetite (Fe3O4), maghemite (ϒ- Fe2O3) and
hematite (α- Fe2O3) that have the potential to be processed into a variety of products with a
higher economic value. One of the place that potential as a source to obtain thesand that
Khair et al. 141
containing iron on the Lombok islands is Ampenanbeach. Based on preliminary research that
we've done, the Fe content provided quite high at 11.15%. Therefore, that was potential to be
usedas a microwave absorbing material.
BaM was applied as an absorbent material data recorder and microwave. The BaM has
a high saturation magnetization (78 emu/g), field coercivity is large (6700 Oe), a high
temperature Curie (450oC), good chemical stability and corrosion resistance, with electrical
and magnetic propertiesthat can be set to suit the application required [2]. However, the high
of magnetic field (coercivity field) causes BaM have weak absorption properties making it
less effective as the microwave absorbing material. To solve these problems it is necessary to
substitute or doping Fe3+ ions with other metal cations whose sized is almost the same (Al 3+,
Ga3 +, and Cr3+) [3], in order to lower the magnetic properties of BaM from hard magneticto
be soft magnetic. There are two approaches to substitution ionic, commonly used is the
approach of using a single ion substitution and using multiple ion substitution. Substitution
double ion is a popular method in the study of BaM, and a number of studies have been
undertaken to modify the properties of the magnetic as the use of double ion (Mn-Ti, Co-Ti,
Ni-Ti and Zn-Ti) [4], Co -Zn and Ni-Zn [5], as well as the Co-Mn [6]. The substitution that
was performed in this study used a combination of elements of transition metal is Co-Ni,
because both of these elements has a radius and configuration of the ionic similar to Fe 3 +
(ionic radius Fe = 0.077 nm; Co = 0.072; and Ni = 0.069). It was found that substitution of Co
ions can significantly lower the saturation magnetization of 5 emu/g at x = 1.0 with
calcination temperature of 800oC [7], whereas Ni ion substitution can significantly lower the
coercivity field of 0.05 T at x = 0.7 with calcination temperature of 800oC [8].
There are different methods used in the synthesis of BaM such as solid state reaction
[9], ball milling [10], sol-gel [11], and co-precipitation [12]. In this study we used co-
precipitation method (co-precipitation). The advantages of this method are, used low
temperatures and it was easy to control the particle size so the time that required is shorter.
The products are expected to have a smaller particle size and more homogeneous than solid
state method and sol-gel method [13]. Based on the description, the focus of this study were
to synthesized and characterization of electrical and magnetic properties of BaMthat will use
as a microwave absorbing materials based on natural sand with varying the doping
concentration of Co-Ni and calcination temperature.In this article, we only delivered about
synthesized BaM with Fe from nature sand as a basic component.

The initial step in this research is to prepare raw materials used in the synthesis of
BaM such as: BaCO3, doping Co and Ni, and Fe3O4 were synthesized from Ampenan beach
sand with co-precipitation method. Solvents used were 12.063 M HCl, 6.5 M NH4OH and
aquadest. Generally there are 5 stages to be carried out as follows: First, sand that containing
iron separation using permanent magnets with the aim to separate the magnetic material from
impurities. The Second isto identification the percentage of Fe content using Atomic
Absorption Spectrophotometry (AAS). Third, the synthesis of Fe3O4, by extracting Fe which
dissolved in HCl in the ratio extracts of sand that containing Fe with solvent 3:8 while stirring
and heated with magnetic stirrer and then precipitated with NH4OH in the ratio 1: 5 and then
dried in an oven with a sintering temperature of 100°C for 4 hour. Fourth, Synthesis BaM by
varying the doping concentration of Co-Ni (x = 0.0; 0.2; 0.4; 0.6; 0.8; and 1.0) and variations
of calcinations temperature (T=400°C, 600oC, 800oC, and 1000oC). The Fifth is
characterization using XRD, SEM, TEM, LCR-meter, VSM, and VNA.
Khair et al. 142

separation with
identification Synthesis Synthesis
permanent Characterization
% Fe with AAS of Fe3O4 of BaM
magnet
Figure 1. The flowchart of BaM synthesis process using co-precipitation method

The results of the separation sand that containing Fe (Figure 2a) was dissolved in HCl
solution to produce the compounds according to the following reaction:
3Fe3O4(s) + 8HCl(l)2FeCl3(l) + FeCl2(l) + 3Fe2O3(s) + 3H2O(l) + H2(g) [1]
Based on the results of these reactions, there are ions Fe 2+ and Fe 3+ which play a role
in the synthesis of Fe3O4. The formation of nanoparticles carried by precipitation with an
alkaline solution NH4OH with the following equation:
2FeCl3(l) + FeCl2(l) + H2O(l) + 8NH4OH(l)Fe3O4(s) + 8NH4Cl(l) + 5H2O(l) [2]
Black precipitate will form immediately when the first reaction of the resulting
solution is mixed with an alkaline solution, filtered and then dried using an oven in order to
obtain a very fine Fe3O4powder (Figure 2b). Thisreaction was happen very quickly that cause
the formation of nano-sized Fe3O4 particles [14]. In the synthesized of pure BaM (without
doping), Fe3O4 reacted with BaCO3 and precipitated with NH4OH corresponding reaction
equation as follows:
6FeCl3(l) + 6FeCl2(l) + BaCl2(l) + H2O(l) + H2CO3(l) + 32NH4OH(l) BaFe12O19(s) +

32NH4Cl(l) + 15H2O(l) + CO2(g) + 3H2(g) [3]
(a) (b) (c)
Figure 2. (a). sand that containing iron, (b). Fe3O4 powders, (c). BaM powders
(BaFe12O19)
Based on the reaction wasobtained 5 gramsBaFe12O19powder (Figure 2c) then

performed the characterization to determine the properties of electricity and magnetism
samples using LCR-meter and VSM.
(a)
Khair et al. 143
(b)
4. Conclusion
BaM has been created based sand that containing iron from Ampenan beach sand
synthesized using co-precipitation method, thenit were characterized to determine the nature
of electrical and magnetic properties samples. BaMthat formed is applied as a microwave
absorbing material.
Acknowledgements
This research has been sponsorship by PUPT research Department of Research and
Technology of Higher Education 2016. Thanks you very much to Mataram University
Research Center for helping on all the administration procedure. Furthermore thank giving to
analytic Laboratory of Mataram University.
References
[1] W. D.Laksanawati, B.Kurniawan, dan S. A. Saptari: Synthesis Nano Material of Perovskite La 0, 67 Sr
0, 33 Mn 1-x Ni x O 3 (x= 0, 2 & 0, 25) with sol gel Method. Omega: Jurnal Fisika dan Pendidikan
Fisika, 2(1), 25-27(2016).
[2] I. N.Saidah, dan M. Zainuri: Pengaruh Variasi pH Pelarut HCl Pada Sintesis Barium M-Heksaferrit
Dengan Doping Zn (BaFe11, 4Zn0, 6O19) Menggunakan Metode Kopresipitasi. Jurnal Sains dan Seni
ITS, 1(1), B41-B46 (2012).
[3] D. A. Vinnik, D. A. Zherebtsov, L. S. Mashkovtseva, S. Nemrava, M. Bischoff, N. S.Perov, and R.
Niewa: Growth, structural and magneticcharacterization of Al-substituted barium hexaferrite single
crystals. Journal of Alloys and Compounds, 615, 1043-1046 (2014).
[4] H. Sözeri, H. Deligöz, H. Kavas, and A. Baykal: Magnetic, dielectric and microwave properties of M–
Ti substituted barium hexaferrites (M= Mn 2+, Co 2+, Cu2+, Ni 2+, Zn 2+). Ceramics International, 40(6),
8645-8657 (2014).
[5] R. Agustianto, and W. Widyastuti: Fraksi Mol Dan Variasi Ph Terhadap Sifat Magnetik Dan Struktur
Mikro Barium Heksaferrit Dengan Metode Sol-Gel Auto Combustion. Jurnal Teknik ITS, 3(1), F108-
F112 (2014).
[6] A. Doyan, S. Susilawati, dan S. Sahlam: Karakterisasi Barium M-Heksaferit Substitusi Logam Co-Mn
menggunakan Spektroskopi Fourier Transform Infra Red. Prosiding Seminar Nasional Fisika (2015).
[7] S.Susilawati, K. Khairunnisa, dan A. Doyan: Sintesis Bahan M-Hexaferrites dengan Doping Logam Co
Menggunakan FTIR. Jurnal Pendidikan Fisika Dan Teknologi, 1(3) (2015).
[8] S. Susilawati, A. Doyan, and M. Munib: Synthesis by co-precipitation method and characterization of
Nickel-doped Barium M-Hexaferrite (BaFe12O19). Proceeding ICMSE ISBN 9786021570425 (2015).
[9] J. Li, H. Zhang, V. G. Harris, Y. Liao, and Y. Liu: Ni–Ti equiatomic co-substitution of hexagonal M-
type Ba (NiTi) x Fe 12− 2x O 19 ferrites. Journal of Alloys and Compounds, 649, 782-787 (2015).
[10] S. H. Mahmood, A. N. Aloqaily, Y. Maswadeh, A. Awadallah, I. Bsoul, M. Awawdeh, and H. Juwhari:
Effects of Heat Treatment on the Phase Evolution, Structural, and Magnetic Properties of Mo-Zn Doped
M-type Hexaferrites. In Solid State Phenomena (Vol. 232, pp. 65-92). Trans Tech Publications. (2015).
[11] R. Agustianto, and W. Widyastuti: Fraksi Mol Dan Variasi Ph Terhadap Sifat Magnetik Dan Struktur
Mikro Barium Heksaferrit Dengan Metode Sol-Gel Auto Combustion. Jurnal Teknik ITS, 3(1), F108-
F112 (2014).
[12] N.Dawar, M.Chitkara, I. S. Sandhu, J. S. Jolly, and S. Malhotra: Structural, magnetic and dielectric
properties of pure and nickel-doped barium nanohexaferrites synthesized using chemical co-
precipitation technique. Cogent Physics, 3(1), 1208450 (2016).
[13] K. Velmurugan, V. S. K. Venkatachalapathy, & S. Sendhilnathan: Synthesis of nickel zinc iron
nanoparticles by coprecipitation technique. Materials Research, 13(3), 299-303(2010).
[14] L. K. Sholihah: Sintesis dan Karakteristik Partikel Nano Fe3O4 yang Berasal Dari Pasir Besi dan Fe3O4
Bahan Komersial (Aldrich)(2010).
Khair et al. 144

Agro-tourism in North Lombok Stimulates New Crops and Technology

Adaptation, and Farming Becomes Profitable
Taslim Sjah1*, Zainuri2, Ahmad Sauqi1, Jayaputra1

1
Faculty of Agriculture
2
Faculty of Food Technology and Agro Industry
University of Mataram
*
Email: t.sjah2@gmail.com
Abstract
North Lombok Regency is currently implementing economic development, including

the development of tourism and agriculture. The regency identifies potential locations,
followed by implementation of integrated activities in the frame of agro-tourism. The region
supplies water through piping and applies appropriate technology to crops that are introduced
to the new cropping land. The results indicate that the introduced crops adapt to the new sites,
grow well, and bring profit to farmers. The impact of the development of agro-tourism is
positive.
Keywords: Agro-tourism, Appropriate technology, Crop introduction, Farm Profit
1. Introduction
North Lombok Regency (NLR) has been implementing many policies and programs
for developing its region in many aspects. In economic aspect, the regency has top priorities
in developing agricultural and tourism sectors, since the region has the potential on these
sectors. This direction of development is in line with the national government policies and
programs, that are guided in MP3EI (Masterplan Percepatan dan Perluasan Pembangunan
Ekonomi Indonesia, The Plan for acceleration and expansion of economic development in
Indonesia). West Nusa Tenggara (WNT), where North Lombok is within (BPS NTB, 2016), is
included in the corridor of Bali and Nusa Tenggara, with one of the focuses is on tourism
(Presiden RI, 2011).
NRL has more than 80 % dry land (BPS Lombok Utara, 2014), and thus the
availability of water is critical. Several years ago, ground water wells have been built in many
spots in NRL to activate agricultural practices, for being sources of the community income.
Since then community have been growing many commodities of agriculture in broad sense,
including those of estate crops, food crops, and horticulture. Apart from growing old types of
crops, new crops are also introduced to region by agricultural producers, by adapting to the
local condition or by manipulating the local conditions to enable crop growing, and by not
forgetting economic consideration.
In achieving the goals of tourism, economic, and agriculture for the well being of the
people, NLR develops the so called ‘agricultural tourism’, ‘agri-tourism’, ‘agro-tourism’
(‘agro-wisata’). Essentially, this type of tourism is developing agriculture for the purpose of
providing agricultural beauty for visitors to enjoy. This type of business has been increasing
in recent years in Indonesia and other parts of the world. The entrepreneurs of this business
maximize profit by exploiting revenue from the crops grown and also from tourism aspect of
the activity (Wikipedia, 2016).
In integrating agriculture into tourism, supporting systems need to be included, among
others, are suitable irrigation facilities and profiting new crops. Irrigation is required for
enabling optimal application of agricultural inputs, particularly seeds and fertilizers. In
addition, agricultural producers search for new crops that grow well in the location as well as
Sjah et al. 145
have a good price, all of which accumulate to become better profit than ordinary grown crops.
This paper describes the impacts of agro-tourism developed in Gumantar Village, Kayangan
District, North Lombok Regency

This study combined quntitative method (Neuman, 1997; Taylor, 2000) and
qualitative methods (Neuman, 1997; Patton, 2002; Trumbull, 2000), to provide figures and
explanation as needed. This research took place in Gumantar Village, Kayangan District,
North Lombok Regency, and was designed to develop tourism with beauty of agriculture that
attracts people to visit. The location for crop growing and crops to be grown on the location
were discussed by team members. In this early stage of tourism are development, two crops
were chosen, i.e. tomato and rock melon. In addition to their beauties, these two crops were
considered promising to give good earnings. Furthermore, the location considered suitable for
the crops and provides a good view, is asked for agreement from a farmer (farmers). After the
farmer agreed to grow the crops, then the farmer is given instruction on how to grow the
crops, including how much each input to be applied. He was also asked to record all farm
needs and applications, farm production, product price. In particular, investigation team asked
the farmer to record application dates and its cost or revenue. The team then copied the
record and asked explanations for things considered necessary. These data are complemented
with data from secondary sources (Sjah, 2011). Data were analyzed in descriptive way,
providing information and understandings (Patton, 2002).
3.1. Managing resources

This activity is designed for agri-tourism to gain beautifulness or attactiveness and
economic profit from crops grown, and others related. The location was selected for the ease
of access by travelers, hence road side was chosen. Similarly, water is brought to the location
from a source through piping and storage system. The location was (and will be) managed in
such way that brings attractiveness and resource use eficiency. Attractiveness invites people
to visit, and efficiency in resource use minimize cost. In particular, attractiveness in
agricultural products encourages people to buy. All of these are expected to generate profit,
one of the main motive in people, including farmers, to behave in certain way.
3.2. Water leads the way to agricultural practice

The traditional practice of agriculture in the area was that mainly to grow corn in most
of the land in rainy season. Outside the rainy season, growing crops was inhibited by lack of
water for irrigation. Irrigation facility has been introduced to bring water to the area. There
are two sources of water for irrigation: springs and ground water. Water from springs is
channeled through pipe using gravity. Ground water is brought to the location through
pumping system. In addition, water is naturally available during rainy season from rainfalls,
although it is limited to the rainy season only.
Since the irrigation water available for the whole year round, farmers have flexibility
in growing crops. From one time planting in a year, farmers can now grow crops as they wish
during the year. Apart from growing corn, farmers can grow other food crops, vegetables,
fruits, or else. In brief, farmers can grow old traditional crops like corn, vegetables, or grow
completely new crops.
3.3. New crops introduced

In this beginning period of the development of agro-tourism are, two crops were
Sjah et al. 146

introduced. They are tomato and rock melon. The initial planting of tomato was 7 ‘are’ (This
is Indonesia term commonly used to measure land, which 1 are = 10 m times 10 m, or 100
m2), while rock melon was 6 ‘are’. As these crops can be said as new crops to the farmers,
then the implementing team trains and supervises the growing of the groups to guarantee that
the crops will grow well. The team also provides inputs, such as seeds, fertilizers, and
pesticides. The work of land processing was also done under supervision of the team. In
short, the research team controlled.
3.4. Income from new crops

The two new crops generated the highest farm income according the record attained.
Following conversion to hectare (ha) the income obtained from tomato was as much as IDR
233,750,000 and from rock melon was as much as IDR 137,500,000 (Zainuri et al. 2016).
These incomes were much higher than income from other crops grown in the Province of
West Nusa Tenggara, and possibly in Indonesia too. As comparison, incomes from crops
grown in Lombok are presented in Table1.
Table 1. Comparison of incomes from several crops in West Nusa Tenggara

Province
Crop Location Income per ha Source of information
(IDR)
Tomato Gumantar 233.750.000 Zainuri et al. (2016)
Rock Melon Gumantar 137.500.000 Zainuri at al. (2016)
Rock Melon Central Lombok 109.000.000 Mujianingsih et al. (2015)
Water Melon Central Lombok 105.000.000 Mujianingsih et al. (2015)
Chili Mataram 93.000.000 Alis (2016)
Rice Central Lombok 24.843.954 Wijaya (2016)
Corn West Lombok 19.752.626 Laksemi (2016)
Rice West Sumbawa 13.179.046 Ardiansyah (2016)
There are two main reasons for high income from the two crops. Firstly, they have
high price. Both tomato and rock melon were produced outside their normal season, when
other farmers did not produce. In times of less supply while other factors remained the same,
then the price increases (Cramer et al., 2001; McIver, 2001; Penson et al., 2002; Seitz et al.,
2002; Sjah, 2010). Secondly, production of the two crops was run in intensive way.
Intensification or intensive farming with application of additional inputs is seen as a way to
increase agricultural production (Sahidu, 1983; Sari and Sjah, 2016; Savadogo et al., 1998).
In particular to these two crop farming, intensification was applied with more organic
fertilizers, including manure, granular organic ‘bioextrim’ liquid organic (bomax, bioextrim
cair, hormax, bioplant omega, hantu, super biota plus), and with more liquid bio pesticides
(biopestisda omega, bormax) (Zainuri et al., 2016). The combination of intensive farming
(which lifted productions) and good timing of farming (with increased prices) cause farming
of these crops become highly profitable.
4. Conclusions and Recomendations

The development of agro-tourism area in Gumantar Village, Kayangan District, North
Lombok Regency brings positive impact. The development advances agriculture and tourism
as an integration in agro-tourism, which aims of gaining profit through agricultural production
and attractiveness. The crops introduced indeed generated among the highest income on
record, which was due to high prices and productions of the newly introduced crops. High
prices was a consequence of a good production timing, and high productions were contributed
Sjah et al. 147

by highly intensive farming. Intensive farming and out of normal season farming was made
possible by the availability of water for irrigation. Such program that has proven as having
positive impact is recommended to be continued in that location or elsewhere. This program
also brought lesson to be learnt that supervision in farming practices is important to ensure
high rate of success.
References
[1] Alis, W.M.: 2016. Analisis biaya dan usahatani cabai di Kota Mataram. Fakultas Pertanian Universitas
Mataram, Mataram
[2] Ardiansyah. 2016. Analisis komparasi produksi dan pendapatan usahatani padi sebelum dan sesudah
adanya Program UPSUS PAJALE di Kecamatan Brang Ene, Kabupaten Sumbawa Barat. Fakultas
Pertanian Universitas Mataram, Mataram.
[3] BPS Lombok Utara: 2014, Lombok Utara Dalam Angka 2014 (North Lombok in Figures 2014). Badan
Pusat Statistik Lombok Utara (Central Body of Statistics of North Lombok), Tanjung.
[4] BPS NTB: 2016, Nusa Tenggara Barat Dalam Angka 2015 (West Nusa Tenggara in Figures 2015). Badan
Pusat Statistik Nusa Tenggara Barat (Central Body of Statistics of West Nusa Tenggara), Mataram.
[5] Cramer, G. L., Jensen, C. W. and Southgate, D. D. J.: 2001, Agricultural Economics and Agribusiness. 8th
ed. John Wiley & Sons, New York.
[6] Laksemi, N.P.: 2016. Analisis faktor-faktor yang mempengaruhi produksi dan pendapatan usahatani
jagung hibrida di Kecamatan Gerung, Kabupaten Lombok Barat. Fakultas Pertanian Universitas Mataram,
Mataram.
[7] McIver, J.: 2001, Micro economics. McGraw-Hill, Roseville, NSW, Australia.
[8] Mujianingsih, A., Hidayati, A. and Sjah, T.: 2015, 'Analisis Pendapatan dan Penyerapan Tenaga Kerja pada
Usahatani Melon dan Semangka di Kabupaten Lombok Tengah (Analysis of income and labor absorption
in Rock melon and Water melon farms in Central Lombok).' Agroteksos 25, 131-136.
[9] Neuman, W. L.: 1997, Social research methods: Qualitative and quantitative approaches. Allyn and
Bacon, Boston.
[10] Patton, M. Q.: 2002, Qualitative research and evaluation methods. 3 ed. Sage Publications, Thousand
Oaks, California.
[11] Penson, J. B. J., Capps, O. J. and Rosson, C. P. I.: 2002, Introduction to agricultural economics. 3rd ed.
Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey.
[12] Presiden RI: 2011, Peraturan Presiden Republik Indonesia Nomor 32 Tahun 2011 Tentang Masterplan
Percepatan dan Perluasan Pembangunan Ekonomi Indonesia 2011-2025 (Master Plan for Acceleration
and Expansion of Indonesia Economic Development 2011-2025). Sekretariat Kabinet RI, Jakarta.
[13] Sahidu, A.: 1983, Pengantar ilmu pertanian. Fakultas Pertanian, Universitas Mataram, Mataram.
[14] Sari, M. and Sjah, T.: 2016, 'Implementation of Special Program of Pajale (Rice, Corn, and Soybean) in
Terara District, East Lombok Regency.' International Research Journal of Management, IT, & Social
Sciences (IRJMIS) 3, 41-50.
[15] Savadogo, K., Reardon, T. and Pietola, K.: 1998, 'Adoption of improved land use technologies to increase
food security in Burkina Faso: Relating animal traction, productivity, and non-farm income.' Agricultural
Systems 58, 441-464.
[16] Seitz, W. D., Nelson, G. C. and Halcrow, H. G.: 2002, Economics of resources, agriculture, and food. 2 ed.
McGraw-Hill Series in Agricultural Economics (P. J. Barry, ed.) McGraw-Hill, New York.
[17] Sjah, T.: 2010, Ekonomi Pertanian (Agricultural Economics). Mataram University Press, Mataram.
[18] Sjah, T.: 2011, Metodologi Penelitian Sosial Ekonomi (Research Methodology for Socio Economics).
Mataram University Press, Mataram.
[19] Taylor, G. R.: 2000. 'Quantitative research methods', in G. R. Taylor, (ed.), Integrating quantitative and
qualitative methods in research, University Press of America, Lanham, pp. 69-78.
Sjah et al. 148

[20] Trumbull, M.: 2000. 'Qualitative research methods', in G. R. Taylor, (ed.), Integrating quantitative and
qualitative methods in research, University Press of America, Lanham, pp. 79-93.
[21] Wijaya, A.S.: 2016. Analisis keuntungan dan penyerapan tenaga kerja pada usahtani padi gogo rancah di
Kecamatan Praya Barat, Kabupaten Lombok Tengah. Fakultas Pertanian Universitas Mataram, Mataram.
[22] Wikipedia: 2016. 'Agritourism', in, Vol. 2016, Wikipedia.
[23] Zainuri, Sjah, T., Sauqi, A. and Jayaputra: 2016. 'Introduksi Tanaman Baru Di Daerah Agrowisata Desa
Gumantar Kecamatan Kayangan Kabupaten Lombok Utara Menguntungkan (New Crop Introduction To
Agrotourism Area In Gumantar Village, Kayangan District, North Lombok Regency Is Profitable)', in,
Seminar Nasional Pertanian (National Seminar on Agriculture), Faculty of Agriculture University of
Mataram, Mataram.
Sjah et al. 149

Simulation of the Bubble Gas Detection inside the Fluids based on

Transmission and Reflection of Ultrasonic Waves
Firyal Dhiyaul Haqqi1, Bakti Abdillah1, Rahadi Wirawan1*, Laili Mardiana1

1
Department of Physics, Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Sciences, University of Mataram, Indonesia
* Email: rwirawan@yahoo.co.id
Abstract
The appearance of gas bubbles in veins inside the body is the primary cause of
decompression illness. Preliminary research has conducted to develop the gas bubble
detection system in the both mediums of water and blood with an oxygen and nitrogen gas
bubbles. In this research, we use a computer simulation approach based on the analysis of the
ultrasonic signal alteration that was received by the transmission and reflection signal mode.
The result shows that the attenuation is caused by the absorption of the medium was very
small, which the reduction of the amplitude for the medium of blood and water, respectively
1.1% and 0.012%. The existence of gas bubbles within the medium drives the amplitude
reduced by 4% to 5% from the initial amplitude and the intensity percentage that was
reflected by the bubbles for the medium of blood is greater than the medium of water. The
selected frequency of the ultrasonic signal source influences the ability to detect the diameter
of the bubbles
Keywords: attenuation, gas bubble, ultrasonic wave, simulation.
1. Introduction
Decompression illness is a condition which is suffered by divers who move fast from the
deep-sea with higher ambient pressure to the lower ambient pressure [1]. The condition was
indicated by the appearance of gas bubbles which has collected in the body tissues. Gas
bubbles can be formed in the whole of the body, and they are also frequently observed in the
bloodstream [2]. It can cause potentially fatal effects such as paralysis or even death for the
divers. Therefore, early detection of the presence of bubbles in the body is an important in
order to avoid its impacts.
During the time, the detection of the presence of bubbles has been done through
capacitive method [3] and optic method [4]. Both methods have limitations and less precise
when they are applied to detect the bubbles either in the tissues or in the blood stream. The
bubble is known as a reflector for the acoustic waves due to the difference in acoustic
impedance which is large enough between gas and liquid [5] and ultrasonic waves are
mechanical waves which have the largest penetrating power characteristics than other
mechanical waves. Based on these characteristics, ultrasonic waves can be applied for bubble
detection. Recently, Rahiman was performing a bubble detection test inside a chemical
column with a medium of water through the transmission wave measurement system [6]. In
this paper, we present the detection system of nitrogen and oxygen bubbles that presence in
the water and blood medium using ultrasonic sensor. Simulation approach was conducted to
analyze the influence of the bubble to the signal attenuation that received by the detector.
Haqqi et al. 150

2. Theory
2.1 Medium Attenuation
In the propagation, acoustic waves need a medium. The existence of the medium causes
attenuation due to the absorption of wave energy [7]. The attenuated amplitude A1 which
caused by the medium with the thickness d is [8]:
= e (1)
where A0 is an initial amplitude, and  is a attenuation coefficient that depend on the

frequency. This coefficient is measured in Nepers per length unit (Np/l) or in decibels per
length unit (dB/l) with the conversion factor ( ⁄ = 8.686 ⁄ ). In the liquid medium is
influenced by the factors of viscosity and thermal conduction which are described by classical
absorption constant (C).
( )
= + (2)
where  is an angular frequency (2f), is viscosity coefficient, is the specific heat ratio, Pr
is Prandtl number, is medium density, and c is wave propagating velocity through the
medium [9]. In the fluid, the absorption of acoustic waves depends on the frequency, and it is
expressed in the ⁄ form, where frequency (f) in Hz. The acoustic wave absorption
coefficient for water medium, nitrogen and oxygen gas at the room temperature, respectively
25 x 10-15 Np/m, 1.35 x 10-11 Np/m, and 1.61 x 10-11 Np/m [7]. And for the blood medium is
about 0.18 dB/cm [10].
2.2 Transmission and Reflection Waves Intensity

In the propagation of a wave through boundary mediums, the wave will be reflected and
transmitted as shown in Figure 1. Transmission and reflection in the boundary surface are
depending on the medium acoustic impedance. If the discrepancy of acoustic impedance (Z)
between the two mediums is large, it’s indicated that most of the incidence wave energy will
be reflected. In other hand, if the discrepancy is small, most of the incidence wave energy
will be transmitted [11].
Z0 Z1 Z2
medium medium 2 I0
Sour
I2
θr θt D T
x θi Z3
θi ‘I1T ‘I2T
θr θt
IR
Detec
I3T
tor
Boundary surface
between mediums (at x=0)
Figure 1 Schematic of reflection and Figure 2 Schematic model of detection bubble

transmission of the incidence waves with a reflection mode (modified
on the boundary surface (modified from Rahiman et.al, 2013).
from Kinsler, 2000).
Haqqi et al. 151

The intensity of the reflected (IR) and transmitted (IT) waves in the oblique incidence is
determined by the following equation:
= (3)
and
=( )
=1− (4)
where = and = are the acoustic impedances for two mediums, θ is the angle
incidence wave to the normal line of the plane, ρ and v are respectively a medium density and
the wave velocity through the medium [7]. The density and velocity of wave propagation in
each medium are shown in Table 1.
Table 1 Density and velocity of the sound wave propagation [9]
Type of Medium Density (kg/m3) v (m/s)

Glycerin 1.26x103 1920
Acrylic 1.40x103 2680
Water 1x103 1498
Air 1.2 331
Blood [12] 1.06x103 1570
2.3 The Effect of The Source-Detector Geometry Arrangement

Due to obstruct by the presence of another organ or tissues between the source and the
detector it is difficult to set up the transmission measurement mode. Therefore, the reflection
measurement was setup in order to detect the bubble as shown in Figure 2. In the reflection
mode, the geometric arrangement of the source-detector will effect to the received wave
intensity. Based on the analysis of the Figure 2, the value of angle θ or θi can be determined
by the following equation:
= (5)
where r is a distance between the horizontal axis lines to the source, l is a distance between
the surface wave to the detector surface, and D is a distance between the source and detector.
The detection requirement of the minimum size of a detected bubble is determined based on
the ratio of the bubble peripheral size to the source wavelength, as represented by the equation
6 [6].
≪1 (6)
where a is bubble radius, k is a wave number. In order to the scattering of waves as well as
reflections on the flat surface, the required value of ka is 2 [6].
3. Method
This study was conducted a computer simulation approach to analyze the signal
attenuation, which caused by the presence of the bubble. The simulation was performed on
water and blood medium which contained in the acrylic tube with 3 cm diameter and
ultrasonic frequency source is about 40 kHz. The bubbles model was described in the
Haqqi et al. 152
spherical and in it’s filled with nitrogen and oxygen gas. Schematic model of detection bubble
was shown in the Figure 2. The source-detector (D) distance variation was setup from 1 cm to
6 cm to obtain the percentage of the received intensity by the detector. The percentage of
receiving intensity for water medium will be compared with to the blood medium.

The existence of the bubble in the medium acts as a barrier to the propagation, so that
pressure exerted by the wave source causes vibrations of gas molecules in a bubble. The
incident drives the scattering and absorption of incidence wave that will affect the intensity of
the detected waves. Figure 3 shows the simulation result of the attenuation amplitude by
water medium, and due to the presence of nitrogen and oxygen gas bubbles.
The attenuation discrepancy of acoustic wave due to absorption by the water medium, and
absorption due to the presence of oxygen or nitrogen bubble is very small. The amplitude loss
is about 0.0121%. Therefore, the attenuation due to wave absorption by the medium can be
ignored. In addition, the presence of oxygen and nitrogen bubbles respectively, decreases the
amplitude about 6.25% and 5.47%.
Attenuation
Attenuation
Distance (cm)
Distance (cm)
Medium of Blood
water medium without Oxygen Bubble
bubble
Figure 3 The simulation result of wave Figure 4 The simulation result of acoustic
attenuation due to water medium wave attenuation due to blood
absorption, and when there are medium absorption, and when there
nitrogen and oxygen bubbles. are nitrogen and oxygen bubbles.
Similarly, the absorption by the blood medium (Figure 4) without any bubble
amplitude loss is about 1.1%. Meanwhile, the presence of oxygen and nitrogen bubbles in the
medium, the attenuation respectively decreased 5.38% and 4.61%. The intensity value of the
wave at each boundary medium is determinate using equation (3) and (4) at a distance (D) 1
cm as shown in Table 2.
Table 2. The intensity of the reflection and transmission waves at the boundary medium
Acoustic Intensity
Boundary Medium
Impedance IR IT
Z2 – Z3 Water-Bubble 0.999 0.001
Z2 – Z1 Water-Acrylic 0.202 0.798
Z1 – Z0 Acrylic-Glycerin 0.037 0.963
Z2’ – Z3 Blood-Bubble 0.999 0.001
Z2’ – Z1 Blood-Acrylic 0.165 0.835
Haqqi et al. 153

The percentage value of receiving wave intensity detector for water and blood mediums at
1 cm distance was determined based on the wave intensity that led to the detector i.e. IR, ‘I2T =
I2T and ‘I1T = I1T.
(a) For water medium
% = ( × ′ × ′ ) × 100%
% = (0.998992 × 0.797862 × 0.963174) × 100%
% = 76.770%
(b) For blood medium

% = ( × ′ × ′ ) × 100%
% = (0.999092 × 0.834637 × 0.963174) × 100%
% = 80.317%
According to the intensity results, detector receiving more intensity of the ultrasonic
waves that reflected by bubbles in the blood medium than in a water medium. Table 3 shows
the percentage intensity ultrasonic waves which are received by the detector.
Table 3. Percentage of the received wave intensity of detector for water and blood medium with
different source-detector distance
Source-Detector Intensity Percentage (%)

Distance, D (cm) Water Medium Blood Medium
1 76.770 80.317
2 73.810 77.626
3 68.909 72.920
4 62.881 66.924
5 56.588 60.524
6 50.582 54.323
The result shows an inverse correlation between distance and wave intensity that was
detected by a detector. The received wave intensity will be decrease when the distance
between source and detector increase as shown in the Figure 5. In Figure 5, it appears that the
percentage of the reflection intensity for blood medium is greater than water medium. I can be
explained that the acoustic impedance of blood is greater than the acoustic impedance of
water. Similarly to the density and velocity of acoustic waves pass through the blood medium
is greater than in the water medium.
Additionally, the simulation was conducted to determine the minimum diameter of the
bubble that can be detected with a ka constant value 2 and using a various frequency of
ultrasonic waves i.e. 40 kHz, 100 kHz, 200 kHz, 300 kHz, 500 kHz, and 1 MHz. The
calculated results are shown in the graph of Figure 6. As shown in Figure 6, the capabilities of
bubble detection depend on the frequency of the ultrasonic wave source. If the frequency of
the ultrasonic waves used increasingly large, the minimum diameter of the bubble which can
be detected will be smaller. It can be observed from the analysis results for the frequency
resources using of 40 kHz, 100 kHz, 200 kHz, 300 kHz, 500 kHz, and 1 MHz respectively,
are 23.84 mm, 9.53 mm, 4.77 mm, 3, 18 mm, 1.91 mm, and 0.95 mm. Hence, for the
detecting bubble purposes, especially in the arteries is required ultrasonic frequency source
with minimum frequency 1 MHz.
Haqqi et al. 154

yblood = -4343x2 - 231.0x + 83.44

R² = 0.997
Diameter of bubble (mm)

Reflection Intensity (%)
y = 953.5x-1
R² = 1
ywater = -3713.x2 - 278.9x + 80.32
R² = 0.998
Source-Detector Distance (m) Frequencies (kHz)
Medium Air
Medium Darah
Figure 5 The percentage of the received Figure 6 The minimum bubble size that
wave intensity detector for can be detected using different
water medium and blood frequencies.
medium.
5. Conclusion
The simulation results show that the attenuation of the ultrasonic signal intensity detected
was influenced by several factors, including the medium characteristics, the presence and
characteristics of gas bubble, and the distance of signal source-detector as a receiver.
Attenuation due to medium absorption is very small, in which the amplitude loss for medium
blood and water are respectively 1.1% and 0.012%. The existence of the bubbles in the
medium can cause a loss of amplitude about 4% to 5%. Attenuation which caused by the
presence of oxygen bubble is greater than the nitrogen bubble. In addition, the bubble
detection capabilities depend on the source frequency usage. For the future work, a low-cost
portable bubble detection instrument will be made for the application of early detection of
decompression illness.
Acknowledgment
The author would like to thank to Department of Physics, Faculty of Mathematics and Natural
Sciences, University of Mataram for supporting facilities in this research.
References
[1] Chappell, M. (2006). Modelling and Measurement of Bubbles in Decompression Sickness. Ph.D Thesis,
University of Oxford.
[2] Dee, R. (2011). Looking for Bubbles: Bubble Detection Methods for Prediting Decompression Illness in
Divers Case Essay for CoMPEX CP1.
[3] Ahmed, Mawahib G.A, Adam, A.B, dan Dennis, J.O. (2009). Capacitive Air Bubble Detector Operated at
Different Frequencies for Application in Hemodialysis. International Journal of Electronical Computer,
Energetic, Electronic and Communication Engineering, Vol: 3, No: 2.
[4] Fileti, A.M.F., Delator, F., and Pereira, J.A.F.R. (2007). Optical Bubble Detection System for Chemical
Industry Pipelines. Chemical Engineering Transactions, Vol. 11.
[5] Nishi, R.Y. (1993). “Doppler and Ultrasound Bubble Detection” dalam The Physiology and Medicine of
Diving (P.B. Bennett and D. Elliott, Eds.), pp, 433-453. London: Sounders, ed 4.
[6] Rahiman, M.H.F., Rahim, R.A., Rahim, H.A., Ayob, N.M.N., Mohamad, E.J., dan Zakaria, Z. (2013).
Modelling Ultrasonic Sensor for Gas Bubble Profiles Characterization of Chemical Column. Sensor and
Actuators B: Chemical 184.
Haqqi et al. 155

[7] Cheeke, J.D.N. (2002). Fundamentals and Applications of Ultrasonic Waves. Boca Roton: CRC Press.
[8] Schmerr, L.W. and Song, J.S. (2007). Ultrasonic Nondestructive Evaluation systems: Models and
Measurements. New York: Springer.
[9] Kinsler, Lawrence. E., Frey, Austin. R., Coppens, Alan. B., dan Sanders, James. B. (2000). Fundamental of
Acoustics. New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
[10] Wirza, E. (2008). Rekonstruksi Sinyal Akustik A-Mode menjadi B-Mode Sebagai Dasar Sistem Pencitraan
Ultrasonik. Depok: Universitas Indonesia.
[11] Rahiman, M.H.F., Zakaria, Z., Rahim, R.A. (2008). Ultrasonic Process Tomographic Imaging Sensor: An
Approach Utilising Transceivers Method. International Conference on Computer and Communication
Engineering (ICCCE 2008), pp. 1147-1150, 13-15 May 2008.
[12] Mulyani (2012). Studi Penentuan Kecepatan Aliran Darah dan Frekuensi Terimaan Pasien Atherosclerosis
Menggunakan Pesawat USG Clour Doppler. Makasar: Universitas Hasanuddin.
Haqqi et al. 156

Development of Data Acquisition System of Moving Object for Landslide

Monitoring System
Rahadi Wirawan 1,*, Bakti Abdillah2, Wayan Sudiarta3, Dian Wijaya Kurniawidi4
1
Department of Physics, Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Sciences, University of Mataram, Indonesia
* Email: rwirawan@yahoo.co.id
Abstract
This paper presents the design of data acquisition systems for the landslide monitoring
system. These systems required for developing a mitigation system of the landslide disaster on the
island of Lombok. Development of data acquisition system based on ATmega2560 microcontroller
and ultrasonic sensor that used to detect the object displacement in the mechanic instrument system.
The information about displacement data is used as landslide information. Embedding of a data
logger system which integrated with the wireless communication is used to record the data and
displayed on the web. The results of performance test system which developed shows that
information data of the object shift can be recorded and displayed properly. The relative error
maximum measurement is about 2%.
Keywords: mitigation, landslide, data logger, wireless, microcontroller
1. Introduction
Landslide disaster is the most destructive mass movement phenomena that occur as a result of
the rocks collapse or the slopes movement. These phenomena can be detected earlier based on
monitoring and analyzing the land movement that trigger the landslide. There are various sensors
and methods are developed for monitoring purposes. Intrieri et al. (2012) combine an extensometer
sensor with the rainfall sensor, a camera and thermometers for the development of early warning
system (EWS)[1]. Lisnawati et al. (2013) develop an electric extensometer based on the changes in
resistance value of potentiometer [2] and Zhu et al. (2011) develop an optic fiber transducer for
landslide monitoring [3].
In order to obtain an accurate analysis and prediction from monitoring, we need data
acquisition systems that have a high accuracy, precision. This system allows to the wireless
monitoring especially facilitating the development an early warning system of landslide mitigation.
In this work, we design a low cost and robust data acquisition system for the land movement
monitoring. To detect the land movement, ultrasonic sensor was proposed as a part of data
acquisition instrumentation systems. The ultrasonic sensors was used in the measuring of 3D
positions of an indoor mobile object [4], in determination of the vibration frequency of the object
[5], measuring the wind speed and direction detection [6].

2.1. System Design
In the purposes for landslide monitoring, the design of a data acquisition consists of an
ultrasonic sensor as a proximity sensor and the acquisition device. The acquisition device was built
up using a data logger system and a wireless communication that embedded in the ATmega2560
microcontroller Arduino platform. This microcontroller is the main unit that collects data from the
sensor and handles all the tasks of the system. To controlling and performing all the tasks of
acquisition, the programming script was setup using the Arduino sketch and implanted into the
Wirawan et al. 157

ATmega2560 chip. The block diagram of the data acquisition system is shown in the Figure.
Figure 1 Block diagram of the data acquisition system
2.2. Output of System Design

For analyzing reasons, the resulting data acquisition will be saved in the MySQL database. In
order to display the measured data, we built the connection between MYSQL database and the
website using PHP programming with the flowchart as shown in the Figure 2.
Figure 2 Flowchart of displaying data on the website

3.1 Implementation of the Acquisition Design
Figure 3 shows the physical system of data acquisition system in order to detect the object
displacement in the mechanic instrument system of the landslide monitoring system. A system was
controlled by the ATmega2560 microcontroller. The supply of power for the system comes from
the external battery. For the indication of the land movement, we are using the PING Parallax
ultrasonic as a proximity sensor to detect the object displacement (moving plate) in the mechanic
instrument system (extensometer).
Wirawan et al. 158

Figure 3. A prototype of data acquisition system.
The ATmega2560 microcontroller controlling of the measurement values from landslide

sensor, the time of acquisition from RTC (Real Time Clock) and save onto the MicroSD card. The
displayed data of the system include the measuring time and the distance of a moving object from
the ultrasonic sensor.
3.2. Implementation of Output System Design

In the purposes of real time monitoring, a GSM shield SIM900 Quad-band is used for wireless
communication. GSM supports outgoing and incoming data communication. This device was used
to facilitate data transfer from the microcontroller input (sensor output) to the database.
Furthermore, it will be displayed in the website of pgtndata.pe.hu. In Figure 4, we can see the
recorded data from the simulation measurement that conducted. The data was displayed in the
website.
Recording of the measured values and the time of acquisition is saved onto the MicroSD card
as shown in the Figure 5. The stored data in the memory card with the file name that set is
PGTNDATA.TXT and can be read in the TXT and CSV format.
Figure 4 Displayed of sample data in the Figure 5 Recorded of sample data in

web database. data logger
Wirawan et al. 159

0.025 dx1
dx2
0.020 dx3
0.015 dx4
dx5
error relative pengukuran

0.010
0.005
F (N)
0.000
-0.005 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
-0.010
-0.015
-0.020
-0.025
Figure 6. Relative error of measurement.

The measurement test result of the mechanical instrument of data acqusition system
(extensometer), especially for the relative error of measurement was depicted in the Figure 6. From
data analyzing result, we get the maximum error is about 2%. According the result, data acqusition
systems have a good precision.
4. Conclusion
It has built a prototype of data acquisition system based on ATmega2560 microcontroller, data
logger and a wireless communication SIM900 Quad-band GSM/GPRS. The results of a
performance test which developed shows that information measured data of the moving object (land
movement) can be recorded and displayed properly with the relative error maximum measurement
is 2%.
Acknowledgements
This work was supported by Competitive Research Grant (Hibah Bersaing) 2016, Directorate
General of Strengthening Research and Development, Minister of Research, Technology and
Higher Education of Indonesia.
References
[1] Intrieri E., Giovanni Gigli, Francesco Mugnai, Riccardo Fanti, Nicola Casagli, Design and implementation of a
landslide early warning system, Engineering Geology 147–148, 124–136 (2012).
[2] Lisnawati, Sri Wahyu Suciati dan Warsito, Rancang bangun Sensor Extensometer Elektris sebagai Pendeteksi
Pergeseran Permukaan Tanah dan Sistem Akuisisi Data pada Komputer, Jurnal Teori dan Aplikasi Fisika Vol. 01
No. 01, 19-24 ( 2013).
[3] Zhu ZW., Liu DY., Yuan QY., Liu B., Liu JC., A novel distributed optic fiber transduser for landslides
monitoring, Optics and Lasers in Engineering 49, 1019–1024 (2011).
[4] Kang, MH. and Lim, BG., Development of a practical foolproof system using ultrasonic local positioning,
Measurement 79, 1–14 (2016).
[5] Wirawan R., Mitra Djamal, Ambran Hartono, Edi Sanjaya, Widyaningrum Indrasari, dan Ramli Aplikasi Sensor
Ultrasonik Untuk Pengukuran Getaran Frekuensi Rendah, Prosiding Simposium Nasional Inovasi Pembelajaran
dan Sains, Bandung, 37-41(2012).
[6] Xie K. and Wang K. (2011), Measurement of Wind Speed and Direction with Ultrasonic Sensor Using FPGA,
Energy Procedia 12, 837-843(2011).
Wirawan et al. 160

Preliminary Study and Synthesis Thin Film Of Fluorine Tin Oxide (Fto)
With Sol-Gel Spin Coating Tecnique
Zahid Ramdhan 1, Aris Doyan1*, Kosim1, Susilawati 1, Syifa Azzahra1, Norma Ikraman1
1
Lombok Indonesia1
e-mail :, b)arisdoyan@yahoo.co.id
Abstract
Flourine doped tin oxide is one promising material as Transparent Conducting Oxide
(TCO) to replace the expensive FTO in solar cell electroda, as gas sensor, optical coating, and
variable resistor. In this research, Flourine doped tin oxide (FTO) thin films on glass substrate
were prepared by the sol-gel spin coating. The starting material for synthesis FTO material is
Tin (II) Chloride dehydrate (SnCl2.2H2O), Hydroflouride (HF), and ethanol. As the material
sol, Tin (II) Chloride dehydrate dissolved in ethanol, heated and stirrer using hot plate at 80 ℃
and 300 rpm for one hour. Then the solution using spin coating technique for one minute with
2000 rpm on glass substrate. The deposited films were baked at 150 ℃ for 10 minutes on
oven at 100℃ and annealed at 650 ℃ for one hour in a tube furnace.
Keywords: FTO, sol-gel technique, substrate
1. Intoduction
The development of thin layer technology is already widely used in everyday life of
which are used in sensors, solar cells, batteries and touch screen, one of the ingredients to
create a thin layer is a compound Tin Oxide (SnO2).
A thin layer of SnO2 is a type of n-type semiconductor, which has a chemical stability
high, possess good transparency to light (the energy gap ~ 3.6 eV) (Carvalho et al, 2012), low
electrical resistance, and has chemical stability high. Excellence a thin layer of SnO2 widely
applied in manufacturing industries in the transparent conductive electrode (TCO), solar cells,
optical and electrical equipment gas sensor. Application TCO develops rapidly and has been
applied to the devices of electronics such as LCD TVs, Plasma TVs, organic
electroluminescence (EL), for example touch screen monitors on automatic tellermachine
(ATM), ticket vending machines were installed in train stations, car navigation systems,
handheld game consoles, mobile phones, and electrodes in solar cells (Sinaga, 2009).
SnO2 attractive for development because the price is cheap compared to other
semiconductors, nature responsive to a number of gases, has a long service life, and requires
only a simple electronic device in the sensory implementation. To improve the performance
of SnO2 thin film material, research continues to be done to get the expected material
characteristics. SnO2 often produced in pure form or doped with other materials.
Based on the research that has been done, SnO2 usually doped with indium or called
ITO (Indium Tin Oxide) (Gurakar et al, 2013), ATO (Antimony Tin Oxide) (Hammad et al,
2011), FTO (Fluorine Tin Oxide) (Gurakar et al, 2013), and AFTO (Antimony and Fluorine-
doped Tin Oxide) (Battal et al, 2014).
In this research used doping SnO2 Fluorine is an element in the capture of 40% HF
compound. Fluorine is the show all the forms of the elements (ionized, nonionizable) which
means it is a chemical element that is very electronegative than other chemical elements.
The SnO2 and doping concentration of HF use dilution with a ratio of 100%: 1%,
100%: 5%, and 100%: 10% to be placed on the glass substrates using Sol Gel Spin Coating
Ramdhan et al. 161

Various methodsof growinga thin layer thathas been used before, such
asRFSputtering(Yunantoet al, 2006), ChemicalsolutionDeposition(SuronoandSutanto, 2014),
UltrasonicSprayPyrolysis(Ajiet al, 2013), CathodicVacumArcDeposition(Wengetal, 2011),
PhysicalVapor Deposition(George etal, 2010), andsol-gel (Siregar,
2015).However,amongthese methods, sol-gel methodswidely used, because ofits low cost,its
compositionis homogeneous, do notusea vacuumchamberwitha highlevel, the layer
thicknesscan be controlled, andmicrostructureare quitegood(Ahzan, 2012).
The Problem
a. How comparative quality thin layer (thin film) of pure SnO2 and SnO2 are in doping
Fluorine (SnO2: F) using a glass substrate by using sol-gel spin coating?
b. How do the characteristics of a thin layer (thin film) of pure SnO2 and SnO2 are in doping
Fluorine (SnO2: F) in terms of the crystal structure of the layer, the surface morphology
of the structure of solids, as well as the optical characteristics?
The purpose
a. To compare the quality of thin layers (thin film) and the pure SnO2 (SnO2: F) using a
glass substrate by using sol-gel spin coating.
b. To know the characteristics of a thin layer (thin film) and the pure SnO2 (SnO2: F) in
terms of the crystal structure of the layer, the surface morphology of the structure of
solids, as well as the optical characteristics
2. Materials and methods

Subtract used are glass measures 20 x 20 x 5 mm. Before use of the glass substrate, the
glass is washed in stages. Washing gradually aims to remove dirt and oils that stick on the
glass. Leaching the first stage, the glass substrate is inserted into a measuring cup containing a
mixture of water and detergent, then vibrated using stirrer for 30 minutes. After that, the glass
substrate is rinsed with water until clean. Washing the second stage, the substrate is put in a
glass beaker containing ethanol, then vibrated with a stirrer for 30 minutes then wash with
technical ethanol. The glass substrate is dried in a furnace at 100 °C for 1 hour. The glass
substrate is clean, then stored in plastic clips.
The process of making sol-gel in this study using basic materials Tin (II) chloride
dehydrate (SnCl2.2H2O with a molar mass of 225.63 g/mol, purity 99.9%), ethanol and HF
each of which serves as the solute, solvent and stabilizer (stabilizer). In this study, sol-gel
materials are synthesized is divided into three (3) with a concentration ratio of 100%: 1%,
100%: 5%, and 100%: 10%. Then mix in a measuring cup on a stirrer at a temperature of ± 80
o
C for 1 hour, or until the solution looks homogeneous mixture.
The process begins with a layer of growth in sol-gel material drops on the substrate 0.1
ml to 5 times a trickle. Then centrifuged for 1 minute with a rotation speed of 2000 rpm. Once
the surface evenly coated substrate, the substrate is dried in a furnace at 100 °C for 10
minutes.
The heating process is done in three stages. First heating at a temperature of 150 °C
for 1 hour, aiming to remove water and residual solvent levels in the coating gradually. A
second heating at a temperature of 350 °C for 1 hour.The increase in the regulated
temperature slowly from room temperature to 350 °C. This stage is regarded as the pre-
heating function to remove ethanol, water, and facilitating change SnCl 2.2H2O to SnO2. The
next stage is the post-heating or heating end at 550 °C, for 1 hour. Similar to the process of
pre-heating, regulated temperature rise slowly from room temperature to 550 °C. Post-heating
is used to form the SnO2 particles with a uniform crystal orientation, and eliminating pores.
Ramdhan et al. 162

3. Result and Discusion

The materials used in the synthesis of SnO2 crystal research with a thin layer of sol-gel
method is:
1. Tin (II) chloride dehydrate (SnCl2.2H2O with a molar mass of 225.63 g/mol, purity
99.9%), a total of 2.2653 gram.
2. Ethanol C2H5OH, 20 ml.
3. Hydrofluoric Acid (HF) 40%, a total 0.125 ml, 1,25 ml, and 12,5 ml.
Synthesis of SnO2 crystals with a thin layer of sol-gel method following the sol-gel chemistry
equation as follows:
+ 2 → + + (hydrolysis) (1)
Sol-gel solution for a wide range of concentrations that have been synthesized are stored
in a test tube as figure 1.
Figure 1. Results of Sol-Gel-Varying concentrations from left to right with a

concentration 100%, 100%: 1%, 100%: 5%, and 100%: 10%
Figure 2. Results of Thin Film Crystalline SnO2 and SnO2 : F for the heating
One thing to be determined is proving SnO2 structure which has a tetragonal structure
with a rutile-type crystal with unit cell parameters a = b and c, as figure 3.
Figure 3.The model of the unit cell of the crystal rutile SnO2
Ramdhan et al. 163
4. Conclucion
This research is preliminary to the formation of the sample. The basic ingredients used are Tin
(II) chloride dehydrate (SnCl2.2H2O with a molar mass of 225.63 g/mol, purity 99.9%), a total
of 2.2653 gram, C2H5OH Ethanol 20 ml, and Hydrofluoric Acid (HF) 40% as much as 0.125
ml, 1.25 ml, and 12.5 ml. Sol-gel materials are synthesized is divided into three (3) with a
concentration ratio of 100%: 1% (2.2653 gram: 0,125: 20 ml), 100%: 5% (2.2653 gram: 1.25:
20 ml) and 100%: 10% (2.2653 gram: 12.5: 20 ml). after the sol-gel material so the sample
will grow on glass substrates by using sol-gel spin-coating.
Acknowledgements
Thank you very much to Master Programe Science Education Mataram University and
Analytic Laboratorium Mataram University Indonesia.
References
[1] Carvalho et al. 2012. Synthesis and characterization of SnO2 thin films prepared by dip-coating method,
15th Brazilian Workshop on Semiconductor Physics. Elsevier P hysics Procedia, 28 : 22-27.
[2] P, Sinaga. 2009. PengaruhTemperatur Annealing terhadapStrukturMikro, SifatListrikdanSifatOptikdari
Film Tipis OksidaKonduktifTransparanZnO:Al yang DibuatdenganTeknik Screen Printing,
JurnalPengajaran MIPA, 14(2):51 – 59
[3] Gurakar, et al. 2014. Electrical and microstructural properties of (Cu, Al, In)-doped SnO2 films
deposited by spray pyrolysis, ADVANCEDMATERIALS Letters, 5(6) : 309-314.
[4] T. M,Hammad, and N.K, Hejazy. 2011. Structural, Electrical and Optical Properties of ATO Thin Films
Fabricated by Dip Coating Method, Int. Nano Lett., 1(2): 123 – 128.
[5] Battal, et al. 2014. Comparison Effect of Spin Speeds and Substrate Laters on Properties of Doubly
Doped Tin Oxide Thin Films Prepared by Sol-Gel Spin Coating Method, Journal of Ovonic Research, 10
(2) :23
[6] Yunanto, dkk.. 2006. “DeposisiLapisan Tipis ZnOsebagaiLapisan Tipis Tipe N danJendelaSel Surya
CuInSe2”. Indonesian Material Science Journal.ISSN1411-1098 Vol.8, hal 183 – 187.
[7] A. N, Surono and H, Sutanto. 2014. “SifatOptik Zinc Oxide (ZnO) yang Dideposisi di
AtasSubstratKacaMenggunakanMetode Chemical Solution Deposition (CSD)
danAplikasinyauntukDegradasiZatWarna Methylene Blue”. Youngster Physics Journal. ISSN: 2303-
7371, Vol 2, No. 1, hal. 7-14.
[8] W. P, Aji. dkk.. 2013. “PengaruhSuhuTumbuhTerhadapStruktur Kristal Lapisan Tipis ZnO 0.02 mol”.
Seminar Nasional Fisika, UniversitasNegeri Jakarta.
[9] M. H, Weng, et al.. 2011. “Structure, Optical and Electrical Properties of ZnO Thin Films on The Flexible
Substrate by Cathodic Vacuum Arc Technology with Different Arc Currents”. Elsevier Ceramics
International, Vol 05, hal. 043.
[10] P, George, et al.. Microstructure and Field Emission Characteristics of ZnONanoneedles Grown by
Physical Vapor Deposition”. Elsevier Materials Chemistry and Physics, Vol 123, hal. 634-638.
[11] N. Siregar, et al.. 2015. “The Effect of Concentration of Structure and Optical Properties of Thin Films
Synthesized by Sol-Gel Methods Spin Coating”. International Journal of Sciences, Basic and Applied
Research (IJSBAR) ISSN 2307-4531, Vol 22, hal. 428-434.
[12] S. Ahzan., dkk.. 2012. “SintesisLapisanZnOdenganMetode Sol-gel Spincoating dan Karakteristik Sifat
Optiknya”. TidakDiterbitkan. Tesis. Surabaya: Fisika MIPA Institut Teknologi Sepuluh November.
Ramdhan et al. 164

The Livelihood Strategy of Dry Land Farmers in Karang Bayan Village,

West Lombok, Indonesia
I Ketut Budastra1, Taslim Syah1, IGL. Parta Tanaya1, Suparmin1, Halil1*
1
Mataram University, Lombok, Indonesia
* Email:iketutbudastra@yahoo.com
Abstract
The provision of wealthy livelihood opportunities is important and strategic for

households and equitable development in every country, including in Indonesia. This needs
effective and efficient programs, particularly for those living at the bottom of the socio-
economic pyramid, such as dry land farmers. This paper aims to analyze the livelihood
strategies of the dry land farmer households in relation to the livelihood asset portfolio
capacities of the households. The analyses are mainly based on primary data collected through
in-depth interviews of 30 randomly selected households during Oct-Nov 2016; and secondary
data collected from local government institutions. The analysis found that the majority of the
households attempt to maximize the utilization of their labor force, farm land and skills to
increase incomes; apply thrifty spending strategy to reduce expenditures; and employ income-
expenditure balancing strategies to reduce vulnerabilities. Suitable capacity building programs
are essential for the households to sustainably improve their livelihoods. Awareness of the
households urgently needs to be enhanced regarding the potential benefits of the on-going
social protection programs for reducing their incomes and vulnerabilities. In addition, further
investigations to evaluate the effectiveness of the ongoing social protection programs; and the
causes and the solutions are warranted.
Keywords: livelihood strategy, assets, dry land farmer, Indonesia
1. Introduction
Poverty alleviation has become a major focus of socio-economic development programs
and activities in every country worldwide, including Indonesia, since the introduction of the
millennium development goals (MDGs). As a result, the proportion of population living in
poverty declined substantially. In Indonesia, for example, the proportion of population living
in poverty declined about 6 percent during 2006-2013 (TNP2K, 2014). The poverty level was
greatly different among regions, higher levels were found in eastern regions such as in Nusa
Tenggara Barat province (21.55% in 2010).
The situation indicates the need of systematical search for improved poverty alleviation
programs and activities in Indonesia by addressing weaknesses of the ongoing programs. For
this intention, one of the strategic issues which become the focus attention of this paper is
concerning the mismatch between the interventions given and the need of the target
households, as indicated in the Media. The mismatch is potentially reduced by better
understanding the livelihood context of the target population, the poor.
The objectives of this paper are to analyze (i) their livelihood asset portfolio capacity; and (ii)
their livelihood strategies. This paper applied sustainable livelihood approach as the
framework (Chambers & Conway, 1991, p. 6); took the dry land farmer communities in
Karang Bayan Village of West Lombok District (as a case study); and in-depth interviewed
30 (randomly selected) household respondents, during Oct.-Nov. 2016.
The paper is organized into four Sections. Section one introduces the backgrounds, objectives
Budastra et al. 165

and research methodology. Section two discusses the households’ livelihood asset portfolio
capacities. Section three analyses the households’ livelihood strategies. Section four
concludes the findings and provides several suggestions.
2. The Households' Livelihood Asset Portfolio Capacity

The households' livelihood Assets is differentiated into five, namely; human, physical,
financial, social and political capitals. For simplicity reason, this paper measured the capitals
in 5 scale indices: 1 smallest - 5 largest (Table 1). It shows that the majority of the households
scored low to very low in human physical, financial and political capital; but scored high in
social capital.
Table 1 Frequency distribution of respondents by livelihood asset portfolio capacity

indexes
Indexes Human Physical Financial Social Political
1 14 12 23 1 18
2 1 11 4 6 0
3 7 5 0 0 4
4 1 1 0 5 1
5 7 1 3 18 7
3. The Households' Livelihood Strategies

On income side, the households take 8 different strategies, each of them includes:
increasing income through improving farm productivity (Table 2). This is as expected since
the households are dry land farmers. In addition, the majority of the households also include
one or more initiatives to increase their incomes, such as: processing, trade, animal grower,
technical worker and farm laborer. While most of the households take one additional income
generating initiative, some take two.
Table 2: Frequency distribution of the respondents by their increasing income

strategies
No Strategy Freq. %
1 Farm productivity improvement (FPI) 7 23
2 FPI & processing 6 20
3 FPI & trade 6 20
4 FPI & animal grower 4 13
5 FPI & technical worker 3 10
6 FPI & farm laborer 2 7
7 FPI, processing & technical worker 1 5
8 FPI, processing & trade 1 5
Total 30 100
On the expenditure side, there are 5 different strategies taken by the households to reduce
expenditure, each has thrift spending component (Table 3). Other initiatives included in their
strategies are: self-producing foods, self-producing farm inputs, reducing input use, or
reducing paid labor.
Budastra et al. 166

Table 4: The household strategy to reduce expenditure

No Strategy Freq. %
1 Thrift 14 47
2 Thrift & self-producing food materials 6 20
3 Thrift, self-producing farm inputs 5 17
4 Thrift & reducing input use 3 10
5 Thrift & reducing the use of paid laborers 2 7
Total 30 100
In regard to vulnerability reduction, the households take 8 different strategies, each

contains a ‘balancing expenditure with income’ (BEI) component (Table 4). While 47% of the
households take BEI as a sole strategy, the rest combine BEI and another component, namely:
farm diversification, additional income, farm land enlargement, credit access, selling produce
before harvest, savings, and group participation.
It is important to note that none of the households actually includes the benefits of the
ongoing vast social protection programs into their vulnerability reduction strategies. This may
indicate there is a problem with the effectiveness of the ongoing social programs, and hence a
further investigation is warranted to identify the causes and solutions.
Table 4 The household strategy to reduce vulnerability

No Strategy Freq. %
1 Balancing expenditure with income (BEI) 14 26
2 BEI & farm diversification 14 26
3 BEI & additional income 12 23
5 BEI & farm land enlargement 5 9
4 BEI & credit access 4 8
6 BEI & selling produce before harvest season 2 4
7 BEI & savings 1 2
8 BEI & group participation 1 2
Total 30 100
4. Conclusions
The livelihood strategies of the farmer households are largely determined by their own
asset portfolio capacities, and living environment. The majority of the households attempt to
maximize the utilization of their livelihood assets to increase incomes; take thrift-spending as
their reducing expenditure strategies; and apply income-expenditure balancing as their
reducing vulnerability strategies.
An effective empowerment program is necessary for the households to sustainably build
their capacities, particularly, in terms of technical and business skills and financial assets.
Awareness of the households regarding the potential benefits of the on-going social protection
programs for reducing their incomes and vulnerabilities needs to be enhanced. Further
investigations to evaluate the effectiveness of the ongoing social protection programs are also
Budastra et al. 167

warranted.
References
[1] Asian Development Bank, Basics Statistics 2014. Manila, Bangkok: Economics and Research Department:
Development Indicators and Policy Research Division, 2014.
[2] R. Chambers & G. Conway, Sustainable Rural Livelihoods: Practical Concepts for the 21st Century,
Institute for Development Studies, DP 129. Brighton: University of Sussex, 1999.
[3] TNP2K, Why Poverty Still Matters in Indonesia. (Retrieved from tnp2k.go.id: July 2014).
Budastra et al. 168

Nonparametric Regression Spline in The Estimation of The Average

Number of Children Born Alive Per Woman
Nurul Fitriyani1*, I Nyoman Budiantara2, Ismaini Zain2, Vita Ratnasari2

1
Department of Mathematics, University of Mataram
Jalan Majapahit No. 62 Mataram 83125, Indonesia
2
Department of Statistics, Sepuluh Nopember Institute of Technology
Sukolilo, Surabaya 60111, Indonesia
*Email: nurul.fitriyani@unram.ac.id
Abstract
Fertility is one of the main elements underlying the population growth in a country. One
measure used to determine the fertility rate is the average number of children born alive per
woman. In general, the patterns of female fertility change at specific ages. In this study, the
fertility pattern of women was investigated by using nonparametric regression spline
approach. Spline approach is strongly influenced by the presence of knot points. There are
several methods that can be used to select the optimal knots in the spline approach, such as
the method of cross validation and generalized cross validation. This study showed that there
was a shift in the location of the knots, which mean that there was a shift in the pattern of the
average number of children born alive per woman in East Java over a period of 3 years, from
2010 to 2012.
Keywords: Fertility, Nonparametric Regression, Spline.
1. Introduction
One of the main problems faced by developing countries such as Indonesia relates to
population, because it is one factor that related to national development. Population growth in
a country is essentially based on three main elements; fertility, mortality, and migration [1].
Several measures can be used to determine the birth rate in a region. One of which is the
average number of children born alive per woman. It can describe the level of fertility in a
region, because it is used to determine the number of births in each age group until the end of
a woman's reproductive period [2]. Age is one of the factors affecting the fertility in woman
[3]. The pattern and character of the women fertility change at certain ages. They greatly
according to a statistical approach, namely nonparametric regression spline.
Nonparametric regression has a high flexibility in estimating the regression curve.
Regression curve used to explain the relationship between two variables [4]. Nonparametric
regression approach does not assume the shape of the regression curve [5]. In nonparametric
regression, there are several approaches to estimate the model of regression curve, as
mentioned in [6], the Kernel approach, Histogram, Orthogonal series, Fourier series,
Wavelets, and Spline. Especially for spline, it can model the data which has particular sub-
intervals of data pattern. It is one type of polynomials, which has segmented characteristics.
The segmented characteristics provide more flexibility than the usual polynomial, making it
possible to more effectively adapt to the local characteristics of a function or data [7].
Spline function of degree m is any function that can be presented in the following
equation:
Fitriyati et al. 169

g ( xi )    j xij    j m xi  k j 
m J
m
(1)
j 0 j 1
with  j states the real constants, and xi  k j  m  xi  k j  m , x  k j ; 0, x  k j . The values of m =
1, 2, and 3 respectively obtained linear spline, quadratic spline, and cubic spline and kj are the
knot points [8]. Spline function is very depend on the knot values. Knot is the point where
there is a mix with a pattern of behavior changes on different intervals [9].
In this study, the average number of children born alive per woman was estimated.
Researchers used the average number of children born alive per woman to determine the
woman fertility pattern in East Java over a period of 3 years from 2010 to 2012.
This study used secondary data. The fertility data over a period of 3 years from 2010 to
2012 obtained from the National Socio–Economic Survey from Central Bureau of Statistics of
East Java. This study used two variables, i.e. the dependent variable (the average number of
children born alive per woman) and the independent variable (the reproductive age of women
in certain age groups of 15 – 49 years old).
The statistical analysis for the fertility data, were as follows: (1) scatter plot between two
variables was created for each year; (2) the values of GCV were calculated for each spline
regression model and the optimal knot points and optimal order were obtained based on the
minimum value of GCV; (3) the significance of the parameter from (2) was tested and the
residual diagnostic generated by nonparametric regression spline models with minimum
GCV; (4) the value of estimated R2 and MSE of nonparametric regression spline models was
compared; and (5) the results were used to determine the development and female fertility
pattern shifts at different age levels in East Java over a period of 3 years from 2010 to 2012.
Figure 1 shows the scatter plot of the data over a period of 3 years, from 2010 to 2012.
Average Number of Children Born Alive
1.0
2010
2011
0.8
2012
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
10 20 30 40 50
Woman Age
Figure 1 Scatter Plot Between Two Variables
The results indicated a change of pattern in a particular sub-interval. In 2012, the average
number of children born alive per woman increased in the beginning of the childbearing age
compared with the previous years. The average number of children born alive per woman in
2012 increased slowly in the age interval of 15–24 years old then fell at the age interval of
25–29 years old. It increased again in the age interval of 30–34 years old and finally dropped
at the end of the productive period. The changing patterns of fertility in certain age groups
(interval) caused the data would be less precise when approximated using parametric
regression. Therefore, a nonparametric regression spline approach was used.

The optimal knot point was obtained from the minimum value of GCV. Table 1 given a
summary results of the minimum value GCV for each year by using 1, 2, 3, and 4 knots.
Table 1 Optimal Knot Point using GCV Method for Fertility Data
Year
Knot Points
2010 2011 2012
K1 23.73 23.73 31.69
1 Knot
GCV (R2) 0.0054602 (92.9) 0.0055405 (93.4) 0.0051679 (71.8)
K1; K2 24.35; 43.33 17.61; 30.47 33.53; 40.27
2 Knots 2
GCV (R ) 0.0049085 (96.4) 0.0066904 (95.5) 0.0042034 (87.1)
K1; K2; K3 22.51; 31.08; 39.65 17.61; 34.14; 39.04 29.24; 35.37; 37.82
3 Knots 2
GCV (R ) 0.0000186 (99.9) 0.0000001 (99.9) 0.0042001 (94.3)
K1; K2; K3; K4 23.32; 29.63; 35.95; 37.53 21.74; 35.95; 39.11; 42.26 20.16; 28.05; 35.95; 37.53
4 Knots
GCV (R2) 0.0000101 (99.9) 0.0000000 (100) 0.0000102 (99.9)
From the results, by seeing the values of the coefficient of determination R2 and the
values of MSE (mean squares error) also the residual assumptions testing, found that the
optimal knot that provided a reliable spline given by using four knots. In modeling the fertility
data using spline, with the selection of the optimal knot points using GCV, researchers found
that the values of R2 were relatively high with low values of MSE. The values of R2, MSE,
and the residual assumptions testing (independent and identically distributed, i.i.d) indicated
that the GCV method was more feasible to use in subsequent analysis for the case study.
The results showed a shift in the location of the knots. Knots were the location where the
change in women fertility patterns, both changes that showed increased or decreased number
of female fertility. For example, the location of the first knot point (K1) was 23.32 years old in
2010, shifted to 21.74 years old in 2011, and finally changed to 20.16 years old in 2012.
Shifting the location of this knot points (K1, K2, K3, and K4) kept happening every year, either
into a higher and lower age.
Estimation models for each year were produced from the optimal knots using GCV method
in Table 1 were as follows.
yˆ 2010  1.2912  0.0801x j  0.0844 x j  23.32   0.0181x j  29.63

(2)
 0.2277 x j  35.95  0.2238x j  37.53
yˆ 2011  1.4738  0.0902 x j  0.0802 x j  21.74   0.1995x j  35.95
(3)
 0.2859 x j  39.11  0.0975x j  42.26 
yˆ 2012  0.0952  0.0279 x j  0.0379 x j  20.16   0.0454 x j  28.05
(4)
 0.3002 x j  35.95  0.2710x j  37.53
Spline estimation curves from year 2010, 2011, and 2012 with 4 optimal knot points
selected by GCV are given in Figure 2. It showed the shifting patterns of fertility data over a
period of 3 years from 2010 to 2012.

Average Number of Children Born Alive
1.0
2010
2011
0.8
2012
0.6
0.4
0.2
0.0
10 20 30 40 50
Woman Age
Figure 2 Spline Estimation Curves for Woman Fertility Data

From Figure 2, the average number of children born alive per woman in 2012 for the first
age group (woman with 15–19 years old) had a higher value than the previous years. This
might be occurred due to the reduction in infant mortality in 2012, thus increasing the average
number of children born alive per woman. Among women age interval of 20–34 years old, the
average number of children born alive per woman in 2012 tended to be at a lower value when
compared to the previous years. This was also happened at the end of women childbearing
age, i.e. women age interval of 45–49 years old. This might occur due to the success of family
planning programs implemented by the government, so it could decrease the average number
of children born alive per woman in East Java in 2012.
Based on the study, changes in woman fertility pattern over a period of 3 years from 2010 to
2012 could be seen through the location of the optimal knot points obtained. This results
suggested the changes in woman fertility patterns were not exactly at the midpoint of the
interval of the age groups, i.e. at the age of 17, 22, 27, 32, 37, 42, and 47 years old, but shifted
according to the location of the knot points obtained.
4. Conclusion
There was a shift in the woman fertility pattern in East Java Province from 2010 to 2012.
The location of change in woman fertility patterns was not exactly at the midpoint of the
interval age group, but at the optimal knot points. For future study, woman fertility pattern
might be solved using quadratic and cubic spline approach to get a better result.
References
[1] Lulan, A.C., Fertility Modeling in East Nusa Tenggara Province with Logistic Regression Approach and
Radial Basis Function Neural Network (RBFNN), Magister Thesis, Surabaya, ITS, 2011.
[2] Central Bureau of Statistics, National Socio-Economic Survey in 2011, The Central Bureau of Statistics
Catalog of East Java Province: 3101001.35, 2011.
[3] Budiantara, I.N., The Estimation of Female Fertility Model in Indonesia by Using Spline Regression, Final
Report of the Implementation of the Women's Studies Research Year 2007, Surabaya, ITS, 2007.
[4] Budiantara, I.N., Polynomial Truncated Spline Models Family in Semi Parametric Regression, Periodic of
Mathematics and Natural Sciences Faculty, Surabaya, ITS, 2005.
[5] Eubank, R.L., Spline Smoothing and Nonparametric Regression 2nd Ed., New York, Marcel Decker, 1999.
[6] Budiantara, I.N., Weighted Spline Estimator Consistency Based on Integrated Mean Square Error Criteria,
Proceedings of the Mathematics National Conference, Indonesian Mathematical Association XII, Bali,
Mathematics Department Udayana University: 979-99592-0-9, 2004.
[7] Budiantara, I.N., Spline Model with Optimal Knots, Journal of Basic Science, State University of Jember,
7, pp. 77-85, 2006.
[8] Hardle, W., Applied Nonparametric Regression, New York, Cambrige University Press, 1990.
[9] Wahba, G., Spline Models for Observational Data, SIAM, CBMS-NSF Regional Conference Series and
Applied Mathematics, Philadelphia, 1990.

Development Elements of Industrial Production Increase in Productivity

Of Micro / Small (Export Oriented Product) for Enhancing
Competitiveness of Industry [Case Study: In Lombok-NTB]
I G.A.K Chatur Adhi Wirya Aryadi *, I Made Wijana, I Wayan Joniarta
Department of Mechanical Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, University of Mataram

Jln. Majapahit No. 62, Mataram, NTB, Post Code 83122, Tel (0370) 6363126
* Email: empatadhi@yahoo.com
Abstract
With the obtained value-indigo productivity on each SME, we can define

improvement the SMEs targets. By using reference values as a basis for selecting the smallest
productivity of SMEs, we can determine what we will improve.
SMEs Dimas Silver and Songket Tradisi is a target implementation of a productivity
applied, because it has a partial and total productivity smallest. Alternative work is an
addition of a design and the use of E-Comer for both SMEs.
Of the application of alternative sales increased 15% for silver and 10% Dimas to
Songket Tradisi. The impact of the increase in sales over the increased productivity of both
productivity. Dimas silver have material productivity on first year of 2.86 and 3.28 for the
second year. And total productivity Songket 0.76 for the first year and 0.9 for the second year
Keywords: productivity, alternative, small and medium enterprises, e-comerse
1.Introduction
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) have an important role in the national
economic resilience when the critical condition of the economic is occurring. Over the years,
SMEs face severe challenges and opportunities with the opening of the ASEAN-China Free
Trade Agreement (ACFTA). Therefore, the Strategic Plan of the Ministry of Cooperatives and
Small and Medium Enterprises for 2010-2014 prepared for the empowerment of SMEs, as
well as addressed the lack of accurate information about the condition of SMEs. So it takes
the involvement of various stakeholders (local government, the Ministry, the Department of
Cooperatives, Universities, and Actors SME)
2. Productivity Concept
2.1.Productivity, Efficiency and Effectiveness
Experts do not provide the same productivity formula, for that it is still found the
notion of productivity in many ways, but, in principle, they have in common as
(1)
According to the National Productivity Council (1983), productivity is the ratio

between the results achieved with the overall resources used. Moreover, the high productivity
is achieving the highest level of outputs (effectiveness) with a declining resource use
(efficiency)
2.2 Productivity measurement
Aryadi et al. 173

The simplest productivity measurement model is the ratio approach of output / input
(Gaspersz, 1998). Productivity measurement based on the ratio approach of output / input will
be able to produce three types of productivity measurements, namely: (1) partial productivity,
(2) total-factor productivity, and (3) the total productivity.
2.3 Increased Productivity
Productivity is the ratio of output to input, so that the company's strategy to increase
the productivity of the system can be done through the following five ways to be adapted to
the situation dam condition of the company, among others: (1) Applying the cost reduction
program, (2) Managing growth, (3) Working more agile. (4) Working more effective, (5)
Reducing activities (Gaspersz, 1998).
3. Experimental Set Up
3.1 Conceptual Framework
The method used is the method of description (descriptive) and approach the ratio of
output / input for the measurement of productivity. Plans and steps of productivity, which are
then evaluated whether the plans and the steps effectively increase the productivity of SMEs,
are expected to increase in the ratio of the total and partial productivity.
An outcome to be achieved in the second year of study (2) is a priority industry
clusters based on productivity, the blueprint for the empowerment of industrial policy map.

Figure 1 shows the position of Dimas silver SME having the lowest material partial
productivity.
Figure 1. Partial productivity (The smallest Dimas Silver)
After revamping by adding design and good marketing the data show an increase in the next
year
Produktivitas Partial Material

Dimas Silver
3.280312
4 5
2.570625 2.85625
1.71375
2
0
2012 2013 2014 2015
Figure 2. The increased partial productivity (for the smallest Dimas Silver)
Aryadi et al. 174

To level the total productivity of SMEs songket tradition has the lowest productivity,
as shown in the graph below. The total productivity level of the SMEs traditionsl songket has
the lowest productivity, as shown in figure 3.
Figure 3. Total productivity of all SMEs
The increment of total productivity are achieved after some improvements, e.g. design,
coloring, and ergonomically production process are performed, see figure 4.
Produktivitas Total Songket Tradisi
0.77354 0.83558
0.69382 0.76057
1 6967 8768
249 2236
0.5
0
2012 2013 2014 2015
Figure 4. Improvements of the total productivity of traditional Songket
4.1. Results Implementation

Implementation of alternatives that have been designed in the form of adding design
and implementation of e-comers, SME sales data are obtained for the last 3 months. Dimas
Silver SME has an increased sales by 15% and in the first year, the partial material
productivity is 2.86 while in the second year it onwards 3.28. SMEs Traditional Songket has
increased sales by 10%, and the increased total productivity of 0.76 in the first year to 0.84 in
the second year.
4. Conclusion
1. SMEs that are becoming a target, is Dimas Silver and Traditional Songket Gallery
2. Alternative developments that can be chosen are design development and E- comers.
3. The alternative development that have been presented can give productivity enhancements.
Acknowledgement
The authors would like to acknowledge the Ditlitabmas Kemeristekdikti for the funding.
References
[1]. Anonim, 2012, ”Payung Penelitian Unggulan Universitas Mataram”, Unram, Mataram.
[2]. Anonim, 2013, ”Keputusan Rektor Unram tentang pembentukan kelompok-kelompok peneliti bidang ilmu
di Universitas Mataram”, Unram, Mataram.
[3]. Arman N, 2000, “Perencanaan dan Pengendalian Produksi”, Guna Widya, Jakarta..
[4]. BPS, 2012, ”Data Spasial Penanggulangan Kemiskinan NTB”, BPS, Indonesia.
[5]. Gaspersz, 1998, “Metode Analisis untuk Peningkatan Kualitas”, Gramedia PustakaUtama, Jakarta.
[6]. Menteri Koperasi dan UKM, 2010, “Rencana Strategis Kementerian Koperasi dan UKM tahun 2010-
Aryadi et al. 175

2014”, Kementerian Koperasi dan UKM Indonesia, Jakarta.
[7]. Sumanth D.J, 1985, “Productivity Engineering and Management”, McGraw-Hill, Inc., Singapore.
[8]. Tanto D, Dewi SM, Budio SP, 2012, “Faktor-faktor yang Mempengaruhi Produktivitas Pekerja pada
Pengerjaan Atap Baja Ringan di Perumahan Green Hills Malang”, Jurnal Rekayasa Sipil Universitas
Brawijaya Vol.6 No.1.
Aryadi et al. 176

Study of Maize-Pulses Intercropping on a Dryland

I K. D. Jaya*, Sudirman, H. Suheri
Faculty of Agriculture University of Mataram, Jl. Majapahit 62 Mataram, Lombok

*Corresponding author: ikdjaya@unram.ac.id
Abstract
This study aimed at studying productivity of intercropping between maize and pulses
on a dryland soil. An experiment was conducted in North Lombok (8.253654 S, 116.285695
E) involving maize, mungbean and groundnut crops. The treatments were monocrop maize,
mungbean, and groundnut, intercropping maize-mungbean, and maize-groundnut. All the
treatments had three replications and the size of the plot for each treatment was 5.0 x 8.0m.
The maize crops were planted in a double row pattern (20 x 35cm inside the double row and
70cm between the double rows) while mungbean and groundnut crops were planted at 20 x
20cm with one seed per hole. The results show that maize growth (plant height and leaf
number) was negatively affected by mungbean in intercropping but not by groundnut.
Intercropping affected severely the yield component (weight of 1000 grains) of groundnut but
not that of the mungbean. There was no advantage of intercropping over monocrop in term of
land use in growing maize and mungbean since the Land Equivalent Ratio (LER) value was
1.0, and LER for maize-groundnut intercropping was 0.95. The results suggest that maize,
mungbean and groundnut are better grown as individual crops rather than as an intercropping
in dryland areas.
Keywords: dryland, groundnut, land equivalent ratio, monocrop, mungbean, productivity
1. Introduction
Climate change was reported to reduce plant yield because the changes in air CO 2
concentration, temperature, and water availability were faster than the ability of plant to
adapt. One of strategic steps to adapt climate change is to plant a number of crops on a piece
of land (Lin, 2011). To grow more than one crop on a piece of land can be done with
intercropping. This technique has been widely practiced traditionally to increase land
productivity as well as to avoid total yield loss. Currently, intercropping has been practiced
not only in tropical countries, but it has also been adopted in sub-tropical countries.
Acceptability of this technique was mainly due to its ability to maximize the use of available
resources, such as; sunlight, water, and nutrition.
In addition to increase plant diversity in a piece of land, intercropping is also used to
increase land productivity. Land productivity measurement is usually expressed as a land
equivalency ratio (LER). LER compares yields of two or more crop species when they are
grown in intercropping and when they are grown separately (monocrop). LER can be
calculated based on the formula (Dariush et al., 2006); = ∑( ), where Yp and Ym are
yields of plants grown in intercropping and monocrop, respectively. Ratio value (i) is a part of
LER values, the values of which when are summed in accordance to number of plants in
intercropping will result in the value of LER itself.
Maize may be intercropped with other annual crops that are shorter morphologically,
such as mungbean and groundnut. In intercropping, plant morphology and age differences
determine yields of the component crops. The taller plants may cause shading effect on the
shorter ones. Meanwhile, the plants with shorter growing periods can be harvested earlier to
Jaya et al. 177

provide earlier cash to the grower before other crops are harvested. This paper discusses the
potential of intercropping between maize and pulses (i.e. mungbean and groundnut) on a
dryland. Results of this research are expected to be used as references for farmers on a
dryland to improve their ability to adapt to the negative impacts of climate change.

A field experiment was conducted at Gumantar village (8.253654 S, 116.285695 E),
Kayangan sub-district, North Lombok, where two intercropping treatments were evaluated,
namely maize-groundnut intercropping and maize-mungbean intercropping. Each treatment
was set up in three plots of 5 m x 8 m. Maize (NK22) was planted as a double row pattern
(with 35 cm x 20 cm spacing within the double rows and 70 cm spacing between double
rows) following an East-West orientation, and the pulses (Hypoma-1 for groundnut, and
Kenari for mungbean) were planted in a row spacing of 20 cm x 20 cm within the 70 cm
spaces between the double rows. This resulted in six (6) pairs of double row maize and five
(5) rows of pulses between three double rows of maize, the latter occupying 21% of the total
area in the system. Three monocrop treatments (composed of maize, groundnut, and
mungbean, respectively) were also provided to calculate the land use efficiency (LER). The
overall treatments were: (a) intercrop maize-groundnut; (b) intercrop maize-mungbean; (c)
monocrop maize; (d) monocrop groundnut; (e) monocrop mungbean
Fertilizers were given three times. Firstly, fertilizers of N-P-K (15-15-15) Phonska 175
kg/ha and Urea 87.5 kg/ha were applied at planting time for maize. Pulses were fertilized with
Phonska 125 kg/ha and Urea 50 kg/ha. Second fertilization was done 28 days after sowing
(DAS) with the same dosage of Phonska as the first fertilization and Urea 175 kg/ha for
maize. Pulses were fertilized with the same fertilizers and dosages as those at the first one.
The third fertilization for maize was done at 56 DAS with 875 kg/ha Urea. The crops were
watered by flooding the plots with water pumped from a deep-well pump.
Experimental data were analyzed descriptively and land use efficiency was calculated
based on a formula proposed by Dariush et al. (2006).

At the end of the vegetative phase, plant height of maize in monocrop treatment was not
different from that in maize-groundnut intercropping. However, maize in maize-mungbean
intercrop was shorter than the one in other treatments. Data with the same trend were also
observed on the variable of leaf number (Table 1). Meanwhile, maize yield (grain weight per
plot) in monocrop treatment was 43.7 kg/40 m2 or equivalent to 10.9 ton/ha. This amount was
the highest yield potential (11 ton/ha) of maize NK22 as reported by its producing company,
PT. Syngenta.
Table 1. Plant height, leaf number, weight of grain per plot, and weight of 1000 grains
(±standard error) of maize in monocrop and intercropping treatments
Observed Variables
Treatments Plant height Leaf number Grain Weight of
(cm) weight/plot (kg) 1000 grains (g)
Monocrop 205.5±1.76 15.2±0.42 43.7±1.86 394.2±3.15
Mungbean
intercropping 188.5±4.27 14.2±0.30 33.8±2.62 389.9±1.40
Groundnut
intercropping 205.3±0.29 14.8±0.23 34.3±1.86 390.5±4.76
Jaya et al. 178

While the yield of maize in maize-mungbean intercrop was exactly the same as that of
in monocrop, the yield of maize in maize-groundnut intercrop was a bit higher (i.e 11.1
ton/ha). This was probably due to the fact that groundnut had a better ability to fix nitrogen
and to mobilize phosphorus than mungbean, resulted in the nutrients being available for maize
in the intercropping system. This finding was in line with the result previously by Whitehead
and Isaac (2012) who indicated that legumes were able to increase P absorption by cereal
plants in intercropping system.
The decrease of maize yield in intercropping treatment compared with monocrop
treatment (Table 1) appeared to be due to the lower population of maize in intercropping
treatment. Meanwhile, maize yield component, i.e. weight of 1000 grains was not influenced
by intercropping treatment although there was a slight decreased in weight of yield in the two
intercropping treatments compared to that in monocrop treatment.
Biomass and yield component of groundnut planted as intercrops were much higher
than those of crop planted as monocrop (Table 2). A reduction by as much as 30%, 12.2%,
and 14.7% were observed for biomass/m2, number of pods/bunch of plant, and weight of 1000
grains, respectively. These decreases were suspected due to light competition between the
taller maize crop and the shorter groundnut. Keating and Carberry (1993) reported previously
that in intercropping system, the shorter plants will get less sunlight than the taller ones. This
fact also shows that, to produce optimally, groundnut requires full sunlight on a dryland in
North Lombok district.
Table 2. Plant biomassa, yield and yield components of groundnut (±standard error) in
monocrop and intercropping treatments
Observed Variables
2
Treatments Biomass/m Number of Pod Grain Weight of
(kg) pods/bunch of weight/plot weight/plot 1000 grains
plant (kg) (kg) (g)
Monocrop 2.0±0.19 21.3±0.73 14.2±1.33 9.0±0.78 685.7±44.29
Intercropping 1.4±0.15 18.7±1.91 2.6±0.32 0.9±0.16 584.7±18.81
The difference in pod weight and grain weight per plot between monocrop and intercrop
was influenced by the difference in plant counts between the two systems (Table 2). In
addition, the effect of maize canopy in intercrop system also influenced yield. This may be
demonstrated by calculating plant yield per unit area. Groundnut in the monocrop system
yielded 3.6 ton/ha dry pods, compared to only 2.9 ton/ha dry pods in intercrop system. The
yield in monocrop system of groundnut was very closed to the maximum yield reported for
Hypoma 1, namely 3.7 ton/ha (Anon, 2012). This result indicates that variety Hypoma 1 of
groundnut is very suitable to be cultivated on a North Lombok dryland. Dry grain weight per
plot in monocrop was 9.0 kg/plot or equal to 2.25 ton/ha.
Table 3. Plant biomassa, yield and yield components of mungbean in monocrop and
intercropping treatments
Observed Variables
2
Biomass/m Number of Grain Weight of
Treatments (kg) pods/bunch of weight/plot 1000 grains
plant (kg) (g)
Monocrop 1,7±0,29 20,0±1,15 7,3±0,55 79,9±1,69
Intercropping 1,6±0,09 19,7±0,88 1,6±0,07 79,9±0,61
Jaya et al. 179

In contrast to those of groundnut, growth, yield, and yield components of mungbean

were not influenced by maize in intercropping (Table 3). These data show that there was no
interspecific competition between maize and mungbean in maize-mungbean intercrop. The
difference in grain weight per plot (Table 3) appeared to be due to the difference in plot size
or the difference in plant numbers per plot. This becomes clear after the grain weight sampled
from a same size of unit area of either monocrop or intercropping was measured, resulted in
the same weight which was equivalent to 1.8 ton/ha. This yield was considered high for
mungbean variety Kenari, which was reported to have the yield potential of up to 2.4 ton/ha
with the average being 1.3 ton/ha (Suhartina, 2005). The data stongly support the fact that
mungbean variety Kenari is suitable to be cultivated in a North Lombok dryland.
The results show that Land equivalency ratios (LER) were 1.0 in maize-mungbean
intercrop, and 0.95 in maize-goundnut intercrop. This means that the same area of land is
required in order to get the same yield of individual crop of maize or mungbean planted as
monocrop as that in maize-mungbean intercrop. However, the the case of maize-groundnut
intercrop, a 5% more land area is required for intercrop system to result in the same yield as
that of individual crop planted in monocrop system. These results show that there was no
advantage from intercropping of either maize-mungbean or maize-groundnut in terms of land
use efficiency on a dryland of North Lombok.
4. Conclusions
Intercropping of maize with pulses on a dryland in North Lombok with technique
developed in this study did not give any contributions on land use efficiency. Even in maize-
groundnut intercropping, growth ability and yield of individual of groundnut plant decreased.
Based on these results, farmers on the dryland of North Lombok are suggested to grow maize,
groundnut, and mungbean in monocrop system. Nevertheless, research on maize and pulses
cultivation on a dryland needs to be developed as it’s important in plant diversification in
improving farmers’ resilience to overcome the negative impact of climate change.
Acknowledgement
The authors sincerely thank to the University of Mataram for funding this research.
References
[1] Anon, 2012.Hypoma 1 and Hypoma 2. Superior Peanut Variety Resistant to Leaf Spot and Rust.
Indonesia Agency for Agriculture Research and Development. Ministry of Agriculture.
http://en.litbang.pertanian.go.id/news/one/116/ (Accessed on 25 November 2016)
[2] Dariush, M., M. Ahad, O. Meysam, 2006. Assessing the land equivalent ratio (LER) of two corn (Zea
mays L.) varieties intercropping at various nitrogen levels in Karaj, Iran. Journal of Central European
Agriculture 7: 359-364.
[3] Keating, B.A., P. S. Carberry, 1993. Resource capture and use in intercropping: solar radiation. Field
Crops Research 34: 273-301
[4] Lin, B. B., 2011. Resilience in Agriculture through crop diversification: Adaptive management for
environmental change. BioScience 61: 183-193.
[5] Suhartina, 2005. Deskripsi Varietas Unggul Kacang-kacangan dan Umbi-umbian. Balai Penelitian
Tanaman Kacang-kacangan dan Umbi-umbian, Malang 154p.
[6] Whitehead, M. and M. E. Isaac, 2012. Effect of shade on Nitrogen and Phosporus acquisition in cereal-
legume intercropping systems. Agriculture 2: 12-24
Jaya et al. 180

The Performance of Production and Price of Rice In South Sumatra
Desi Aryani1,2*
1
Candidat Doctor in Ilmu Pertanian Fakultas Pertanian Universitas Padjadjaran
2
Lecturer in Program Studi Agribisnis Fakultas Pertanian Universitas Sriwijaya
* Email: desiaryaniz@yahoo.com
Abstract
Availability of basic foodstuffs, especially rice production affected by the amount of

rice in an area. South Sumatra province as one of the breadbasket regions should always
maintain the stability of foodstuffs, especially rice required by the community. The
government is always trying to improve production and keep prices of rice are in the
favorable conditions for farmers and consumers. The government will face food price
dilemma, where farmers want higher rice prices, but consumers want instead. This paper aim
to analyze the performance of rice production, productivity, and the price in South Sumatra.
This study is collecting secondary data from BPS, period 2010 until 2014. Statistically, South
Sumatra have a surplus of rice every year. In such conditions, the problem of food security in
South Sumatra determined more on the aspects of accesibility (people's purchasing power)
and continuity of food availability between seasons. South Sumatra province accounted for
21.55 percent of Sumatra’s rice production or 5.04 percent of Indonesia's rice production with
an average production of 2,170,638 tons per year. South Sumatra rice production on average
showed an increasing trend from 2010 to 2014. Compared with the average productivity of
Indonesian rice by 5.08 tons per hectare, South Sumatra rice productivity only reached 4.39
tons per hectare. The average price of grain in South Sumatra that was converted rice
equivalent is about Rp7,652.31 per kilogram while the average price of rice at Rp8,394.16 per
kilogram. It means that there is a differences about Rp741.86 per kilogram. There is a fairly
large difference in price between the producer prices to consumer prices, indicating that there
are imperfect price transmission from retail market to producers.
Keywords: foodstuffs, price, production, productivity, rice
1. Introduction
Accessibility to rice food can be seen from the stability and level of rice prices.
Foodstuffs should always be available in sufficient quantity, feasible quality and medically
safe for consumption. These factors are economically related to the purchasing power of the
people, so the price of food products must be affordable for consumers. Affordable prices
does not mean that food prices should always be low or cheap, because it is actually cause
many disadvantage on farmers and the ability of national food security, Husodo[1].
South Sumatra is one of the rice producing areas which quite large in Indonesia. South
Sumatra became the sixth center of rice production in Indonesia or third outside Java island
after South Sulawesi and North Sumatra. In 2008 the South Sumatra province is contribute to
4.82 percent of the national rice production, Aryani [2]. South Sumatra province as one of the
breadbasket regions should always maintain the stability of foodstuffs, especially rice
required by the community. The government is always trying to improve production and keep
prices of rice are in the favorable conditions for farmers and consumers as well. The
government will face food price dilemma, where farmers want higher rice prices, but
consumers want instead, Yustiningsih [3]. The objective of this study was to analyze the
performance of rice production, productivity, and the price in South Sumatra.
Aryani 181
2. Materials and Method

This study is collecting secondary data from BPS, period 2010 until 2014. Collection
of data is done by using documentation method, it is research method that obtained by
collecting data, records and reports objective data obtained from the source. The collected
data were processed mathematically and described descriptively. To answer the research
objective, it is quantitatively analyzed with descriptive statistics. The results described in
descriptive analysis supported by facts and phenomena. Analysis relative deviation from the
average price of rice at the level producers (farmers) and consumers which expressed by the
standard deviation.

3.1. Rice Production and Productivity
Availability of basic foodstuffs (rice) affected by rice production in an area. In 2015,
the average production of padi sawah in South Sumatra reached 4,998 tons per hectare, while
the average production of padi ladang reached 2,769 tons per hectare, BPS South Sumatera
[4]. Data of rice production over the last five years in South Sumatra province than provinces
in Sumatra Island and the national rice production can be seen in Table 1.
Table 1 Rice production in Sumatra Island and Indonesia, 2010-2014
Production (Tons) Productivity
Province Percent
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 Average (Tons/Ha)
Aceh 992.793 1.112.356 1.122.254 1.227.784 1.141.938 1.119.425 11,11 4,65
North Sumatra 2.247.536 2.263.285 2.331.113 2.338.476 2.276.815 2.291.445 22,75 4,89
West Sumatra 1.387.337 1.430.222 1.485.928 1.524.823 1.580.433 1.481.749 14,71 4,94
Riau 360.670 336.153 321.324 272.382 241.847 306.475 3,04 3,65
Jambi 394.527 405.703 392.228 416.929 417.045 405.286 4,02 4,25
South Sumatra 2.053.136 2.123.542 2.067.438 2.306.776 2.302.299 2.170.638 21,55 4,39
Bengkulu 324.284 315.301 365.090 390.765 372.170 353.522 3,51 4,01
Lampung 1.761.536 1.845.055 1.945.853 2.012.073 2.083.163 1.929.536 19,16 4,92
Babel Island 13.965 9.543 14.051 17.868 14.732 14.032 0,14 2,71
Riau Island 782 767 830 860 880 824 0,01 3,41
Sumatra’s Rice
9.536.565 9.841.928 10.046.109 10.508.736 10.431.322 10.072.932 100,00 4,18
Production
Indonesia’s Rice
41.702.898 41.255.882 43.325.813 44.720.889 44.439.842 43.089.065 5,08
Production
Source: BPS, 2015
Over the last five years (2010 to 2014), the average production of rice in Sumatra
Island amounted 10,072,932 tons or 23.38 percent of Indonesia's rice production. South
Sumatra province contributes 21.55 percent of Sumatra’s rice production or 5.04 percent of
Indonesia's rice production with an average production of 2,170,638 tons per year. South
Sumatra rice production on average showed an increasing trend from 2010 to 2014. This is in
line with previous research which of the results shown that the trend of harvested area,
production and productivity of rice in South Sumatra showed an upward trend from 1991 to
2010, Aryani, [2].
High rice production in South Sumatra, was not accompanied by high productivity as
well. The level of rice productivity in South Sumatra, is not higher than other provinces that
have lower production (province of West Sumatra, Lampung and Aceh). Compared with the
average productivity of Indonesian rice by 5.08 tons per hectare, South Sumatra rice
productivity only reached 4.39 tons per hectare. South Sumatra proclaimed as one of the
national food basket, as a regional breadbasket, production of rice from South Sumatra greatly
Aryani 182
affect the national rice production. In 2014 rice production reached 2,302,299 tons in South
Sumatra contributes 5.18 percent of the total national production amounted 44,439,842 tons.
The ability of rice production in South Sumatra varies between regions (districts/cities) and
between seasons. There is no clear mechanism rice arrangement in South Sumatra, although
the region barns but in real terms still import rice from outside the region and abroad. Rice
from South Sumatra sold to other provinces, this is because of almost all the rice producers in
South Sumatra bordering to other provinces that have better access in transportation. In line
with these studies, the results of research, Aryani [2] concluded that there is rice distribution
in and out of South Sumatra Province. Rice that traded on South Sumatra not only from the
production of local farmers in the province but also came from outside the province, among
others, Lampung and West Java. Likewise the marketing area of rice is not just to local
consumers in the province, but also to consumers outside the province, among others, the
provinces of Bengkulu, Jambi, Riau and Padang.
3.2. Rice Price

As one of the provinces with a high level of rice production, South Sumatra have a
surplus of rice every year. High rice surplus in one area can distinguish two things, the surplus
can guarantee the food security of high society in the aggregate. On the other hand a large
surplus if it is not accompanied by the ability to distribute the excess production to other
areas, it can create excess domestic market demand, consequently the price may fall so low
that can adversely affect economic conditions, Majdah [5].
Based on the BPS [6], the average rice retail price in the traditional markets of South
Sumatra (Palembang) in 2014 amounted Rp 10,248.70 per kilogram. The price is higher than
the average rice retail price in Aceh, Tanjung Pinang, Jambi and Pangkal Pinang, which is not
a regional center of rice production in Indonesia. In average from 2010 to 2014, retail price of
rice in South Sumatra is amounted Rp 8,413.17, it is higher than the two other provinces in
Sumatra Island of Jambi and Pangkal Pinang (Table 2).
Table 2.Average rice retail price and standard deviation in Sumatra Island (2010-2014)
Rice Retail Price (Rp/Kg) Standard
Province/ City
2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 Average Deviation
Banda Aceh 6.993,89 8.247,31 8.643,80 9.264,79 9.299,34 8.489,83 945,55
Medan 6.954,47 7.725,61 7.881,98 8.286,99 8.665,60 7.902,93 644,33
Padang 8.007,47 9.878,17 9.721,15 9.921,76 10.548,13 9.615,34 952,56
Pekanbaru 7.888,78 9.600,82 9.775,81 9.976,67 10.832,45 9.614,91 1.074,58
Tanjung Pinang 9.350,89 8.031,48 8.733,38 9.135,93 9.431,23 8.936,58 573,71
Jambi 7.335,81 7.631,13 8.376,95 8.562,53 8.871,08 8.155,50 646,84
Palembang 6.824,81 7.643,67 8.459,45 8.889,22 10.248,70 8.413,17 1.295,47
Pangkal Pinang 6.712,67 7.667,32 8.430,09 8.655,33 9.151,35 8.123,35 952,87
Bengkulu 6.742,39 7.556,16 8.673,44 9.349,06 10.866,17 8.637,44 1.599,63
Bandar Lampung 6.515,60 10.574,74 11.487,14 12.978,43 13.445,72 11.000,33 2.757,89
Indonesia 7.175,63 8.126,82 8.858,73 9.198,37 9.760,20 8.623,95 1.002,61
Source: BPS, 2015
Agricultural and food products including rice considered relatively homogeneous, the
price difference between regions shows distortion caused by the difference in quality, but it
probably because of their market power, inefficiency and policy distortions. Marketing
margins may be affected by market forces or inefficiency food marketing chain. Competitive
market encourages the determination of marketing margin rises, pushing for increased
efficiency on the integration of vertical markets from producers to retail in particular for food
commodities, Bojnec and Peter [7].
Aryani 183
The grain price in producer level and rice price in consumer level are likely to show
any differences. From the grain prices data that has been converted to rice equivalent
(0.6274%) there is a quite large price difference, it indicates that the presence of imperfect
price transmission from retail market to market producers. For five years (2010 - 2014) in
South Sumatra, the average price of grain that was converted to rice equivalent is about Rp
7,652.31 per kilogram while the average price of rice at Rp 8,394.16 per kilogram. It means
that there is a price difference of Rp 741.86 per kilogram (Table 3).
Table 2. Average Price of Grain and Rice in South Sumatra Toward HPP
Description (Rp/Kg) 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 Average
Grain Price 4.154,17 4.337,21 4.882,88 5.068,07 5.562,96 4.801,06
Conversion of Rice 6.621,24 6.912,98 7.782,73 8.077,89 8.866,69 7.652,31
Rice Price 6.824,81 7.631,13 8.376,95 8.889,22 10.248,70 8.394,16
Difference 203,57 718,15 594,22 811,33 1.382,01 741,86
Grain HPP 3.300,00 3.300,00 4.150,00 4.150,00 4.150,00 3.810,00
Rice HPP 5.060,00 5.060,00 6.600,00 6.600,00 6.600,00 5.984,00
Source: BPS, 2015
Table 3 shows the gap between producer prices to consumer prices in South Sumatra.
From 2010 to 2014 the prices range seen fluctuating and it continues to increase, where in
2010 the difference only amounted Rp 203.57 per kilogram, it increased to Rp 1,382.01 per
kilogram in 2014. The determination of HPP by government is expected to help farmers to
stabilize prices and fulfill their rice supply in the lean season. But in reality the welfare of
farmers is not increased, farmers feel harmed by the policy, Sawit and Halid [8]. HPP
determined by the government has always been far below the market price, HPP tend to not
responding of price changes in the market. HPP both grain and rice remained unchanged
during the period 2010 - 2011 and 2012 - 2014, does not follow the dynamic changes in the
market prices that continue to rise.
4. Conclusion
South Sumatra province has an average rice production of 2,170,638 tons per year, it
contribute to 21.55 percent of Sumatra’s rice production or 5.04 percent of Indonesia's rice
production. South Sumatra’s rice production showed an increasing trend from 2010 to 2014.
Compared with the average productivity of Indonesian rice by 5.08 tons per hectare, rice
productivity of South Sumatra only reached 4.39 tons per hectare.
Average grain price in South Sumatra that was converted to rice equivalent is about
Rp 7,652.31 per kilogram while the average rice price is Rp 8,394.16 per kilogram. It means
that there is a difference about Rp 741.86 per kilogram. There is a fairly large price difference
between the producer prices to consumer prices, it is indicate imperfect price transmission
from retail to producer market. HPP determined by the government has always been well
below the market price, HPP tend to not responding of price changes in the market.
References
[1] S.Y. Husodo, Masa Depan Pertanian Indonesia, Makalah Seminar Nasional dan Musyawarah Wilayah
II DPW Jawa POPMASEPI di Universitas Islam Negeri Syarif Hidayatullah di Jakarta, 2003.
[2] Aryani, D, Ketahanan Pangan di Sumatera Selatan Ditinjau dari Tren Produksi Beras dan Stok Beras
Pedagang, Prosiding Seminar Nasional Agribisnis: Kristalisasi Paradigma Agribisnis dalam
Pembangunan dan Pendidikan Tinggi, Bogor 18 April 2015.
[3] F. Yustiningsih, Analisa Integrasi Pasar dan Transmisi Harga Beras Petani-Konsumen di Indonesia, Tesis,
Fakultas Ekonomi, Universitas Indonesia, 2012.
[4] Badan Pusat Statistik Sumatera Selatan, Provinsi Sumatera Selatan dalam Angka 2015, 2015.
[5] M.Z. Majdah, Perspektif Perdagangan Beras antar Pulau, Jurnal Analisis 4(2):111-123. 2007.
[6] Badan Pusat Statistik, Database, www.bps.go.id/site/pilihdata (diakses tanggal 7 Mei 2015), 2015.
[7] S. Bojnec and G. Peter, Vertical Market Integration and Competition: The Meat Sector in Slovenia.
Agricultural and Food Science, 14(2005):236-249, 2005.
[8] M.H. Sawit and H. Halid, Arsitektur Kebijakan Beras di Era Baru, IPB Press, 2010.
Aryani 184
Growth Performance of Broiler Chickens Fed Diets Containing Putak and

Rice Bran Supplemented With Cellulase, Xylanase, Β-Glucanase, Pectinase,
Phytase, Protease and Amylase
Nalle Catootjie Lusje1, Netty Ermawatty2, Marlin R. K. Yowi3, Defrys R. Tulle4

1
Feed Technology Study Program, Animal Husbandry Department, Polytechnic of Agriculture Kupang, Prof.
Herman Yohannes St, Lasiana,, Kupang-NTT, Indonesia
2
Study Program, Animal Husbandry Department, State Polytechnic of Jember, Mastrip St, Jember-East Java,
Indonesia
3
Animal Health Study Program, Animal Husbandry Department, Polytechnic of Agriculture Kupang, Prof.
Herman Yohannes St, Lasiana Kupang-NTT, Indonesia
3
Animal Production Study Program, Animal Husbandry Department , Polytechnic of Agriculture Kupang, Prof.
Herman Yohannes St, Lasiana, Kupang-NTT, Indonesia
*
Email: catootjienalle@gmail.com
Abstract
The main objective of the present study was to evaluate the growth performance of
broilers fed diets based on putak and rice bran supplemented with multy-enzymes. Three
treatment diets based on maize--putak-rice bran-soybean meal were formulated to meet or
under NRC (1994) recommendations for major nutrients. All diets were offered ad libitum in
crumble form to four replicate pens of broilers (10 birds/pen) from day 1 to d 35 post-hatch.
The results showed that significant differences (P>0.05) were observed in growth
performance of broilers. Birds fed positive control diets had higher (P<0.05; P<0.01)) body
weight gain and feed per gain than those fed negative control diet with or without enzymes.
The average body weight gain of birds fed positive control diet was 395.7 g/bird (21d); 873.8
g/bird (0-35d), followed by negative control diet supplemented with enzymes, 308.5 g/bird
(21d); 737.3 g/bird (35d) and the lowest was those fed negative control diet without enzyme
supplementation, 286.3 g. Feed intake of birds fed control positive control diets were
comparable (P>0.05) than than those fed negative control diet with or without enzymes. Birds
fed positive control diets were more efficient in utilising diets (3.211; 3.452) compared to two
other treatments. No significant differences (P>0.05) were found in mortality rate among all
ttreatment diets on day 21 dan 35 post hatch. In conclusion, modification of nutritional
composition of broiler diets lower than that of required and supplementation of enzymes in
broiler diets based on local feed ingredients causes an improvement in growth performance
of broiler during starter and growing periods even though the results were not as good as the
growth performance of broilers given diet with the nutritional composition as standard
nutritional requirements.
Keywords: broilers, BWG, FCR, FI, enzymes, putak, rice bran
1. Introduction
Poultry feed industry in Indonesia is still mainly depending on maize as the main
energy source in the diets formulated for poultry. The choice of maize as the main energy
source due to its high metabolisable energy, digestibility and palatability. However, the
availability of maize in Indonesia is fluctuative due to the season, which leads to unstable
price along the year, and even tend to increase every year. In addition, this condition causes
poultry feed industries in Indonesia has to import maize from overseas. As a result it will
increase the price of poultry feed. Because of that, it is necessary to use the alternative
energy feed ingredients to partly substitute the proportion of maize in poultry ration.
Lusje et al. 185

NTT has prospective alternative feed ingredients which are putak, and rice bran that
has been nutritionally evaluated for their potential using [1,2,3,4]. In the previous
experiments, it was found that putak contains nitrogen correction apparent metabolisable
energy (AMEn) 2774 kcal/kg DM, crude protein (CP) 36.6 g/kg, lysine 1.2 g/kg, met+cys
0.9 g/kg. crude fibre (CF) 99.5 g/kg, NDF 81.4 g/kg, crude lipid (CL) 3.2 g/kg, Ca 18.0 g/kg
and P 4.2 g/kg. The inclusion level of putak in poultry diet to was found up 200 g/kg without
giving negative impact on growth performance of broilers during 21d experimental periods.
Rice bran contains nitrogen correction AMEn 1908 kcal/kg DM, CP 74.1g/kg, lysine 0.9
g/kg, meth+cystine 1.7 g/kg, CF 314.8 g/kg, NDF 616.8 g/kg, CL 44.2 g/kg, Ca 15.3 g/kg
and P 6.4 g/kg [2]
The improvement of nutritional value of putak and rice bran through fermentation
with Aspergillus niger has been conducted [1,2]. The result indicated that fermented rice
bran and fermented putak have higher nutritional value compared to raw putak and rice bran.
The AMEn of putak increased after fermentation from 2774 to 2802 kcal/kg DM . While,
for rice bran increased from 1908 to 2922 kcal/kg DM. In addition, fermented rice bran can
be included up to 250 g/kg in broiler starter diet.
The improvement of the nutritional value of feed ingredients can be conducted
through the supplementation of enzymes. Research about using enzymes in poultry diet
based on maize-soybean meal has been conducted by many researchers, but using of
enzymes in poultry diets based on maize-putak-rice bran and soybean meal is still limited.
This become the main reason why this research was conducted. The main objective of this
research was to evaluate the evaluate the production performance of broilers fed diets based
on putak and rice bran supplemented with multy-enzymes.

All experimental procedures were approved by the Gadjah Mada University Ethical
Clearance Committee (Certificate Number 00013/04/LPPT/VII/2016).
Ingredients: The feed ingredients included putak and rice bran which were from Kupang
area. Before incorporation into assay diets, putak was ground by putak grinder (Fig 1).
Figure 1. Putak processing
Birds and housing: Total of 120 day-old broilers (mix male and female, CP 707) obtained
from local commercial hatchery were assigned on the basis of body weight to the 12 floor
pens (10 birds/pen) in open housing. The temperature and relative humidity were controlled
by thermo-hygrometer. The birds received constant light and, were allowed free access to the
diets and water for 24 h per day.
Diets: Total of three diets was mixed; on control positive diet based on maize-putak-rice
bran-soybean meal was formulated to meet the NRC standard, two negative control diets were
formulated under the NRC standard. The multy-enzymes supplementation was included in
one of the negative control diet (Table 1 and 2). The diets were pelleted and then crumbled.
Each of the three dietary treatments were randomly assigned to four pens containing 10 chicks
each, and the diets were fed from day 1 to 35.
Lusje et al. 186

Table 1. Treatment diets (starter, 0-21 day)

Feed ingredients Positive Negative control Negative control+
Control (g/kg) (g/kg) multy-enzymes (g/kg)
Maize 417.0 358.7 358.7
Rice bran 80.0 100.0 100.0
Putak, 3,6% CP 82.5 150.0 150.0
Soybean meal, 44% CP 282.6 272.5 272.5
Meat and Bone Meal 72.5 64.0 64.0
Vegetable oil 51.5 44.9 44.9
DL-Methionine 99% 1.50 1.20 1.20
L-Lysine 1.50 2.00 2.00
Limestone 1.30 0.50 0.50
Dicalcium phosphate (DCP) 3.70 - -
Salt 2.50 2.50 2.50
Sodium bicarbonate 4.00 7.00 5.00
Vitamin-Mineral Premix 3.00 3.00 3.00
Multy-enzymes (Alltech SSF)*) - - 0.20
Total 1000 1000 1000
Calculated nutritional composition
AME (Kkal/kg) 3,100 3,025 3,025
Crude Protein (g/kg) 210 200 200
Lysine (g/kg) 12.7 12.7 12.7
Met + Cys (g/kg) 9.7 9.9 9.9
Ca (g/kg) 10.2 10.0 10.0
Av P (g/kg) 4.8 3.9 3.9
Nutritional composition***)
(Laboratory analysis, g/kg DM)
Dry Matter 965.5 968.2 976.4
Crude Protein 201.7 198.7 201.2
Crude Lipid 93.00 90.00 88.70
Crude Fibre 33.1 31.3 30.2
ADF 109.1 112.6 112.6
NDF 240.9 255.4 231.2
Ash 122.4 127.8 115.1
Ca (g/kg) 9.94 8.98 8.50
P Total (g/kg) 5.59 4.96 492
*) Each kg of Sanmix: Vitamin A 1.250.000 IU, vitamin D3 250.000 IU, Vitamin E 750 IU, vitamin K 200 mg,
vitamin B1 150 mg, vitamin B2 500 mg, vitamin B6 500 mg, vitamin B12 1200 mg, vitamin C 3000 mg, Ca-d-
pantothenate 500 mg, Niacin 3500 mg, Methionine 3500 mg, lysine 3500 mg, manganese 10.000 mg, iron 2500
mg, Iodine 20 mg, Zinc 10.000 mg, Cobalt 20 mg,Copper 300 mg da, Antioxidant 1000 mg.
**)Alltech SSF: Cellulase, Xylanase, Betaglucanase, Pectinase, Phytase, Protease and Amilase
***) Lab kimia dan makanan ternak, Fapet-Unhas, Makassar and Lab Nutrisi dan pakan ternak Politani Kupang
Lusje et al. 187

Tabel 2.Treatment diet (Grower, 22-35 day)

Feed ingredients Positive Negative control Negative control+
Control (g/kg) (g/kg) multy-enzymes
(g/kg)
Maize 41.46 41.31 41.29
Rice bran 9.00 10.00 10.00
Putak, 3,6% CP 9.00 10.00 10.00
Soybean meal, 44% CP 27.30 27.49 27.49
Meat and Bone Meal 6.45 5.00 5.00
Vegetable oil 6.00 5.30 5.30
DL-Methionine 99% - - -
L-Lysine - - -
Limestone 0.20 0.30 0.30
Dicalcium phosphate (DCP) 0.01 0.01
Salt 0.25 0.25 0.25
Sodium bicarbonate 0.04 0.04 0.04
Vitamin-Mineral Premix* 0.30 0.30 0.30
Multy-enzymes (Alltech SSF)*) - - 0.02
Total 1000 1000 1000
Calculated nutritional composition
AME (Kkal/kg) 3,164 3,105 3,104

Crude Protein (g/kg) 200 194 194
Lysine (g/kg) 11.1 10.9 10.9
Met + Cys (g/kg) 8.2 8.3 8.3
Ca (g/kg) 9.4 9.0 9.0
Av P (g/kg) 3.9 3.6 3.6
Nutritional composition***)
(Laboratory analysis, g/kg DM)
Dry Matter 951.3 950.4 957.8
Crude Protein 200.8 184.3 204.8
Crude Lipid 86.4 82.5 81.1
Crude Fibre 28.7 29.6 27.8
ADF 98.3 121.3 98.6
NDF 263.9 195.8 204.3
Ash 106.2 112.0 108.4
Ca (g/kg) 7.8 7.7 7.9
P Total (g/kg) 3.8 5.5 3.7
*) Each kg of Sanmix: Vitamin A 1.250.000 IU, vitamin D3 250.000 IU, Vitamin E 750 IU, vitamin K 200 mg,
vitamin B1 150 mg, vitamin B2 500 mg, vitamin B6 500 mg, vitamin B12 1200 mg, vitamin C 3000 mg, Ca-d-
pantothenate 500 mg, Niacin 3500 mg, Methionine 3500 mg, lysine 3500 mg, manganese 10.000 mg, iron 2500
mg, Iodine 20 mg, Zinc 10.000 mg, Cobalt 20 mg,Copper 300 mg da, Antioxidant 1000 mg.
**)Alltech SSF: Cellulase, Xylanase, Betaglucanase, Pectinase, Phytase, Protease and Amilase
***) Lab kimia dan makanan ternak, Fapet-Unhas, Makassar and Lab Nutrisi dan pakan ternak Politani Kupang
Lusje et al. 188

Measurements: Body weights and feed intake were recorded at day 21 and 35 during the
experiment. The weight gain and feed intake data were used to calculate feed per gain per
treatment group.
Statistical analysis: The pens means were used to derive performance data. The data of
performance was analyzed by one-way analysis of variance (ANOVA) using the General
Linear Model procedure of SAS [5]. Differences were considered to be significant at P <
0.05) and significant differences between means were separated by the Fisher’s Least
Significant Difference Test (LSD).

The effects of dietary treatments on the performance of broilers are presented in Table
3. As can be seen from Table 3., during 21 day and 35 day of experiment, birds fed positive
control diets had significantly differences (P < 0.05) in performances compared to those fed
negative control diets with or without enzymes. The weight gain of birds fed positive control
diets were higher (P < 0.05; P < 0.01) than those fed negative control diets with or without
multy-enzymes. On the other hand, feed intake of birds given negative control diets with or
without multy-enzymes was comparable (P>0.05) from those fed positive control diets during
starter and growing period. Feed per gain of bird fed positive control diet was significantly
higher (P < 0.05; P < 0.01) than that of two other treatments. No significant difference
(P>0.05) was found in mortality rate in all treatment diets during starter and growing periods.
Table 3. Growth performance of broilers fed diets containing putak and rice bran
supplemented with multy-enzymes (day 21 and 35)
Feed intake Feed per Mortality
Treatment diets BWG (g/bird)
(g/bird) gain (g/g) (%)
0-21 day
Positive control 395.8a 1240 3.211a 0.0%
b b
Negative Control 296.3 1238 4.451 0.0%
Negative control +
308.5b 1233 4.055b 0.0%
multy-enzymes
Probability * NS * NS
0-35 day
Positive control 873.8a 3014 3.452a 0.0%
Negative Control 587.8c 3078 5.309b 0.0%
Negative control +
737.3b 3055 4.143b 0.0%
multy-enzymes
Probability ** NS ** NS
a,b
Means of column with the superscripts significant defference (P < 0.05),
NS: Not significant (P>0.05)s
1
each value is the average of 4 replicates (10 birds/replicate)
It can be seen from Table 3., the highest body weight gain was found in birds fed
positive control diet, followed by those fed negative control diets supplemented with
enzymes, while the lowest was found in birds given negative control diet without enzyme
supplementation. It is interesting to note that numerically the body weight gain of birds
received negative control diet with enzymes was higher to those fed negative control diet
without enzymes during the starter period.
Regarding feed per gain, birds given positive control diets had the most efficient feed
per gain, which was 3.211 (0-21 d) and 3.452 (0-35 d), followed by negative control diet plus
Lusje et al. 189

multy-enzymes and negative control diet without enzymes, which were 4.055 and 4.451,
respectively. It is interesting to note that there was an improvement in feed per gain in
negative control diet plus enzymes. This result indicated that multi-enzymes added in the diet
improved the digestibility of nutrients, especially fibre, protein and starch which leads to the
higher availability of those nutrients. The improvement of starch digestibility, as a result of
amylase in the cocktail enzymes, caused the improvement of apparent metabolisable energy in
the ration. Protease increased the digestibility of diet protein that can lead to the increase of
body tissue of broilers. The result of this experiment agreed with previous research [6,7] who
explained that the enzyme supplementation in poultry diets will 1) destroy or reduce the anti-
nutritional factors in ration, 2) improve the availability of nutrients bound by cell wall that
rich in fibre, 3) improve gut health, 4) increase the the amount of endogen enzymes produced
by birds to support the hydrolysis of nutrient in the gut.
The worst growth performance in negative control diet without enzyme
supplementation was due to the nutritional composition which was under NRC requirement,
especially apparent metabolisable energy and calcium reguirement, which were 3025 kcal/kg
DM and 3.9 g/kg, respectively. Low calcium caused an increase in Ca:Av P ratio, which can
impair the nutrient metabolism. Better result of performance in birds fed negative control diet
plus multy-enzyme was due to the improvement in nutrient availability that can recover the
nutrients which were under NRC requirements.
4. Conclusions
Modification of nutritional composition of broiler diets lower than that of required and
supplementation of enzymes in broiler diets based on local feed ingredients causes an
improvement in growth performance of broiler during starter and growing periods even
though the results were not as good as the growth performance of broilers given diet with the
nutritional composition as standard nutritional requirements.
References
[1] Nalle, C,L. dan M. R.K Yowi., “Nilai Nutrisi Dedak Padi Fermentasi Bagi Ternak Ayam Broiler:
Komposisi Nutrisi dan Performans Produksi-2014. Prosiding Seminar Nasional: Peranan Sains dan
Teknologi untuk Mendukung Pembangunan Berkelanjutan 15-16 Oktober 2014. Volume I: Bidang Sains.
Undana Press, 2014,, pp. A-41-A-48.
[2] Nalle, C,L., M. R.K Yowi and A. Widu., “Nutritional Value of Raw and Processed Putak and Saga Bean
for Broiler Chickens-2015. Proceeding International Seminar on Tropical Naturak Resources, 2015.
“Toward Sustainable Utilisation of the Tropical Natural resources for a Better Human Prosperities”.
University of Mataram Indonesia June 10-13, 2015pp. 394-406.
[3] Nalle, C,L. dan M. R.K Yowi., “Pengaruh Penambahan Enzim Amilase, Protease, Xilanase dan Fitase
terhadap Performans Pertumbuhan Ayam Broiler, 2014”. Prosiding Seminar Nasional Fakultas
Kedokteran Hewan Undana Ke-2: Penerapan Konsep One Health dalam Penanganan E Diseases Skala
Nasional dan Global. 30 Oktober 2014, pp.21-30.
[4] Nalle, C,L., M. R.K Yowi and D. Tulle. “Pengaruh Level Pemberian Putak Terhadap Performans
Produksi Ternak Ayam Broiler”. Laporan Akhir Penelitian BOPTN, 2012. Politeknik Pertanian Negeri
Kupang.
[5] SAS Institute. SAS/STAT® User’s Guide: Statistics. Version 6.12. SAS Institute Inc., 1997. Cary, NC,
USA.
[6] McCleary, B. V.,”Analysis of feed enzymes. In: Bedford, M. R. and G. G. Partridge (eds): Enzymes in
Farm Animal Nutrition”, 2001. CABI Publishing.
[7] Sheppy, C. (2001). The current feed enzyme market and likely trend. In: “Enzymes in farm animal
nutrition”. Bedford, M. R. and partrige, G. G., CASI, Walling Ford, PP: 4-10.
Lusje et al. 190

Growth Performance of Red Rice as Affected by Insertion of Peanut Row

between Double and Triple-Rows of Rice in Aerobic System on Raised-Beds
Nihla Farida1, Hanafi Abdurrachman1, V.F. Aris Budianto1,

Wayan Wangiyana1*
1
Faculty of Agriculture, University of Mataram, Jln. Majapahi no. 62, Mataram, NTB, Indonesia
* Email: w.wangiyana@unram.ac.id
Abstract
This study aimed to examine the effects on rice growth performance of inserting a row
of peanut plants between double and triple-rows of a promising red rice line in an additive
intercropping with peanut in an aerobic rice system on raised beds, by conducting a field
experiment in Narmada (West Lombok, Indonesia), from June to October 2016. The
experiment was designed according to Split Plot design testing two treatment factors, i.e.
patterns of rice rows (P) as the main plot factor (P1= double and P2= triple rows) and timing
of peanut planting (T) as the sub-plot factor (T0= without peanut; T1= planting peanut 1
week, T2= 2 weeks, and T3= 3 weeks after planting (WAP) of sprouting red rice seeds).
Results indicated that triple row pattern of red rice resulted in higher number of tillers and
panicles than those in double row pattern, and additive intercropping by inserting a row of
peanut plants between the double and triple rows of rice either at two or three weeks after
planting of rice seeds could significantly increase growth, tiller number, and panicle number
of red rice plants. However, the two treatment factors showed interaction effects only on the
average growth rate (AGR) of leaf number, leaf number at 8 WAP, and numbers of tillers and
panicles per clump at seed filling stage, which were highest when peanut was relay planted
two weeks after planting red rice in the triple row pattern or three weeks in the double row
pattern of red rice.
Keywords: additive intercropping, aerobic rice, peanut, red rice
1. Introduction
Rice is generally cultivated under conventional techniques (with flooded irrigation, and
even the water continuously flows between plots) in the lowland paddy fields. Thus irrigation
water requirement for rice cultivation is very high but rice productivity is low, with an
average of 4.98 t/ha in Indonesia in 2011 [1].
With the conventional techniques, it has also been proved in Madagascar that rice
productivity is constantly low, and even tends to decline from year to year if without high
input of inorganic fertilizers. With the technique of SRI (System of Rice Intensification), in
which rice is irrigated with alternating thin-flooding and drying during the vegetative stage
followed by thin flooding during the reproductive phase, and the use of composted manure, it
has been demonstrated in Madagascar that rice productivity can be improved. A farmer after
applying the SRI technique for 6 years, obtained grain yield of 2.74 ton in a paddy area of
0.13 ha (equivalent to 21 t/ha), but with the conventional techniques in the adjacent plots, rice
yield was an average of 2.6 t/ha [2].
In addition to SRI technique, researchers have started to develop aerobic rice cultivation
techniques, in which rice is cultivated without flooding and without puddling [3], for example
on permanent raised beds. With raised beds, watering can be done through a ditch between
beds [4]. Since there is no flooding, the aerobic rice can be intercropped with legume crops,
Farida et al. 191

which are capable of fixing atmospheric nitrogen. In addition, legumes also generally
establish symbiosis with arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi (AMF), which are capable of
increasing the availability of phosphate to their host plants [5]. In intercropping systems, there
are great opportunities for the transfer of nutrients between intercropped plants [6,7,8], and
the transfer was reported to occur through AMF hyphae infecting adjacent roots of both types
of plants intercropped [9,10]. This study aimed to examine the effects on rice growth
performance of inserting a row of peanut plants between double and triple-rows of a
promising red rice line in an additive intercropping with peanut in an aerobic rice system on
raised beds.
The field experiment in this study, carried out in the experimental paddy field in Narmada
(Lombok, Indonesia) from June to October 2016, was arranged according to Split Plot design,
testing two treatment factors, namely: the patterns of rice rows (B) as the main plot (B1=
double row, B2= triple row), and intercropping (T) with peanut plants inserted between the
double or triple rows of rice plants at various ages rice plants (T0 = without intercropping,
T1= additive intercropping with peanut, in which peanut was planted one (1) week after
planting (WAP) sprouting rice seeds, T2= planting peanut at 2 WAP, T3= planting peanut at 3
WAP). Thus there were eight treatment combinations, and each combination was made in 3
replications (blocks), so there were 24 treatment beds.
For planting the red rice, 24 raised beds were created with a size of 3.20 m x 1.00 m
separated by surrounding furrows of 25 cm width and 20 cm depth. With the basic plant
spacing of 20 cm x 20 cm, then there were 80 clumps of rice per beds. Double rows were
made by moving every even row 5 cm towards odd rows, so that the distance was 15 cm
within a double-row and 25 cm between double-rows, in which peanut plants were inserted.
Similarly, between-row distance within a triple row was also 15 cm but between triple-rows it
was 30 cm, in which peanut plants were inserted. At planting rice, 40 g “Bokashi” (EM-4
fermented compost of cattle manure) was dibbled into each planting hole, and then 3-4
sprouted seeds of the promising amphibious red rice line “Amp-G4” were planted in the
compost and covered with surrounding soil. One week after planting (WAP) rice, thinning
was done to leave only two rice plants per hill. Insertion of peanut plants (relay planting of
peanut) was started at 1 WAP (T1), then 2 WAP (T2) and 3 WAP (T3) of planting rice, by
dibbling 3-4 peanut seeds of Hypoma-1 variety between the double and triple rows of rice
plants with 20 cm within row spacing, then peanut seeds in the planting holes were covered
with 1 table spoon of rhizosphere soil freshly taken from ready-to-harvest Hypoma-1 peanut
plants having many root nodules growing on the same land area. After one week, thinning
was also done to allow only 2 peanut plants to grow per hill.
Rice plants were fertilized with Phonska (15-15-15) of 1.2 g/clump (300 kg/ha) at 1
WAP, and Urea (45% N) at 4 WAP and 7 WAP of 0.4 g/clump each (100 kg/ha), whereas
peanut was fertilized only with Phonska of 1.2 g/clump. Those fertilizers were dibbled 7 cm
beside the plants at 7 cm depth. Watering was done by continuous flowing of irrigation water
through the furrows surrounding the raised beds by maintaining water surface 8-10 cm below
the bed surface. Weeds were controlled by removing them manually, while the pests
(Leptocorisa plant-hoppers) were controlled by alternating spray of the insecticides Decis 25
EC and combination of Amcothene 75 SP + Yasithrin 30 EC with an interval of one week
during the attack. To keep the rice from bird attack, the rice plants were covered with nets of
1.5 inch mesh size. The Amp-G4 red rice was harvested 110 days after planting (DAP).
The variables measured were plant growth (plant height, number of leaves, number of
Farida et al. 192

tillers, which were measured every week), and number of panicles per hill at seed filling
stage. Data were analyzed with analysis of variance (ANOVA) and test Honestly Significant
Difference (HSD) at 5% level of significance, using CoStat for Windows ver. 6.303. The
average growth rate (AGR) was measured with slope coefficient using regression analysis.
Based on the ANOVA results, it can be seen from Table 1 that both treatment factors
tested, namely intercropping and pattern of rice rows, showed significant interaction effects
only on the average growth rate (AGR) of leaf number, leaf number at 8 MST, tiller number
at 12 MST, and number of panicles per hill, with the main effects were also significant, in
which the pattern of "triple-rows" gives higher average values, while among the multiple
cropping treatments, T3, i.e. relay planting of peanut 3 weeks after planting red rice, shows
the highest average values, whereas T0, i.e. without intercropping, shows the lowest average
values.
Table 1 Average growth rate (AGR) of plant height (PH), leaf number (LN), and
tiller number (TN), and plant height (PH) at 8 & 12 WAP; leaf number
(LN) at 8 & 12 WAP; tiller number (TN) at 8 & 12 WAP; and number of
panicle per clump
PH 8 PH 12 LN 8 LN 12 TN 8 TN 12 Panicle/
Treatments: AGR PH AGR LN AGR TN
WAP WAP WAP WAP WAP WAP clump
Intercropping:
T0 1.31 a 85.3 a 112.5 a 0.91 b 42.2 c 55.2 b 0.38 b 16.9 c 17.5 c 16.2 c
T1 1.40 a 85.7 a 107.5 a 0.97 b 47.4 b 60.4 ab 0.42 b 19.4 bc 24.2 b 23.3 b
T2 1.37 a 83.8 a 113.8 a 1.00 b 49.4 b 61.8 a 0.45 b 20.7 ab 27.2 a 25.8 a
T3 1.27 a 79.7 a 114.0 a 1.18 a 54.2 a 65.7 a 0.53 a 23.0 a 28.3 a 26.7 a
HSD 5% ns ns ns 0.17 4.6 6.6 0.08 2.7 2.6 2.1
Row pattern:
Double 1.28 a 79.1 b 110.1 a 0.91 b 43.1 b 56.4 a 0.42 b 19.3 b 22.9 b 21.7 b
Triple 1.39 a 88.2 a 113.8 a 1.13 a 53.5 a 65.1 a 0.47 a 20.7 a 25.7 a 24.3 a
HSD 5% ns 3.1 ns 0.13 9.9 ns 0.03 0.4 2.5 2.6
Interactions ns ns ns * ** ns ns ns *** ***
Remarks: AGR= average growth rate (per day); PH= plant height; LN= leaf number; TN= tiller number; WAP=
weeks after planting; ns = non-significant ANOVA; *, **, *** = significant at p<0.05, p<0.01,
p<0.001, respectively; Mean values in each column followed by the same letter are not significantly
different between levels of a treatment factor based on its Tukey’s HSD test
When the interaction effects are examined in more closely it can be seen from Fig. 1A
the AGR of leaf number was the highest on red rice plant intercropped with peanut in which
peanut was planted when red rice plant already at the age of 3 WAP in the triple-row pattern
(T3). Leaf number at 8 WAP was also highest in the same treatment combination (Fig. 1B).
However, there are different patterns of interaction effects between the two factors on tiller
number (Fig. 1C) and panicle number per clump (Fig. 1D), in which the interaction effects are
more distinct between treatment combinations. In terms of panicle number per clump at seed-
filling stage, which is a main component of grain yield, it can be seen from Fig. 1D that the
highest number of panicles was in triple-row and the rice crops were additive intercropped
with peanut planted at 2 weeks after planting rice (T2), but in the double-row pattern, the
Farida et al. 193

highest number of rice panicle was on red rice plants additive intercropped with peanut
planted at 3 weeks after planting rice (T3). This means that the width of the peanut growing
area had significant effects on the direction of interactions between the component crops in
the intercropping system. In the double-row pattern the width of area in which peanut plants
were inserted after few weeks of planting rice was 25 cm and this was shared by three clumps
of plants, i.e. one peanut and two rice plants, while in the triple-row pattern, the area was
wider, i.e. 30 cm, shared by the same number of plants. Thus, relay planting of peanut plants,
i.e. planting peanut in established rice crops, in the double-rows of the red rice plants is most
beneficial to rice at later time, i.e. 3 weeks after planting rice (T3), while in the triple-rows of
the red rice plants, relay planting of peanut plant is most beneficial to rice at earlier time, i.e. 2
weeks after planting rice (T2).
AGR of leaf number per day
1.5 70
1.4
Leaf number 8 WAP

1.3 60
1.2
1.1
50
1.0
0.9
0.8 40
0.7
0.6 30
T0 T1 T2 T3 T0 T1 T2 T3 T0 T1 T2 T3 T0 T1 T2 T3
A Double-row (B1) Triple-row (B2) B Double-row (B1) Triple-row (B2)
34 34
Panicle number per clump
Tiller number 12 WAP
30 30
26 26
22 22
18 18
14 14
10 10
T0 T1 T2 T3 T0 T1 T2 T3 T0 T1 T2 T3 T0 T1 T2 T3
C Double-row (B1) Triple-row (B2) D Double-row (B1) Triple-row (B2)
Figure 1 Interaction effects between row pattern and intercropping on AGR of

leaf number per day, leaf number per clump at 8 WAP, tiller number per clump at
12 WAP, and panicle number per clump at the seed-filling stage, based on the
average values (Mean  SE).
Some researchers have reported that intercropping cereals with legume crops can lead to
the transfer of nitrogen (N) nutrient from rhizosphere of legumes to the roots of cereal crops,
resulting in higher N uptake by the intercropped cereals compared with the monocrop cereals
[6,11,7,8], and the transfer is facilitated by AMF associations [9,10], and both rice and peanut
are hosts of AMF. It could also be seen from the color of the red rice leaves in this field
experiment during their vegetative growth stages that leaves of the intercropped rice plants
were greener than those in the monocrop stand. In this study, at the time of planting, peanuts
were also inoculated with rhizosphere soil biota and root fragments of peanut plants of the
same variety having many root nodules, causing the peanut plants in this study also produced
many root nodules, and because they grew in an aerobic conditions, i.e. no flooded conditions
on the raised beds, it means that the peanut plants could actively fix atmospheric N2.
From the development of numbers of rice leaves that were still green (Fig. 2), it can be
seen that the intercropped rice plants constantly showed higher leaf number, and between the
two row patterns, the triple row showed higher numbers of rice leaves that were still green
Farida et al. 194

until the age of 12 WAP. This indicates some N contribution of relay intercropping of peanut
to N nutrition of the rice plants, and between the two row patterns, the triple row pattern
seems to have more benefits of relay intercropping the red rice plants with peanut plants.
75
double T0 double T1
Green leaf number per clump
65 double T2 double T3
55 triple T0 triple T1
triple T2 triple T3
45
35
25
15
5
LN2 LN3 LN4 LN5 LN6 LN7 LN8 LN11 LN12
Figure 2 The development in the number of rice leaves that are still green from 2
to 12 WAP between treatment combinations of row patterns and additive
intercropping (LN = number of green leaves)
4. Conclusion
Based on the results it can be concluded that relay additive intercropping of red rice with
peanut plants in an aerobic system significantly improved growth and panicle number of rice,
and between the two row patterns of rice planting, it seems that the rice plants have the
highest benefits from the intercropping when peanuts are relay planted at 2 weeks after
planting rice in the triple-row pattern or 3 weeks after planting rice in the double-row pattern.
Acknowledgement
Through this article the authors would like to thank the Rector of the University of
Mataram for funding this research project through the “PNBP” Research Grant, with the
Contract Agreement, No. 167J/SP-BLU/UN18.12.2/PL/2016.
References
[1] BPS, Statistik Tanaman Pangan, 2011. Biro Pusat Statistik, Indonesia. http://www.bps.go.id.
[2] N. Uphoff, “Question and answer about the System of Rice Intensification (SRI) for raising the
productivity of land, labor and water”. CIIFAD Paper, 2002 (http://ciifad.comell.edu/sri/sripapers.html).
[3] R. Prasad, Aerobic Rice Systems. Advances in Agronomy, 111: 208-233 (2011).
[4] N.W.D. Dulur, I.G.M. Kusnarta, dan W. Wangiyana, “Aplikasi Pasir dan Pupuk Kandang pada Bedeng
Permanen untuk Perbaikan Sifat Tanah dan Pertumbuhan Padi di Lahan Vertisol Tadah Hujan Lombok”.
Agroteksos, 25(2): 102-108 (2015).
[5] S.E. Smith and D.J. Read, Mycorrhizal Symbiosis. Third Edition. London, UK: Academic Press, 2008.
[6] K. Fujita, S. Ogata, K. Matsumoto, T. Masuda, G.K. Ofosu-Budu, and K. Kuwata, “Nitrogen Transfer and
Dry Matter Production in Soybean and Sorghum Mixed Cropping System at Different Population Density”.
Soil Sci. Plant Nutr., 36(2): 233-241 (1990).
[7] G.X. Chu, Q.R. Shen, and J.L. Cao, “Nitrogen fixation and N transfer from peanut to rice cultivated in
aerobic soil in an intercropping system and its effect on soil N fertility”. Plant and Soil, 263: 17-27 (2004).
[8] Inal, A. Gunes, F. Zhang, and I. Cakmak, “Peanut/maize intercropping induced changes in rhizosphere and
nutrient concentrations in shoots”. Plant Physiology and Biochemistry, 45: 350-356 (2007).
[9] G.J. Bethlenfalvay, M.G. Reyes-Solis, S.B. Camel, and R. Eerrera-Cerrato, “Nutrient transfer between the
root zones of soybean and maize plants connected by a common mycorrhizal mycelium”. Physiologia
Plantarum, 82: 423-432 (1991).
[10] Hamel, C. Nesser, U. Barrantes-Cartin, and D.L. Smith, “Endomycorrhizal fungal species mediate 15N
transfer from soybean to maize in non-fumigated soil”. Plant and Soil, 138: 41-47 (1991).
Farida et al. 195

[11] W. Wangiyana and I.G.M. Kusnarta, “Peningkatan Serapan N dan Hasil Tanaman Jagung Varietas Lokal
Bima melalui Tumpangsari dengan Beberapa Jenis Tanaman Legum”. J. Penelitian Univ. Mataram, 14(1):
41-49 (1998).
Farida et al. 196

Improving Growth and Bulb Production of Several Varieties of Shallot

through Mycorrhiza Inoculation and Growing Peanut Plants Inserted
between Double-Rows of Shallot (Allium ascalonicum L.)
Wayan Wangiyana1*, I Komang Damar Jaya1, I Gde Ekaputra Gunartha1,
Sunarpi2
1
Faculty of Agriculture, University of Mataram, Mataram, Lombok, Indonesia
2
Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Science, University of Mataram, Mataram, Lombok, Indonesia
* Email: w.wangiyana@unram.ac.id
Abstract
This study aimed to examine the effects of inoculation of arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi
(AMF) propagules and growing peanut plants inserted between double-rows of shallot on
growth and bulb production of several shallot varieties, by conducting a field experiment in
Narmada (West Lombok, Indonesia), from June to September 2016. The experiment was
designed according to Split Split-Plot Design, testing three treatment factors, i.e. additive
intercropping of peanut (P) between double-rows of shallot as the main plot factor (P0=
without, P1= with intercropping), AMF inoculation (M) as the sub-plot factor (M0= without,
M1= with AMF inoculation), and shallot varieties (V) as the sub-sub-plot factor (V1=
Ampenan, V2= Bima Brebes, V3= Ketamonca, V4= Super Phillip varieties). Results
indicated that among the three treatment factors, it is most likely that genotypic differences
between varieties were the most significant factor affecting differences in growth and bulb
production of those shallot varieties, in which Ketamonca and Super Phillip showed better
performance than the other varieties, and Ampenan variety showed the lowest growth and
bulb production. Application of AMF propagules resulted in significantly higher growth,
especially in leaf number, and bulb production, whereas additive intercropping with peanut by
inserting a row of peanut plants between double-rows of shallot did not show significant
effects but there was a tendency that intercropping resulted in better growth of shallot during
the vegetative growth of the peanut plants, especially for shallot inoculated with AMF.
However, the three treatment factors did not show significant interaction effects on all
observation variables.
Keywords: double-rows, intercropping, mycorrhiza, peanut, shallot
1. Introduction
Shallot (Allium ascalonicum L.) is a group of vegetable crops highly important in

Indonesia especially as spices in everyday cooking ingredients. Shallot has also been used as a
medicine since ancient times, and its red color is caused by anthocyanins contained in the
bulbs [1,2]. Not only in Indonesia shallot is also a very important crop in the world, especially
in tropical areas of the world, where shallots are mostly produced and consumed [3].
However, in Indonesia shallot productivity achieved by the farmers is on average still
relatively very low, with the highest average of 13.04 ton/ha in Bali province in 2014 [4].
According to Currah [3], shallot productivity reached an average of 47.6 ton/ha in the United
States and 58.0 tons/ha in Korea, while in the same year, it was only 10.1 ton/ha in Indonesia.
Therefore, better production technologies need to be found to improve shallot productivity,
especially in Indonesia.
According to the results of several studies abroad, shallots are very responsive and can
Wangiyana et al. 197

even be categorized as highly dependent on symbiosis with arbuscular mycorrhizal fungi

(AMF). Charron et al. [5,6] reported that AMF preinoculated shallot seedlings enlarged the
bulbs faster to achieve marketable sizes (2-3 weeks faster) compared with other inoculation
treatments whereas those without AMF inoculation remained stunted. Powell et al. [7] also
reported different responses between shallot cultivars to AMF inoculation treatments.
However, so far there has been no information on the responses of Indonesia shallot varieties
to AMF, especially in the West Nusa Tenggara (NTB) province. This study aimed to examine
the response of some shallot varieties to AMF inoculation and additive intercropping with
peanut plants that are inserted between double-rows of shallots.
The field experiment, conducted in an entisol paddy field located in the experimental
farm in Narmada (West Lombok, Indonesia), from June to September 2016, was arranged
according to the Split Split-Plot design, testing three treatment factors, namely: additive
intercropping of shallots with peanut (T) as the main plot factor (T0 = without intercropping,
T1 = intercropped with peanuts); inoculation of shallot with AMF propagules (M) as the
subplot factor (M0= without inoculation, M1= inoculation with AMF); shallot varieties (V) as
the sub-subplot factor (V1= Ampenan, V2= Bima Brebes, V3= Ketamonca, and V4= Super
Philip varieties). Each treatment combination was made in 3 blocks.
For planting preparation, after cultivating the rice field with once plowing and once
harrowing, raised beds for planting shallot were created, with a size of 1.20 m x 0.75 m
separated by a surrounding furrow of 25 cm width and 20 cm depth. One day before planting,
the tip of the seed-bulbs were cut, then planted the following day on the raised beds using a
basic spacing of 20 cm x 15 cm, but because double-rows of shallot were required, then the 20
cm between-row was modified to make 15 cm within a double-row and 25 cm between
double-rows in which a row of peanut plants was inserted with 15 cm within-row spacing to
establish an additive intercropping system. Both edges of the beds were also planted with one
row of peanuts each. Peanut was planted three days after planting shallot seed-bulbs.
Shallot fertilization was done with “Bokashi” (EM-4 fermented compost of cattle
manure) of 50 g/clump (17 ton/ha), Phonska (15% N, 15% P2O5, 15% K2O, 9% S) of 2.1
g/clump (700 kg/ha), and ZA (21% N, 24% S) of 0.9 g/clump (300 kg/ha), while peanut was
basalt fertilized with Phonska of 1.2 g/plant (200 kg/ha). The Bokashi compost was applied at
planting in the shallot planting hole below the seed-bulb. For shallot inoculated with AMF,
the inoculant was placed below the Bokashi in each shallot planting hole, with a dose of one
table spoon full. Phonska for shallots and peanut was applied 7 days after planting (DAP)
shallot, by dibbling Phonska into a hole of 7 cm depth and 7 cm next to the young plants. ZA
for shallot was applied at 30 DAP with the same way of applying Phonska.
Watering was done by flowing water through the furrows surrounding the raised beds
when the beds were dry but watering was rarely needed because there were sufficient rains
during the experiment. Weeds were controlled by removing them, while pests (caterpillars)
were controlled with alternating sprays of the insecticides Decis 25 EC and Amcothene 75 SP
with an interval of 5 days during the attack. Shallot bulbs were harvested at the age of 65
DAP.
Observations were made on the growth variables (plant height, leaf number, and tiller
number, measured every 7 days), and the formation of onion bulbs. Data were analyzed by
analysis of variance (ANOVA) and Honestly Significant Difference (HSD) test at 5% level of
significance, using the statistical software CoStat for Windows. The average growth rates
(AGR) were measured using slope coefficient of regression between age of the plants and the

growth variables.
Based on the ANOVA results, the differences between shallot varieties tested almost
all significant in relation to the observation variables except the average growth rate (AGR) of
leaf number and tiller number. In contrast, intercropping with peanut showed significant
effects only on leaf number at 3 and 4 WAP, while AMF inoculation significantly affected
AGR of plant height and leaf number, and leaf number (at 3, 4 , 5, 6 and 7 WAP), and bulb
number per clump. However, the interaction effects between the treatment factors are
generally not significant on almost all observation variables except between AMF inoculation
and intercropping (MxT) on AGR of plant height and leaf number at 5 WAP, and interaction
between varieties of shallot and AMF inoculation (VxM) on AGR of leaf number (Table 1).
Table 1. Summary of ANOVA results on average growth rate (AGR) of plant height,
leaf number, and tiller number, and plant height at 7 WAP, leaf number at 3, 4, 5, 6 and
7 WAP, tiller number at 6 and 7 WAP, and bulb number per hill
Main effects Interaction effects

Observation variables
T M V MxT VxT VxM VxMxT
AGR of plant height ns ** *** * ns ns ns
AGR of leaf number ns ** ns ns ns * ns
AGR of tiller number ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
Plant height 7 WAP ns ns *** ns ns ns ns
Leaf number 3 WAP * ** *** ns ns ns ns
Leaf number 4 WAP ** *** *** ns ns ns ns
Leaf number 5 WAP ns *** *** * ns ns ns
Leaf number 6 WAP ns ** *** ns ns ns ns
Leaf number 7 WAP ns * * ns ns ns ns
Tiller number 6 WAP ns ns *** ns ns ns ns
Tiller number 7 WAP ns ns *** ns ns ns ns
Bulb number per clump ns ** *** ns ns ns ns
Remarks:AGR = average growth rate; T = intercropping, M = mycorrhiza, V = varieties; ns = non-significant; *,
**, *** = significant at p <0.05, p <0.01, and p< 0.001, respectively
On the MxT interactions, there are slightly different effects of AMF inoculation
between intercropping and shallot monocrop. For AGR of plant height, the effects of AMF
inoculation was not significant in monocrop shallot but AMF was highly significant in
increasing plant height AGR, and without AMF, intercropping was significantly decrease the
AGR, compared with monocrop (Fig. 1A). On leaf number of shallot at 5 WAP, however, it
seems that there was no effects of intercropping but the significant increasing effects of AMF
were higher in the peanut intercropped shallot than the monocrop (Fig. 1B). In contrast,
although the interaction effect was not significant, the average number of shallot green leaves
was higher in those intercropped with peanut than on the monocrop when shallot was not
inoculated with AMF (Fig. 1C), indicating contributing effects of intercropping with peanut
on number of shallot leaves that are still green approaching to its maturity at 60 DAP. This
could be due to some transfer of nitrogen from the rhizosphere of peanut to roots of shallots
because peanut plants are capable of fixing atmospheric nitrogen, and many researchers have

reported this kind of N transfer, such as reported by Fujita et al. [8] from soybean to sorghum,
Chu et al. [9] from peanut to rice, and Inal et al. [10] from peanut to maize in an
intercropping. However, intercropping or AMF inoculation seems to have similar effects on
bulb number (Fig. 1D), in which the magnitude of the significant effects AMF inoculation
were similar between intercropping and monocrop treatments on bulb number.
Leaf number per clump at 5 WAP

0.9 44
AGR plant height (cm/d)
0.8 40
36
0.7
32
0.6
28
0.5 24
0.4 20
M0 M1 M0 M1 M0 M1 M0 M1
A Shallot-peanut intercropping Shallot monocrop
B Shallot-peanut intercropping Shallot monocrop
27 11
Bulb number per clump

Leaf number at 7 WAP
10
24
9
21
8
18 7
6
15
M0 M1 M0 M1
M0 M1 M0 M1
C D Shallot-peanut intercropping Shallot monocrop
Shallot-peanut intercropping Shallot monocrop
0.9 13
AGR leaf number per day
Bulb number per clump
12
0.8
11
0.7 10
9
0.6 8
0.5 7
6
0.4 5
0.3 4
M- M+ M- M+ M- M+ M- M+ M0 M1 M0 M1 M0 M1 M0 M1
E F V1 V2 V3 V4
V1 V2 V3 V4
Figure 5. The effects of AMF inoculation between intercropping and

monocrop treatments on AGR of plant height (A), leaf number at
5 WAP (B), leaf number at 7 WAP (C), and bulb number per
clump (D), and the effects of AMF inoculation among the varieties
of shallot tested on AGR of leaf number and bulb number, based
on the average (Mean  SE) values.
In terms of interaction effects between varieties of shallot and AMF

inoculation, there were differences in the response of varieties to AMF inoculation in
terms of AGR of leaf number (Fig. 1E), in which among the varieties tested, V4
(Super Philip) showed the highest response and V2 (Bima Brebes) showed the lowest
response to AMF inoculation. Although there was no interaction effects, the
magnitudes of increasing effects of AMF inoculation on bulb numbers were also
different among the varieties tested (Fig. 1F), again indicating different responses of
those shallot varieties to AMF. Nevertheless, what is significant is that AMF
inoculation significantly improved growth and bulb number yielded by all shallot
varieties tested. Similar results were also reported by Powell et al. [7], in which
different varieties tested showed different levels of AMF infectivity. Charron et al.
[5,6] also reported that onion seedlings preinoculated with AMF grew faster than other

techniques of inoculation while the uninoculated onions remained stunted.
4. Conclusion
Based on the results it can be concluded that all varieties of shallot commonly
grown in the West Nusa Tenggara (NTB) areas, including Ampenan, Bima Brebes,
Ketamonca, and Super Philip varieties, are highly responsive to AMF inoculation. Therefore,
it is necessary to find out best isolates of indigenous AMF of agricultural lands from various
locations in NTB, especially from various location of shallot growing centers, followed by
some multi-location research, in order to formulate AMF technology to improve shallot
productivity in NTB.
Acknowledgement
Through this article the authors would like to thank the Rector of the University of
Mataram for funding this research project through the “PNBP” Research Grant, with the
Contract Agreement, No. 168A/SP-BLU/UN18.12.2/PL/2016.
References
[1] M. Keusgen, “Health and Alliums”. In: H.D. Rabinowitch and L. Currah (Eds), Allium Crop Science:
Recent Advances. CAB International: New York, USA: 357-378 (2002).
[2] J.L. Brewster, Onions and Other Vegetable Alliums, 2nd Edition. CABI, Wallingford, UK, 2004.
[3] L. Currah, “Onions in the Tropics: Cultivars and Country Reports”. In: H.D. Rabinowitch and L. Currah
(Eds), Allium Crop Science: Recent Advances. CAB International: New York, USA: 379-407.
[4] BPS, Statistik Tanaman Pangan, 2016. Biro Pusat Statistik, Indonesia. http://www.bps.go.id.
[5] G. Charron, V. Furlan, M. Bernier-Cardon, and G. Doyon, “Response of onion plants to arbuscular
mycorrhizae: 1. Effects of inoculation method and phosphorus fertilization on biomass and bulb firmness”.
Mycorrhiza, 11: 187-197 (2001).
[6] G. Charron, V. Furlan, M. Bernier-Cardon, and G. Doyon, “Response of onion plants to arbuscular
mycorrhizae: 2. Effects of nitrogen fertilization on biomass and bulb firmness”. Mycorrhiza, 11: 145-150
(2001).
[7] C.L. Powell, G.E. Clark, and N.J. Verberne, “Growth response of four onion cultivars to several isolates of
VA mycorrhizal fungi”. New Zealand Journal of Agricultural Research, 25: 465-470 (1982).
[8] K. Fujita, S. Ogata, K. Matsumoto, T. Masuda, G.K. Ofosu-Budu, and K. Kuwata, “Nitrogen Transfer and
Dry Matter Production in Soybean and Sorghum Mixed Cropping System at Different Population Density”.
Soil Sci. Plant Nutr., 36(2): 233-241 (1990).
[9] G.X. Chu, Q.R. Shen, and J.L. Cao, “Nitrogen fixation and N transfer from peanut to rice cultivated in
aerobic soil in an intercropping system and its effect on soil N fertility”. Plant and Soil, 263: 17-27 (2004).
[10] A. Inal, A. Gunes, F. Zhang, and I. Cakmak, “Peanut/maize intercropping induced changes in rhizosphere
and nutrient concentrations in shoots”. Plant Physiology and Biochemistry, 45: 350-356 (2007).

Skill of Warige as A Seasonal Climate Forecast in Lombok, Indonesia
Ismail Yasin 1* , Mahrup 1 , Mansur Ma’shum 1 , Sukartono 1 , Husni Idris 2

1
Faculty of Agriculture University of Mataram, Jalan Majapahit Mataram 83125, E-mail:
2
Program of Forestry University of Mataram, Jalan Pemuda Mataram 83125
*puslisda@gmail.com
Abstract
Seasonal climate variability has a pronounced effect on the agricultural sector in

Lombok. A seasonal climate forecast model based on indigenous knowledge was
implemented and tested its forecast skill. The seasonal climate forecast implements the day of
“tumbuk” (overhead sun) in Lombok (8.5o S) which is associated with moon phases. If
overhead sun corresponds to crescent (6th), it is predicted to have above normal rainfall for in
coming season. If overhead sun is on a full moon phase (16th), it is predicted to have normal
(average) rainfall, and when overhead sun falls on last quarter or waning phase (26th),
rainfall tend to be below normal or dryer than average. The data used were a 60 year monthly
rainfall data over Lombok Island. Java Calendar available at http://kalenderjawa.com was
applied to find out moon phase at overhead sun since year 1950. Verification of forecast using
60 year monthly rainfall data in Lombok shows a significant differences of seasonal rainfall
of wet years compared to dry year. Forecast skill Analysis using LEPS method shows skill
score ranged from 3,6 to 24.meaning that forecasting capability of Warige quite accurate for
Lombok Island’s rainfall. It is strongly recommended exploring the possibility of basic
principle of Warige to be applied in broad areas of Indonesia which have similar
geographical condition with the original area of Warige in Lombok.
Keywords: Seasonal climate variability, Seasonal climate forecast, Warige Tumbuk, overhead sun,
Sasak calendar, moon phase., forecast skill, LEPS
1. Introduction
Sasak ethnic in Lombok is well known as a community with rich of culture and
tradition. They live in erratic seasonal rainfall, hence most farmers were dependent on dry
land or rainfed farm system. Ancient agriculture of Sasak community was carried out under
strict rule of conduct in getting harmony with nature (Mahrup et al., 2009, Yasin et al., 2013).
Changes in civilization along with implementation of green revolution have made
people mind more pragmatic. Farmers changed from subsistence practices to more
commercial agriculture. Current practice of agriculture is highly dependant on external inputs
such as fertilizers and pesticides. Progress in irrigation made them no longer dependent on
old practices such as use of Warige for seasonal climate forecast. meanwhile extreme weather
event such as excessive rain during dry season frequently causes crop failure due to flood. It is
evidently a strong cause of tobacco plant failure in Vertisols Lombok (Yasin et al., 2011;
Yasin, 2015).
Traditionally Sasak Ethnic of Lombok believes that the cause of seasonal rainfall variability
is due to interaction of celestial bodies in the sky i.e. position of sun and moon relative to the
earth. Sasak community believed that change in moon position relative to the sun may
promote or hinder rain event (Mahrup et al., 2009). Establishment of “tumbuk” (overhead sun)
date which is associated with moon phase is the way of Sasak community determining the
onset of rainy season. In wet year (overhead sun date associated with crescent) the onset of
Yasin et al. 202

rainy season is on mid November followed with heavy rainfall on December. In dry year
(overhead sun date associated with waning) the onset of rainy season is on early to mid
December followed with sporadic rainfall on the following months. Nevertheless the
characteristics of seasonal or annual rainfall is not simply following the rule. It may vary
from year to year and from place to place. Therefore the objective of this research is to
examine the skill of Warige in forecasting seasonal rainfall characteristics in Lombok
Indonesia.
2.1 Location and Data Requirement

The study was conducted in the center of tobacco plantation in southern part of
Rinjani mountains Lombok Island. Data required include daily and monthly rainfall taken
from selected rainfall gauge within study location. The data belong to BMKG stations and
BISDA NTB. Rain gauges selected were Gerung, Mantang Jonggat, Pringgarata, Janapria, ,
Penujak, Pujut, Terare, Sikur, and Jerowaru.
2.2. Determination Overhead sun and Moon Phase

The most critical stage in Warige system is determination of overhead sun and moon
phase which is coincidence at the time of tumbuk (Overhead sun). Overhead sun in Lombok
occurs on every October 15th.in Lombok which is in 8,5OS. The date is associated with lunar
phase at the time. When lunar phase is crescent (about date of 1st to 10th of lunar calendar), it
is predicted that the rain will be heavy during December, January and February (DJF). When
lunar phase is full moon (11th to 20th ) it is predicted to have normal rain during those months,
and when lunar phase is Waning moon (21th 29th or 30th ) it is predicted to have less rainfall
during DJF months..We used Java Calendar http://kalenderjawa.com.to find out moon phase
at the date of overhead sun from year 1950 to current year (2015).
2.3. Forecast Skill Analysis

Prediction skill of Warige was tested by using LEPS (Linear Error in Probability
Space ) method (Pott et al., 1996). We used indices -3 for dry, 0 for moderate and +3 for wet.
For individual forecast, if the position of cumulative distribution of forecast is P f (value range
from 0,0 s/d 1,0), and cumulative distribution of observation is P 0, then LEPS scoreis
formulated as follows:
=3 1− − + − + − −1 (1)
From above equation can be seen that probability of P0 is given maximum skill score
(1) when Pf = Po. Besides, the nearest skill with “true” forecast at extreme of cumulative
distribution is given score almost 2. “True” forecast in the middle of cumulative distribution
(Po = 0,5), is given small score (around 0,5). The worse score that probably happen is -1.0
which is reverse of forecast value of extreme occurrence at an extreme observation. (such as,
Po = 0,0 and Pf = 1,0).(Ward and Folland, 1991).
To have total score of whole skill, it is given a set or ensemble of forecast. Skill score from
100% to -100%, Average skill (SK) is formulated as follows (Potts et al., 1996.):
SK 
100S (2)
 Sm
LEPS measures forecast error as “distant” in probability of cumulative distribution
selected.(frequently happens from verification of observation) between forecast and proper
observation. If error in forecast is the same as observation error, the LEPS score will be zero
Yasin et al. 203

(Frederiksen et al., 2000).
3.1 Pattern of Wet and Dry Years

Based on moon phase on the day of overhead sun the wetness year changes with regular
pattern. For example, from November 1999/2000 to October 2015the pattern of rainfall
during rainy season was WMD WMD, MD, WMD, WMD, MD, WMD, where W is wet, M is
moderate and, D is dry.. In dry season the pattern would be DMW DMW, MW, DMW DMW,
MW, DMW.
Every wet year (rainy season with high rainfall) will be followed with dryer condition of
dry season. However the wetness or the dryness of every season never the same with previous
wet or dry year. Each year has different amount of rainfall. This differences are caused by
different date of overhead sun. For example in case of wet year (overhead sun associated with
crescent (date 1st to date 10th). When overhead sun fall near date 1st rainfall tend to have dry
year characteristics; meanwhile when overhead sun fall near date 10 th rainfall tend to have
moderate year characteristics, vice versa.
Moon phase on the date of overhead sun is evidently related to the shift of convective rainfall
occurrence. If overhead sun occurs on crescent, the moon is in southern hemisphere and it will
be in northern hemisphere when the sun reach 200S in mid December..The period of dry spell
corresponds to the presence of moon in southern hemisphere in its synodic cycle. This can be
explained by using a luni-solar calendar (Mahrup et al., 2008). When overhead sun (15
October) associated with waning the moon is south hemisphere in its synodic cycle when the
sun reach 20OS. This will hinder rain occurrence (dry spell) during the time. According to
Mahrup et al . (2008 ) and Yasin et al . ( 2011) the cause of wet and dry spell is gravity
forces between sun and earth and between earth and moon. In full moon the moon directly
face the earth resulting in high tide (Bradley, et al., 1962; Brier et al, 1965; );. Due to a
resultant of gravity forces (sun and moon) exerted on the earth is so great, then spring tide is
performed when the sun, moon and earth are in a straight line Similar events occur during
the full moon phase, in which the sun, earth and moon are in a straight line for second time.
On the first quarter and the last quarter caused Lowest tides (neap tides) (Brier and
Bradley.1964);. Spring tide has a great effect on dynamics of sea water which is the origin of
atmospheric water vapor nearby (Serway, 1990). Gravity from the moon is directly
transferred to the mass of water directly perpendicular to the position of the moon. If full
moon and new moon phase take place in the southern hemisphere, then the effects of gravity
will be experienced by a water body in the southern hemisphere, and vice versa (Mahrup et
al., 2008).
At period of overhead sun the sun rays make a right angle in Lombok. The sun goes
southward and gives its heat energy onto Indian Ocean (Linacre and Geerts, 1982). It results
in increasing evaporation rate in the ocean, increasing sea surface temperature and relative
humidity of atmosphere. Snellius Law explains that incoming radiation which is on right
angle onto a flat plane (earth surface) produces the highest intensity (Serway, 1990). Energy
of sun reaches the earth surface is constant of about 1,367 watt/m2, or 3.67x 1021 cal per per
day with albedo of about 30% (Linacre and Hobbs, 1977,). Temporal and spatial variation of
the energy from the sun on earth surface depends on the position of the earth on its orbit
(Tjasyono, 2007).
3.2. Forecast Skill of Warige

The result of LEPS test showed that skill level of rainfall forecasting based on Warige
ranged from moderate to strong. Nevertheless, it is quite obvious that skill distinguishes
Yasin et al. 204

between rainfall types in wet and dry years. Analysis of Warige skill by LEPS method of
climate forecast Warige showed a significantly different between rainfall in wet and dry
years with skill ranged from 0.49 to 8.10 for rainy season and from 3.6 to 24 in dry season at
several locations in the southern part of Mount Rinjani Lombok . (Table 1 ) .
Table 1. Prediction of Rainfall and Skill Analysis for Warigein Southern Lombok
Location Type Wet Season (NDJFM) Skill Dry Season (MAMJ) Skill
Climate Dry Normal Wet LEPS Dray Normal Wet LEPS
Gerung D4 745 872 793 0,49 387 389 427 24,8
Mantang C3 1394 1664 1630 3,10 605 645 715 7,80
Jonggat D3 1148 1273 1344 8,10 659 519 669 6,40
Pringgarata D3 1044 1029 1059 10,8 500 450 571 6,90
Pujut D4 1125 1197 1297 1,90 357 304 378 5,00
Penujak D3 1079 1089 1170 11,0 316 341 439 3,60
Janapria D4 1244 1074 1061 0,50 500 450 571 6,90
Terare D4 1169 1098 1239 5,24 360 295 366 6,80
Sikur D3 1095 962 1106 2,78 402 422 465 5,90
Jerowaru E4 986 877 988 2,00 131 183 221 14,4
A positive number of LEPS indicates the level of consistency between the predictor
(Warige) with predictand (forecasting output). When the value of LEPS is 0 means that
forecasting result is similar to real data observation of average value. If the value is negative,
meaning that forecasting results is worse than average. When a large positive value of LEPS
indicate that prediction results are very consistent with real data observation (better than
average value)..
4. Conclusion
Warige is a model for seasonal climate forecast which is based on celestial bodies
observation. The principal method of Warige is observation of the date of overhead sun or
“tumbuk” then associates it with moon phase at the date. If overhead sun correspond to
crescent (6th), then rainfall in coming growing season (DJF) will be above normal or wet
season. If the over head sun falls on the full moon phase (16th), the rainfall in growing season
will be normal (moderate), and when overhead sun coincides with waning moon (26th), the
growing season will be slightly dry (not drought) Verification of forecast using 50 year
monthly rainfall data in Lombok shows a significant differences of seasonal rainfall of wet
years compared to dry year. Forecast skill Analysis using LEPS method shows skill score
ranged from 0.49 to 8.10 for rainy season, and 3,6 to 24.for dry season, meaning that
forecasting capability of Warige quite accurate, mainly during dry season for Lombok
Island’s rainfall. It is strongly recommended exploring possibility of basic principle of
Warige to be applied in broad areas of Indonesia which have similar geographical condition
with the original area of Warige in Lombok.
References
[1] Bradley, D.A., M.A. Woodbury and G.W. Brier. 1962. Lunar synodic period and widespread
precipitation. Sci., 137: 748-749
Yasin et al. 205

[2] Brier, G.W and D.A Bradley. 1964. The lunar synodical period and precipitation in the United States.
J.Atmos. Sci. 21: 386-395
[3] Linacer, E. Hobbs, J., 1977. The Austalian climate environment. John Wiley and Sons. Brisbane. 354p.
[4] Linacre, E. & Geerts, B. (1982). Rainfall, temperature and lunar phase. http://www-
das.uwyo.edu/~geerts/cwx/notes/chap10/moon.html
[5] Mahrup, I. Yasin, H. Idris. 2008. Verifikasi model Warige dengan southern oscillation index dalam
prakiraan sifat iklim: . pp. 211-216. Proceeding of the National Seminar for the 41st Dies Natalis of The
Faculty of Agriculture, Mataram University on 23 - 24 February 2008.
[6] Mahrup, I. Yasin, H. Idris. 2009. Revitalisai model Warige dengan Southern Oscillation Index dalam
prakiraan sifat iklim: Suatu kajian ilmiah terhadap kearifan lokal suku Sasak di pulau Lombok.. . pp.
211-216. Proceeding of the National Seminar for the 41st Dies Natalis of The Faculty of Agriculture,
Mataram University on 23 - 24 February 2008
[7] Potts J. M., C. K. Folland, I. T. Jolliffe, dan D. Sexton, 1996: Revised “LEPS” scores for assessing
climate model simulations and long-range forecasts. J. Climate, 9, 34–53. available online
[8] Serway, R.A., Physics for scientists and engineers. Third Edition. Saunders College Publishing.
Philadelphia. 1321p.
[9] Tjasyono, B., 2007. Meteorologi Indonesia I: Karakteristik dan Sirkulasi Atmosfer. Badan Meteorologi
dan Geofisika. Bandung. 191p.
[10] Yasin I. 2013. Kompilasi Sistem Prakiraan Iklim Musiman Berbasis Kearifan Lokal dengan Indikator
Fenomena ENSO Sebagai Alat Bantu Pengambilan KeputusanTanam Padi-Tembakau dan Palawija di
Pulau Lombok. Laporan Hibah Disertasi.
[11] Yasin I. 2015. Adaptasi Budidaya Tanaman Semusim Akibat Perubahan Iklim: Pengembangan Model
Prakiraan Iklim Musiman Berbasis Kearifan Lokal dan Fenomena ENOS di Pulau Lombok. Disertasi
PPsFP UB. Malang (unpublished)
[12] Yasin, I., Idris, H. & Mahrup. (2011). Kompilasi sistem Warige dengan Southern Occillation Index (SOI)
dan Sea Surfase Temperature (SST) sebagai model prakiraan iklim lokal di Nusa Tenggara Barat. 187 p.
Laporan penelitian Ristek (unpublished).
Yasin et al. 206

Simple Solar Desalination for Seawater at Kec. Bayan Kab. Lombok Utara
Dhony Hermanto*), Nurul Ismillayli, Siti Raudhatul Kamali, Fahrurazi
Department of Chemistry, Faculty of MIPA – University of Mataram, Mataram

*)
Email: dhony.hermanto@gmail.com
Abstract
The water crisis is one of main problems that routinely occur in Kabupaten Lombok
Utara, especially Kecamatan Bayan. Due to its characteristics i.e. limited availability of water,
poor soil fertility, poor both economically and level of education sanitation and communities,
production of clean water by using simple, effective and affordable technology are needed.
The socialization and counseling followed by practicing on production of low cost solar
desalination device that easy to maintain. The process included setting and optimizing of
device desalination, physical, chemical and microbiological properties determination of both
seawater and fresh water, socialization and production workshop of desalinator to some
farmer groups of Kec. Bayan. Result showed that produced water is low mineral water that
safe and drinkable due to its standards meet Drinking Water Quality Requirements based on
Peraturan Menteri Kesehatan Republik Indonesia Number 492/Menkes/PER/IV/2010 at April
19, 2010. Product of this activity is expected to be an alternative solution to overcome water
crisis despite still needed some refinement for increasing its productivity.
Keywords: desalination, fresh water, seawater, solar energy.
1 Introduction
Clean water is essential to human life and is a critical feedstock in a variety of key
industries including electronics, pharmaceuticals and food [1][2]. All humans daily consume
water to sustain life and maintain a good health, therefore water conservation is important and
its quality must meet specific standards. The quality of water is determined by many factors
such as physical, chemical or biological parameters.
The world is facing formidable challenges in meeting rising demands of clean water as
the available supplies of freshwater are decreasing due to (i) extended droughts, (ii)
population growth, iii) more stringent health-based regulations, and (iv) competing demands
from a variety of users. It has been reported that lack of access to clean water was routinely
occur in Kabupaten Lombok Utara, especially Kecamatan Bayan [3]. People use nearby water
springs that flowed by using a small pipe or hose for clean water pipelines built unevenly
local government. While people who live far from water sources should be drilled to a depth
of 100 meters or walk up to 3 km more to get clean water [4]. Geographically, most of KLU is
coastal region, while there is an abundance of seawater, it cannot be used for daily activities
such as agriculture and consumption. The sea water contains high levels of salt from 3 to
4.5% [5] and TDS (Total Dissolve Solid) high that canot be used directly . There is a need for
a way to desalinate seawater that is both effective and affordable.
There are many ways to desalinate water. Two examples are reverse osmosis and the
use of pressure to drive water through a filter[6]. These methods are good for producing a
large amount of fresh water but systems consume a lot of fuel, electricity or filters in
operation. Those systems are not suitable for Bayan society because of the high running cost.
Solar desalination is the most effective method that suits the target society’s needs[7]. The
sun's radiation evaporates the water leaving only salt behind. Once evaporated, the water
recondenses and collects into a specific storage container then condensed water is free of salt
Hermanto et al. 207

and safe to drink. In this study developing a simple solar desalination for producing fresh
water using low cost and easy to maintain device was done. Its result then publish by
socialization and production workshop of desalination device to some farmer groups of Kec.
Bayan.
2 Material and Method

Desalination device consist of three main components i.e. container of sea water,
cover device and freshwater reservoir. The materials need to be corrosion resistant, light
weight, and durable enough to withstand daily use over an extended period of time. The final
design should be small enough to be carried and set up by one person with no oversight. The
material are aluminum, glass, wood, nail, glass and silicon red adhesive. The activities carried
out with several stage : 1) design optimization and desalination device testing, 2) condensat
water quality testing by using standart method, 3) socialization and production workshop of
desalination device.
This program was done with two partners, namely the farmer groups"SPB 212" and
UPTD Department of Agriculture Plantation Forestry Maritime Affairs and Fisheries
(DPPKKP) Bayan district. Farmer groups as user of device while UPTD Department of
Agriculture Plantation Forestry Maritime Affairs and Fisheries (DPPKKP) of Kec. Bayan acts
as a liaison between the extension with farmer groups in Kec. Bayan and helps to utilize and
disseminate the results program.

3.1 Design Optimization and Desalination Device Testing
Aluminum as containers seawater was chosen because it’s good heat conductivity
properties and resistant to corrosion by seawater (obtained from the formation of aluminum
oxide, Al2O3 on aluminum surface). Glass was chosen as the cover device to catch the water
vapor and condense it. The glass used has thickness of 3 mm, thicker glass will store enough
heat so that condensation is slower. When the desalination apparatus exposed to the sun, solar
radiation entering through the cover glass toward the sea water in container. Good heat
conductivity of aluminum container causes the temperature of glass, room and sea water
increase due to increasing intensity of the sun. Temperature inside of device is greater than
environment temperature . It is caused by transmited and trapped heat inside of it. The higher
temperature of sea water, the faster movement of molecules, hence it will lead to more rapid
mass transfer process from a liquid to a vapour phase. The sea water in the container
evaporates and attaches to inner glass cover. Condensing process is influenced by the
temperature of glass cover chamber. Condensate water could be seen sliding down the glass
into canal and flowing to collection bottle. The prototype device consist of 2 models with
different slope. First prototype (A) has a pyramidal geometry with slope of 56 ° and the
second prototype (B) has a triangular prism geometry with slope of 30 °, as shown in Fig. 1
below
A B
Figure 1. (A) Prototype pyramid geometry and (B) Prototype triangular prism geometry
Hermanto et al. 208
The prototype testing carried out for 7 days in Bayan village by heating under the sun together
since 09.00 am until 06.00 pm. The water level in the container effect the evaporation, the
more water in the container, the longer water evaporation occure. However, the lack of water
will cause overheating then cracking of cover glass. Additionally, the desalination device
must be tight so that leakage of water vapor can be minimized. Geometry and slope of cover
glass, rate of evaporation and condensation affect the volume of condensate obtained, as
shown in Table 1. The evaporation is better when the temperature of sea water in the
aluminum container is higher. While, faster condensation occurs when the temperature of
cover glass is cooling down. This is indicated by the rapid condensation when the late
afternoon. Based on Table 1, it can be seen that the higher intensity of solar radiation, the
higher environment temperature and the more water condensation occur.
Table 1 Test result of prototypes

Type Size characteristics Tests on day
Prototype Parameter 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Prototype A p= 46,5 cm 27- 26- 27- 28- 28- 28- 28-

Temp. (°C)
ℓ= 46,5 cm 32 31 32 32 32 32 32
t= 13,5 cm Condensate 458 428 448 465 467 469 470
α= 30° Vol.(mL)
Prototype B p= 46,5 cm 27- 26- 27- 28- 28- 28- 28-
Temp. (°C)
ℓ= 46,5 cm 32 31 32 32 32 32 32
t= 34 cm Condensate 390 350 387 410 407 420 428
α= 56° Vol.(mL)
3.2 Condensate Water Quality Testing

Results of laboratory analysis of the water quality of the sea water and condensate as shown
in Table 2. All parameters has value below the maximum levels allowed and categorize as
low minerals water.
Table 2 Water quality parameters tested

Value
Tested Parameter
Sea water Condensatea max.value allowedb
Physical Parameter
Smell odorless odorless odorless
flavor Salty tasteless tasteless
TDS 61,5 mg/L 0 500 mg/L
Temperature 27 °C 27 °C Air temp. ±3°C
Chemical Parameter
Fluorida 1,3 mg/L 0 mg/L 1,5 mg/L
Aluminum 0,01 mg/L 0 mg/L 0,2 mg/L
Iron 0.002 mg/L 0 mg/L 0,3 mg/L
sulphate 5.680 mg/L 0 mg/L 250 mg/L
Nitrite 4 mg/L 0 mg/L 3 mg/L
Hardness 1.380 mg/L 0 mg/L 500 mg/L
Chloride 19.000 0 mg/L 250 mg/L
pH 7,3 7 6,5-8,5
Sodium 10.300 mg/L 0 mg/L 200 mg/L
Microbiological Parameter
E. Coli. - 0 0 /100 mL analyte
Total coliform - 0 0 /100 mL analyte
a.The test results in the laboratory of Chemistry and Analytical Chemistry, University of Mataram
b.Regulation of the Minister of Health of the Republic of Indonesia No. 492/Menkes/PER/IV/2010 on
Hermanto et al. 209

April 19, 2010
3.3 Socialization And Production Workshop Of Desalination Device

Socialization activities carried out by inviting some representatives of farmer groups
in Bayan and several local community leaders. Basic principle of desalination device and how
to make it by utilizing available and affordable was presented in the socialization. The method
used is followed by a lecture and discussion / question and answer session to determine the
extent of exposure of the participants in receiving the material. This activity was continued
with production workshop of device, as in Fig. 2.
Figure 2 Socialization activities IbM Based Solar Desalination in Kec. Bayan, KLU
Positive respond on this transfer technology was shown by participants. They expect
this appropriate technology can be an alternative solution to overcome the water crisis in their
area.
4. Conclusion
It has created desalination device for seawater based on solar power by using low cost,
durable materials and easy to maintain. Based on the test parameters of physical, chemical
and microbiological condensate water is low mineral water and safe to consume. Public
response is very good and active during the activities and expect desalination device is an
alternative solution to overcome the water crisis despite still needed some refinement for
increasing its productivity.
Acknowledgements
This project was funding by DP2M Kemenristek-DIKTI through IbM scheme.
References
[1] B.Tansel, Recent Patents on Chemical Engineering, 1: 17–26 (2008)
[2] RD Ambashta and M.Sillanpaa, Journal of Hazardous Materials, 180: 38-49 (2010)
[3] Suara Komunitas, Dusun Tebayak, Lombok Utara Kesulitan Air Bersih, (2011) http://suarakomunitas.net/
dusun-terbayak--lombok-utara-kesulitan-air-bersih
[4] NTB terkini, 17 Dusun Di Lombok Utara Kekurangan Air Bersih (2012) http://ntbterkini.com/17-dusun-
di-lombok-utara-kekurangan-air-bersih
[5] Sasakura. Desalination Technology and Its Aplication, P.T. Sasakura Indonesia: Jakarta (1995)
[6] T.Jitsuno, and K. Hamabe. Journal of Arid Land Studies. 22(1): 153 -155 (2012).
[7] Jr. SG. Bethel, DV. Dell'Accio, MF. Haffenreffer, ZT. Modest, MB. Wegma (2012)
http://www.mie.neu.edu/ME_2012_04_Low-Cost_.pdf
Hermanto et al. 210

Production of Lentinula edodes (Shiitake mushrooms) on inoculated logs of

a range of tree species
Irwan Mahakam Lesmono Aji1
1
Study Program of Forestry University of Mataram, Jl. Pendidikan No.37, Mataram 83125,
e-mail: irwanmla@unram.ac.id
Abstract
Shiitake (Lentinula edodes (Berkeley) Pegler) produces an edible mushroom that has been
cultivated for centuries in China, Korea, Japan, Singapore, Thailand and other Asian
countries. Shiitake mushrooms grow naturally on decaying wood of hardwood trees and have
traditionally been grown on short lengths of freshly-cut logs. Logs of six tree species were
harvested from farm forestry plantations in Victoria and inoculated with shiitake infected
dowels imported from the United States. Over the course of the next 18 months the logs were
soaked four times to initiate fruiting. The fresh mushrooms were harvested and weighed to
allow a comparison between log species and size.Quercus robur was the most productive
species. Over the course of the trial (four frutings) the oak logs produced almost 1 kilogram of
fresh mushrooms per log which was significantly more than E. cladocalyx (527 g/log) and
Alnus glutinosa (465 g/log) and Eucalyptus nitens (389 g/log) which were all, in turn,
significantly more productive than Populus sp. (140 g/log) and Acacia melanoxyon (98 g/log).
Larger logs produced more fruit although this may have been related to the greater number of
inoculations.
Keywords :lentinulaedodes, mushroom, production,shiitake.
1. Introduction
1.1. Background
Shiitake (Lentinula edodes (Berk.) Pegler) produces an edible mushroom that has been
cultivated for centuries in China, Korea, Japan, Singapore, Thailand and other Asian countries
[1]. It is now grown in many other countries including Brazil, Canada, the Netherlands, the
United Kingdom and the United States [2] and is the second most commercially marketed
mushroom in the world after the button mushroom (Agaricus bisporus (J.E. Lange) Imbach)
[3 & 4].
Over the last three decades, the commercial production of shiitake mushroom has
increased from an estimated 350,000 tons in 1965 to about 7.5 million tons in 2000 [2]. Since
the 1950s, mushroom production in Australia has been one of the fastest growing food crop
industries and is currently regarded as the second most important fresh vegetable type [5 & 6].
Shiitake production is very small by comparison and has only recently gained recognition as a
commercial alternative. In 1994, the total Australian production of specialty mushrooms (of
which shiitake and oyster mushrooms are the main types) was thought to be less than 300 tons
[7]. By 2005, the domestic market for specialty mushrooms had increased to 1000 tonnes and
was expected to continue to grow, albeit at a modest rate [6]. With particular respect to this
study, a company in Tasmania is currently producing shiitake mushrooms on a eucalypt-based
substrate and selling the product into mainland markets [8].
Although much is known about the life cycle and cultivation of shiitake mushrooms
almost all the published research pertaining to the commercial production of shiitake
Aji 211
mushrooms originates from the northern hemisphere, particularly northern Asia and the US,
and almost none involves Australian tree species as growth substrates. The RIRDC
subsequently funded a research program at the University of Sydney which examined the
prospects for producing shiitake mushrooms on an artificial substrate [9]. The researchers
suggested that, although the mushrooms produced on a “synthetic sawdust log” were inferior
to those produced on logs, the lack of logs of the appropriate hardwood species and a high
labour costs meant that the potential of developing an industry based on the use of the log
method in Australia was limited. Since this initial research was done there has been little
development of the commercial production of shiitake mushroom in Australia.
1.2. Shiitake production

Shiitake mushrooms grow naturally on decaying wood of hardwood trees and have
traditionally been grown on short lengths of freshly-cut logs. Modern commercial production
has proved successful on both logs and alternative substrates such as wood shavings and peat
moss [2]. There has been no serious exploration of the potential for Australian forest owners
to utilise small logs of native or plantation forest species for shiitake mushroom production,
such as eucalypt (Eucalyptus spp.).
While a range of tree species have been used for shiitake production, the most
common species used are of oaks (Quercus spp.). Alternative species that have been trialled
in the northern hemisphere include Alder (Alnus incana (L.) Moench), Birch (Betula pendula
Roth.), Red Oak (Quercusrubra L.), Black Cherry (Prunus serotina Ehrh.), Sassafras
(Sassafras albidum (Nuttall) Nees), Eastern Sycamore (Platanus occidentalis L.) and China
Fir (Cunningham lanceolata (Lambert) Hooker [10; 11; 12; 13]. The results suggest that the
choice of wood species can affect yield and timing of mushroom production although none
have reported any impact of species on the food value of the mushrooms produced [11 & 13].
1.3. Aim and Objectives

The overall aim of this study is to investigate the potential for log-based cultivation of
shiitake mushroom on a range of wood species currently available as thinnings from farm
forestry plantations in Victoria by comparing them with species commonly used in the
northern hemisphere.
2. Methods
2.1. Harvest and inoculation

Logs were stored for a short time prior to inoculation with shiitake (Lentinula edodes
(Berk.) Pegler) spawn imported from the United States. The inoculation involved drilling
many small holes along the length of each log and hammering in a short wooden dowel of
alder (Alnus spp) which carried the fungal hyphae. Holes and wood’s ends are sealed with
bees wax to preserve moisture. The inoculated logs were then stacked in a shade house. The
logs were watered regularly for more than 4 months prior to being soaked to stimulate fruiting
and stacked in fruiting racks for observation and harvesting. The mushrooms produced on
each log were harvested and weighed.
2.2. Incubation of logs during mushroom cultivation

Watering logs during the cultivation period depended on daytime temperature. An
automatic timing device installed inside the shade house was set to water logs twice a day for
Aji 212
approximately 5 minutes when the temperature remained between 15 to 25 ˚C. When the
temperature in the shade house was between 25 and 35 ˚C, the automatic watering system was
set for watering three times a day with one or two additional periods of watering by spray
nozzles. Four automatic watering periods per day along with one or two periods using spray
nozzles were necessary when the temperature was over 40 ˚C. When the mycelium appeared
to be well developed in most species and volunteer mushrooms were beginning to appear
indicating it was time to soak the logs to initiate fruiting. Soaking was done by un-stacking
the logs and submerge it in a large tank (1.5 m diameter and 1 m depth) of water for
approximately 24 hours.
3. Results & Discussions
3.1. Log viability

Fruiting was initiated four times during the course of the trial. Although the oak logs
were significantly more viable than the logs of any other species in the first fruiting cycle, at
least 80% of the logs of each species produced mushrooms in the third fruiting cycle. The
results from the forth fruiting cycle were low across all the species.
3.2. Mushrooms yields

The fresh mushrooms produced from each log during each fruiting period were
collected and weighed. Although the oak performed well (70 % viability and a total yield of
almost 2 kg per log) during the first fruiting period the poor performance of the other species
(less than 30 %) made it impossible to perform any meaningful statistical analysis.
Interestingly, an alder log had the highest individual production (600 g). As viability
improved over the course of the trial differences in yield between the species became more
evident.
Oak again performed well in the second fruiting (90 % viability and an average yield
of over 500 g/log). One oak log produced 1 kg of fresh shiitake mushroom in a single fruiting
cycle. Their superior early viability and production meant the oak logs had produced, on
average, 686 gram of mushrooms in two fruiting cycles compared to just 298 g per log for
alder, 255 g per log for sugar gum, 188 g per log for shining gum, 32 g per log for blackwood
and 31 g per log for poplar. It was not until the third fruiting cycle that the viability and
production from the other species approached that of oak.
Although the average yields from the oak, alder and sugar gum actually declined the
third fruiting cycle was, overall, the most successful with log viability across the trial being
over 90% and almost 50 per cent of the logs producing more than 200 g of shiitake
mushrooms. Table 1 summarise the results and show that, in terms of shiitake production per
log, there was no significant difference between the performance of the sugar gum and oak.
Shining gum produced significantly less than the oak and sugar gum but more than either the
blackwood or poplar. The alder logs were highly variable.
The total production from each species over the course of the four fruitings is
presented in Table 1. Oak proved to be significantly better than any other species in the trial
producing almost 1 kilogram of fresh produce per log. The eucalypt species and alder were
not significantly different producing around 400 to 500 g per log on average for each species.
Blackwood and poplar were very poor shiitake producers yielding less than 150 g per log.
Aji 213
Table 1 The yield of fresh mushrooms per log (including unviable logs) for each fruiting
cycle and over the course of the trail
1st Fruiting 2nd Fruiting

Wood Species No. logs Viability Total yield Log Yield Viability Total yield Log Yield
(%) (g) (g/log) (%) (g) (g/log)
Oak 10 70% 1846 185 90% 5006 501
Blackwood 7 14% 55 8 29% 168 24
Shining gum 10 20% 245 25 70% 1625 163
Alder 7 29% 740 106 57% 1347 192
Poplar 7 14% 60 9 29% 157 22
Sugar gum 7 29% 190 27 86% 1594 228
3rd Fruiting 4th Fruiting

Wood Species No. logs Viability Total yield Log Yield Viability Total yield Log Yield
(%) (g) (g/log) (%) (g) (g/log)
Oak 10 100% 2988 299a 20% 74 7
Blackwood 7 100% 449 64d 14% 15 2
Shining gum 10 80% 1697 170b 70% 327 33
Alder 7 86% 1039 148bc 57% 131 19
Poplar 7 86% 750 107cd 14% 10 1
Sugar gum 7 100% 1885 269a 29% 17 2
Total for 4 fruiting

Wood Species No. logs Viability Log Yield
Total yield (g)
(%) (g/log)
Oak 10 100% 9914 991a
Blackwood 7 100% 687 98c
Shining gum 10 80% 3894 389b
Alder 7 100% 3257 465bc
Poplar 7 86% 977 140c
Sugar gum 7 100% 3686 527b
4. Conclusions
This research compared yield of shiitake mushroom grown on six tree species of oak
(Quercus robur), sugar gum (Eucalyptus cladocalyx), alder (Alnus glutinosa), shining gum
(Eucalyptus nitens), poplar (Populus sp.) and blackwood (Acacia melanoxyon). Although the
yields from oak were the highest and blackwood the lowest, the research clearly demonstrates
that shiitake mushrooms can be grown in Victoria on logs of native and introduced species,
and that native eucalypt species, such as shining gum and sugar gum, may be viable
alternative species for log-based shiitake production in Australia.
References
[1] Ciesla, W.M. 2002. Non-Wood Forest Products from Temperate Broad-Leaved Trees. FAO. Rome.
[2] Royse, D.J. 2001. Cultivation of shiitake on natural and synthetic logs. The Pennsylvania State
University. Pennsylvania
[3] Przybylowicz, P.R. and Donoghue, J 1988. Shiitake Growers Handbook-The art and science of
mushroom cultivation. Kendall Hunt Pub Co. Iowa.
Aji 214
[4] Oei, P 1996. Mushroom cultivation: with special emphasis on appropriate techniques for developing
countries. Tool. The Netherlands.
[5] Davis, J. 2000. ‘The edible and medicinal mushrooms industry in Australia’. International Journal of
Medicinal Mushrooms. Vol 2. pg. 87-89.
[6] Australian Mushroom Growers Association (AMGA) 2005. ‘State of the Australian Mushroom
Industry’ in Australian Mushroom Growers Association. Accessed 04 September 2007. From
<http://www.mushrooms.net.au/2004_2005_statistics.pdf>.
[7] Richards, R. 1995. ‘Development of the Australian specialty mushroom industry’ in Rural Industries
Research & Development Corporation. Accessed 09 February 2008. From
<http://www.rirdc.gov.au/pub/compendium/1995/pr-014.html>.
[8] Hyde, K. 2000. ‘Thirty Australian champions shaping the future for rural Australia’ in Rural
Industries Research & Development Corporation. Accessed 12 February 2008. From
<http://www.rirdc.gov.au/champions/HuonValleyMushrooms.html>.
[9] Cho, K.Y. and. Radford, D.V. 1999. ‘Cultivation of shiitake mushrooms’ in Rural Industries Research
& Development Corporation. Accessed 12 February 2008. From
<http://www.rirdc.gov.au/programs/February-1999-Page1.htm>.
[10] Shieh, J.C., Hwang, S.G. and Sumimoto, M. 1991. ‘Cultivation of shiitake mushrooms on the logs of
a conifer, Cunningham lanceolata’. Mokuzai Gakkaishi. Vol. 37. No. 3. pg. 266-274.
[11] Raaska, L 1992. ‘The growth of shiitake (Lentinula edodes) mycelium on alder (Alnus incana) and
birch (Betula pendula) wood logs’. Material und organismen. Vol. 27. Issue 2. pg. 117-134.
[12] Shukla, A.N. 1994. ‘Cultivation of Japanese mushroom shiitake in India‘. The Indian Forester. Vol
120. Issue 8. pg. 714-719.
[13] Sabota, C 1996. ‘Strain of shiitake mushroom [Lentinula edodes (Berk.) Pegler] and wood species
affect the yield of shiitake mushrooms’. HortTechnology. Vol 4. Issue 4. pg. 388-393
Aji 215
Shear Analysis And Design of Reinforced Concrete Interior Beam Column

Joint Using King Cross Steel Profile
Rahmani Kadarningsih1,2,*, Iman Satyarno1, Muslikh1, Andreas Triwiyonono1

1
Department of Civil and Enviromental Engineering Universitas Gadjah Mada, Yogyakarta, Indonesia
2
Departement of Civil Engineering Universitas Negeri Gorontalo, Gorontalo, Indonesia
* Email: rahmanikadarningsih@rocketmail.com
Abstract
This paper discuss the analysis and design of king cross steel profile to be implemented
as alternative reinforcement in reinforced concrete beam-column joints. King Cross is a built-
up or fabricated steel section. Standard sizes can be made by welding 2 T-Beams into the web
of a hot rolled IWF, forming the shape of a cross. With the simplifying assembling the use of
King-cross steel profile implants at beam-column-joints as a shear reinforcement could be
expected to replace the transversal reinforcement and enhance the joint shear strength.
Therefore various arrangements of beam-column reinforcement are studied analytically.
These include beam-column joint without reinforcement at all, beam-column joint with king
cross steel profile reinforcement, and beam-column joint with combination of king cross steel
profile and conventional steel bars reinforcement. Theoretically the application of king cross
steel profile can reduce the need of conventional steel bars reinforcement. Moreover as the
king-cross steel profile can fully resist the developed shear stress, it may not necessary to
introduce a limitation of shear stress in the reinforced beam column joint.
Keywords: beam column joint, joint shear capacity, joint shear strengthening, joint shear
stirrup, king cross steel profile.
1. Introduction
In special momen resisting frame structure, the beam column joint is a crucial area that
require special design. In a condition that the need of joint shear capacity is high so that
required high amount of steel bars reinforcement in beam-column joints. The large
requirement of the joint stirrup causes the space of the stirrups is too dense and difficulties for
assembling. With this background, the king cross steel profile is used to increase the shear
capacity in the joint and to reduce steel bars reinforcement in beam-column joints. To
compare the effect of king cross steel profile on the joint shear capacity then made some
design of the eksperimental specimen. The design is shown in Table 1.
Table 1. Comparision the joint shear strength design type beam column joint
Shear strengtening of beam column
No Spesimen Purpose
joint
1 BCJ1 Without strengthening Find out concrete shear capacity
2 BCJ2 0,07Vs stirrup design compare the shear capacity of BCJ2 to BCJ3
3 BCJ3 0,07Vs king cross profile desin
4 BCJ4 0,14Vs stirrup design compare the shear capacity of BCJ4 to BCJ5 and
5 BCJ5 0,14Vs king cross profile desin BCJ3 to BCJ5
The combination of 0,07Vs stirrup compare the shear capacity of BCJ6 to BCJ4
6 BCJ6 design and 0,07Vs king cross
profile desin
Kadarningsih 216
2. Determine the material properties and the beam column joint dimension
The dimensions and material properties of the beam column joint (Figure 1) that is
designed based on the analysis of two-storey structures in seismic regions [1] are as follows:
The concrete compressive strength f’c = 30 MPa
The yield strength of longitudinal bar fy = 423,68 Mpa
The yield strength of transversal bar fy = 387.93 Mpa
The yield strength of web king cross profile fy = 203,7 Mpa
The yield strength of flens king cross profile fy = 237,15 Mpa
hc = 10D
bc =
Lb
King cross
bb Figure 1 Dimension of beam column joint with king cross profile
Lc
8D
bb
8D
3. Calculate the design shear force of beam column joint

The magnitude of the shear force of the joint is the difference in the amount of the beam
tension and the compression force to the horizontal shear force that works on the column.
Vu  Ts  C s  Vc (1)
The amount of the shear force design is calculated by various method and are tabulated as
Table 2. The analysis results show that the calculation of the beam moment (Mpr,b), the
column shear force (Vc), the beam tension force (Ts) and the beam compression force (Cs) of
all the method are similar sufficiently. So that the calculation result of the joint shear force
design (Vu) can be consider significant. And to expect the joint failure than is taken The
smallest Vu value is Vu = 1036,59 kN.
Table 2 The joint shear force design (Vu)
Analysis M beam (Mpr,b) Column shear force (Vc) Beam tension (Ts) The joint shear
method and compression force design (Vu)
force (Cs)
ACI- ASCE = − = + = = + −
,
(352R-02) , , = 562,36 = 1036,59
= 115,14 =
[2] =
, = − = 88,13 = 562,36
= 115,14
Park and , = ( − ′ ) = + = = + −
Paulay, = 102,91 , , = 562,36 = 1045,948
= ( − ′ ) = =
1974 [3] ,
= 102,91 = 78,77 = 562,36
Response , = 107,4 = + = 599 = + −
2000 , = 107,4 , , = 599 = 1015,79
=
= 82,207
Kadarningsih 217
4. Calculate the concrete, stirrup and king cross steel profile shear capacity of joint
The joint shear capacity (Vu) contributed by the concrete shear capacity (Vc) and the shear
capacity of the joint stirrup (Vs), so formulated as follows:
Vu  V c  V s (2)
The concrete shear capacity of joint (vc) according to Park and Paulay are calculated by a
beam shear design without stirrups that sustain the shear forces and the axial compression.
ACI 318-71 permit the use of more simple equation to calculate Vc that undergo the column
axial force (Nu) in column area (Ag) into [2]
= 0.2905 ′ 1 + 0.2903 ( ) (3)
The shear capacity of the joint stirrup (Vs) is calculated using three methods:
1) The shear capacity of the joint stirrup based on the truss mechanism [2]
= (4)
2) The shear capacity of the joint stirrup based on acting force mechanism on the joint and
near joint element [2]
=( )
(5)
3) The shear capacity of the joint stirrup based on SNI 03-2847-1992 [4]
= (6)
The shear strength contributions of the king cross steel profile are
(1) The contribution of the web of the king cross section
For columns with the king cross steel section as in Figure 2, the shear strength of the joint
along the plane of the web is mainly retained by the web. According to the specifications of
AISC - LRFD, the shear strength is retained by the web Vsw as [5],[6]
= 0.6 (7)
(2) The contribution of the flange of the king cross section

In addition it is also proposed the shear strength that is provided by two longitudinal flanges
Vslf which is estimated at [6]
= 2× 0.6 ×
(8) And then the beam column joint shear design is concluded in Table 3.
Figure 2.. King cross profile cross section
Kadarningsih 218
Table 3 The joint shear design

Stirrup of
Shear strengtening of beam column
Specimen joint The dimension design of king cross profile
joint
design
BCJ1 Without strengthening
BCJ2 0,07Vs stirrup design 6-50,5
BCJ3 0,07Vs king cross profile desin H = 60 mm B = 30 mm t1 = 2 mm t2 = 3 mm
BCJ4 0,14Vs stirrup design 6-101
BCJ5 0,14Vs king cross profile desin H = 95 mm B = 50 mm t1 = 2 mm t2 = 3 mm
The combination of 0,07Vs stirrup
BCJ6 design and 0,07Vs king cross profile 6-50,5 H = 60 mm B = 30 mm t1 = 2 mm t2 = 3 mm
desin
References
[1] M. Wijaya, Retrofitting Of Reinforced Concrete Interior Beam-Column Joints Using Polyester Resin
Concrete, Thesis, Civil Engineering Graduate Program Gadjah Mada University, Yogyakarta, 2015.
[2] ACI – ASCE Committee 352 (ACI 352R-02), Recommendation for Design of Beam – Column
Connections in Monolitic Reinforced Concrete Structure, American Concrete Institute, Farmingham Hils,
MI, 2002.
[3] Park, R. dan Paulay, T., Reinforced Concrete Structures, Jhon Wiley, New Zealand, 1975.
[4] BSN, SK SNI T-15-1991-03, Tata Cara Perhitungan Struktur Beton untuk Bangunan Gedung
[5] AISC 360-10, Specification for Structural Steel Buildings
[6] Chen, C. dan Lin, K., Behavior and strength of steel reinforced concrete beam – column joints with two-
side force inputs, Journal of Constructional Steel Research, 65: 2009, 641–649
Kadarningsih 219
Polytomous Logistic Regression in Analyzing the Presence of National Pilot

Mosque in Karang Baru Mataram, 2016
Nurul Fitriyani1*, Lailia Awalushaumi1, Agus Kurnia1

1
Department of Mathematics, University of Mataram
Jalan Majapahit No. 62 Mataram 83125, Indonesia
*Email: nurul.fitriyani@unram.ac.id
Abstract
The objective of the article was to explore the usage of Polytomous Logistic Regression
(PLR) in analyzing the presence of National Pilot Mosque in Mataram City, especially in
Karang Baru year 2016. PLR is used to predict a dependent variable (with more than two
categories) given one or more explanatory variables. PLR shows how multinomial response
variable Y depends on a set of k explanatory variables, X = (X1, X2, … Xk). In this study, the
PLR was used to determine the effect of the Quality of Idarah, the Quality of Imarah, and the
Quality of Ri'ayah to the existence of the National Pilot Mosque, measured by the intensity of
visits to mosques in Mataram City, especially in Karang Baru year 2016. This research used
primary data, which was obtained through questionnaires at some point in Karang Baru. The
application of PLR in analyzing the presence of National Pilot Mosque especially in Karang
Baru, Mataram has not been done before. Therefore, this study was expected to be the first
step to help the government in order to develop the potential of human resource through the
presence of the National Pilot Mosque.
Keywords: National Pilot Mosque, Polytomous Logistic Regression, Regression Model
1. Introduction
In order to improve the function of the mosque, Ministry of Religious Affairs as a state
institution that function in the development of religious life need to provide guidance and
appreciation to the mosque committee. The government should give an adequate attention to
the mosque manager (Takmir) in the management and the prosperity of the mosque by seeing
their magnitude task and role. The attention could be like the development, evaluation, and
assessment of the performance of all the elements in the mosque, in according to create the
mosque which have the best quality that can be used as National Pilot Mosque. In order to
develop and establish the National Pilot Mosque, the pilot mosque assessment should be
carried out gradually from the national, provincial, and district or city.
This study was conducted to analyze the correlation between the presence of the National
Pilot Mosque in Kota Mataram, particularly in Karang Baru year 2016, with some of the
factors that influence it. If the relationship be known, then the next steps that can be taken by
the relevant institutions can be more focused. Therefore, we need a statistical analysis, such as
regression analysis, to determine the pattern of the relationship.
Regression analysis is a statistical analysis used to determine the relationship between the
dependent variable and the independent variables [1]. Logistic regression model can be used
when the dependent variable is categorical [2]. Logistic regression model with two categories
in the dependent variable is called a binary logistic regression model, while the model with
more than two categories in the dependent variable called polytomous logistic regression
(PLR) models [3]. Therefore, the aim of the research was to analyzed the relationship between
the presence of the National Pilot Mosque measured by the intensity of the visits to the
Fitriyani et al. 220

mosques in Kota Mataram, particularly in Karang Baru, year 2016, with some of the factors
that influence it by using PLR.
The data used in this study were primary data obtained through questionnaires and
interviews. In addition, the researchers also used secondary data obtained from the West Nusa
Tenggara Central Bureau of Statistics.
The presence of the National Pilot Mosque was measured by the intensity of the visits to
the mosque (Y), which was expressed in three categories. The category was Y = 0 for a visit to
the mosque "less than twice"; Y = 1 for a visit to the mosque "two to four times"; and Y = 2
for a visit to the mosque "more than four times". The independent variables used consisted of
the Quality of Idarah (X1), the Quality of Imarah (X2), and the Quality of Ri'ayah (X3) on
mosques in Mataram, particularly in Karang Baru year 2016. Each of these independent
variables expressed in three categories, i.e. X = 0 for the quality of mosque "Low"; X = 1 for
the quality of the mosque "Moderate"; and X = 2 for the quality of the mosque "High". Each
independent variable consisted of several sub-variables using Likert scale.
Idarah are the development and the cooperation regulation activities of many people in
order to achieve a particular purpose such as planning, organization management,
administration, finance, and supervision. Imarah is an attempt for the prosperity of the
mosque as a place of worship, coaching people, and improving the welfare of the pilgrims as
an implementation program of Five Time Worship Prayer, Friday Prayer, training of Imam,
Khatib, Muadzin, and the development of worshipers, education such as Taklim Assembly,
Economic Empowerment for people, like cooperative and Baytul Mal, organizing the Islamic
and the National Day, Mosque Clinic, and the others. Whilst, Ri'ayah means the development
of facilities and infrastructure of mosque, such as the architectural form of the building, the
maintenance of the damage, maintenance of hygiene, maintenance of equipment and facilities,
and so forth [4], [5].
The statistical analysis steps were as follows: (1) Study of literature; (2) Determination of
the formulation of the problem and research objectives; (3) Variables identification; (4) Data
collection; (5) Validity and reliability test; (6) Data analysis; (7) Results and discussion; and
(8) Conclusion.
PLR was used to analyze the relationship between the presence of the National Pilot
Mosque measured by the intensity of visits to the mosques in Kota Mataram, particularly in
Karang Baru year 2016, with several factors that influence it. The descriptive statistics of all
the variables studied given in Table 1 as the initial value. This was to know the characteristics
of the data that were used.
Table 1 shows that the average number of the intensity of visits to the mosque was 1 (Y =
1, meaning that a visit to the mosque was 2 to 4 times a day), with a deviation standard of
0.803. the average number of Quality of Idarah was 1.79 (more directed to the mosque with
high quality), with a deviation standard of 0.461. Furthermore, the average number of Quality
of Imarah was 1.42 (more directed to the mosque with moderate quality), with deviation
standard of 0.495. The average number of Quality of Ri'ayah was 1.45 (more directed to the
mosque with moderate quality), with deviation standard of 0.499.

Table 1 Descriptive Statistics of Data

Deviation
No Variable Mean
Standard
1 Intensity of Visits to Mosque (Y) 1.00 0.803
2 Quality of Idarah (X1) 1.79 0.461
3 Quality of Imarah (X2) 1.42 0.495
4 Quality of Ri’ayah (X3) 1.45 0.499
Based on the Goodness-of-Fit results, the p-value of Pearson chi-square statistic was
0.369 (i.e., p = 0.369) and is, therefore, not statistically significant. A statistically significant
result (i.e., p < 0.05) indicates that the model does not fit the data well. Based on this measure,
the model fits the data well.
Another option to get an overall measure of the model is to consider the statistics
presented in the Model Fitting Information. This measure can be used to consider whether the
variables added, were statistically significantly improve the model compared to the intercept
alone (i.e., with no variables added). The p-value of final model using likelihood ratio test was
0.000 (p = 0.000), which means that the full model statistically significantly predicts the
dependent variable better than the intercept-only model alone.
The greater importance were the results presented in Table 2, which considered the
overall effect of a variable (overall statistical significance value), as shown below:
Table 2 Likelihood Ratio Test

Chi-
No Effect Sig.
square
1 Intercept 0.000 .
2 Quality of Idarah (X1) 13.371 0.010
3 Quality of Imarah (X2) 14.283 0.001
4 Quality of Ri’ayah (X3) 5.221 0.073
Table 2 shows which of the explanatory variables were statistically significant. It can
be seen that the Quality of Idarah variable was statistically significant because p = 0.010 (the
"Sig." column). On the other hand, the the Quality of Imarah variable was also statistically
significant because p = 0.001. The last variable, Quality of Ri’ayah, was statistically
significant by seeing p = 0.073 compared to the significance level (alpha = 7.5 %). Based on
this results, the explanatory variables (the Quality of Idarah, Imarah, and Ri’ayah)
significantly affected the dependent variable (the Intensity of Visits to Mosques).
Unlike the Likelihood Ratio Test in Table 2, Table 3 below represents the parameter
estimates (also known as the coefficients of the model). It represents the estimated PLR
coefficients for the models. The PLS estimated k-1 models, where k = 3 was the number of
categories of the dependent variable. As there were three categories of the dependent variable
(Y), we can see that there were two sets of logistic regression coefficients (two logits), with “>
4 times” visits as the reference category. The first set of coefficients were found in the "< 2
times" row. This represented the comparison of the “< 2 times” visits category to the
reference category. The second set of coefficients were found in the "2 – 4 times" row. This
represented the comparison of the “2 – 4 times” visits category to the reference category. It
can be seen that each dummy variable has a coefficient for each of the explanatory variable
(X1, X2, and X3). Therefore, since the parameter estimates were relative to the reference
category, the standard interpretation of the PLR is that for a unit change in the independent
variable, the logit of dependent relative to the reference category is expected to change by its
respective parameter estimate given the variables in the model were held constant.

Table 3 Parameter Estimate
Intensity of Visits
B Std. Error Wald Sig. Exp(B)
to Mosque (Y)
< 2 times Intercept -0.791 0.317 6.237 0.013

[X1=0] 20.145 1.149 307.485 0.000 5.610E8
[X1=1] 0.825 0.544 2.304 0.129 2.283
[X1=2] 0b . . . .
[X2=1] 1.194 0.360 10.991 0.001 3.299
[X2=2] 0b . . . .
[X3=1] -0.002 0.359 0.000 0.997 0.998
[X3=2] 0b . . . .
2 - 4 times Intercept -0.342 0.285 1.435 0.231
[X1=0] 19.093 0.000 . . 1.958E8
[X1=1] 1.435 0.509 7.955 0.005 4.201
[X1=2] 0b . . . .
[X2=1] 1.079 0.351 9.475 0.002 2.942
[X2=2] 0b . . . .
[X3=1] -0.670 0.350 3.672 0.055 0.511
[X3=2] 0b . . . .
There were 6 (six) coefficients (the "B" column) that were statistically significant,
compared to the compared to the significance level (alpha = 7.5 %). The coefficients were: (1)
coefficient for the intercept of the first set (p = 0.013, from the "Sig." column); (2) coefficient
for [X1=0] of the first set (p = 0.000); (3) coefficient for [X2=1] of the first set (p = 0.001); (4)
coefficient for [X1=1] of the second set (p = 0.005); (5) coefficient for [X 2=1] of the second
set (p = 0.002); and (6) coefficient for [X3=1] of the second set (p = 0.055).
4. Conclusion
The Quality of Idarah, the Quality of Imarah, and the Quality of Ri’ayah significantly
affected the Intensity of Visits to Mosques, by seeing the overall effect (overall statistical
significance value). It can clearly be seen that the three qualities of mosque affected the
presence of the National Pilot Mosque measured by the intensity of visits to mosque in
Mataram City, especially in Karang Baru, year 2016. By this results, showed that the
government could increase the quality of Idarah, Imarah, dan Ri’ayah, in order to increase the
intensity of visits to mosques in Mataram City, especially in Karang Baru.
References
[1] Eubank, R.L., Spline Smoothing and Nonparametric Regression 2nd Ed., New York, Marcel Deker, 1999.
[2] Agresti, A., An Introduction to Categorical Analysis 2nd Ed., New Jersey, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007.
[3] Hosmer, D. W. and Lemeshow, S., Applied Logistic Regression 2nd Ed., New York, John Wiley & Sons,
Inc., 2000.
[4] Kanwil Kemenag Riau (tt). Mosque Management (Idarah, Imarah, and Ri’ayah aspect), accessed from
riau.kemenag.go.id/file/file/urais/iegc1422345631.pdf, on April 12th, 2016.
[5] The Director General of the Islamic Community Guidance, the Director General of the Islamic Community
Guidance No. DJ.II/ 725 year 2013 about Technical Guidelines for Assessment Pilot National Mosque,
accessed from http:// gorontalo.kemenag.go.id/file/file/BimasIslam/nowj1384413733. pdf, on April 12th,
2016.

Shear Capacity Of Hybrid Coupling Beam
Nursiah Chairunnisa1,2* Iman Satyarno1, Muslikh1, Akhmad Aminullah1
1
Civil and Environmental Engineering Department of Gadjah Mada University, Yogyakarta, Indonesia
2
Civil Engineering Department of Lambung Mangkurat University, Banjarmasin, Indonesia
* Email: chairunnisaftunlam@gmail.com
Abstract
Coupled shear-wall structures are commonly applied for intermediate and high rise
building to provide the withstand of lateral loading caused by an earthquake and wind
loading. The failure mechanism of coupling beams affect the behaviour of coupled shear wall
system because coupling beams are normally imposed to high shear stresses. The use of steel
truss in coupling beam is considered as a new alternative method of coupling beam, solution
to the problem for enhancing shear strength in coupling beam. The use of steel truss coupling
beam encased in reinforced mortar can restrain the shear behaviour of coupling beam. This
paper presents the analytical analysis shear design of various type of coupling beams
including diagonal reinforced concrete coupling beam, steel truss coupling beam with and
without buckling consideration and hybrid coupling beam that using steel truss encased in
reinforced mortar. All type of coupling beams will be designed with the scale of 1:2.5 and
span to depth ratio of model is 1.78 that requires for diagonal bars according to SNI
2847:2013 as the building code requirements for structural concrete under seismic design in
Indonesia
Keywords: coupled shear-wall, coupling beam, steel truss, reinforced mortar
1. Introduction
SNI-2847:2013 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete [1] is the guideline
for seismic design in Indonesia. This code requires the use of diagonal reinforcement for
coupling beams having span-to-depth ratios lower than two. Moreover, The experimental test
of [2] described that diagonal arrangement of reinforcement for coupling beam present
sufficient resistance of shear strength for deep coupling beam with small span-to-depth ratios.
Unfortunately, the applying diagonal reinforcement is difficult to construct on site. The
utilizing steel truss reinforcement is considered as the alternatives method of coupling beam
with encased in reinforced mortar for substituting the diagonal bars of coupling beam. This
paper describes analytical analysis for various type of coupling beam using steel truss and
encased mortar including diagonal reinforced concrete coupling beam.
2. Design of coupling beams

To asses the shear capacity of coupling beams, 10-stories building and span-to-depth ratio
for coupling beam less than two for each level was chosen as a protoype coupled shear wall
structure that adopted from [3] Assumed member sizes of structure are shown in Table 1 and
8th level was chosen as a model for experimental phase.
Chairunnisa et al. 224

Table 1. Geometry and Shear forces of Prototype Structures of Coupled Shear wall [3]
and [4]
No Level Width Depth Shear force (kN) Material Properties
(b) (h) [3] [4]
1 8 300 800 456 422.07 Beam reinf = 275 MPa
2 7 350 800 592 555.03
3 6 350 800 644 609.57 Hoop/tie reinf = 275 MPa
4 5 350 800 676 647.37 Concrete = 30 MPa
5 4 350 800 669 643.16 (above level 3) = 25 MPa
6 3 350 800 592 550.56
7 2 350 1500 908 1212.17
The target shear capacity for all models of coupling beams are taken as 422.07 kN was adopted
from previous researchers [4] as a prototype structures and all type of coupling beams will be created
with the scale of 1:2.5. Design procedures for these models based on SNI 2847:2013 [1] and are
basically based on a simple truss analogy for steel truss and hybrid coupling beam [4]. The dimension
of coupling beams models is 120 mm x 225 mm with length of beam is 400 mm Span-to-depth ratio
of models is 1.78 and Vu exceeding 0.33 f c' Acw .The target of cylindrical compressive strength is
25 MPa.
3. Diagonal reinforced concrete coupling beam.

Shear capacity of diagonal reinforced concrete coupling beam is provided by concrete
transversal and diagonal reinforcements contribution. This model can be shown in Fig.1
Fig.1. Model of diagonal coupling beam (a) configuration of diagonal bars

This type of coupling beam called as Model-1.Total shear resistance is calculated by Eq.1
(b) external actions, (c) internal forces
Vtotal  Vc  Vs  Vdiagonal (1)
Transversal bars shall be distributed along coupling beam with total area not less than
0.002bw s . So, the next step is to calculate the required area of diagonal bars according to Eq.
2. Each groups of diagonal bars have to comprise with four reinforcements.
V n  2 Avd f y sin   0.83 f c' Acw (2)
where  is the angle between the diagonal reinforcement and longitudinal axis of coupling
beam.
Diagonal bars should be encased by transverse reinforcement with outer dimension not less
than bw 2 in direction parallel with b w and bw 5 for other sides.

4. Steel truss coupling beam

The use of steel truss coupling beam is considered as an new alternative method of
coupling beam, solution to the problem for enhancing shear strength in coupling beam. In this
study, the steel truss coupling beams consist of double angle steel and angle steel profiles.
The diagonal force component ( ) and the shear resistance of steel truss can be obtained by
Eq.3.
FD  As f y and V steeltruss  2 FD sin  (3)
Model 3 can be defined as model 2 with buckling consideration design. In this model,
diagonal and longitudinal members have to fulfill buckling requirement according to SNI
1729:2015 [5] as Spesification for Structural Steel Building as the guideline in Indonesia that
can be enclosed as Eq. 4 and Eq.5
fy  2E  fy 
If Kl E or  2.25 and Fe  with Fcr 
 0.658 Fe  (4)
 4.71 2  
r fy Fe  kL   
 
 r 
and
Kl E f
 4.71 or y  2.25 with Fcr  0.877 Fe (5)
r fy Fe
The total capacity of diagonal members and shear capacity in model 3 is calculated by Eq.6
FD (mod el 3)  As Fcr and V steeltruss  2 FD (mod el 3) sin  (6)
5. Hybrid coupling beam

Hybrid coupling beam is model 4 that can be defined as steel truss coupling beam
encased in reinforced mortar. The utilizing of encased reinforced mortar in steel truss is to
prohibit premature buckling and enhance the shear capacity of coupling beam. The shear
resistance of this model is provided by steel truss and reinforced mortar. The design
procedural this model similar with steel truss coupling beam in model 2. Additionaly, design
of reinforced mortar can be designed as ordinary reinforced concrete beam. The total shear
resistance provided by hybrid steel truss as model 4 is calculated by Eq. 7
Vtotal  Vmortar  V s  V steeltruss (7)
The shear capacity and the geometric dimension of those type of coupling beams models
are tabulated in Table 2 and Table 3.
Table 2. Shear capacity of various arrangement reinforcement of coupling beams
No Type of coupling beams Vc / Vs Vd Vtotal
Vmortar (kN) (kN) (kN)
(kN)
1 Diagonal reinforcement 20.10 21.08 32.99 74.17
2 Steel truss without - - 68.23 68.23
buckling consideration
3 Steel truss with buckling - - 88.64 88.64
consideration
4 Hybrid steel truss 18.58 20.93 59.49 98.99

Table 3. Geometry dimension of design various type of coupling beam models

Steel truss Steel truss Hybrid coupling beams
Diagon coupling beam coupling beam
al without buckling with buckling
reinforc consideration consideration
ed Horizon Diagon Horizon Diago Horizon Diagon Reinforced mortar
couplin tal al tal nal tal al with
g beam Elemen Eleme Elemen Eleme Elemen Eleme fc’ mortar=30Mpa
t nt t nt t nt
Double Double Double Longitudi Transver
Diagon Angle Angle Angle
Angle Angle Angle nal Bars sal Bars
al bars steel steel steel
Steel Steel Steel
46 2L L.30.3 2L35.3 L35.3 2L L.30.3 26 6-200
30.30.3 0.3 5.3 5.3 30.30.3 0.3
Geometry sketch of test specimens and reinforcement details are shown in Fig. 2.
(a) Fig.2 Geometry sketch of(b)

various type of coupling (c)
beams models
(a) Model-1, (b) Model-2 & 3 and (c) Model-4
References
[1] SNI 2847:2013, Persyaratan Beton Struktural untuk Bangunan Gedung, BSN, Jakarta, 2013.
[2] T. Paulay., Binney, J. R."Diagonally Reinforced Coupling Beams of Shear Walls, Shear in Reinforced
Concrete, SP-42." American Concrete Institute, Farmington Hills, Mich., pp. 579-598.1974.
[3] T. Paulay, M.J.N. Priestley, Seismic design of reinforced concrete and masonry building, John Wiley and
Sons Inc, New York, 1992.
[4] N. Chairunnisa, I. Satyarno, Muslikh, A.Aminullah, “Analysis and Design of Shear Wall Coupling Beam
using Hybrid Steel Truss Encased in Reinforced Mortar”, 3rd International Conference on Sustainable
Civil Engineering Structures and Construction Materials 2016 (SCESCM 2016), Bali. Indonesia, 2016.
[5] SNI 1729:2015, Spesifikasi untuk Bangunan Gedung Baja Struktural, BSN, Jakarta, 2015.

The Modification and Analyzing of heat Loss of The Heater System in The
Knockdown Fumigator Type
M. Munandar Prayuda1, Sukmawaty2, Guyup Mahardhian D.P.2

1
Undergraduate Department of Agricutural Engineering, Faculty of Food and Agroindustrial Technology,
University of Mataram
2
Lecturer Department of Agricutural Engineering, Faculty of Food and Agroindustrial Technology, University
of Mataram
Email : Sukmawaty14@yahoo.com
Abstract
The development of fumigator has reached much increase. One of them is the
fumigator knockdown type. But in that fumigator the substance which is smoked do not
smoked well, the substance disposed baked than smoked. On that case, it needed modification
in order to make the substance can be smoked well. The purposes of this research are to
modify and to analyze the system of the heater of fumigator knockdown type. The
experimental method was used in this research. The data and adding biomass 0,5 kg taken in
every 30 minutes in 8 hour. Parameters taken are temperature, the energy that produces by
biomass, heat loss, and the efficiency of heat system. The modifications are to separate the
system of heater with fumigation room by using burner in form of cube in dimension 0.35 X
0.35 X 0.35 with 28 kg capacity of piece of coconut shell, blower and two distributor pipe.
The heat loss of this fumigator system occurred at burner and distributor pipe smoke. The
result of this research shows that heat loss at burner and distributor pipe smoke are the
combination of heat loss by convention, conduction, and radiation. The total energy of the
heat loss at hearth is 8802.042 KJ, and the distributor pipe smokes are 307.68 KJ. The
efficiency of the burner and the heater system are 40.40% and 38.32% respectively.
Keywords: heat loss, system heater, fumigation
1. Introduction
Fumigation can be defined as the process of penetration of volatile compounds in fish

produced from burning wood which produce product with specific taste and flavor (Bower, et
al, 2009). Fumigation also extend the shelf life because of the antibacterial activity (Abolagba
and Igbinevbo, 2010), inhibit enzymatic activity in fish which can affect the quality of
smoked fish (Kumolu- Johnson et al., 2010).
The traditional fumigation has many drawbacks, including long time process, low fuel
efficiency, more heat waste, and low level of hygiene. Base on these problems, it is need the
appropriate innovation for fumigation process by using fumigator.
Fumigator with biomass as fuel is expected to improve the efficiency of the agricultural
processing product. The types of biomass fuel used are wood, coconut shell, saws husk, coco
and others.
Model of fumigator has been widely developed, among others are fumigator rack type,
oven model, and knock down type. This research used knock down type. This fumigator is
designed to be easily taken anywhere so it can be used anywhere. Based on the designer, this
fumigator has disadvantage which the product not smoked well because the product was
baked than smoked. This condition occurs because the heating system used located just below
Prayuda et al. 228

the fumigation chamber so the heat was distributed more widely obtained from the wall of the
fumigation chamber.
Based on that reason, it is needed to modify this fumigator so that the heating system
separately from the fumigator chamber and also needed blower to blow the smoked into the
fumigation chamber. Therefore, to get the result as desired it is necessary to know the heat
blown into the fumigator chamber, heat loss in the heating system, and heat loss in the
conduit. It is expecting that the heat generated by heating system is not vain. The objective of
this study is to determine the amount of heat generated and heat lost in heating system during
fumigation process of knock down type of fumigator after modification and analysis of heat
lost on heating system.
2.1. Materials and Equipments

The material used in this study is coconut shell. Equipment used are: a set of knock
down type of fumigator, cutting machine, welding machine, measurer tape, elbow ruler,
thermocouple, data logger, an analytical balance, thermometer
2.2. Research Step

Investigation steps were as follows : Preparing equipment and materials, modification
to the heating system, preliminary study to determine the condition of the equipment,
measuring the research parameters such as temperature, energy produced by biomass, the
amount of energy come into the fumigator chamber, heat lost during fumigation process.
Addition of biomass and data retrieval was done every 30 minutes.
2.3. Calculation parameters
Temperatures observed were on furnace, conduit pipe, and ambient temperature.

Furnace temperatures were on the biomass in the furnace and all sides furnace walls. On the
conduit pipe were temperatures in and out of the pipe.
Energy generated by fuel coconut shell calculated by (Keating, 2007):
Qf = mf x HHV .......................................................................................................(1)
Ket :
Qf = heat energy of combustion of biomass, (kJ)
mf = biomass fuel mass burned during combustion, (kg)
HHV = heat value of biomass fuel combustion per unit mass, (kJ/kg)
Heat lost in biomass furnace occurs on the wall, either on vertical or on horizontal
walls. The accumulation of heat lost on the vertical and horizontal wall of furnace can be
calculated by the formula (Holman, 1981):
Q=( ( − ~ )) + ( ∆x ∆T) + ( ɛ(T − T~ )...................(2)
where :Q = heat lost (kJ)
h = convective heat transfer coefficient (W/m2K)
A = surface area (m2)
TD = temperature of furnace vertical wall (K)
TL = temperature of furnace horizontal wall(K)
T~ = ambient temperature (K)
Tf = temperature of the furnace chamber (K)
Prayuda et al. 229

∆T = temperature difference between wall and ambient (K)

Ku = conductivity of air (W/mk)
= Stefan-boltzman constant : 5,67 x 10-8
ɛ = emissivity of object
The value of furnace efficiency is the ability to distribute the heat, which can be
determined by the following equation (Darmawan, 2003):
ηT = x 100 % ...................................................................................................(3)
Qe = Qf - QT ...........................................................................................................(4)
Qf = mf x HHV .......................................................................................................(5)
where:
QT = heat lost total (kJ)
Qf = heat energy of combustion of biomass, (kJ)
mf = biomass fuel mass burned during combustion, (kg)
Qe = furnace efektive energy (kJ)
3.1. Dimension dan Characteristic of Furnace and Conduit Pipe

Furnace is made of iron. Iron plate was chosen for furnace because of the strength
and heat resistant. Furnace was designed as cube with the dimension of 0.35x0.35x0.35 (m)
and the thickness of 0.003m. The maximum capacity of the furnace of coconut shell without
porosity is 28 kg. When the porosity taking into account of the capacity, the capacity around
7- 12 kg. Conductivity value of furnace varied depending on the temperature of the furnace.
The value of the furnace emissivity is 0.61 because of using ferrous materials.
Table 1. Furnace Specification

Materials Iron (Iron, then rusted red)
Shape Cube
Side wall (m) 0.35
Thickness (m) 0.003
Capacity (kg) 28
Conductivity (W/moC) 36-73
Emissivity 0.61
Based on the shape of the furnace, cube, the furnace wall composed by 6 iron wall.
The surface area of each wall of the furnace can be seen in Table 2.
Table 2. Surface Area of the Furnace

Furnace Surface Area (m2)
Left (AL1) Right (AL2) Front (AL3) Back (AL4) Bottom (AL5) Top (AL6)
0.1225 0.1225 0.1172 0.1172 0.1225 0.1225
Based on Table 2, it can be seen that surface area for front and back side walls smaller than
the others because on those side wall were hollow.
3.2. Conduit Pipe

Conduit pipe is media to connecting the furnace and the fumigation chamber. The
specification of the conduit pipe can be seen in the following table.
Prayuda et al. 230

Table 3. Specification of Conduit Pipe

Materials Iron (Iron, then rusted red)
Shape Cylinder
Length (m) 0.25
Thickness (m) 0.004
Diameter Outer (m) 0.09
Diameter Inner (m) 0.082
Surface Area of the Pipe Wall (m2) 0.064
Conduktivity (W/moC) 36-73
Emissivity 0.61
Material used in the conduit pipe same with the material for furnace is iron with the
emissivity 0.61. The shape of the pipe is cylinder with the length 0.25 m and the thickness
0.004 m. For the conductivity value also same with the furnace conductivity value which is
vary depending on the temperature flow. This conduit pipa is not covered by insulator so that
the cylinder conduit pipe in direct contact with the air.
3.3. Heat Lost from Furnace

Furnace heat loss occurring in several places, among others, vertical and horizontal side walls,
Vertical furnace walls are furnace wall which stand upright. These vertical walls divided into
four: left side wall, right side wall, front side wall and rear side wall. While horizontal walls
divided into two, top side wall and bottom side wall. Heat loss that occur in the furnace can be
seen the Table 4.
Table 4.Heat Loss on Furnace

Heat Loss on Furnace
Left (QL1) Right (QL2) Front (QL3) Rear (QL4) Bottom (QL5) Top (QL6)
839.31 W 810.45 W 691.61 W 852.39 W 920.30 W 775.96 W
1510.76 kJ 1458.81 kJ 1244.91 kJ 1534.30 kJ 1656.55 kJ 1396.72 kJ
Based on Table 4, it can be seen that the greatest heat loss obtained on the bottom wall
of the furnace, which is equal to 1656.55 kJ. This occur because the combustion of biomass is
in direct contact with the bottom wall, so this condition allowing the heat lost faster than the
other side. The smallest heat lost found in the front wall because the position of this wall is a
bit far from the biomass combustion. When viewed from the biomass combustion, the
smallest heat lost should be from the top side wall, because the distance from the biomass
combustion is the biggest. But the heat lost on the top side bigger compare with the front side
because the fire produced of biomass combustion blow to the top of the furnace.
3.4. Heat Loss from Conduit Pipe

Heat loss from conduit pipe which is connected furnace and fumigation chamber
should be taking into account beside heat loss from furnace walls. The analysis used in the
calculation of heat lost from conduit pipe approximated by the similar equation that used for
furnace walls. The calculation of heat loss data for conduit pipe can be seen in Table 5.
Prayuda et al. 231

Table 5. Measurement Data on the Conduit Pipe

Dimension Value
Temperature of fumigation chamber 321.9
Coefficient of expansion 0.0031
Conduktivity of material (W/moC) 55
Surface area (m2) 0.064
Prandtl number 0.703
Grashof number 1.13E+08
Rayleigh number 8.01E+07
Nusselt number 55.82
Convective heat transfer coefficient (W/moC) 37.95
Resistancy (K/oC) 5.84
Heat transfer coefficient mean (W/oC) 0.17
Emissitivity 0.61
Heat Loss (W) 170.93
Heat Lost (kJ) 307.68
Heat loss from conduit pipe smaller compare with the furnace walls which is 307.68
kJ. Based on the result obtained, the conduit pipa effective in inhibiting the heat loss to the
environment. This condition occur because the length of the conduit pipe only 0.25 m, so the
heat lost from along the conduit pipe can be minimized. Based on the surface area, the lost
also small, so the conduit pipe can be distributed heat optimally.
3.5. Efficiency Heating System

The performance of the furnace can be measured by the efficiency of the furnace. The
efficiency of this furnace is calculated from the furnace and heating system. The efficiency is
calculated by comparing effective energy used with energy given to the system. The value of
efficiency of furnace and heating system can be seen in Table 6.
Table 6. Furnace and Heating System Efficiency

Furnace Efficiency (%) Heating System Efficiency (%)
40.40 38.32
Based on Table 6, it can be seen that the efficiency of furnace 40.40%. The furnace
efficiency obtained is quite substantial for a successful energy channeled into conduit pipe for
almost half of energy biomass combustion. Energy that can be supplied to the conduit pipe is
5967.708 kJ of 14769.75 kJ that produced by biomass. The furnace can be said to be efficient
because the heat energy generated is large enough because most of the furnace operates with
relatively low efficiency (about 7%) compared with other combustion appliances
. Factor which caused quite high efficiency is due to the use of not fullcapacity of the
biomass in the furnace. The difference between heating system and furnace isthat the heating
system is a set of apparatus which used to channel the smoke produced fromfurnace.
Heating system consist of furnace, blower, conduit pipe for air and smoke. Heatingsystem
efficiency that calculated in this study is the combination of smoke conduit pipe and
furnace. Based on Table 6, heating system efficiency is 38.32 %. This signifies that energy
goes to fumigation chamber big enough for 5660.03 kJ.
4. Conclusion
Based on the results and discussion, a number of conclusions are as follows:
1. The furnace and conduit pipe is made of metal with conductivity 73 W/moC and
emissivity 0.61.
2. The biggest heat loss is in the bottom wall of the furnace of 1656.55 kJ.
3. Heat loss in the conduit pipe of 307.68 kJ.
Prayuda et al. 232

4. Furnace efficiency and heating system of 40,40% and 38.32% respectively.
Suggestion
From the results, discussion and the conclusions, it is advisable to conduct further by
modification the furnace to reduce the heat loss from the heating system.
References
[1] Abolagba OJ and Igbinevbo EE. 2010. Microbial load of fresh and smoked fish marketed in Benin
metropolis Nigeria. Journal of Fisheries and Hydrobiology 5(2):99-104.
[2] Bower CK, Hietala KA, Oliveira ACM, and Wu TH. 2009. Stabilizing oils from smoked pink salmon
(Oncorhynchus gorbuscha). Journal of Food Science 74(3):248-257.
[3] Darmawan, Dian. 2003. Uji Kinerja Alat Pengering Tipe Efek Rumah Kaca Dengan Energi Surya dan
Tungku Biomassa Sebagai Sistem Pemanas Tambahan Untuk Proses Pengeringan. Bogor : Institut
Pertanian Bogor.
[4] Holman, J.P.. 1981. Heat Transfer 10 th ed. Ney York : McGraw-Hill.
[5] Kumolu-Johnson CA, Aladetohun NF, and Ndimele PE. 2010. The effect of smoking on the nutritional
qualities and shelf-life of Clarias gariepinus (Burchell 1822). African Journal of Biotechnology 9(1):073-
076.
[6] Keating, Eugene L. 2007. Applied Combustion 2nd ed. US : Taylor & Francid Group.
Prayuda et al. 233

Design of Seismic Recorder with Single-Axis Geophone for Passive Seismic

Monitoring
I Wayan Sudiarta1,*, Raja Fathurrahman Akmaludin1, Dian Wijaya Kurniawidi1, Made Sutha
Yadnya2
1
Physics Study Program, Faculty of Mathematic and Nature Sciences, the University of Mataram
Mataram, NTB, Indonesia
2
Department of Electrical Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, the University of Mataram,
Mataram, NTB Indonesia
* Email: wayan.sudiarta@unram.ac.id
Abstract
Seismic events such as earthquakes have influenced our life. To monitor seismic
events requires a seismic recorder that consists of five parts : (1) a single axis geophone with
natural frequency of 1 Hz, (2) a signal conditioning circuit, (3) an ADC circuit, (4) an RTC
circuit and (5) an SD logger circuit. Simple test have shown that our seismic recorder can
record seismic waves up to 70 samples per second, and with amplification of 1400 times.
Seismic monitoring for two weeks in the City of Mataram have shown that seismic waves are
clearly shown and produced by human activities during the night and the day, and natural
phenomena such as earthquakes. Analysis of P and S waves of two earthquakes that
happened during time of the seismic monitoring have shown that the distance of the
epicenters of the earthquakes are obtained to be in agreement with epicenters provided by the
Indonesian Agency for Meteorology, Climatology and Geophysics (BMKG).
Keywords: Seismic recorder, Single-axis geophone
1 Introduction
Seismic waves in the earth crust are, for examples produced by the movement of
tectonic plates, human activities, tides and winds. Characteristics of seismic waves can be
used to determine subsurface structure of the earth. One can use active seismic sources
(known as the active seismic method) and natural seismic sources (the passive seismic
method) [4]. To record natural seismic vibrations, a passive seismic recorder is needed.
The conventional seismograph which used is a seismograph with short-time records, its only
capable to short-term record. The main purpose of this study is to produce a device with
single-axis geophones that is capable of recording natural seismic activities for a long period
of time [1], it is low cost and low power device. This device is then applied to record seismic
waves in the City of Mataram.
2 Related Work
Study on a design of the device for the detection of passive seismic phenomena such
as earthquakes was conducted by Zhang [8] for a design geophone to detect an earthquake
using MEMS. Application for monitoring volcanic activity with wireless sensor network
(WSN) was done by Werner-Allen et. al [6]. A study to determine locations of hydrocarbon
was also conducted by Mohammed [3].
3 Hardware Design
The seismic recorder consists of a single axis geophone LF-24, a signal conditioning
Sudiarta et al. 234

circuit (see Fig. 1 (a)), Data logger shield, an Arduino Mega, an ADC circuit ADS 1115.
(a) (b)
Figure 1. Single-axis system (a) signal conditioning circuit for the seismic recorder (b) conceptual
diagram system
3.1 Single-axis Geophone System Design
The design of signal conditioning using operational amplifier with active filter system
and strengthening, besides signals conditioning are also converted signal using a ADC
ADS1115 with 16 bit resolution. The design of the signal conditioning can be seen from
Figure 1 (a) with reinforcement cascade and band-pass filter [2]. Then for the system design
and system timer recording (see Fig. 1 (b)) using the data logger shield with the type of
communication with arduino using SPI for recording system and I2C timer system.
3.2 System Testing and Data Retrieval
System testing is done to determine whether the system is designed to work in
accordance with the draft, testing of the system consists of laboratory testing. The analysis
procedure for recording data on a long-term passive seismic activity starting from obtained
data recording for one week, data generated some files that are the result of recording per hour
for one week, and then merge the files according to the recording time. Results of one week of
data is then processed using Matlab with STFT methods to see the difference frequencies
occur at any time. Then, with the data STFT characterization was carried out to see
phenomena that occur during recording [5].
4 Results and Discussion
Results single-axis system design geophone can be seen in Figure 2 (a) consists of
signal conditioning, system timer and recording system.
(a) (b)
Figure 2 System results (a) Single-axis geophone design result (b) bode diagram result
Signal conditioning consists of active filter, amplifier and ADC, timer and recording
system designed using data logger module shield and Arduino as the controller system. The
results of the design to produce systems that are capable of storing and managing time digital.
The results of the input signal conditioning to arduino then processed and determined when
the signal came by RTC and recording systems store data signal recording and time data from
Sudiarta et al. 235

the RTC and then storing them in SD-card.

4.1 Design Testing Result
System testing is done on a laboratory scale and outside testing, the purpose of this
test is that the designed system capable of recording seismic waves passive. Single-axis
system testing geophone testing laboratory scale to the signal conditioning, ADC, timer
systems and recording systems. Testing signal conditioning bode diagram band pass filter
using multisim with cut-off frequencies between 0.345 Hz and 270.081 Hz and gain 706.042
times. The results obtained from the program multisim compared with the results of
measurements with the oscilloscope showed in Figure 2 (b), the results were very close to the
simulation results with multisim with cut-off frequency of 0,351 Hz - 240.08 Hz.
4.2 Long term record Result
Long-period recording seismic activity aims to record human activity and activity
within one week, Figure 3 is a spectrogram of recording results for one week.
(a) (b)
Figure 3 Long-term record results (a) one week record signal results (b) one week record spectrogram
results
Long-term passive seismic recording there are several phenomena such as earthquakes
recorded, the activity of motor vehicle traffic and activities in the morning and evening.
Figure 4 (a) and Figure 5 (a) shows the phenomenon of earthquakes and the time recorded on
Thursday 9 June 2016 at 10:41 wita and 12:13 wita, it corresponds to the time recorded by
BMKG time of occurrence of the phenomenon of earthquakes.
(a) (b)
Figure 4 Earthquake event (a) earthquake record at 10:41 wita (b) Epicenter result for earthquake
record at 10:41 wita
Results picking seismic wave in Figure 4 (a) was difference in arrival time for the P
and S waves which is 12 seconds, to determine the distance of the epicenter resulting from the
earthquake epicenter distance [7] is 100.8 Km (see Fig. 4 (b)) from geophone.
Sudiarta et al. 236

(a) (b)
Figure 5 Earthquake event (a) earthquake record at 12:13 wita (b) Epicenter result for earthquake
record at 12:13 wita
The quake, which occurred at 12:13 wita showed great magnitude so as to obtain
arrival time differences for P and S waves are used digital filter to smooth the result of the
recording of Figure 5 (a) is obtained wave arrival time difference of 39 seconds obtained
epicenter of the earthquake [7] is 327.6 Km (see Fig. 5 (b)) from geophone.
(a) (b)
Figure 6 Human Activity (a) human activity spectrogram results (b) human activity in day and
evening results
Seismic activity caused by humans in general can be seen in Figure 6 (b) it’s at 03:00
wita humans activity started, this is indicated by an increase in magnitude at all frequencies
recorded. Human activity is a motor vehicle passing near the geophone can be shown in
Figure 16, where the horizontal red line at a frequency of 20Hz - 23Hz, it is repeated every
day at 10:00 wita to 11:00 wita and 04:00 wita. to 18:00 wita.
5 Conclusions and Future Work
Based on the result of design and recording Single-axis geophones, it can be
concluded that design and testing single-axis geophone can perform passive seismic activity
with frequency between 0.325 Hz and 270,364 Hz, gain by 1400 and sampling record 70 Hz
and recording long-term passive seismic activity obtained natural phenomena such as
earthquakes with epicenter distance 100.8 Km and 361,2 Km, also record human activity.
For development single-axis geophone system is necessary to improve its system in
higher and faster data processing using raspberry pi, high-resolutions ADC 24-bit and IOT-
based to facilitate data recording, also apply to volcano monitoring and measure the building
motions.
References
[1] Bowness, D and Lock, A C., 2007, Monitoring the Dynamic Displacement of Railway Track., proceeding
of the institution of mechanical engineers, part F : journal of rail and rapid transit
Sudiarta et al. 237

[2] Haskov, J and Gerard . W., 2004. Instrumentations In Earthquake Seismology. Springer : Dordrecht,
Netherlands.
[3] Mohammed, Y, 2009 . Low-frequency passive seismic experiments in Abu Dhabi, United Arab Emirates:
implications for hydrocarbon detection. The Petroleum Institute. UEA.
[4] Sheriff, R. E., and Geldart, L. P., 1995. Exploration Seismology 2nd Edition. Cambridge University Press:
New York. USA.
[5] Walker, D. 2008, Recent developments in low frequency spectral analysis of passive seismic data. First
break, 26, 67-77.
[6] Werner-Allen, G. Johnson, J. Ruiz, M. Lees, J. Welsh M., 2005 ,Monitoring volcanic eruptions with a
wireless sensor network, Wireless Sensor Networks, Second European Workshop, Harvard University.,
Boston, MA, USA.
[7] Wood, M. M. (2007, April 16). UPseis. Retrieved June 5, 2016, from Michigan Tech:
http://www.geo.mtu.edu/UPSeis/locating.html.
[8] Zhang Xiaodan, Ke Xizheng, Zhang Zhiyu, 2010, Research on Micro-Electro-Mechanical-
Systems digital geophone, International Conference on Artificial Intelligence and
Computational Intelligence, Beijing, China.
Sudiarta et al. 238

Zinc Supply and Root Pruning on Growth and Relative Zinc Absorption
Rate by Transplanted Rice (Oryza sativa L.)
Mulyati
Department of Soil Science, Faculty of Agriculture, University of Mataram

Jalan Pendidikan 37 Mataram 83125 Lombok. Telp. 0370621435
Email : felicia2810@gmail.com
Abstract
Zn deficiency is associated with the seedlings development growth stage. Therefore,

rice seedlings appear to be sensitive to Zn deficiency after transplanting into flooded soil.
The purposes of the present study were to investigate the effect of Zn application and root
pruning on growth and Zn absorption by transplanted rice. Pots were arranged in a factorial
complete randomized design with three replicates, which comprised of 7 rates of Zn (0, 20,
40, 80, 160, 320 and 640 µg Zn kg -1 air dry soil), with 0 and 50 % of root pruning. The
obtained data were analysed statistically by using the analysis of variance. The results
showed that the relative Zn absorption rate were closely related to the dry weight of shoot
and root. Root pruning had a lower rates of Zn absorption than those of without pruning.
Therefore, root pruning impaired plants growth and eventually reduced dry matter
production. In conclusion, root recovery and root function of transplanted rice were sluggish
by low Zn supply and root pruning, and increasing Zn application could not compensate for
the pruned roots.
Keywords : Zinc, root pruning, absorption, transplanted rice.
1. Introduction
Zinc (Zn) deficiency is recoqnized as one of the most widespread soil constrain in rice
production (Sillanpää, 1990). Nutritional disorder of rice associated with micronutrients have
escalated as modern technology for rice production has been applied. These include increase
crop requirements on the soil’s ability to supply Zn , use of urea and phosphate fertilizers
which the resulting of P – induced Zn deficiency (Srivastava et al., 1999). Recent research
shows that micronutrients particularly Zn have an important role in root stress (Welch,
1995). Marschner (1993) reviewed that plant roots may also influence the availability and
uptake of mineral nutrients by releasing of root exudates, which induce changes in the
rhizosphere. The rhizosphere modification of rice roots may be as the important factor in
decreasing the concentration and mobility of Zn in the flooded soil.
Zinc deficiency mostly occurs in flooded rice, because flooded soil causes drastic
change in the chemical and biological reaction in the soil (Turner & Patrick, 1986). It
could be related to the chemical properties of flooded soil which decrease Zn availability and
also attributed to the inefficient Zn absorption of transplanted rice seedlings. When soil is
flooded, the concentration of most nutrients such as phosphorus (P) in the soil solution
increases but it decrease in Zn availability (Tandano & Yoshida, 1978).
Generally, Zn deficiency is associated with the seedlings development stage of

growth at 15 to 20 days after seedlings emergence (Wells et al., 1993). Therefore, rice
seedlings appear to be sensitive to Zn deficiency after transplanting into flooded soil.
Flooded soil reduces most of plants growth by affecting physiological processes such as
decrease in absorption and transport ions through roots. It may cause plants suffer from
Mulyati 239
nutrient deficiency, because translocation of the nutrients from roots to the shoots is often
restricted by lack of aeration (Huang et al., 1995). Zinc deficiency can be corrected by
applying Zn compounds to the soil or transplanted wetland rice seedlings for further growth
especially in the critical early growth stage (Quijano-Guerta et al., 2002). A small amount
of Zn apply to the nursery may be feasible, effective and efficient for uptake nutrients
(Reyes & Brinkman, 1968).
Seedlings are pulled up from the nursery without regard to the amount of roots that
are retained on each plant (Grist, 1975). In addition, Jack (1923) cited Grist (1975) stated
that the physiological factors involved in transplanting are obscure, the damage of the root
system at transplanting or root pruning would stimulate the plant growth and. The
mechanisms of rice growing in flooded soil after transplanting and their nutrients absorption
especially for Zn is poorly understood. Therefore, it is worthy to investigate the effect of Zn
supply and root pruning on the growth of transplanted rice relate to the relative Zn absorption
rate, in order to overcome the recovery of root function.
The purposes of the present study were to investigate the effect of Zn application and
root pruning on the vegetative growth stage of transplanted rice; and also to determine the
relative Zn absorption rate by transplanted rice with 50 % root had been pruned and without
pruning.

Treatment. A pot experiment conducted in a trace-element glasshouse. Rice seedlings
treated with seven rates of Zn supplied as ZnSO4 7H2O, respectively : 0, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320
and 640 µg Zn kg -1 air dry soil, and root pruning (0% pruning or without pruning and 50%
of root pruning). Each treatment combination comprised of three replications. Pots were
arranged in a Factorial Randomized Block Design.
Seedling growth. The rice cultivar (cv) was used IR-36 Rice seeds dormancy was broken
by heating seeds at 35 0C for 24 hours. Seeds were placed for 48 hours on brown filter paper
moistened with 1 mM CaSO4 and 10 µM H3BO3 solution at room temperature to initiate
germination. Seeds were sown in a seedbed by using sand culture. Before sowing, the sand
were rinsed in DDI water. Complete nutrients were applied into the seedbed soil including
50 µg Zn kg-1 air dry soil to provide adequate nutrients for seedling growth. Rice seeds were
raised in a seedbeds for 24 days before being transplanted into Zn treated soils.
Plant culture. Representative soil were collected from the field on 0-20 cm depth. Air
dried soil were sieved through a stainless steel screen (4x4 mm) and mixed, then placed in
5 kg portions of air dry soil the plastic bags fitted inside plastic pots. All treatments were
receive basal nutrients as follow : 174 K2SO4, 98 CaCl2 .2H2O, 93 NH4NO3, 90.7 KH2PO4,
24.6 MgSO4 .7H2O, 8.5 MnSO4 .7H2O, 1.3 CuSO4 .5H2O 0.85 H3BO3, and 0.4 NaMoO4
-1
.2H2O mg kg air dry soil. The macronutrients were purified to remove Zn by using
dithizone in chloroform at pH 6.5 to 7.5 (Hewitt, 1966). The nutrient solutions were added
to the soil and mixed thoroughly, then watered until flooded to 3-5 cm above the level of
the soil surface. Soil in each pot was paddled for 2 weeks before transplanting.
Six selected seedlings were transplanted into each pot. At 7 days after
transplanting (DAT), seedlings were thinned to 3 plants per pot. Seedlings sampled at
thinning were weight for fresh and dry weight, and also used for Zn determination.
Transplanting were done gently, then carefully pull away for one by one plant. The soil was
maintained at flooded condition (3-5 cm) throughout the experiment with double deioned
water (DDI) water, every week 280 NH4NO3 mgkg-1 were applied to each pot. Pots were
maintained in temperature controlled water baths at 28 - 30 0C.
Harvest procedure. Rice seedlings growth was measured 30 DAT. Plants were cut at
ground level (1 cm from the soil surface) as shoot and root samples were washed carefully
to remove soil with DDI water. Fresh and dry weight of shoots and roots were recorded.
Mulyati 240
After that, all plant samples were oven dried at 65-70 0C until constant weight achieved.
Root length was measured by using Comair root length scanner (Newman, 1966).
Plants and soil analysis. The plant samples were milled for analysis. Zinc concentration
was determined after digesting samples in concentrated HNO3 at 135-140 0C by using an
inductively couple plasma - optical emission spectrometry (ICP-OES) (Zarcinas et al., 1987).
Data analysis. Collected data from the experiment were analysed statistically by using
analysis of variance, When F-values were significant at P ≤ 0.05, means comparison among
treatments were compared by employing Fisher’s least significant difference.

3.1. Zinc Responses on the Growth
These visible symptoms of Zn deficiency observed at 12 days after transplanting, with
absence of Zn and low Zn supply (20 µg Zn kg -1 soil), and mild symptoms at 40 also µg Zn
kg-1 soil. It occurred both in plant with root had been pruned or root damaged and without
pruning or intact root system. Zn deficiency symptoms marked by yellowing and had brown
spot on the young and old leaf blades. Young leaves became chlorotic, bronzing of the leaves,
internodes short, plants became dwarf, produced few tillers and new leaves were formed
smaller than plants supplied with adequate Zn, plants growth were retarded. As a result,
plants produced lower root and shoot dry matter. While, plants supplied with 80 µg Zn kg-1
soil or higher did not show any of visible sign of Zn deficiency symptoms.
Shoot and root dry matter production responded positively (P ≤ 0.05) by Zn
application and root pruning, no interactive effect was found between Zn supply and root
pruning (Table 1). Without Zn supply and low Zn supply and combination with 50 % root
pruning were strongly depressed shoot dry weight. Root dry matter responded to increasing
Zn supply in similar way to shoot dry matter.
The maximum shoot dry matter was obtained at 40 µg Zn kg-1 soil, and at 40 to 160
µg Zn kg-1 soil shoot dry matter exhibited a plateau, and no significant difference was found
between 160 and 640 µg Zn kg-1 soil. Indeed, raising Zn supply from 40 to 640 µg Zn kg-1
soil had no significant effect on the shoot growth Thus, this suggests that rice plant had a
lower functional requirement of Zn for the growth and development. In addition, root pruning
resulted in reduced the dry matter production, and increasing of Zn application could not
compensate for the pruned root (Bar-Tal et al., 1994).
Table 1. Effect of zinc supply and root pruning on shoot dry weights (g plant-1) of rice
cv. IR-36 at 15 and 30 days after transplanting.
Treatment Dry weights (g plant-1)
Zinc level (µg kg-1) Root pruning (%) Shoot Root
0 0 2.20 ± 0.22 1.17 ±0.03
50 2.10 ± 0.20 0.81 ±0.09
20 0 2.91 ± 0.06 1.19 ± 0.03
50 2.77 ± 0.30 0.93 ± 0.07
40 0 3.03 ± 0.26 1.23 ± 0.09
50 3.01 ± 0.11 0.96 ± 0.04
80 0 3.12 ± 0.10 1.24 ± 0.18
50 3.10 ± 0.04 0.97 ± 0.03
160 0 3.26 ± 0.04 1.27 ± 0.19
50 3.25 ± 0.13 0.98 ± 0.06
320 0 3.29 ± 0.16 1.29 ± 0.10
50 3.21 ± 0.12 1.00 ± 0.09
Mulyati 241
640 0 3.37 ± 0.03 1.31 ± 0.07
50 3.20 ± 0.05 1.02 ± 0.07
Values are means of three replicates  SE.
Root dry matter production increased progressively by Zn supply and root pruning.
Zinc supply from 0 to 20 µg Zn kg-1 did not increased root dry matter production. The
maximum root dry matter was attained at 80 µg Zn kg-1 soil. Thus, shoot growth of
transplanted rice required a higher external Zn requirement compared with root growth.
This result was similar to previous study on transplanted oilseed rape (Mulyati, 2004). Root
growth and development are characterised by a complex interaction between roots and shoots,
and between roots and the environment (Marschner, 1993). These study indicated that the
maximum shoot growth required a higher external Zn supply compared with root growth. At
the early growth stage, root and shoot growth required the same level of Zn supply.
Plants with low Zn added and without Zn added were significantly depressed root and
shoot dry matter both in root had been pruned and without root had been pruned. These result
confirmed that the higher external Zn requirement for transplanted rice is due to the
requirement for shoot growth rather than root growth. It has been well accepted that root
system such as root diameter, volume and length are crucial factors in determining plant
growth and crop yield through nutrients uptake and water (Morita & Abe, 1996; Yamauchi
et al., 1996). Increasing Zn supply and 50 % root pruning had a significant effect on shoot :
root ratio (Figure 1). For adequate Zn supply and high Zn supply shoot : root ratio tended
to be stable or consistent. The removal of 50 % roots produced higher shoot : root ratio
than that of plants with root had not been pruned. It apparent that root pruning
4
0 % pruning 50 % pruning
3.5
3
Shoot : root ratio
2.5
1.5
0.5
0
0 20 40 80 160 320 640
Zinc supply (µg kg -1)
Figure 1. Effect of zinc supply and root pruning on shoot : root ratio of
transplanted rice at harvest days.
would have removed a significant portion of root absorbing surface, leading to the
increased of external Zn requirement for Zn absorption during the post-transplanting
period before the full recovery of root function. Thus, the damage of root system of
transplanted rice required a period of time for the root recovery to re-establish a favourable
shoot : root ratio. Plants with root had been pruned decreased with time, but plants with root
had not been pruned were almost un-change, except for low Zn supply or between 20 and
40 µg Zn kg-1 and without Zn added. Plant with root damaged had higher shoot : root ratio
than those of intact root system. The shoot : root ratio induced by root pruning led to
impaired the recovery of root function required higher external Zn requirement.
Mulyati 242
3.2. Root length development
Increasing Zn supply from 0 to 80 µg Zn kg-1 soil increased (P ≤ 0.05) root length by
10 % at the harvest day or 30 days after transplanting. There was a significant interaction
between Zn supply and root pruning (Table 2). Plants with root had not pruned showed a
greater (P ≤ 0.05) root length development about 15 % than plants with root have not been
pruned. From this observation, it appeared that shoot growth was more correlated with the
response of root length. As for shoot dry weight, the maximum root length also required a
higher external Zn requirement compared with root dry matter, the greater the root length
development the larger shoot dry matter were obtained. These observation was consistent
with the result reported by Yamazaki (1991) on the root system of rice which is constitute by
their root morphology such as diameter, length and branching.
3.3. Relative Zn absorption rate

Rate of Zn absorption per unit root fresh weight generally increased with increases in
the external Zn supply both with root had been pruned or had not been pruned, but no
interactive was found between the treatment (Table 3). The relative Zn absorption rate in
Table 2. Effect of zinc supply and root pruning on the root length development of
transplanted rice
Treatment Root length

-1
Zinc level (µg kg ) Root pruning (%) (m plant-1)
0 0 4.70.1
50 1.20.2
20 0 6.30.1
50 4.60.1
40 0 7.40.1
50 6.40.3
60 0
8.50.1
50
6.90.2
80 0
50 9.60.1
160 0 7.40.2
50 9.20.2
320 0 8.00.1
0 9.10.2
640 50 8.40.2
Plants with root had been pruned were slightly higher than plants with intact root
systems. Increasing Zn supply from 0 to 40 µg Zn kg-1 soil increased rates of Zn absorption,
in addition, increase Zn supply from 40 to 640 µg Zn kg-1 tended to increase Zn absorption
rates but decreased the effectiveness. These means the average of relative Zn absorption
tended to remain constant over the four weeks successive weeks of growth period. The dry
matter production and yield would not simply determined by the quantity of root, but also
influence by the morphological aspect and physiological function of root such as the
efficiency of root to absorb water and nutrient from soil (Barber and Silberbush, 1984 ;
Iwama & Yamaguchi 1996).
Notwithstanding, there has rarely been study focus on the optimum size of root required to
maximise dry matter production with adequate absorption of water and nutrients
particularly Zn. The effect of root pruning has been reviewed by Geisler and Ferree (1984),
Mulyati 243
they reported that root pruning reduced vegetative growth in a number of plant species such
as apple. The removal of 50 % the root system will lower the growth rate of the shoot, and
change in the availability of photosynthesis products, consequently the decline of
photosynthesis product led to decreased of shoot and root weights.
Table 3. Effect of zinc supply and root pruning on relative zinc absorption rate in shoot
and root (µg plant-1) of transplanted rice.
Treatment Shoot Root
Zinc level (µg kg-1) Root pruning (%) (µg plant-1) (µg plant-1)
0 0 32.92.2 15.41.4
50 25.12.2 9.3 0.5
20 0 53.41.2 18.22.2
50 36.32.3 13.90.2
40 0 64.23.7 22.70.9
50 52.51.3 15.60.3
80 0 79.52.4 25.42.1
50 74.35.7 17.00.1
160 0 107.82.8 30.41.4
50 88.93.7 18.10.2
320 0 134.04.0 35.50.1
50 78.32.9 25.40.1
640 0 125.61.4 36.71.7
50
114.22.6 35.41.6
Indeed, post-transplanting growth of rice may vary with the period time for the root recovery
phase, which influence with the environmental factors condition such as soil pH, soil
temperature, soil water, waterlogging, nutrient availability and also plant factors including
nutrients status of the seedling and seedling vigour.
4. Conclusions
This study has shown that transplanted rice required external Zn requirement not only for the
root growth, but also for the shoot growth and root length development. Apparently, root
pruning impaired growth rates and eventually reduced shoot and root dry matter production.
Plant with 50 % root had been pruned reduced the shoots and roots of dry matter of
transplanted rice, which decreased the relative Zn absorption rate. It can be concluded that
root recovery and root function of transplanted rice were sluggish by low Zn supply and root
pruning.
These results suggest that Zn supply should be applied to the nurseries, in order to obtain
the vigorous seedlings to enhance the earlier establishment in the main-field ; and need to be
explored further by studying the mechanism of root recovery of transplanted rice or by
different plant species.
Mulyati 244
References
[1] Barber, S.A. and M. Silberbush. 1984. Plant root morphology and nutrient uptake. In
Root, Nutrient and Water Influx, and Plant Growth. Eds. S.A. Barber and D.R. Bouldin.
Amer. Soc. Agron. 49: 65-87.
[2] Bar-Tal, A., A. Feigin, I. Rylski, and E. Pressman. 1994. Effect of root pruning and N-
NO3 solution concentration on nutrient uptake and transpiration of tomato plants.
Scientia Horticulturae 58 : 77-90.
[3] Geisler, D. and D.C. Ferree. 1984. The influence of root pruning on water relations,
net photosynthesis, and growth of young ‘Golden Delicious’ apple trees. J. Amer.
Soc. Hort. Sci. 109 (6): 827-831.
[4] Grist, D.H. 1975. Rice. Fifth edition. Whitstable Litho Ltd. Kent.
[5] Huang, B., J.W. Johnson, D.S NcSmith and D.C. Bridges. 1995. Nutrient accumulation
and distribution of wheat genotypes in response to waterlogging and nutrient supply.
Plant and Soil. 173 : 47-54.
[6] Iwama, K. and J. Yamaguchi. 1996. Difference in root system development among
crop species and genotypes. In Root and Nitrogen in Cropping Systems of the Semi-
Arid Tropics. Eds. O. Ito, K. Katayama, C. Johansen, J.V.D.K. Kumar Rao, J.J. Adu-
Gyamfi and T.J. Rego. Japan International Research Center for Agricultural Science
(JIRCAS). No. 3 :173-184.
[7] Marschner, H. 1993. Zinc uptake from soils. pp. 59-77. In Zinc in Soil and Plants.
A.D. Robson (Ed). Kluwer Academic Publishers. London.
[8] Morita, S. and J. Abe. 1996. Development of root systems in wheat and rice. In Root
and Nitrogen in Cropping Systems of the Semi-Arid Tropics. O. Ito, K. Katayama, C.
Johansen, J.V.D.K. Kumar-Rao, J.J. Adu-Gyamfi and T.J. Rego (Eds.). Japan
International Research Center for Agricultural Science (JIRCAS). No. 3: 185 -209.
[9] Mulyati, 2004. Zinc requirements of transplanted oilseed rape. Ph.D Thesis. Murdoch
University. WA. Australia.
[10] Newman, E.I. 1966. Method of estimating the total length of root in a sample. J. Appl.
Ecol. 3: 139-145.
[11] Quijano-Guerta, C., G.J.D. Kirk, A.M. Portugal, V.I. Bartolome and G.C. McLaren.
2002. Tolerance of rice germplasm to zinc deficiency. Field Crop Research. 76: 123 –
130. Elsevier.
[12] Rayes, R.Y. and R. Brinkman. 1968. Some methods to minimize zinc deficiency in
tranplanted wetland rice. IRRI. Manila. Philippines. pp. 646-655.
[13] Sillanpää, M. 1990. Micronutrients assessment at the country level: An International
Study. FAO Soils Bulletin. No. 63. Food and Agricultural Organization of the United
Nation. Rome. Italy.
[14] Srivastava, P.C., M.S. Gangwar and V. P. Singh. 1999. Adsorption-desorption of zinc
in Mollisols and their relationship with uptake of fertilizer-applied zinc by rice.
Commun. Soil Sci. Plant Anal. 30(3 & 4) : 471-481.
[15] Tadano, T. and S. Yoshida. 1978. Chemical changes in submerged soils and their
effects on rice growth. In Soil and Rice. Ed. International Rice Research Institute. pp
399-420. International Rice Research Institute, Los Banos, Philippines.
[16] Turner, F.T. and W. H. Patrick. 1986. Chemical changes in waterlogged soils as result
of oxygen depletion. 9 th. International Congres of Soil Science. Adelaide. Australia.
[17] Welch, R.M. 1995. Micronutrient nutrition of plants. In Critical Review in Plant
Science. 14(1): 49-82.
[18] Wells, B. R., B.A. Hueyand and R. J. Norman. 1993. Rice. In Nutrient Deficiencies
and Toxicities. pp. 15-19. W. F. Bennett (Ed.). The Am. Phyto. Soc. APS Press.
St.Paul, Minnesota.USA.
Mulyati 245
[19] Yamauchi, A., J.R. Pardales and Y. Kono. 1996. Root system structure and its relation
to stress tolerance. In Root and Nitrogen in Cropping Systems of the Semi-Arid
Tropics. O. Ito, K. Katayama, C. Johansen, J.V.D.K. Kumar Rao, J.J. Adu-Gyamfi and
T.J. Rego (Eds.). Japan International Research Center for Agricultural Science
(JIRCAS). No. 3 : 211-233.
[20] Zarcinas, B A., B. Cartwrightand and L R Spouncer. 1987. Nitric acid digestion and
multielement analysis of plant material by inductively couple plasma spectrometry.
Comm. Soil Sci. Plant Analysis. 18: 131-146.
Mulyati 246
Making Learning Media of Statistical Physics Course Using The Internet

Offline Browser for Physics Students in PMIPA FKIP of Mataram
University
Muhammad Taufik1, Aris Doyan1, Susilawati1, Gunawan1
1
Study Program of Physics Education, Department of Mathematics and Natural Sciences, Faculty of Teachers
Training and Education, Mataram University
Abstract
Statistical physics nowadays is more attractive and has a broad application area, not
merely as a bridge thermodynamics to better understanding of the microscopic world, more so
even statistical physics can also be applied in the world economy such as the stock market.
It’s hopeful for students to master and love statistical physics and we realize the necessityof
preparing learning media which is effective and efficient in terms of both cost and time. This
research is motivated by the lack of statistical physics learning resources in Indonesian
language both print and online versions, especially for the needs of prospective physics
students in the department of mathematics and natural sciences FKIP Unram. Though the
outlook is very bright and statistical physics is the study of physics field which to date
continues to grow. Many new things emerge from statistical physics research. Very
unfortunate if students in learning activities cannot access this information to the maximum
due to lack of resources, especially in Indonesian language. On the other hand, a lot of Results
of study is the availability of statistical physics learning media that written in Indonesian
language which can be accessed online and ofline. For online, we develop website using
geogle sites while offline browsing, we choose HTTrack software.
Keywords :Learning Media, Statistical Physics, offline browsing
1. Introduction
Statistical physics course is one of the subjects that must be followed by all students
majoring in physics education in department of mathematics and natural sciences at faculty of
teachers training and education of Mataram University. This course weighs 3 credits. For
more than ten years of support this course, we find that statistical physics courses until now a
part difficult to learn, especially for most students. This is because the content of the
discussion in statistical physics requires an understanding not require a high level of
mathematical ability is also high. Plus, the ability of English students who are still not
standard, so it is very difficult to understand the concepts of statistical physics is a lot written
in English. It is actually not that hard to be something that is difficult for students. In terms of
content, it is recognized that the way of understanding of statistical physics is different from
other subjects such as wave physics, thermodynamics and mechanics. It needs Intact and
integrated knowledge of several other studies should be completely embedded in students.
Directly related to success in understanding statistical physics, students must already have a
strong foundation in mathematical physics, thermodynamics, classical mechanics, quantum
mechanics and solid The lack of resources in Indonesian language literature both print and
online versions, coupled with a lack of prerequisite knowledge lead to difficult students learn
and capture the full meaning and benefits of studying statistical physics. The use of web-
based media which is written in Indonesian language as a companion in the learning process
is increasingly needed to cope with the problems that arise because of the limitations of time,
Taufik et al. 247

space, and other amenities.
2. The Theoretical Side

2.1. Statistical Physics
Statistical physics is a branch of physics that uses methods of probability theory and
statistics, and particularly the mathematical tools for dealing with large populations and
approximations, in solving physical problems. It can describe a wide variety of fields with an
inherently stochastic nature. Its applications include many problems in the fields of physics,
biology, chemistry, neurology, and even some social sciences, such as sociology. Its main
purpose is to clarify the properties of matter in aggregate, in terms of physical laws governing
atomic motion[1].
Statistical Physics deals with many particle systems. Systems are very many particles
occur in: gas, liquid, solid and electromagnetic radiation (photons) Such a system is present
on the system of physics, chemistry, biology. The study of many particles are used in virtually
all areas of modern physics that saw the system from the standpoint of microscopic [2].
How different understanding of statistical physics with other subjects such as wave
physics, thermodynamics and mechanics. In statistical physics, will depart from the abstract
issue which is actually a mathematical study materials such permutations and combinations.
Statistical physics can be regarded as a matter of mathematical statistics given the physical
boundary conditions, so the problems of pure mathematics into having physical interpretation.
Required abstraction high enough to understand these issues [3].
When dealing with the collection of gas particles, atomic or subatomic particles more, the
use of statistics cannot be avoided. Therefore, the number of particles studied is very large, ie
more than 1020 particles. Each particle has six variables to describe the complete state of
motion, three spatial coordinates and the three components of momentum. Very unlikely to
explain the dynamics of these particles one by one by the incredible amount of particles,
despite using all the computers in the world today. The approach provided by statistical
physics are seeing average properties of the particles without having to see the particles
individually.
2.2 Media Web-Based Learning

As a rule, educational experiences that involve the learner physically and that give
concrete examples are retained longer than abstract experiences such as listening to a lecture.
Instructional media help add elements of reality – for instance, including pictures or highly
involved computer simulations in a lecture.Knds of media is internet website. The
terminology, the website is a collection of pages of the site, which is summarized in a domain
or subdomain, whose place is in the World Wide Web (WWW) on the Internet is a collection
of web-documents that are scattered across multiple computer servers located around the
world and connect into the network through a network called the Internet [4].
Almost 80% of internet service is the website. The main factor that makes the website
is growing so fast is because of the spread of information through the website very quickly
and cover a large area (worldwide), is not limited by distance and time, In addition, today
again the trend of making a personal website or blog.Generally website has several functions,
namely: communication function, the function of information, entertainment functions, and
functions of the transaction (Asep Herman Suyanto, 2006: 5). Various functions held by the
website leads development flexibility for various purposes, especially for improving the
quality of learning. Web-based learning is a learning activity that utilizes media sites
(websites) which can be accessed through the Internet. Web-based learning, also known as
"web-based learning" is one of the implementation of electronic learning (e-learning). The
advantages of web-based learning is independency (autonomy), accessibility and enrichment.
Taufik et al. 248
Independency (Independence) is the aspect of flexibility in the provision of time, place,

teachers and teaching materials. This causes more centered to student learning (student-
centered learning). Accessibility (accessibility) is a learning resources more accessible
through distribution on the Internet with greater access than the distribution of learning
resources in conventional learning and Enrichment (Enrichment) is a learning activity,
presentation of course material and training materials as enrichment, allow the use of
information technology devices such as video streaming, simulation and animation.

This research is a research development with 4-D models. Stage 4-D includes define,
design, develop, and desiminate. Define phase is done by analyzing the course syllabus,
analyze textbooks, reviewing literature media web-based learning, At the design stage,
resulting model to be used as a web-based media. Develop phase consists develop a
systematic framework for learning statistical physics that can be uploaded on the website. In
Phase dessiminate, learning media of statistical physics that is ready for use and therefore
need to be disseminated to immediately be used.

The results of this study are the availability of instructional media web-based
statistical physics. Students designated or registered in this course can access the information
and use it as a learning resource.
Figure 1. Display front page Figure 2. Website Menu
In Figures 1 above is displayed the front page of the website or the welcome page
lecture Statistical Physics. Then the page is also displayed in the form of a menu page or
pages can be used as navigation browsing on the internet. These menus can be seen clearly in
Figure 2.Menu prepared for learning purposes is a menu Welcome, lecturer, course info,
Creative Class, Assessment, Resources, Links / Links, Video and Sitemaps. Explanation of
each menu in outline, are presented in the following section navigation menu.The navigation
menu on the website is the menu Welcome, lecturer, course info, Creative Class, Assessment,
Resources, Links / Links, Video and Map Sites Menu lecture presentamaterials contain an
outline of the lecture material, video from youtube, material and intact file that can be
downloaded directly by students.
5. Conclusions
The web based media of statistical physics is available right now google site which is stored
on google using mataram university mail, www.unram.ac.id and every students who has
registered to the lectures can access that site.
Taufik et al. 249

References
[1] https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Statistical_physics
[2] Abdullah, Mikrajuddin, 2016, Fisika Statistik untuk Mahasiswa MIPA, http://www.buku-
e.lipi.go.id/utama.cgi?lihatarsip&mikr001&1363078185 dikasestanggal 10 Februari 2016
[3] Hikam, AS, 2016, Fisika Statistik, http://hikam.freevar.com/kuliah/fistat/ diaksestanggal 10 Februari 2016
[4] MitraEdumedia Yogyakarta, 2010, Pembelajaran Berbasis Web,
http://mitraedumediayk.blogspot.co.id/p/pembelajaran-berbasis-web.html diaksestanggal 10 Februari 2016
Taufik et al. 250

Potential for Mass Rearing of the Egg Parasitoids, Ooencyrtus malayensis

and Hadronotus leptocorisae (Hymenoptera: Scelionidae) on Nezara
viridula Eggs
1* 1
Aisah Jamili , Yen Kusnita
Faculty of Agriculture
1
University of Nahdlatul Wathan Mataram
*
Email:qawlanhafidza@yahoo.co.id
Abstract
Ooencyrtus malayensis and Hadronotus. leptocorisae are egg parasitoids,

considered as ideal candidates for managing the Leptocorisa acuta through augmentative
release. Nezara viridula eggs are extensively used for mass rearing. O. malayensis accepted
eggs for parasitization, but not accepted for H. leptocorisae. This research of parasitization
parasitoid were determined using mass N.viridula eggs. The eggs were exposed to female of
1-4 day old eggs parasitoid. Observation were conducted until 20 days. The study was
conducted under laboratory condition with photoperiod of 12 hours light and 12 hours dark.
The result percent parasitism O. malayensis and H. leptocorisae is different significantly
(P<0,05), O. malayensis parasitism was highest (70,00 % ±14.47%), H.leptocorisae
parasitism was (0 % ) at 10 eggs/female parasitoid. The parasitism not significant when
population different O. malayensis (P>0,05). It is concluded that N. viridula parasitoid is
suggested for mass rearing O. malayensis. Our objectives were to develop an efficienct
rearing technique for L. acuta, and to determine the basic bionomics and demographic
parameter, necessary for future augmentative biological control programs.
Keywords: mass rearing, Ooencyrtus malayensis, Hadronotus leptocorisae
1. Introduction
Ooencyrtus malayensis and Hadronotus leptocorisae species are widely used egg
parasitoids for biological control of insect pests Leptocorisa acuta through augmentation
and release. In this process, a steady production or supply of the egg parasitoids. is essential
to achieve successful control. Jamili and Haryanto (2012) found the Ooencyrtus malayensis
and Hadronotus as parasitoid of L. acuta’s parasitized eggs in differen location at Lombok.
Our objectives were to develop an efficienct rearing technique for Leptocorisa acuta, and to
determine the basic bionomics and demographic parameter, necessary for future augmentative
biological control programs.
This study was conducted during 2016 at the Department of Agrotechnology of

Faculty of Agriculture, University of Nahdlatul Wathan Mataram.
2.1 Eggs parasitoid Ooencyrtus malayensis and Haadronotus leptocorisae

Ooencyrtus malayensis and H. leptocorisae parasitoid colony also are established by
collecting the L. acuta egg parasitized from the same field of rice plant. Adult wasp which
emerged from host eggs were maintained in glass tube at laboratory, and fed on 10% honey
solution. Female wasp which had mated within 24 hours after emergence were used for
Jamili and Kusnita 251
parasitization(1-4 day).
2.2. Nezara viridula Eggs

Nezara viridula were collected in soya bean plant field maintained without
insecticides at Plasticc ylinder 20x30 cm, under a 12L:12D photoperiode. The eggs of newly
released by female N. viridula were put in a plastic cylinder (5x10 cm). Then attached on a
thick paper (made of carton length 10 cm and weight 1 cm), each paper contain 10 egg items,
then ready to parasited.
2.3. Host preference

Preference of Ooencyrtus malayensis and Nezara viridula parasitoid were determined
using no choice test. Nezara viridula eggs were used as the proven alternate host for the
rearing of Ooencyrtus malayensis and Hadronotus leptocorisae. Egg cards were prepared
by using 10. The eggs were exposed to female of 1-4 day old eggs parasitoid. Egg cards in
each batch were placed in 10 cm tall, 4.3 cm diameter glass vials separately. Diluted honey
was supplied as food for the parasitoids. After 20 days, the egg cards were examined under
a dissecting microscope (10 x 4, Olympus CX21) to determine the parasitization. The
parasitized eggs could easily be detected as they turn black due to the developing immature
stage of parasitoid inside the egg. The study was conducted under laboratory condition with
photoperiod of 12 hours light and 12 hours dark. This experiment was replicated 7 time.
Eggs parasitzed were counted and percent parasitism was computed by dividing the number
of parasitized egg by the total number of N. viridula eggs.
2.4. Effect of parasitoid densities on parasitism of Ooencyrtus malayensis

Fresh eggs of 1-4 day Nezara viridula 10 were glued on each card of the same size as
mentioned above and kept in jars each with 7 replications. After sexing 1 female, 2 female
and 1 pairs of Ooencyrtus malayensis were kept as mentioned above paragraph. After 24 h
exposure Ooencyrtus malayensis were removed and after 20 days the data on percentage
(%).
3.1. Potential use of N. viridula eggs for production of O.malayensis and H.

Leptocorisae
Parasitoid Ooencyrtus malayensis accepted N.viridula eggs as a suitable host for
parasitization. But not parasitoid H. leptocorisae. There were significant differences of
acceptance between parasitoid (Ficture. 1, Kruskal wallis P < 0,05). Mean of O. malayensis
70,00 ± 14.47 %, H.leptocorisae 0 %.
These results indicated that the N. viridula eggs could be mass rearing Ooencyrtus
malayensis. Nothing of parasitized H. leptocorisae happened because the embrio N. viridula
had developed into another stage and encapsulated. The aging, growth and development of
host could influenced host immune system. This immune system would be threatening for
parasitoid (Mattiacci & Dicke, 1995).

Figure 1. The Parasitism of Ooencyrtus malayensis and Hadronotus Leptocorisae on

Nezara viridula eggs
3.2. Density of egg parasitoid Ooencyrtus malayensis from Nezara viridula eggs
The result percent parasitism Ooencyrtus malayensis did not different significantly
among 1, 2 and 3 parasitoid densities (Ficture 2 ; One-way anova, F = 0.33; df = 2; P =
0,72), O. malayensis parasitism was highest (85.00±9.57) at 10 eggs/2 female parasitoid.
while pairs (78.57±9.86) and decreased of density one tail female (70.00±14.47).
Figure 2. Parasitism of Ooencyrtus malayensis on Nezara viridula eggs of parasitoid

density differently
The percentage of parasitized eggs was independent of parasitoid density at low

densities of parasitoids and was inversely dependent at high densities. Khan et al. (2004)
reported the highest parasitism (48.25%) at 20 eggs/single pair which is in agreement with
our present study. Lu (1992) observed that increase in parasitoid density reduced the number
of parasitized host eggs per female. Vorgas and Nishida (1982) observed that the parasitized
species and the relative density of hosts affected the number of parasitized eggs.
4. Conclusions
Rearing O.malayensis using N.viridula eggs as alternate host is technically feasible.
But not to H. leptocorisae. Potential for using N.viridula eggs for parasitization was
evident. Percent parasitism Ooencyrtus malayensis did not different significantly among 1
female, 2 female and pairs(1 female and male) parasitoid densities.
Acknowledgement
Kemenristek Dikti is acknowledged for the financial assistance (Grant No.

008/SP2H/LT/DRPM/II/2016/ date 17 February 2016).

Referencesa
[1] Jamili, A & Haryanto (2012). Potensi Parasitoid telur walang sangit pada Lokasi Pertanian Berbeda.
Faperta Universitas Nahdlatul Wathan Mataram, Laporan Penelitian, 100 h
[2] Mattiacci, L & Dicke, M. (1995). The Parasitoid Cotesia Glomerata (Hymenoptera: Braconidae)
discriminates between first and fifth larval instars of its host Pieris brassicae on the basis of contact cues
from grass, silk and herbivore-damaged leaf tissue. Journal of Insect Behavior, 8(4), 485-497.
[3] Khan MS, Farid A, Farmanullah K, et al. 2004. effect of host and parasitoid density on parasitism
efficiency of Trichogramma chilonis (Ishii). Asian Journal of Plant Sciences, 3(5): 647-650.
[4] Lu QG. 1992. A laboratory study on the functional response of Trichogramma sp (Hymenoptera:
Trichogrammatidae) in Kenya. Chinese journal of Biological Control, 8(4): 151-154.
[5] Vorgas RI, Nishida T. 1982. Parasitization by Trichogramma chilonis ishii (Hymenoptera:
Trichogrammatidae) of corn earnworm eggs on sweet corn in Hawaii. Proceedings of the Hawaiian
Entomological Society, 24:123-126

Factors Related to Stunting in Children Aged 24-59 Months in Narmada

Public Health Care
Lina Nurbaiti1, IDGN Agung2, Umara Lani Anika1, Arina Windri Rivarti1, Dimas Pambudi
Prakoso1, Nabila Fawzia Putri1, Nanda Retno Wardhani1, Agus Gowinda Amijaya1, Andri
Irfan1
1
Medical Faculty of Mataram University, West Nusa Tenggara, Indonesia,
2
Narmada Public Health Care.
Abstract
The persistence cases of moderate and severe malnutrition in Narmada Public Health
Care associated with the incidence of stunting. There were 36.43% children under-five who
are stunted (short) and 14.12% severely stunted (very short) in the region of West Lombok.
Stunting is a major nutritional problem in developing countries. Among10 countries with the
highest number of stunted children worldwide, six countries are in Asia, including Indonesia.
Based on WHO data in 2012, stunting affected the growth of 162 million children under-five
in the world. Stunting has long-term effects on individuals and society, such as cognitive
deficits, poor physical development, decline in productivity, deterioration of health quality,
and increase the risk of degenerative diseases. The objective of this study was to determine
factors associated with stunting in children aged 24-59 months in Narmada Public Health
Care. The study was a descriptive analytical cross-sectional approach. Rule of thumb method
was used to determined samples. Samples in this study were121 parents of children under-
five. A questionnaire, FFQ and 2x24 hours food recall was used to collect the data. Statistical
analysis used chi square method and logistic regression method. Results showed that 40%
toddlers in the work area of Narmada PHC were stunted and 20% were severely stunted.
Multivariate analysis showed that only energy intake (p = 0,000) that had a significant
association with the incidence of stunting in children under five. The p-value of the test
Homser and Lameshow is 0,600 and AUC values is 72.2%. Narmada as a part of West Nusa
Tenggara had a serious nutritional problem (stunting) according to WHO classification 2005.
Energy intake was found as the most influential factor on the incidence of stunting in children
under-five.
Keywords: Children Under-Five, Toddlers, Stunting, Narmada Public Health Centre, Energy
Intake
1. Introduction
Stunting is a reduced growth rate case in human development based on age, at the
point of >2 of standard deviations (<-2SD) of the WHO child growth standards1 nutrition
status table. Africa (40%) and Asia (36%) have the world’s highest number of stunting cases.
Among10 countries with the highest number of stunted children worldwide, six countries are
in Asia that is Bangladesh, China, India, Indonesia, Pakistan, dan The Philippines2.
Stunting prevalence in Indonesia in 2013 was 37.2%. This number increased
compared to 2010 (35.6%) and 2007 (36.8). Within the 37.2% of stunting prevalence, 18.0%
was severely stunted and 19.2% was stunted. The stunting prevalence increased from 18.0%
in 2007 to 19.2% in 2013. 3 According to Basic Health Research (RISKESDAS) in 2010, the
prevalence of children of 24 – 35 months of age was higher with value of 41.4% followed
respectively with 36 – 37 months of age (38%) and above 48 months of age (30.9%).4
Cases of moderate and severe malnutrition in Narmada Community Health Centre
Nurbaiti et al. 255
were associated with incidence of stunting. The number of under-five children who gained
weight (N/D) in Narmada Community Health Centre catchment area in May 2015 was 51.1%.
This showed that the indicator target N/D determined by Health Office has not been achieved
yet in which its target is 80%.5
Stunting has long-term effects on individuals and society, such as cognitive deficits,
poor physical development, decline in productivity, deterioration of health quality, increase in
the risk of degenerative diseases, and may inflict decline in Intelligence Quotient (IQ) of
children, and disorders of psychomotor development and neurosensory integration. 6-9
Previous study showed that nutritional problem factors in Community Health Centre
catchment area were macro and micro energy intake, infectional diseases, parents’ knowledge
and family economic status. 10 Another study found that there was a significant correlation
between incidence of stunting and under-five children ungain weight in Community Health
Centre catchment area, West Lombok District. 5
Therefore, the researcher intended to do a futher study by analyzing stunting risk
factors in order to find a proper program recommendation to overcome nutritional problem in
Narmada Community Health Centre catchment area.
The study used descriptive analytical cross-sectional approach, and was conducted in
Narmada Community Health Centre catchment area to 24 – 59-month old under-five children.
This study was conducted since the beginning of June until the end of June 2016.
The samples of this study were 24 – 59-month old under-five children in Narmada
Community Health Centre catchment area. The samples were determined by using quota-
sampling method. Rule of thumb method was used to determine the number of samples and
added with correction factor of 10% resulting 121 samples.
Independent variables in this study were energy intake, protein intake, infectional
diseases status, exclusive breastfeeding, immunization status, age of under-five children,
gender of under-five children, birth weight of under-five children, parents education, parents
occupation, and family economic status. Dependent variable in this study was stunted under-
five children.
The descriptive analysis aimed at noticing the distribution of variable frequency which
were energy intake, protein intake, infectional diseases status, exclusive breastfeeding,
immunization status, age of under-five children, gender of under-five children, birth weight of
under-five children, parents education, parents occupation, family economic status, and
incidence of stunting. The bivariate anaylys aimed at recognizing the correlation between
variables. Multivariate analysis recognized the correlation value between dependent variable
towards incidence of stunting on 24 – 59-month old under-five children in Narmada
Community Health Centre catchment area. The analysis used logistic regression test.
The data then would be analyzed by using software SPSS 16. The food intake data would
be analyzed by using Software Nutrisurvey 2007.
There were 121 of 24 – 59-month old under-five children in Narmada Community Health
Centre catchment area that met the inclusion criteria to be the subject of the study, one child
under-five was dropped out due to incompleteness of data. The characteristics of the subject
of the study were energy intake, protein intake, infectional diseases status, exclusive
breastfeeding, immunization status, age of under-five children, gender of under-five children,
birth weight of under-five children, parents education, parents occupation, family economic
status, and incidence of stunting.
256
The result showed that 40% of the children under-five in Narmada Community Health
Centre catchment area were categorized as stunted, 20% as severely stunted, and 40% as
normal nutrition status. This result was in accordance with the previous study in which the
stunting percentage was of 43.2% with 56.8% for normal nutrition status on under-five
children in Narmada Community Health Centre catchment area. WHO classifies an area into
high prevalence when it has stunting percentage of ≥ 40%. Based on the data, it could be
concluded that West Nusa Tenggara, in general, and Narmada as the part of West Nusa
Tenggara are still in high prevalance category based on WHO 2015 classification. 11
Bivariate and multivariate analyses were implemented to find odd ratio value and
determine which of the factors as the stunting risk factor. Based on the bivariate analysis, the
significant factor associated to incidence of stunting in Narmada Community Health Centre
catchment area was total energy intake with value of p=0,000 (p<0,05). Other factors did not
have significant correlation to incidence of stunting in Narmada Community Health Centre
catchment area (p>0,05).
Variables that would be tested using mutivariate analysis had been selected by using
bivariate analysis to find out the correlation between dependent and independent variables. The
chosen variables were variables having values of p<0,25 on bivariate analysis. The chosen
variables were dependent variables that were energy intake (p=0,000) and birth weight (0,152).
Table 1 Logistic Regression Test Result with Stunting Dependent Variable
OR
Var. Coefficient p
(IK95%)
Energy 6.655(2.908-
1.895 0.000
Step Intake 15.230)
1 Birth 3.495(0.355-
1.251 0.283
Weight 34.354)
Step Energy 6.818(2.992-
1.920 0.000
2 Intake 15.536)
Based on the multivariate analysis result, energy intake was the most significant factor. A
deficient energy intake was 6 times riskier to worsen stunting condition on under-five
children.
Test result of Hosmer and Lemeshow of sig.>0,05 (p=0,600) means that the model was
sufficiently appropriate to explain the data in this study. The AUC value of 72,2% showed
that the calculation system had average prediction capacity.
Energy intake was one of variables in this study to rate the under-five children food
consumption. In this study, the energy intake was divided into two which were deficient
energy intake (< 100% AKG) and adequate energy intake (≥100% AKG). The result showed
that the percentage of under-five children having adequate energy intake was 48.3%,
meanwhile the rest, 51.7%, was having deficient energy intake (< 100% AKG). 10
The low rate of energy intake on stunting children group might be caused by some
factors; among such were frequency and quantity of food consumption, low energy density,
decrease in appetite, and infectional diseases. 13 This study was in line with other studies
stating that there was a significant correlation between energy consumption and incidence of
stunting. 14,15,16 It was caused by inadequate nutrition intake, mainly from total energy,
relating to physical growth deficit on pre-school children. 17 Inadequate number and nutrition
of food intake was the direct cause of nutritional problem. 18
4. Conclusion
257
Based on the study result, it can be concluded that most of the 24 – 59-month old under-
five children in Narmada Community Health Centre catchment area were categorized as
stunted (60%). Most of the 24 – 59-month old under-five children in Narmada Community
Health Centre catchment area had deficient energy intake, normal birth weight, female, 24 -
35-month old; got exclusive breastfeeding, and suffered from infectional diseases for the last
one month. All children under five received basic immunization. Most of the under-five
children parents had low education, low economic status, non-working mother, and father
working as a labor.
The most significant factor towards incidence of stunting on the 24 – 59-month old
under-five children in Narmada Community Health Centre catchment area was energy intake.
Energy intake had 6 times greater effects toward incidence of stunting.
Suggestions
The program of ASHAR ( The First Thousand days of Life Action) shall be optimized,
mainly in increasing the total energy intake to under-five children through Initiation of Early
Breastfeeding, exclusive breastfeeding, complementary feeding started from 6-month old,
breastfeeding until the child reach 2 years of age, observation of under-five children growth,
and pregnant and breasfeeding mother nutritional improvement. In addition, it is suggested to
optimize a balance complementaty feeding for under-five children - mainly for those
suffering from nutritional problems -; increase the cadre knowledge about incidence of
stunting, and nutritional problems on pregnant women, breasfeeding mother and under-five
children; and to involve religious and communitiy leaders in increasing community awareness
in order to prevent early marriage.
258
References
[1] World Health Organization.(2012). Landscape analysis on countries’ readiness to accelerate action in
nutrition.
[2] Badham Dan Sweet. (2010). Stunting: An Overview.Sight And Life Magazine.Vol 3 Pp: 40-47. South
Africa
[3] Basic Health Research (Riskesdas). (2013). Litbangkes, Health Department of Indonesia.
[4] Province Health Office of West Nusa Tenggara. (2014). West Nusa Tenggara Health Profile (2014). West
Nusa Tenggara.
[5] Nurbaiti, Patni., et al. (2015). The Correlation between Incidence of Stunting and Ungain Weight on 24 –
59-month old under-five children in Narmada Community Health Centre catchment area. West Lombok:
Narmada Community Health
[6] Dalimunthe Sm. (2013). An Overview of Incidence of Stunting Factors on 24 – 59-month old under-five
children in West Nusa Tenggara Province 2010.
[7] Kusuma K.(2013). Risk Factor of Incidence of Stunting on 2-3-year old children ( A study in East
Semarang Sub-district) Nutrition Science of Diponegoro Medical Faculty
[8] Fitri K. (2012). Birth Weight as the dominant factor to incidence of stunting on under-five children (12-
59-month old) in Sumatera. Thesis. Depok.
[9] Stephenson, et al. (2010). Consumming cassava as a staple food places children 2-5 years at risk for
inadequate protein intake, an observational study in kenya and nigeria. Nutritional Journal.
[10] Nurbaiti, Hidayatullah, dkk. (2015). An overview of the cause of ungain weight on 24-59-month old
under-five children in Narmada Community Health Centre catchment area. West Lombok. Narmada
Community Health
[11] WFP. (2010).Food Security and Vulnerability Atlas of Nusa Tenggara Barat. Accessed on 30 June 2016
onhttps://www.wfp.org
[12] Astari, L. D., A. Nasoetion, dan C. M. Dwiriani. 2005. The Correlation between Family Characteristics,
Nurturing Pattern, and Incidence of Stunting on 6-12- month old children. Media of Nutrition and Family
29(20): 40 – 46. Accessed on 20 June 2016 on www.repository.ipb.ac.id
[13] Asrar, M., H. Hadi, & D. Boediman,. (2009). Nurturing Pattern, Eating Pattern, Nutrition Intake, and their
correlation towards Under-five Children Nutrition Status of Nuaulu Tribe Community in Amahai Sub-
District, Central Maluku District, Maluku Province. Journal of Nutrition Clinic of Indonesia. Accessed on
20 June 2016 on www.ijcn.or.id
[14] Neldawati. (2000). The Correlation between Feeding Pattern to Children and Other Characteristics and
Nutrition Status of 6-59-month old under-five children at Community Nutrition Laboratorium, Research
and Development Centere (P3GM) (Analysis of Secondary Data Malnutrition Under-five Children 2005).
Depok: Community Health Faculty of UI..
[15] Roscha Dkk, (2012). A Determinant Analysis of Stunting on 0-23-month old children in underprevileged
area in Central Java and East Java. A Panel of Nutrition Food 35 (1):34-41. Accessed on 1 July 2016 on
www.ejournal.litbang.depkes.go.id
[16] Hidayah, N. R. (2011). Factors associated with Incidence of Stunting on 24-59-month old Under-five
Children in East Nusa Tenggara 2010 (Analysis of Basic Health Research Data 2010) (Thesis). Depok:
Community Health Faculty of UI.
[17] Maxwell, Stephanie. (2011). “Module 5: Cause of Malnutrition”. Accessed on www.unscn.org
[18] UNICEF, (1998). The State of The World's Children. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
259
The Effect Of Shape And Number Of The Tube Of A Flat Plate Solar With
A Gravel Absorber On Heat Transfer Rate And Collector Efficiency
Made Wirawan1*, Mirmanto1
1
Mechanical Engineering Department, University of Mataram, Jl. Majapahit no. 62, Mataram, NTB, Indonesia.
* Email: wwiralo@yahoo.co.id
Abstract
Solar energy can be used for heating fluid like gas or liquid. The utilization solar
energy can be done using a solar collector. The optimized absorption of the solar energy
depends on the collector dimension and component, e.g. the dimension of collector body, the
form and shape of the tube, cover, isolation system and absorber material. The current
research uses a gravel absorber with a variation of the shape and the number of tube. The
shapes of tube absorber are serpentine and parallel. The numbers of the tube are varying from
5, 7 and 9 tubes. The water flow rates were varied from 250, 300 and 350 cc/minute to
investigate the maximum performance. The results show that the solar collector heat energy is
influenced by the shape and the number of the tube, water flow rates and resident time. The
maximum heat transferring to the water occurred at the peak of the solar intensity at around
12.00 to 13.00 P.M. The highest collector efficiency was attained using the 5 parallel tubes
and at the flow rate of 350 cc/ minute.
Keywords: Collector, gravel, heat, tube
1. Introduction
Solar energy is a renewable energy that has a high potential to be managed and
developed, Burhanudin [1]. Indonesia is an area that is on track to 110LS 60LU equator, so
Indonesia has much solar energy. Also, in Indonesia the sun may shine all year round. Hence,
the solar energy in Indonesia has huge potential to be tapped and converted into useful energy
[1].
Solar collector is a device that can be used to improve the effectiveness of direct solar
energy utilization. The function of the device is to collect and transfer solar energy to other
forms of energy or a useful energy Duffie and Beckman [2], Stefanovic and Bojic [3].
Therefore, in Indonesia, it is important to develop technologies that have that function above.
One type of solar collector that is very simple and easy to be made/constructed is flat plate
collector.
Solar collectors that are used in general are constructed from metal plates as absorber to
absorb the sun's heat [2]. Nevertheless, in this study, the absorber was made of sand and
gravel. This absorber is expected to replace the use of a metal absorber and to enhance the
heat transfer rate. Based on this expectation, the effect of using different absorbers in this
study is to obtain the optimal absorber.
The descriptions contained in the background can be used to discuss the objective of this
study. The objective of this study is to know the effect of different absorbers; Case A (gravel
absorber with sizes of 4.75 to 6.3 mm), Case B (gravel absorber with sizes ranging from 9.5 -
12.5 mm). The previous study indicated that the best absorber was the Case B, Wirawan and
Sutanto [4]. Therefore, in this study the Case B was used with variations of passages and the
number of tubes. Due to the variations, this study shows the best tube passage and the number
Wirawan et al. 260

of the tubes used.

The experiments were performed at 10:00 am to 17:00 pm. Four identical collectors, see
figure 1, were tested. First collector is constructed from a serpentine tube, while the second,
the third and the forth collectors are constructed from parallel tubes of 5, 7 and 9 tubes. The
flow rates examined were 250 cc / minute, 300 cc / minute and 350 cc / minute. All of the
collectors were placed with an inclination angle of 15° measured from a horizontal plane. All
Temperatures were measured using K type thermocouples calibrated against a mercury
thermometer, while the volumetric rate was measured manually using a glass volume meter
and a stopwatch. The data were collected/recorded every 15 minute.
Figure 1 Absorber types; (a) serpentine, (b) parallel with 5 tubes, (c) parallel with 7
tubes, (d) parallel with 9 tubes

The rate of heat transfer from the collector to the water can be expressed by the amount
of heat that can be utilized or used to heat water. In this study, the amount of heat absorbed by
the water can be estimated by measuring the inlet and outlet temperatures. The amount of
useful heat can be calculated using equation (1), Holman [5] and the results of the calculation
are shown in figure 2.
quse  m c p To  Ti  (1)
where quse is the heat removed by the water, m  represents the mass flow rate, To is the
temperature of water at the outlet and Ti is the inlet water temperature. It is very difficult to
examine figure 2 because all lines are touching each other whether for the serpentine and
parallel tubes.
Wirawan et al. 261

Figure 2. Heat removed by the water for volumetric rates of (a) 200 cc/minute, (b) 250
cc/minute and (c) 300 cc/minute.
Performance of the collector is determined by the amount of useful heat and heat input.
One of performance indicators is an efficiency which can be expressed as [2]:
quse
 (2)
qin
Efficiency represents how much a collector can convert the solar energy to be a useful energy
or the useful energy divided by heat input [2]. The experimental maximum efficiency
obtained is 43,44% at the mass flow rate of 250 cc / min, 48.07% for the parallel absorber
with 7 tubes at a flow rate of 300 cc / min, and of 57,07% for the parallel absorber with 5
tubes at the mass flow rate of 350 cc / min.
4. Conclussion
Based on the research results and discussion, some conclusions can be drawn as
follows:
1. The volumetric rate of the working fluid affects the amount of the heat removed by the
working fluid (water).
2. The shape and number of tubes give small influences on the heat transfer rate and
efficiency.
Acknowledgement
The authors would like to acknowledge the Indonesia Ministry Research, Technology,
and Higher Education for the funding (Hibah Bersaing Grant 2016) and the Mataram
Wirawan et al. 262

University for the facility.
References
[1] Burhanudin, "Karakteristik Kolektor Surya Plat Datar Dengan Variasi Jarak Penutup Dan Sudut
Kemiringan Kolektor", Skripsi, Universitas Negeri Solo, 2005.
[2] J.A. Duffie and W.A. Beckman, "Solar Engineering Of Thermal Process", 2nd Edition, John Willey &
Sons Inc., New York, 1980.
[3] V.P. Stefonic and M.L. Bojic, "Development And Investigation Of Solar Collector For Conversion Of
Solar Radiation Into Heat And / Or Electricity", Thermal Science 10, 2006, pp. 177-187.
[4] M. Wirawan and R. Sutanto, "Analisa Laju Perpindahan Panas Pada Kolektor Surya Tipe Plat Datar
Dengan Absorber Pasir", Jurnal Dinamika Teknik Mesin 1, 2011, pp. 65-72.
[5] J.P. Holman, "Perpindahan Kalor", Penerbit Erlangga, Jakarta, 1988.
Wirawan et al. 263

Waters Carrying Capacity for Developing Spiny Lobster Farming using

Phosphorous Budget Approach in Ekas Bay, West Nusa Tenggara
Muhammad Junaidi
Study Program of Aquaculture, Mataram University

Email : junaidi_md@yahoo.co.id
Abstract
Phosphorous budget was applied to predict carrying capacity spiny lobster farming in
floating net cages (FNC) at Ekas Bay, West Nusa Tenggara. Carrying capacity parameters
were determined from physical properties such as total phosphorus content in a year, bay area,
bay volume and water height and water flushing time. The calculation resulted in the value
water carrying capacity for spiny lobster farming in FNC which is 512.40 tons/year which
equals optimal production capacity or about 22,278 FNC units.These values can be used as a
reference influencing local goverment policy for the development of spiny lobster farming at
Ekas Bay.
Keywords : carrying capacity, spiny lobster culture, budget phosphorus, Ekas Bay
1. Introduction
Since 2000, lobster farming in floating net cages (FNC) has been developing at Ekas
Bay, West Nusa Tenggara Province. At that time, there were so many spiny lobster seeds
found attached on material such as buoy used to cultivate seaweed and grouper (Priyambodo
and Sarifin, 2009). These seeds were taken and raised in FNC. This condition allows spiny
lobster farming to sustain. Development of lobster farming at Ekas Bay shows that this
activity has been a prime mover for coastal community’s economy that has replaced fishing
activity and finally reduces coral reef destruction. However, sustainability of this legitimacy is
determined by environmental damage generated by spiny lobster farming. Some research has
proven that grouper and lobster cultivations using FNC at Ekas Bay produce effluent that goes
to water and affects water quality (Krisanti and Imran, 2006; Junaidi and Hamzah, 2014).
This water effluent consisting of food residue and fish feces in the long term will
accumulate on water bottom (Rustadi, 2009). The water effluent, together with organic waste
from land as a result of anthropogenic activities, will cause phytoplankton bloom or
eutrophication that can lead to water pollution (Sachoemar, 2006). Therefore, in order for the
farming to sustain, its development needs to be adapted to environmental (water) carrying
capacity and water characters. According to that condition, there is a need of data and
information used to determine environmental carrying capacity based on water characters at
Ekas Bay.
Determination of water carrying capacity for the development of spiny lobster farming
was done using an approach focusing on phosphorous budget (P). Main parameters used in
the calculation were annual average of phosphorous total amount (TP, mg/L), bay area (A,
m2), water volume at the bay (V, m3), average depth (Z = V/A, m) and flushing rate (ρ, per
year) calculated based on tidal exchange method (Barg, 1992). Following is the formula used
Junaidi 264
in the calculation, (Vh-Vl) / (TxVh), where Vh= water volume at the bay during the highest
tide (m3), Vl = water volume at the bay during the lowest ebb (m 3), T = tidal period (day).
Estimated value of annual total phosphorous applied in this study was based on the previous
research (Junaidi et al., 2014) and phosphorous load as a result of spiny lobster farming and
anthropogenic activities on the mainland.
According to the data elaborated above, it can be concluded that the determination of
carrying capacity can be done using the following steps (Beveridge, 1987; Pulatsu, 2003) :
Step 1. Measuring steady state [P] i from total concentration of P determined based on
annual average of total P concentration in water bodies. This was obtained from
some representative samples.
Step 2. Determining [P] maximum that can be accepted by water bodies [P] f as the result of
spiny lobster farming in FNC.
Step 3. Determining water bodies carrying capacity for spiny lobster farming [P] which is
a difference between [P] before the water bodies are used to farm the lobster [P] i
and maximum phosphorous that can be accepted [P]f after the lobster farming
exists. So, [P] = [P]f - [P]i
Therefore, [P] is related to P load from FNC (Llobs), the area of water bodies (A),
flushing rate and the ability of water bodies to accept P load (). Following is the
formula generated:
[P] = Llobs (1 – Rlobs) / Z
Llobs = [P] * Z *  / 1 – Rlobs
Rlobs = x + [(1 – x)R];
In which, R = 1 / (1 + 0,5)
in which, [P] = P (g/m3); Llobs= total P g/m2/year); Z = average depth of water
bodies (m);  = flushing rate (volume/year); Rlobs= total P soluble in the sediment);
x = the total amount of P lost permanently into the sediment.
Step 4. If the area of water bodies (A), total P load that can be accepted (Llobs,g/year) and
total amount of P load lost into the environment throughout the farming activity (kg
P/ton lobster) have been known, the amount of fish produced (ton/year) can be
calculated using the following formula:
Amount of fish produced = Llobs x A / total P

Ekas Bay is located in southern part of Lombok Island, West Nusa Tenggara Province.
Its position lies alongside north to south with geographical location between 8o49’15”-
8o55’0” S and 116o23’0”-116o28’45” E. This Bay is on the opposite site of Indian Ocean and
next to Alas Strait which connects water mass from Indian Ocean and Pacific Ocean. This has
caused the bay to accept so much nutrient that it has a potential to be developed into a
mariculture area (RDMF. 2004).
The result of RDMF observation (2004) shows that tidal range at Ekas Bay waters is
about 2.6 m. According to tidal data collected, the area of Ekas Bay was 5,511.09 ha during
the condition of Mean High Water Springs (MHWS), 3,821.56 ha during the condition of
Mean Low Water Springs (MLWS) and 4,048.04 ha during the condition of Mean Sea Level
(MSL).
Bay volume was calculated using Software Surfer 9.0 in the condition where in MHWS
was 576,351,777 m3, MLWS was 534,113,527 m3 and MSL was 539,775,457 m3. According
to the tidal data as well as volume and area of the bay, the flushing rate of Ekas Bay waters is
52.49 m3/year. Furthermore, the area of Ekas Bay which is appropriate for the development of
Junaidi 265
spiny lobster farming in FNC is 1,552.15 ha or 28.16% of the area in the condition of MHWS
(Figure 1) (Junaidi et al., 2014).
Figure 1. Map of Conformity of Spiny Lobster Farming Development at Ekas Bay

Source: Junaidi et al. (2014)
Parameters used as references in determining water carrying capacity consist of:

a. Bay area appropriate for cultivation in FNC (A) = 15,521,500 m2 (Junaidi et. al., 2014)
b. Average depth (Z) = 8.5 m
c. Bay volume (V) = 576,635,777m3
d. Flushing time ()=52.94 m3/year
e. Shortly P (steady state) which is a result of measurement ([P]i) = 2.2 mg/m3 (Junaidi and
Hamzah, 2014)
f. P maximum allowed ([P]f) = 60 mg/m3 (Beveridge, 1996)
g. P proportion lost permanently into the sediment (x) = 0.5 (Pulatsu, 2003)
h. Total P load that goes into the environment =1,850.71 kg/ton of spiny lobster (Junaidi et.
al., 2014)
i. Spiny lobster productivity = 23 kg/FNC (Junaidi and Hamzah, 2014).
Referring to those parameters, carrying capacity calculation based on P waste load
could be formulated as below:
P = Pf – Pi = 60 – 2.2 = 57.8 mg/m3
Llobs = [P] * Z *  / 1 – Rlobs
= 57.8 * 8.5 * 52.94 / (1- 0.578)
= 25,783.88 / 0.422 = 61,096.14 mg/m2/year = 61.10 g/m2/year
Rlobs = x + (1- x) * R
= 0.5 + (1- 0.5) * 0.156 = 0.578
R = 1 / (1 + 0.747 * 0.507) = 1 / (1 + 0.747 * 52.940.507) = 0.156
Total Acceptable Loading (TAL) = Llobs x A

= 61.10 g/m2 x 15,521,500 m2
= 948,303,671 g or 948,304 kg
Waste load from spiny lobster farming activities is 259.26 kg P/ton, whereas that of from non-
farming activities is 1,591.45 kg P. According to these numbers, Total Acceptable Production
can be calculated using following formula:
Total Acceptable Production = TAL / total P
= 948,304 kg / 1,850.71 kg/ton = 512.40 tons
If the productivity of FNC (3x3x3) m3= 0.0023 tons/FNC, the total number of FNC allowed
Junaidi 266
to operate = 512.40 / 0.023 = 22,278 FNCs. If a unit of raft has 9 FNC, the maximal number
of raft allowed to operate = 22,278 / 9 = 2,475 rafts.
4. Conclusion
The calculation resulted in the value water carrying capacity for spiny lobster farming in
FNC which is 512.40 tons/year which equals optimal production capacity or about 22,278
FNC units.These values can be used as a reference influencing local goverment policy for the
development of spiny lobster farming at Ekas Bay.
References
[1] Barg, U.C. 1992. Guidelines for the promotion of environmental management of coastal aquaculture
development. FAO Fisheries Technical Paper 328. FAO. Rome. 122
[2] Beveridge, M.C.M. 1987. Cage and pen farming: carrying capacity models and environmental
impact. FAO Fish. Tech.Pap.255. FIRI/T255,. Experiment Station, Auburn University, Alabama.
131 p.
[3] Choi, K.D. 2002. Enviromental management of marineculture in Hong Kong. The University of
Hong Kong. hub.hku.hk/ bitstream/ 10722/31198/15/FullText.pdf. Diakses Pebruari 2014.
[4] Junaidi, M and M.S. Hamzah. 2014. Water quality and its effect on growth and survival rate of
lobster reared in floating net cage in ekas bay, west nusa tenggara province. Jurnal ITKT, 6 (2) :
345-354
[5] Junaidi, M., S. Andayani, M. Mahmudi and A. Sartimbul. 2014. Organic matter degradation in
Lobster culture system and their effect on waters quality in Ekas Bay, Indonesia. Organic matter
degradation in Lobster Culture System and their effect on waters quality in Ekas Bay, Indonesia.
Journal of Applied Biotechnology, 2 (1) : 10-23.
[6] Junaidi, M., S. Andayani, M. Mahmudi dan A. Sartimbul. 2014. Site Suitability for Lobster Culture
Using Multi-Criteria and GIS Analyses in Ekas Bay, West Nusa Tenggara Province, Indonesia. J.
Coastal Conservation, 18 (4)
[7] Krisanti, M. and Z. Imran. 2006. Environmental carrying capacity of Ekas Bay for development
grouper culture in floating net cages. J.Il.Perta.Ind, 11(2): 15-20
[8] Priyambodo, B. and Sarifin. 2009. Lobster aquaculture industry in eastern Indonesia: present status
and prospects. In: K. C. Williams (Ed.), Proceedings of an International Symposium on Spiny
Lobster Aquaculture in the Asia-Pacific Region, Australian Centre for International Agricultural
Research, Canberra, p. 36-45.
[9] Pulatsu, S. 2003. The application of a phosphorus budget model estimating the carrying capacity of
Kesikkopru Dam Lake. Turk J Vet Anim. Sci, 27 : 1127-1130.
[10] RDMF. 2004. The carrying capacity of fisheries and marine. Research and Development of Marine
and Fisheries Ministry of Maritime Affairs and Fisheries. Jakarta 122 p
[11] Rustadi. 2009. Control of eutrophication in reservoir using fisheries: case study in Sermo reservoir.
Aquacultura Indonesiana, 10 (3): 199–208
[12] Sachomar, S.I. 2006. Analysis of carrying capacity mariculture in Batam estate (BME) Batam.
J.Hidrosfir, 1 (2) : 52-60
Junaidi 267
Immobilization of TiO2 on Coal Bottom Ash and Its Activity Test as

A Photocatalyst in Degradation of Methylene Blue Dye
Tuty Alawiyah1,*, Nurul Hidayat2, Endang Tri Wahyuni2
1
Aquaculture Study Program, Mataram University, Nusa Tenggara Barat 55584, Indonesia
2
Chemistry Department, Gadjah Mada University, Yogyakarta 55281, Indonesia
Email : tuty_bae@yahoo.com
Abstract
Preparation and characterization of TiO2 immobilization on bottom ash (TiO2-

bottom ash), and its activity test as a photocatalyst in degradation of methylene blue
dyes have been conducted. The preparation was performed by adsorption using
titanium (IV) isopropoxide as a source of Ti on bottom ash as a matrix, which
followed by thermal treatment at 500 °C for 5 hours. The characterizations were
performed using XRD and FTIR methods to determine the effect impregnated of
TiO2. The activity TiO2-bottom ash photocatalyst on photodegradation of methylene
blue dyes was carried out by batch method in a closed reactor with UV lamp and
stirring system. Th degradation result of methylene blue was measured using UV-Vis
spectrophotometer at 650 nm. The influences of the Ti concentration immobilization
on bottom ash and applied TiO2-bottom ash as photocatalyst have also been studied.
The result of the research show that the increase of Ti concentrations, can the
increase of TiO2 content in TiO2-bottom ash with the same crystalinity. TiO2-bottom
ash shows higher activity in the process of photodegradation than the pure TiO2, and
bottom ash do. The longer irradiation time can increase the effectiveness of the
photodegradation of methylene blue dye by TiO2-bottom ash photocatalyst up to 300
minutes with the degradation result of 88.25%,
Keyword : Photocatalyst, TiO2-bottom ash, photodegradation, methylene blue
268
Alawiyah et al..
1. Introduction
One source of environmental pollution is industrial waste which uses dye. The use
of dyes is the most that the textile industry, such as methylene blue. In the textile industry
dye staining residual waste as waste with a relatively large concentration of 20-200 mg/L
(Pandey et al,2007).
According to environment minister’s decision is Kep-51/MENLH/10/1995 on
effluent quality standards, the maximum concentration of methylene blue allowed the 5-
10 mg/L. One alternative that is currently evolving to address these problems by using
semiconductor photocatalysts through photodegradation reactions. Wastewater treatment
system using photocatalyst capable of degrading organic dyes or pollutants into
components so that a simpler and safer for the environment, such as H2O and CO2.
Besides photodegradation method is cheaper, more efficient in the use of chemicals, the
process is faster, non-toxic and has the ability to use long-term (Bayati, 2010). In the
method for removal catalyzed photodegradation of dyes or other organic compounds
commonly used photocatalyst TiO2 in powder form.
The use of TiO2 in powder form for waste treatment in general is quite practical, but
this powder will spread rapidly to a solution that can reduce its effectiveness. In order to
increase the effectiveness of powder needed in large numbers. The use of TiO2 powder in
an amount too much can cause the solution became turbid and easily form a suspension
so that the absorption of light by the substrate becomes less perfect, and will have
difficulty in separating the solid photocatalyst. One effort to overcome these problems is
with the material elicits the support or on a matrix material.
Bottom ash has not been reported as a carrier of the matrix material. With reference to
the matter, in this study will be conducted testing the terembankan TiO 2 on the basis of
coal ash (bottom ash) as a photocatalyst referred to as TiO2-bottom ash. Of this research
is expected, coal bottom ash which is a solid waste that can pollute the environment can
be harnessed into useful materials.

The tools used in this study is reactor equipped with a set of magnetic stirrer, UV
Lamp Black Light Blue (BLB) 40 watt 220 volt with a wavelength of 300-390.
Laboratory glassware, IEC Centrifuge (International Equipment Company) AGIMATIC-
N, X-ray Diffractometer type 6000X Shimadzu XRD, Infrared Spectrophotometer type
Thermo Nicolet Avatar 360, and UV-Vis spectrophotometer 722.
The materials used in the study are Titanium (IV) Isopropoksida (TTIP) 97% (Merck),
Abu basis of coal, ethanol 99.99% pa, Whatman 42 paper, Methylene Blue and distilled
water. Preparation of TiO2-bottom ash Photocatalyst is made by reacting as much as 2
grams of bottom ash with 100 mL of Ti (IV) in a variety of concentrations (0.1, 0.25, 0.5
and 1 M). The process was carried out with stirring for 24 hours with a magnetic stirrer.
Further separation of solids and the filtrate using Whatman filter paper 42. The solid was
then dried and calcined at a temperature of 500 ° C for 5 hours. The resulting
photocatalysts were characterized using XRD and IR.
Photocatalytic test performed in a batch reactor system equipped with 40 Watt UV
lamps and magnetic plate stirer. For the solution of methylene blue and TiO2 powder in
erlenmeyer into the reactor and exposed to UV light while stirring with a magnetic stirrer
for a certain time. Subsequently the suspension was centrifuged to separate the filtrate
from the sediment with a speed of 3500 rpm for 10 minutes. The filtrate obtained was
analyzed by using UV-Vis spectrophotometer at a wavelength of 650 nm to determine the
Alawiyah et al.. 269

concentration of methylene blue degraded.

TiO2-bottom ash preparation results further characterized by using XRD method to
determine changes that occur after the immobilization of TiO2 into the bottom ash. The
results of characterization by XRD method is presented in Figure 1.
Figure 1. Difraktogram Sinar-X (a) TiO2 Murni; (b) Abu dasar; (c) TiO2-AD 0,1 M;
(d) TiO2-AD 0,25 M; (e) TiO2-AD 0,5 M; (f) TiO2-AD 1 M
Figure 1 above shows that the difraktogram TiO2-bottom ash with the lowest Ti
concentration give peaks with the same difraktogram bottom ash and has not seen peaks
of TiO2. This indicates that the crystallinity and the amount of bottom ash is still
dominant than TiO2 formed. The increase in Ti concentration of 0.25 to 1.0 M give
diffraction peaks similar to TiO2 despite lower and wider than TiO2. This indicates that
the TiO2 crystals have formed in the bottom ash with a lower crystallinity than the TiO2
powder. This happens because the TiO2 structure formed on the surface of SiO2 and
Al2O3 from the ashes of the base so that the crystal growth is not perfect. Besides the
peaks of SiO2 and Al2O3 in the bottom ash is not seen, which indicates that the SiO2 and
Al2O3 have been covered by TiO2 crystals dispersed on the surface of the bottom ash.
To strengthen the results of XRD characterization using the method in this study to
identify the groups functions contained in the photocatalyst TiO2-bottom ash and the
possibility of developing of using an infrared spectrophotometer. The results of the
infrared spectra presented in Figure 2.
Figure 2. Spectrum of FT-IR a) Abu dasar; b) TiO2-AD 0,1 M; c) TiO2-AD 0,25 M;

d) TiO2-AD 0,5 M; e) TiO2-AAD 1 M 0,25 M; d) TiO2-AD 0,5 M
Figure 2 shows that the bottom ash gave absorption at wavenumber 1075.92 cm -
1
and 774.85 cm-1 are characteristic for the group O-Si-O and Al-O or the Si-O that
can be derived from the Al-OH and or the Si-OH and H2O molecules. TiO2 provide

successive absorptions at wave number 3441 cm-1, 2337.2 cm-1, 624.9 cm-1 which
showed a TiOH, TiO2, and the double layer of TiO. The results of infrared spectra for
TiO2-bottom ash with varying levels of uptake-uptake gave similar IR spectra of
bottom ash and TiO2. It is also seen that the absorption at wavenumber 469 cm-1 (Si-
O/Al-O) in bottom ash has shifted to 470-540 cm-1. This indicates that the TO4 (SiO4
or the AlO4) has interacted with the Ti-O in TO2. Ti ion can be bound to the O atom
and the other rich TiO2 electrons so that can form a double layer on the surface of
TiO2 bottom ash.
To determine the effect of TiO2 on the of bottom ash in this study has been
carried out photodegradation of methylene blue by the addition of TiO2- bottom ash
photocatalysts are compared to the photodegradation with TiO2 and addition of bottom
ash. Conditions in the photodegradation process is the concentration of methylene blue
dye 50 ppm, the mass of the photocatalyst 50 mg, and 300 minutes of contact time.
The results are presented in figure 3.
Figure 3. Fotodegradation of methylene blue dyes with using TiO2-bottom ash,

TiO2, and Bottom ash
Figure 3 shows that the addition of TiO2-bottom ash, TiO2, and bottom ash can
cause the removal of methylene blue from solution. By irradiating the loss of
methylene blue from solution due to the photodegradation reaction by OH ∙ radicals
and or absorption on the surface of TiO2-bottom ash, TiO2, and bottom ash. In the
process of irradiation, OH ∙ radicals can be formed from the photolysis of water and
TiO2 photocatalysis.
The results showed that the effectiveness of TiO2 photocatalysis-bottom ash is
higher than the TiO2 powder. This is because the particle size of TiO2 after rest upon
the bottom ash to be relatively small so that its surface area becomes larger.
Photocatalyst surface area greater contact between the beam and result in a more
effective photocatalyst so that the amount of OH ∙ radicals are formed more and more,
resulting in a higher effectiveness of photodegradation. particle size becomes smaller,
so give fotoactivity higher than TiO2.
The effectiveness of the process of photodegradation of methylene blue using
TiO2 photocatalyst powder, lower. This is because in addition to larger, TiO2 is also
easily spread so as to form a suspension. This leads to the formation of OH ∙ radicals
and the interaction between UV light contact with the methylene blue is reduced, so
the photodegradation becomes less effective.

The addition of bottom ash on the photodegradation of methylene blue the

lowest yield. Omission in this state due to photodegradation by OH∙ radicals that only
comes from the photolysis of water.
4. Conclusion
Based on the results of research and discussion can be concluded as follows:
1. Immobilization of TiO2 on bottom ash gave higher fotoaktivitas, both on the
photodegradation and the adsorption of methylene blue than the pure TiO2, and
bottom ash with the results of effectivness degradation is 88.25%, 61.23% and
19.57%.
2. The increase in the concentration of Ti (IV) which rest upon the bottom ash to
increase levels of TiO2 in the TiO2-bottom ash with the same degree of
crystallinity. And rising levels of TiO2 which rest upon the bottom ash to increase
the effectiveness of photodegradation of methylene blue dye.
References
[1] Attia, J Abbas., 2007, Photocatalytic Degradation of Textile Dyeing Wastewater Using
Titanium Dioxide and Zink Oxide, E-Journal of Chemistr, Vol.5, No.2, pp.219-223.
[2] Bayati, Fard,G. Dan Moshfegh,., Photo-Degradation of Methylene Blue over V2O5-TiO2
Nano-Porous Layers Synthesized by Micro Arc Oxidation., Catal Lett, 134:162-168.
[3] Burrows, H.D., Ernestova, L.S., Kemp, T. J., Skurlatov, Y. I., dan Purmal, A.P., dan
Yermakov, A.N., 1998, Kinetics and Mechanism of Photodegradation of Chlorophenols,
Sci. Technol. Lett., 23, 145-207.
[4] Ekimov, A.I., Effros, A.I.L. dan Anuchenko, A., 1985, Quantum Size Effect in
Semiconductor Microcrystal; Solid State Commun., 5611, 921-1524.
[5] Fatimah.I, dan Wijaya.K., 2005, Sintesis TiO2/Zeolit Sebagai Fotokatalis Pada
Pengolahan Limbah Cair Industri Tapioka Secara Adsorpsi dan Fotodegradasi, J Teknoin,
Vol 10 : 257-267.
[6] Ghanizadeh, dan Asgari.G., Adsorption kinetics dan isotherm of methylene blue and its
removal from aqueous solution using bone charcoal, Reac Kinet Mech Cat, 102:127-142
[7] Gunlazuardi, J., 2001, Fotokatalisis pada permukaan TiO2 : Aspek Fundamental dan
Aplikasinya, Prosiding Seminar Nasional Kimia Fisika II, 1-5
[8] Hamdaoui, dan Chiha., 2006, Removal of Methylene Blue from Aqueous Solutions by
Wheat Bran, J.Acta Chim, 54, 407-418
[9] Nyquist, R.A., 1997, Infrared and Raman Spectral Atlas of Inorganic Compounds and
Organic Salts, vol 3, Academic Press, London
[10] Pabon. E, Retuert, Jaime, Quijada, Raul, Zarate dan Antonio, 2003, TiO2-SiO2 Mixed
Oxide Prepare by a Combined Sol-Gel and Polymer Inclusion Method, Micropor.
Mesopor. Mat., 67, 195-203
[11] Pandey, A., Singh, P., Iyengar, L.Review Bacterial Decolorization and Degradation of
Azo Dyes. International Biodeteration & Biodegradation 59 (2007) :73-84
[12] Xu., Effect of Particle Size of TiO2 on Photocatalytic Degradation of Methylene Blue in
Aqueous Suspensions, J.Ind. Eng.Chem, Res., 38(2) : 373-379
[13] Visa. M., Adronic. L., Lucaci. D., dan Duta. A., 2010, Concurrent Dyes Adsorption and
Photo-degrdation on Fly ash Based Substrates, J.Adsorption (2011) 17: 101-108

Design of Low Frequency Vibration Generator As Seismic Sensor

Calibrator with Optocoupler Counter
Yulkifli1, Rahadi Wirawan2, Yoggy Refiyon3,

1
Department of Physics, State University of Padang, Padang, Indonesia
2
Department of Physics, University of Mataram, NTB, Indonesia
3
Department of Physics, State University of Padang, Padang, Indonesia
E-mail: yulkifliamir@yahoo.com, rwirawan@yahoo.co.id, refiyonyoggy@gmail.com
Abstract
A sensor is an important component in measuring and controlling system. Several

sensors use the high technology to fabricate such as a vibration sensor. Consequently, its
make a vibration sensor have a high price and rarely in the market. Therefore, many
researchers develop it to get a sensor with good a characteristic and low price. In order to get
a good characteristic of vibration sensor, we required the low frequency vibration generator as
sensor calibrator. This paper presents the design of a low frequency vibration generator
instrument as a seismic sensor calibrator using an optocoupler counter sensor. The vibration
generators consist of a mechanical and an electronic system with separate in two different
boxes. A direct measurement was conducted to measure the sensor output and the time to
count the frequency. The accuracy and precision were determinate based on the indirect
measurement (statistical and graphical analysis). Testing result of the instrument shows that
the sensor accuracy is about 94.2% with average of correctness 0.955. Accuracy average of
vibration generator is 0.98 and the precision is about 0.976.
Keywords : vibration generator, low-frequency, seismic sensor, calibrator, optocoupler

counter
1. Introduction
Sensor is a primary electronic component that used in the measurement system or

control system. A sensor can be applied to built a system that works automatically and able to
analyze the phenomena that occur in the nature. Sensors are used to construct a type of
measurement or control system according to the physical quantity that can be sensed by a
sensor such as the detection of vibration. Wirawan et al. (2012) develop an instrument based
on the ultrasonic sensor to measure the vibration frequency of the object [1].
Vibration detection is able to provide vibration parameters that detected by sensor.
Through this information can provide an early warning to prevent fatal damage due to the
effect of vibration. This detection system is required to detect vibration and engine work
analysis, vibration power bridge analysis, building strength vibration analysis, and
earthquake. Especially for the natural vibration like an earthquake, it’s requiring vibration
measurement in the low frequency. For the purposes of developing a vibration detector, there
are many varieties of sensors and other devices that response a vibration such as geophone
sensors, piezoelectric, accelerometer, and etc. Generally the sensor material is semiconductor,
optic materials, or metal and its need high technology to build a sensor. In 2011, we develop
the vibration sensor based on the fluxgate [2]. In order to test the reliability and the
characteristic of a vibration sensor system, especially for the low frequency vibration, we
required the vibration measuring instruments especially for test equipment, calibrator, and
vibration generator.
Yulkifli et al. 273

The low-frequency vibration generator produces low-frequency mechanical vibration

wherein one of these vibrations is an earthquake vibration with the dominant frequency range
from 1 to 5 Hz. In this paper, we present the design of a low frequency vibration generator
instrument as seismic sensor calibrator. We were using a DC motor as an actuator and
optocoupler sensor as counter sensor. DC (direct current) motors converts direct current
electrical energy into mechanical energy [3]. DC motors are used because of its speed can be
varied so that it can be used to regulate the frequency. In addition, DC motors also have high
torque, linear performance, and simpler control system [4].
There are two types of work conducted in this research i.e. hardware and software design.
2.1 Hardware design

The design of Low Frequency Vibration Generator as Seismic Sensor Calibrator with
Optocoupler Count can be seen in Figure 5. The main component that used in this the design
are DC motor, optocoupler sensors, liquid crystal display (LCD), ATMega 8535
microcontroller. In order to produce an accurate data, its must complete a certain
specification that give a description of the research product. There are two types of
specifications, design specifications (Figure 1) and performance specifications. A
performance specification is to identify the functions each of the components form the
system, while design specifications also called the functional specification.
Figure 1 Design of low frequency vibration generator
The instrument has separate mechanical and electronic systems. Mechanical system
and electronic system is connected by connecting cables. Both of these systems were
deliberately separated so that the resulting vibration actuator does not interfere with the
performance of the electronic components.
2.2. Software design

The controlling program that will be embedding to the microcontroller chip in order to
control of the instrument work was written. The program was build using the CodeVision
AVR program based on C programming language. Figure 2 shows the flowchart of the
controlling program.
Yulkifli et al. 274

Figure 2 Flowchart of the controlling program
The measurement results can be expressed in a specified average value, standard

deviation, and the relative and absolute error of measurement results. The accuracy and
precision of the system was determined using the theory of errors. The percentage of error can
be determined based on the equation:
Yn  Xn
% Percent error =  100 %
Yn (1)
where Yn is an actually value and Xn is the value measurement.
For the relative accuracy (A) of a measurement system can be determined by the following
equation [5].
Yn  Xn
A  1
Yn (2)
and the precision of a measurement can be expressed in mathematical form as follows:
Xn  X n
Precision  1 
Xn
(3)
where Xn is the value of the n-th measurement and X n is the average of a set of n
measurements.

The Figure 3 shows the low frequency vibration generator that has been made. The
low-frequency vibration generating consists of two parts i.e. an electronic circuit system
(Figure 3a) and a mechanical system (Figure 3b) that placed in two different boxes. The
electronic circuit system of low-frequency vibration generator consists of a power supply
circuit (1) as a current source, PWM (2) as a DC motor speed control, microcontroller
minimum system (3) as the centre of controlling program of the systems, and optocoupler
Yulkifli et al. 275

sensor circuits (4).
(a) (b)
Figure 3. Low-frequency vibration generators.
The mechanical system consists of several components i.e. a vibrating lever (1) that functions
transform transformation circular motion into vertical motion, DC motor (2) function for the
driving source (actuator), torque driver (3) serves to provide more big torque on vibrating
sleeve, disc (5) and optocoupler sensor (4) for chopping round amount of low frequency
vibration generator as shown in the inset of the Figure 3b. The number of vibration, time and
the frequency will be displayed in the LCD module. In order to operate this generator, there is
a button which serves to start the running system, to stop system and restore the original
position readout. In addition to control the motor speed there is a rotary switch. When the DC
motor rotates, it will rotate a disc and moving the arm to vibrate vertically.
Data analysis was performed on the low-frequency vibration generating system
includes sensor characteristics, PWM output voltage relationship of the adjustments are, as
well as the accuracy and precision of generating low-frequency vibration.
3.1. Accuracy and precision of optocoupler sensor

Optocoupler sensor emits infrared light from the transmitter to the receiver. When the
transmitter and receiver blocked by obstacles, it will cause changes of the sensor output
voltage. From the datasheet, the output voltage sensor is about 5 volts. The obtained
measurement shows that the blocked voltage is 4.71 volts and the unblocked voltage is 0.0065
volts. According to this measurement result, the accuracy of the sensor is 94.2%. The
discrepancy of the voltage due to the influence of the sensor cable is long enough so that the
voltage drop occurs in the sensor. In addition, the repeated measurement of the sensor in case
of blocked and unblocked was conducted to obtain the sensor precision. The unblocked
optocoupler sensor precision is 0.999, whereas the blocked precision is 0.892.
3.2. Correlation between frequency and DC motor input voltage

The correlation between the input voltage DC motor with frequency is shown in
Figure 4.
Yulkifli et al. 276

Figure 4 The correlation between the Figure 5 Graphic of the frequency accuracy
voltage and frequency. (fD vs fSy).
From the graph it can be seen that increases of voltage make the frequency increase
too. The correlation of frequency and the voltage can be depicted by the following regression
line equation f = 0.34V-1.151where the coefficient 0.34 is the sensitivity to changes in
voltage DC motor speed and the 1.151 constant is the initial frequency.
3.3. Low-frequency vibration generating accuracy

The accuracy of a low-frequency vibration generator is determined by comparing the
measured data (fD) to a standard measuring system (fsy). The precision of the low-frequency
vibration generator can be seen in graphic of the Figure 5. The graphic shows the comparison
between the measured frequency curves and the frequency count. Measurements and
calculations results which represented by two line with the line equation f = 0.299V-0, 804 for
a measurement and f = 0.3V-0, 841 for a calculation. The error percentage range is from 0%
to 4.3289%. Meanwhile, the accuracy of the vibration generator systems ranged from 92% to
99%.
3.4. Absolute and relative error

For the 10 times of measurement, the average accuracy of low frequency vibration
generating is 0.976, while the average error is 0.019. Absolute error of low frequency
vibration generating system can be seen in Figure 6.
Figure 6. The graph of an absolute error Figure 7. The graph of relative error
Based on sinusoidal shaped graph the Figure 6, the maximum of an absolute error
values is 0.046. Meanwhile, the relative error of the system is ranged from 0% to 2.793% as
shown in Figure 7.
4. Conclusion
Based on the analysis results of a Low Frequency Vibration Generator as Seismic
Sensor Calibrator With Optocoupler Count that has been done, it can be drawn some
conclusions that the accuracy of low frequency vibration is about 94.4%, the precision of the
sensor is obstructed during 0.892 and 0.999 when there is unobstructed, with a relative error is
0.279. The generated voltage influences proportionally the vibration frequency. The average
accuracy of the low-frequency vibration generator system is 0.98% with an average relative
error 1.90%.
References
[1] Wirawan R., Mitra Djamal, Ambran Hartono, Edi Sanjaya, Widyaningrum Indrasari, dan Ramli Aplikasi
Sensor Ultrasonik Untuk Pengukuran Getaran Frekuensi Rendah, Prosiding Simposium Nasional Inovasi
Pembelajaran dan Sains, Bandung, 37-41(2012).
[2] Mitra Djamal, Yulkifli, Agung Setiadi, Rahmondia N. Setiadi. (2010). Development of a Low Cost
Vibration Sensor Based on Fluxgate Element. Proceedings of the International Conference on Circuits,
Systems, Signals. p. 248-251.
[3] Zamroni, M. (2006). DC Motor Control For Mechanical Drive In Bracket Wall LCd Projector and Screen-
Yulkifli et al. 277

Based Microcontroller AT89S51. Diponegoro University, Semarang.

[4] Malvino, Albert Paul. (1999). Basic Principles of Electronics Volume I. New York: McGraw.
[5] Jones, L. D., Chin, A.F. (1995). Electronic Instruments and Measurement Second Edition. Prentice Hall-
International, Inc.
Yulkifli et al. 278

Measuring and Mapping Carbon and Nitrogen in Indonesian Tropical Soil using
Rapid Technique of Near Infrared Technology
B.H. Kusumo1,*, Sukartono1, Bustan1, C.W.H. Anderson2, C.B. Hedley3, M.J. Hedley2,
M. Camps Arbestain2,4
a
Department of Soil Science, Faculty of Agriculture, The University of Mataram, JL. Majapahit No. 62 Mataram,
Lombok, Indonesia.
b
Institute of Agriculture and Environment, College of Science, Massey University, Private Bag 11-222, Palmerston
North, New Zealand.
c
Landcare Research, Private Bag 11-052, Palmerston North, New Zealand.
d
New Zealand Biochar Research Centre, Massey University, Private Bag 11222, Palmerston North 4442, New
Zealand.
*
Corresponding author: B.H. Kusumo (bambanghk@gmail.com; bambanghk@unram.ac.id)
Abstract
Measuring and mapping soil carbon (C) and nitrogen (N) using conventional laboratory
analysis (e.g. Walkley&Black and Kjeldahl method, respectively) is high cost and time consuming.
The cost can be more expensive for producing spatial and temporal mapping of soil C and N, due to
more samples needed. Near Infrared Spectroscopy (NIRS), which is known as a rapid and
inexpensive technique with no chemical needed, has been successfully able to rapidly measure soil
C and N in laboratory and in the field. The aim of this research is to develop rapid and cheap
technique from soil reflectance in measuring and mapping soil C and N which in turn can be used as
a basis of site specific fertilizer recommendation. Soil samples were collected from tropical soil of
Kayangan Area of North Lombok Indonesia which were then analysed using convensional analysis
and scanned by NIRS. Partial Least Square Regresion (PLSR) models were built from reference
data (conventional analysis) and spectral data (NIRS). The models were moderately successful to
measure soil C and N from spectral reflectance, both using cross-validation test and using separate
validation sample set. This indicates that soil C and N from Indonesian tropical soils of North
Lombok can be rapidly measured and mapped using Near Infrared Technology.
Keywords: Soil, carbon, nitrogen, rapid measurement, mapping, near infrared
1. Introduction
Measuring soil carbon (C) and nitrogen (N) using conventional methods (e.g. Walkley &
Black and Kjeldahl method, respectively) is high cost and time consuming. Soil samples have to be
collected, dried, ground, sieved and analyzed in laboratory (Minasny et al, 2013). The cost could be
much higher for mapping soil C and N status in more detail scale, due to more samples needed. So,
it is usually coarse scale map (e.g. 1:500,000 or coarser) is affordable if we only rely on the
conventional methods. Hence, detail scale of soil nutrient map is extremely needed for site specific
fertilizer application in order to put fertilizer with the right amount and at the right place.
Ideally, prior to fertilizer application, it should be available a detail scale of soil nutrient
map which can be used to guide the farmer to apply the right kind and amount of fertilizer (Kodaira
and Shibusawa, 2013). Higher amount of fertilizer should be applied at the area with lower content
of soil nutrient, and vice versa. At the current situation, however, fertilizer (organic and inorganic)
Kusumo et al. 279

recommendation is commonly based on regional recommendation, which may cause inefficient use
of fertilizer which can be below or above ideal recommendation rate (personal communication). In
fact in the field, soil nutrient status can be very different from one place to the other places, which
need different amount of fertilizer. Thus rapid and inexpensive technique is needed to measure and
map soil C and N for site specific fertilization (site specific management).
Near infrared spectroscopy (NIRS), which is rapid and inexpensive technique and no
chemical needed, has become an extremely important analytical technique in recent years (Stenberg
et al, 2010). It is used to analyze a wide range of samples from gas, liquid, to solid (Stuart 2004). It
is used to measure organic composition and functional properties in e.g. crops, food, animal feed,
pharmaceuticals, polymers, textiles, brewing materials, petroleum hydrocarbons, pulp and paper, as
well as for medical analysis, and environmental analysis (e.g. soil, aquatic sediments, bio-solids
such as manures and compost) (Malley and Martin 2003). In recent years great advances have been
made in using near infrared technology to investigate soil properties (Cozzolino et al, 2013).
An NIR reflectance spectrum represents a composite of all the optical information of the
outer layer (a few millimeters thick depending on the surface and structure composition) of a
substance (Ozaki et al, 2007). This complex spectrum, which is rich in information, can be
interpreted on a basis of chemical and physical composition (Workman and Shenk 2004). NIRS is
based on the interaction of near-infrared radiation with soil constituents particularly the covalent
bonds of small atoms such as O, C, H and N, abundant in organic matter (Ozaki et al. 2007). It has
the potential to be a rapid technique if it is properly calibrated (Kusumo et al, 2008). Developing
robust calibration model is the key success of NIRS technology application. Using multivariate
analysis, such as partial least square regression (PLSR), the spectral and reference data can be
proceeded for the calibration model development to characterize and quantify soil constituents
(Workman and Shenk 2004).
One of the earliest NIRS successes in soil science was the successful determination of soil
water content (Dalal and Henry, 1986). Then, it has been used successfully for measurement of total
C and N (Chang et al. 2002; Kusumo et al. 2008). The use of NIRS techniques was then extended
to simultaneously measure other soil physical and chemical properties (Cozzolino and Moron,
2006). Most of the success of NIRS technique is for measurement of total C, organic C, total
nitrogen (N), cation exchange capacity (CEC) and soil moisture content (Stenberg et al, 2010). This
technique later is expanded to measure root density (Kusumo et al. 2009; 2010; 2011), soil fertility
(Genot et al, 2011), soil pH (Tekin et al, 2013), biochar stability indices (Kusumo et al. 2014) and
in more recent year for soil structural quality assessment (Askari et al, 2015). Mapping soil
properties using NIRS has been reported by some workers (Minasny et al, 2013). It has been
successfully used to map soil C and N (Kodaira and Shibusawa, 2013; Vagen and Winowiecki,
2013). While, Kodaira and Shibusawa (2013) have successfully map soil moisture content, organic
matter, CEC, total C, ammonium N, nitrate N, total N, available P, and P absorptive coefficient,
using NIRS.
Kayangan agricultural area in North Lombok is planned to become fruit and vegetables
producer by North Lombok Government. Beside its suitability for fruit and vegetables, there is a
high potential market for tourism area in Gili Trawangan, Gili Meno and Gili Air, which is quite
close to the Kayangan area. Fruit and vegetables for the hotels and restaurants are supplied mostly
from Bali and Java and some from Mataram (Lombok). These tourism destinations are very famous,
thus massive number of international tourists visit these places every year to enjoy the beautiful
beach and coral. Development of Kayangan area for agricultural use faces obstacle; it doesn’t have
soil nutrient map which can be use the basis of efficient fertilizer application. If we can map this
area into several levels of nutrient status and then the fertilizer recommendation is based on the
Kusumo et al. 280

status of each specific site, effective and efficient use of fertilizer will be obtained and this will
support sustainable agriculture development. Because mapping soil properties using conventional
methods is very expensive, so rapid and inexpensive technique (NIRS) is extremely needed.
From the above information, “development of rapid and cheap technique from soil
reflectance in measuring and mapping soil carbon and nitrogen for fertilizer application” is
undoubtedly needed. It is expected that effective and efficient use of fertilizer can be achieved,
excessive use of fertilizer can be avoided, and leaching and negative impact of excessive fertilizer
can be avoided.
2.1. Soil sample collection

Top soils (0-10 cm depth) from 305 points were collected using soil corer from study area of
Kayangan North Lombok Indonesia, covering the total area about 2,986 ha. Soil corer with
diameter 2.54 cm was used to collect the soil samples. When samples were collected, the position
and altitude of each sample was recorded. The samples were put into plastic bags and put codes,
then took to the laboratory for soil preparation.
Figure 1. Map of Kayangan agriculture development area in North Lombok, and insert is the
West Nusa Tenggara province.
2.2. Soil preparation and analysis

Soil samples were transported to laboratory which be then dried (air dry), ground and sieved
to pass 0.2 mm diameter sieve. Part of each sample was analyzed for soil carbon (Walkley and
Black method) and nitrogen (Kjeldahl method), then another part of each sample was scanned using
Near Infrared Spectroscopy (NIRS).
2.3. Spectral acquisition and spectral pre-processing
Spectral reflectance (UV, visible and NIR range; 350 – 2500 nm) were acquired using a soil
Kusumo et al. 281

contact probe (supplied by ASD) attached by fibre optic cable to the spectrometer–ASD FieldSpec
3 V-NIR Spectrometer (Analytical Spectral Device, Boulder, CO, USA). The spectrometer provides
spectra from 350-2500 nm with 1 nm resolution. The spectral data were then imported to a software
(ParLeS; Viscarra Rossel, 2008) for spectral pre-processing. The data underwent pre-processing
steps namely: transformation to log (1/R) - R, wavelet detrending, and smoothing using a Savitzky-
Golay filter. The smoothed data were thereafter processed into the first derivative, and then finally
treated using mean centring.
Principal component analysis (PCA)
The pre-processed spectral data were stastically analysed using Principal Component
Analysis (PCA). PCA transforms the correlated original variables into non-correlated new variables
which have smaller dimentionality but can explain larger variations of the original data. PCA was
conducted using ParLeS software (Viscarra Rossel, 2008). A score plot of the first two principal
components, PC1 and PC2, which accounted for the greatest variance of the spectral data, is used to
group the soil samples with very low, low, medium or high C and N content.
2.4. Developing calibration models

Partial Least Square Regression (PLSR) (ParLeS; Viscarra Rossel, 2008) was used to
develop calibration models between the pre-processed spectral data and the reference analytical data
of soil C and N. In order to avoid over fitting, the PLSR models are developed using a number of
factors (principal components) that produce low root mean square error (RMSE) and low Akaike
Information Criterion (AIC). Over fitting may happen when excessively large numbers of factors
are applied. The calibration model was tested using one-leave-out cross-valication and using
separate validation sample set.
2.5. Parameters for regression model accuracy

The ability of the PLSR model to predict soil C and N was assessed using the following
statistics: (i) RMSE (root mean square error) of measured and predicted soil C and N, (ii) coefficient
determination (R2), and (iii) RPD (ratio of prediction to deviation); RPD is calculated as standard
deviation of the reference data divided by root mean square error (SD/RMSE). The best prediction
model has the largest RPD and R2, and the smallest RMSE in cross validation test or using separate
validation test.
3.1. Soil Carbon and Nitrogen

The summary of selected properties of the soil samples is shown in Table 1. The range (min
– max) of soil C and N is narrow, from very low to medium, with no samples containing high C and
N. Low content of C and N in this soil is probably related to low return of organic matter and coarse
soil texture. High oxidation rate in coarse soil texture tends to reduce the amount of soil organic
matter. Moreover, soil with less clay has less ability to protect organic matter from oxidation
process. Organic matter can be located among clay particles and thus be protected from organic
decomposition.
Table 1. Soil sample properties
Range Standard Coefficient of
Property Median Mean Variance
Min. Max. deviation variation (%)
Soil C 0.39 2.28 1.01 1.03 0.092 0.304 29.45
Soil N 0.04 0.26 0.11 0.11 0.001 0.036 31.70
Kusumo et al. 282

3.2. Soil Spectral Shape

The shape of soil spectral reflectance with very low (< 1% C), low (1-2% C) and medium
(2-3% C) amount of carbon is shown in Figure 2. Soil with very low C has higher reflectance at
around 750 nm compared to soils with low and medium C, showing brighter colour. Soil with
higher C show lower reflectance (darker colour) at around visible band, indicating higher amount of
organic matter. Soil with very low organic matter content has shaper angle at around 750 nm,
compared to low and medium organic matter content. The same phenomenon was also found by
Dematte et al, (2004) and Kusumo et al (2008).
As water (O-H bond) is the strongest absorber in the NIR region, its strong absoption can be
seen at around 1400 and 1900 nm (Figure 2). Absorption at around 1400 nm is the first overtones of
the O-H bond of water, while absorption at around 1900 nm is the combination of the H-O-H bend
and O-H stretching (Clark, 1999). Strong absoption at around 2200 nm is combination of metal O-H
bend plus O-H stretch.
Figure 2. Spectral shape of soils with very low, low and medium amount of carbon.
3.3. Score Plot of Pre-processed Spectral Data

Score plot of the first two principal components was presented in Figure 3. Two dimentional
score plot of the first two principal components containing 70.5% spectral variance were not clearly
able to separate sample groups with very low (< 1%), low (1-2%) and medium (2-3%) content of C.
Some samples of the three groups overlap one each other, although samples with higher C content
tend to stay at upper position of quadran 1 and 2.
Kusumo et al. 283

Score plot of PC-1 vs PC-2

0.00075
0.00050
PC-2 (16.1% Variance)
0.00025
0.00000
-0.00025
Group
Low
-0.00050 Very Low
Medium
-0.0010 -0.0005 0.0000 0.0005 0.0010

PC-1 (54.4% Variance)
Figure 3. Score plot of the first two principal components which account for 70.5% variance
of the spectral data
3.4. Prediction Accuracy of Soil C and N

Prediction values of soil C and N using leave-one-out cross-validation and using separate
validation set are shown at Table 2. Prediction of soil C and N using PLSR calibration model
produce moderate accuracy (RPD around 2.00). According to Chang et.al. (2001), the prediction
values of soil properties with R2 0.5-0.8 and RPD 1.4-2.0 are considered moderately successful.
While Malley et. al. (2004) considered moderate accuracy if the R 2 0.7 – 0.8 and RPD 1.75 – 2.25.
Some factors may cause moderate accuracy of near infrared prediction model, such as low accuracy
laboratory analisis as the reference data, spectral ourliers or both. Other chromophores (such as
water, decomposition level of organic matter, clay and non-clay soil minerals, carbonates, iron
oxides, particle size) may aslo influence the accuracy.
Table 2. Prediction values of soil C and N using leave-one-out cross-validation and using
separate validation set.
Prediction values (leave-one-out cross-validation)
Properties
R2cv RMSECV RPDcv
C Total 0.756 0.151 2.01
N Total 0.753 0.017 2.00
Prediction values (separate validation set)
R2 RMSE RPD
C Total 0.763 0.149 2.01
N Total 0.742 0.017 1.98
Note: 10 factors (latent variables) used
Figure 4 shows the relationship between laboratory measured C (and N) and NIRS predicted
C (and N). The data show moderate relationship between laboratory and NIRS analysis, with R2cv
0.75-0.76 and RPDcv 2.00-2.01. Moderately useful measurement using NIRS indicates that this
technique may be used to measure and map soil C and N in the Kayangan agriculture development
Kusumo et al. 284

area North Lombok. Some previous researches also found moderate accuracy of C and N
measurement using NIRS technique (Kusumo et al, 2008). The accuracy may be increased by using
more sophisticated tools to analyise the samples (as the reference data) so robustness of the
calibration model can be improved. The reference data produced using conventional analysis
(Walkley and Black for C; Kjedhal for N) might be not optimal to analyse the real amount of C and
N total. Those methods have limitation on combusting all forms of C and N in soil. Some forms of
C and N might be difficult to digest and still remain in soil in the solid fraction. Some previous
researchers reported the the recovery of C and N combustion using those techniques was less then
80%.
Figure 4. Relationship between laboratory measurement and NIRS prediction of soil C and N.
3.5. Mapping Soil Carbon and Nitrogen

Soil map based on laboratory analysis and NIRS analysis is shown in Figure 5. Although
most of the areas contain very low and low soil C, the map can show the degradation of the soil C
content from lower (brighter colour) to higher content (darker colour). From the map, it can be said
that NIRS technique is useful for rapid measuring and mapping of soil C and N. Rather than
spending very high cost for mapping soil C and N using standard expensive laboratory analysis, it
may be more useful to safe the cost although the accuracy of NIRS technique may sometimes as not
excellent as standard laboratory analysis. Using NIRS, we can scan many samples from more dense
sites with shorter distance of sample collection. From this method of sample collection we can
produce better detail soil C (and N) map.
The succesfull effort of measuring and mapping soil C and N using NIRS technique will
give benefit to other purposes. The map will be useful for site specific management including site
specific fertilization. By having soil C and N map, the recommended fertilizer can be applied on the
right places, where the area with low C and N should be added more organic matter and N fertilizer,
and in the area with high C and N it should be added low organic matter and N, or it might be not
temporarily needed additional fertilizer.
Kusumo et al. 285

Soil C Map (Laboratory Analysis) Soil C Map (NIRS)
Soil N Map (Laboratory Analysis) Soil N Map (NIRS)
Figure 5. Distribution of soil carbon content on the study area of Kayangan North Lombok,
Indonesia.
4. Conclusion
Near infrared spectroscopy technique was able to measure and map soil C and N di
Indonesian Tropical Soil in Kayangan Area North Lombok with moderate accuracy. This technique
is considered rapid because no chemicals needed and the process of scanning is very fast. The
ability of this technique to map soil C and N may give benefit for site specific management
including site specific fertilization which in turn may apply recommended fertilization and avoid
excessive use of fertilizer. The accuracy of the PLSR model should be tested using reference data of
soil C and N analised using dry combustion technique (such LECO or Elemental Analysis).
References
[1] Askari, M. S., J. Cui, S. M. O’Rourke and N. M. Holden (2015). "Evaluation of soil structural quality using
VIS–NIR spectra." Soil and Tillage Research 146: 108-117.
[2] Clark, R. N. (1999). Spectroscopy of rocks and minerals, and principles of spectroscopy. Remote sensing for
Kusumo et al. 286

the earth science: Manual of remote sensing. A. N. Rench. New York, John Wiley & Sons. 3.
[3] Cozzolino, D. and A. Moron (2006). "Potential of near-infrared reflectance spectroscopy and chemometrics to
predict soil carbon fractions." Soil & Tillage Research 85: 78-85.
[4] Cozzolino, D., W. Cynkar, R. Dambergs, N. Shah and P. Smith (2013). "In situ measurement of soil chemical
composition by near-infrared spectroscopy: a tool toward sustainable vineyard management."
Communications in Soil Science and Plant Analysis 44(10): 1610-1619.
[5] Dalal, R. C. and R. J. Henry (1986). "Simultaneous determination of moisture, organic carbon, and total
nitrogen by near infrared reflectance." Soil Science Society of America Journal 50: 120-123.
[6] Demattê, J. A. M., R. C. Campos, M. C. Alves, P. R. Fiorio and M. R. Nanni (2004). "Visible-NIR reflectance:
a new approach on soil evaluation." Geoderma 121(1/2): 95-112.
[7] Genot, V., G. Colinet, L. Bock, D. Vanvyve, Y. Reusen and P. Dardenne (2011). "Near infrared reflectance
spectroscopy for estimating soil characteristics valuable in the diagnosis of soil fertility." Journal of Near
Infrared Spectroscopy 19(2): 117.
[8] Kodaira, M. and S. Shibusawa (2013). "Using a mobile real-time soil visible-near infrared sensor for high
resolution soil property mapping." Geoderma 199: 64-79.
[9] Kusumo, B. H., C. B. Hedley, M. J. Hedley, A. Hueni, M. P. Tuohy and G. C. Arnold (2008). "The use of
diffuse reflectance spectroscopy for in situ carbon and nitrogen analysis of pastoral soils." Australian Journal
of Soil Research 46: 623-635.
[10] Kusumo, B. H., M. Camps Arbestain, A. Mahmud, M. J. Hedley, C. B. Hedley, R. Calvelo Pereira, T. Wang
and B. P. Singh (2014). "Assessing biochar stbility indices using near-infrared (NIR) reflectance
spectroscopy." Journal of Near Infrared Spectroscopy: 22, 313–328.
[11] Kusumo, B. H., M. J. Hedley, C. B. Hedley and M. P. Tuohy (2011). "Measuring carbon dynamics in field
soils using soil spectral reflectance: prediction of maize root density, soil organic carbon and nitrogen content."
Plant and Soil 338(1-2): 233-245.
[12] Kusumo, B. H., M. J. Hedley, C. B. Hedley, A. Hueni, G. C. Arnold and M. P. Tuohy (2009). "The use of Vis-
NIR spectral reflectance for determining root density: evaluation of ryegrass roots in a glasshouse trial."
European Journal of Soil Science 60: 22-32.
[13] Kusumo, B. H., M. J. Hedley, C. B. Hedley, G. C. Arnold and M. P. Tuohy (2010). "Predicting pasture root
density from soil spectral reflectance: field measurement." European Journal of Soil Science 61(1): 1-13.
[14] Malley, D. F. and P. D. Martin (2003). The use of near-infrared spectroscopy for soil analysis. Tools for
nutrient and pollutant management: Application to agriculture and environmental quality, Massey University,
Palmerston North, New Zealand, Fertilizer and Lime Research Centre.
[15] Malley, D. F., P. D. Martin and E. Ben-Dor (2004). Application in analysis of soils. Near-Infrared
Spectroscopy in Agriculture, Agronomy Monograph no. 44. K. A. Barbarick, C. A. Roberts, W. A. Dick et al.
Madison, Wisconsin, USA, American Society of Agronomy, Inc., Crop Science Society of America, Inc., Soil
Science Society of America, Inc.: 729-784.
[16] Minasny B., McBratney A. B., Malone B. P. and Wheeler I (2013). Digital mapping of soil carbon. Advance in
Agronomy 118: 1-47.
[17] Ozaki, Y., S. Morita and Y. Du (2007). Spectral analysis. Near-infrared spectroscopy in food science and
technology. Y. Ozaki, W. F. McClure and A. A. Christy. Hoboken, New Jersey, Wiley-Interscience, John
Wiley & Sons, Inc.
[18] Stenberg, B., R. A. Viscarra Rossel, A. M. Mouazen and J. Wetterlind (2010). "Chapter Five-Visible and Near
Infrared Spectroscopy in Soil Science." Advances in Agronomy 107: 163-215.
[19] Stuart, B. (2004). Infrared Spectroscopy: Fundamentals and Application. Chichester, England, John Wiley &
Sons.
[20] Tekin, Y., B. Kuang and A. M. Mouazen (2013). "Potential of on-line visible and near infrared spectroscopy
for measurement of pH for deriving variable rate lime recommendations." Sensors 13(8): 10177-10190.
[21] Vågen, T.-G. and L. A. Winowiecki (2013). "Mapping of soil organic carbon stocks for spatially explicit
assessments of climate change mitigation potential." Environmental Research Letters 8(1): 015011.
[22] Viscarra Rossel, R. A. (2008). "ParLeS: Software for chemometric analysis of spectrocopic data."
Chemometrics and Intelligent Laboratory Systems 90: 72-83.
Kusumo et al. 287

Correlation Between Waist/Hip Ratio And Lipid Profile Of

Lactovegetarian Community In West Lombok
Ardiana Ekawanti1,*, Agnes Ragil Rosano1
1
Medical Faculty Mataram University, Jl. Pendidikan No. 37 Mataram, West Nusa Tenggara
* Email: ekawantimuhaimin@gmail.com
Abstract
Central obesity and dyslipidemia are the risks of metabolic syndrome. Waist and Hip
(W/H) ratio is early screening to diagnose of central obesity. Vegetarian diet decreased the
risks of metabolic syndrome. Aim of this study was to find out the correlation of waist and hip
ratio and lipid profile of lactovegetarian community in west Lombok. This research design
was cross sectional study involving all community of lactovegetarian in west Lombok. There
were 29 member of lactovegetarian community involved in this study. Antrophometric
assessment conducted to find out W/H ratio and blood sample taken to assess lipid profile.
Correlation of W/H ratio and lipid profile analysed by using Pearson correlation. The result
for correlation of W/H ratio and lipid profile W/H ratio and cholesterol did not correlated (p
0.887) W/H ratio and triglyceride (p 0.632) W/H ratio and HDL (p 0.978) and W/H and LDL
(p 0.862). That result can be concluded that W/H ratio did not correlated with lipid profile of
lactovegetarian community.
Keywords: vegetarian, antrophometric, waist/hip ratio, lipid profile
1. Introduction
Vegetarian diet tends to be more popular all over the words, including Indonesia. In
1997, 1 % of American population were vegetarians, and in 2006 they were increased to 23 %
of all population [1]. In India, more than 50% of population were vegetarian in 2003 [2].
Indonesia Vegetarian Society (IVS) documented that there are 5000 vegetarian in 1998 and
these number were raised in 2007 to be 70.000 of vegetarian participants. In West Nusa
Tenggara (WNT) vegetarians did not well-documented, IVS noted that most of vegetarian in
WNT were lacto-vegetarian and lacto-ovo vegetarian [3].
Vegetarian diet has decreased the risk of some diseases such as hypertension, type 2-
diabetes mellitus, cancer and metabolic syndrome [4] [5] [6]. Metabolic syndrome was
syndrome which was including obesity, dyslipidemia, hyperglycemia and hypertension. This
syndrome increased the risk of type 2- diabetes mellitus and cardiovascular disease [7].
Prevalent rate of metabolic syndrome was 15-30 % all over the world and the highest was in
developing country [8] .
Diet is one factor that affected the risk of metabolic syndrome [9] [10]. Study conducted
by Adventist Health Study in America and Canada showed that vegetarian diet decreased risk
of metabolic syndrome [5]. Study conducted by Diah [11]on vegetarian in Yogyakarta,
Semarang and Surabaya indicated that the risk of metabolic syndrome of vegetarian vegan
was not different significantly to difference vegetarian non vegan.
Some studies showed that metabolic syndrome increased by central obesity, while
metabolic syndrome consist of dyslipidemia. Since the lactovegetarian has restricted in animal
product diet, so that they consumed low containing fat. This condition would affected lipid
profile of this community. The aimed of this study was to find out the correlation between
WHR and lipid profile in lactovegetarian community.
Ekawanti and Rosano 288

2. Material and Method
2.1. Study Design

This research was an observasional research using cross sectional study design. All
parameters namely interview, antrophometric measurement (waist circumference and hip
circumference) and lipid profile assessment conducted in one period of time. Dependent
variable of this study was lipid profile, while independent variable was waist/hip ratio This
study were taken place in lacto vegetarian community in Gerung district in July and August
2015.
2.2. Research Participants

Participants in this study were the member of lacto vegetarian community which fulfill
inclusion and exclusion criteria. Inclusion criteria were: member of lacto vegetarian
community, agree to participate by signing informed consent, aged 18-64 year old. Exclusion
criteria were: active smoker, alcohol consumption, pregnant, refuse to participate. Minimal
sample size calculation by using proportion formulation found that number of minimal sample
was 30. From 45 member of lactovegetarian community 30 member were enrolled and one
person was excluded because of the age was under 18 year old.
2.3. Research procedure

Following the signing of informed consent, participants underwent research procedure.
Waist circumference was measured by using WHO antrophometric guideline, that was in the
midle of the line between arcus costae and crista iliaca and hip circumference was on m.
gluteus maximus. Ratio of waist circumference and hip circumference then categorize into
central obesity or not. Afterwards, 5 ml of blood sample were taken from v. mediana cubiti
then spill out from disposable spuit into plain sample tube (non-EDTA tube) to got blood
serum. Serum then assessed for lipid profile by using automatic hemoanalyzer and the value
was stated in mg/dL.

The result of this study was as follows:
Table 1. Participants characteristic of W/H ratio and lipid profile

Characterictic of participants Value (mean±SD)
Waist to hip ratio 0.84±0.05
- Male 0.85±0.06
- Female 0.83±0.05
Lipid profile
Triglyceride 176±128 mg/dL
- Male 201±157 mg/dL
- Female 156±100 mg/dL
Cholesterol 165±38 mg/dL

- Male 164±39 mg/dL
HDL 41±12 mg/dL

- Male 39±12 mg/dL
LDL
- Male 92±35 mg/dL

The participants features from table showed that mean of W/H ratio was in normal
limit, either male or female were not suffered from central obesity (male <90 cm and female
<85 cm). Triglyceride value for male was higher than normal value. HDL value either male
dan female were lower than normal value, while LDL and cholesterol within normal limit.
Since data were normal distribution statistically, so that appropriate statistical analysis
for correlation testing was Pearson’s correlation test. The Pearson’s test result as below:
Table 2. Correlation between W/H ratio and lipid profile

Pearson’s Correlation (p,ρ)
Triglyceride Cholesterol HDL LDL

0.289;0.204 0.352; 0.179 0.583;0.106 0.999;0.000
WHR
Table 2 demonstrated that W/H ratio was not correlated significantly to triglyceride,
cholesterol, HDL and LDL in lactovegetarian community. Waist/Hip ratio is one parameter
which is useful to describe central or abdominal obesity in the population. Compare to all
anthopometric measurement, W/H ratio was a sensitive parameter to assess the risk of
cardiovascular diseases [12]. Based on the result of W/H ratio (WHR)of lactovegetarian
population in West Lombok, founded that the risk of cardiovascular disease was lower than
normal population since WHR value was lower than normal population, male <90 and female
<85 (WHO, 2011). Regarding to this reference value 92 % of the lactovegetarian population
had normal WHR, that meant this population has mild cardiovascular risk [12] (WHO, 2008).
Study by Czernichow, et al (2011) [13] demonstrated that WHR was the best predictor of
cardiovascular risk compared to other antropometric parameter in diabetes mellitus population
and it could describe value of VLDL and LDL, the larger of WHR and the larger of VLDL
and LDL value. The result of this research was different from Czernichow. Life style and
underlying disease of the population affected lipid profile of the population.
Lipid profile which consist of triglyceride, total cholesterol, LDL and HDL in this
study were not correlated to waist and hip ratio in lactovegetarian population. This result was
the same as found by Gandhi, et al, 2014[4]; Chaudri et, al. 2013 [15]; Jian et al, 2014 [16];
Verma, et at. 2015 [17]; Huang, 2014 [18].
4. Conclusion
Conclusion of this study was WHR in lactovegetarian community in West Lombok
was normal and also most of lipid profile within normal limit, except HDL value was lower
than reference value. WHR did not correlated to lipid profile in lactovegetarian community in
West Lombok.
References
[1] Key TJ, et.al. Health Effect of Vegetarian and Vegan Diets. Proceedings of Nutrition Sosciety. 2006.
Available from: www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/16441942 . [Accessed 28th February 2015].
[2] Kusharisupeni, A. Vegetarian Gaya Hidup Sehat Masa Kini. Andi Offset. Yogyakarta.
[3] Rahayu PERS. Profil lemak pada vegetarian jenis Lacto-ovo di Mataram. Universitas Mataram.
[Skripsi]. 2008.
[4] Tonstad S, Nathan E, Oda K, et al. Vegan Diets and Hypothyroidism. Am Nutrients Journal.2013
Available from:http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/24264226 . [Accessed 20th February
2015].
[5] Rizzo NS, Sabaté J, Jaceldo SK, et al. Vegetarian Dietary Patterns Are Associated With a Lower Risk
of Metabolik Syndrome: The Adventist Health Study 2. Diabetes Care Journal, vol. 34 pp. 1225-1227.
2011. Available from: http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC3114510/. [Accessed 20th

February 2015].
[6] Pettersen BJ, Anousheh R, Fan J, et al. Vegetarian Diets And Blood Pressure Among WhiteSubjects:
Results From The Adventist Health Study-2 (AHS2). National Institutes of Health. 2012.
Available from:http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/22230619. [Accessed 7th March
2015].
[7] Soegondo S, Purnamasari D. Sindroma metabolik. Dalam : Sudoyo AW, Setiyohadi B, Alwi I,
Simadibrata M, Setiati S, editors. Buku Ajar Ilmu Penyakit Dalam Ed.5. Interna Publishing: Jakarta. 2009
[8] Cameron AJ, Zimmet PZ, Alberti KG, et al. The metabolik syndrome as a predictor of incident diabetes
mellitus in Mauritius. Diabet Med J, No. 24 (12). 2007 Available from:
http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/17976203. [Accessed 15th March 2015
[9] Amanda JB, Terry C, Christine M. Dietary patterns and metabolik syndrome - a review of epidemiologic
evidence. Asia Pacific Journal Of Clinical Nutrition, Vol. 15(2), pp. 134-142. 2006. Available at:
http://espace.library.uq.edu.au/view/UQ:79858 [Accessed 15th March 2015].
[10] Pamela LL, Lyn MS, June S. Dietary Intake and the Development of the Metabolik Syndrome.
Circulation Journal, vol. 117 pp. 754-761.2008.Available from:
http://circ.ahajournals.org/content/117/6/754.full [Accessed 15th March 2015].
[11] Diah Ari Setyorini. Perbedaan Sindroma Metabolik Pada Wanita Vegetarian Tipe Vegan dan Non Vegan.
Semarang Uniersity. 2012
[12] WHO. 2008. Waist Circumference and Waist-Hip Ratio: Report of WHO Expert Consultation. Geneva,
WHO
[13] Czernichow, et al. Comparison of WHR and other Obesity Indices as Predictor of CVS risk in people
with type 2 diabetes. Eur J Cardiovasc Prev Rehabil. 2011 Apr 18(2): 312-319
[14] Gandhi P, Agrawal N, Sharma S. 2014. A Study of Vegetarian Diet and Cholesterol and Triglycerides
Levels. Indian Journal of Applied Science vol.4 .
[15] Chauduri A, Borade NG, Bandopadhhyayi, Hazra SK, Saba S. 2013. A Comparative Study of Lipid
Profile and Autonomic Function in Vegetarian and non-vegetarian postmenopausal women.Medical
Journal of Dr. D.Y.Patil University.
[16] Jian ZH, Chiang CY, Lung CC, Ho CC, Ko PC, Nfor ON, Chang HC, Liaw YC, Liang YC, Liau YP.
2014. Vegetarian Diet and Cholesterol and TAG levels by Gender. Public Health Nutrition: 18(4), 721-
726
[17] Verma M, Verma P. 2015. Comparative Study of Lipid Profile Levels in Vegetarian and Non-Vegetarian
Person. IJLSSR vol.3
[18] Huang YW, Jian ZH, Chiang CY, Lung CC, Ho CC, Ko PC, Nfor ON. 2014. Vegan Diet and blood lipid
profiles: a cross sectional study of pre and postmenopausal women

Isolation of Andrographolide from Andrographis paniculata
Aliefman Hakim*, Dwi Laksmiwati, I Nyoman Loka, Sarifa Wahida Al Idrus,

Try Setyaningsih, Supriadi
Study Program of Chemistry Education, University of Mataram

Majapahit street 62, Mataram-Lombok 83125, Indonesia
Email: Aliefmanhakim27@gmail.com
Abstract
Andrographolide has been isolated from the methanol extract of Andrographis

paniculata. Isolation is done by maceration and recrystallization. Isolated andrografolida used
this method that has high amount (> 5% of the total extract). Andrografolida are identified
using spectrum data of NMR, IR, and UV. Andrographolide can be further utilized for natural
product material for synthesis, bioactivity studies, or chemotaxonomic studies.
Andrografolida has been produced in large quantities and commercialized through the Calon
Perusahaan Pemula Senyawa standar Indonesia (CPPBT-SSI) cooperation of Ristekdikti with
Mataram University.
Keywords: Isolation, andrographolide, Andrographis paniculata
1. Introduction
Secondary metabolites are organic compounds derived from plants that produced not
through the main metabolic pathways (Hakim, 2016). In general secondary metabolites have
bioactive activity. Secondary metabolites are tasked to protect plants from pests and diseases,
both from the plant itself or the surrounding environment. Secondary metabolites is only
produced in small amounts. Some examples of classes of compounds that are included in the
category of secondary metabolites namely terpenoids, steroids, polyketides, phenyl propanoid,
flavonoids, and alkaloids (Hakim, et al., 2016a). The main characteristics of secondary
metabolites found in plants namely (1) have ecological functions like towing insects,
protective, tools to compete, hormones, (2) unevenly distributed in every organism, (3)
physiology activity related to chemical structure and relationships between structure.
Isolation of secondary metabolites from medicinal plants examined in natural product
laboratory (Hakim, et al., 2016b). Generaly isolation of secondary metabolites consists of
extraction, fractionation, purification, and elucidation stucture of secondary metabolites. The
same secondary metabolites from a plant species can be isolated in a various ways, so there is
no standard procedure to isolate the secondary metabolites of a plant species. These isolation
activities provide opportunities for students to design their own experiment (Hakim, et al.,
2016a). The discovery of secondary metabolites isolation procedures are simple and
inexpensive will provide opportunities availability of secondary metabolites in significant
amounts. In this article will describe the isolation procedure andrographolide from
Andrographis paniculata.
HO
H3C
HO
CH3 HO
CH2 O
Hakim et al. 292

Figure 1. Structure of andrographolide
1.1. Andrographis paniculata
Andrographis paniculata Nees. (Bitter) is the annual plant that belongs to the family
Acanthaceae (Sulistijo and Pujiasmanto, 2007). A. paniculata are upright, grows naturally in
lowland areas to a height of ± 1600 m above sea level. A. paniculata are grown in a variety of
habitats, such as the suburbs of fields, gardens, or forests. The main components of A.
paniculata is andrographolide useful as medicine. In addition leaf of A. paniculata contains
saponins, tannins, flavonoids (Taiz and Zeiger, 1991). Other chemical constituents present in
the leaves and stems of A. paniculata are lactone, paniculin, and calmegin. Traditionally A.
paniculata has been used for the treatment of snake or insect bites, fever, dysentery,
rheumatism, tuberculosis, gastrointestinal infections, and others. A. paniculata is also used for
antimicrobial/antibacterial (Yusron et al., 2005).
Currently A. paniculata widely studied to be developed as a raw material of modern
medicine, including the use of bitter as infection medicine. A. paniculata widely used
topically as skin infections, rashes, sores, mange, open wounds and minor burns light. In
addition A. paniculata is also widely used to treat of diabetes. All parts of A. paniculata such
as leaves, stems, flowers and roots was eaten or boiled to drink (Pujiasmanto, et al., 2007).
The bitter taste is caused by the presence of andrographolide compounds that are numerous in
the bitter plant especially in the leaves and stems. Andrographolide content in the leaves of
2.5 to 4.8% of the dry weight A. paniculata. Andrographolide is a diterpene lactone
compound and soluble in organic solvents (Srijanto et al., 2012).
Andrographolide has many benefits in health. Andrographolide has a variety of
pharmacological activities such as lowering blood sugar levels, triglycerides, and LDL, anti-
inflammatory, antioxidant, and analgesic. In addition Andrographolide also used as an
antibacterial (Wardiatini et al, 2014). This article will discuss the method of isolation
andrographolide effectively and inexpensively.
Figure 2. Comparison of isolation procedure of andrographolide
Hakim et al. 293

A = This reseach, B = Sukardiman et al., (2007)
The used materials in this study consist of the andrographolide standard (CPPBT-SSI
Mataram University), leaf of A. paniculata, ethanol, n-hexane, ethyl acetate, distilled water,
methanol and TLC plate. The used tools in this study consist of a set of tools of maceration,
filter paper, rod, plate, and a rotary evaporator.
A total of 100 gr of powder Andrographis paniculata was macerated with ethyl
acetate 3x24 hours. Obtained extract were collected and evaporated with a rotary evaporator
until it is condensed extract (3.05 g). Viscous extract were then recrystallized using hot
methanol several times to obtain a yellowish white crystal (155 mg). These crystals were
tested for purity using three systems eluent namely ethyl acetate: acetone (8: 2) (Rf = 0.7);
chloroform 100% (0.6); ethyl acetate 100% (0.5). The structure of pure isolated coumpond
were determined based on the spectroscopy data like NMR, UV, IR and confirmed using
andrographolide standard (CPPBT-SSI Mataram University) by TLC standards and isolates
on the same TLC plate and taking the value of the standard and isolates Rf spot. The results of
spectroscopic data and Rf standard compound showed that isolated coumpound was
andrographolide.
Isolation procedures of andrographolide from A. paniculata previously been published
by Sukardiman et al. (2007). Comparison of andrographolide isolation procedures performed
in this study and reference (Sukardiman et al., 2007) is shown in Figure 2. It is seen that
Sukardiman et al. (2007) procedures of isolation of andrographolide from A. paniculata in six
steps, whereas isolation procedures performed in this study through four steps. Sukardiman et
al. (2007) conducted a total extract fractionation using Gravity Coloum Chromatography
(GCC) using CHCl3:MeOH as eluent. Results of fractionation was purified using
recrystallization with methanol to produce andrographolide. On the other hand this study
directly was recrystallization of total extract of Andrographis paniculata using hot methanol
to produce andrographolide. Based on the above explanation andrographolide isolation
procedures performed in this study is simpler than the andrographolide isolation procedure
been published previously (Sukardiman et al., 2007). Isolated andrographolide used
procedures performed in this study that has high amount (> 5% of the total extract).
Andrographolide can be further utilized for natural product material for synthesis, bioactivity
studies, or chemotaxonomic studies. Andrografolida has been produced in large quantities and
commercialized through the Calon Perusahaan Pemula Senyawa standar Indonesia (CPPBT-
SSI) cooperation of Ristekdikti with Mataram University.
Acknowledgements
We wish to thank Direktorat PPBT, Kementerian Riset, Teknologi, dan
Pendidikan Tinggi for financial support of this research in CPPBT programe No
32/PPK/F4/PKS.CPPBT/IX/2016 and No: 316.A/SPP-CPPBT/UN18.12/PL/2016.
References
[1]. Hakim, A. (2016). Meningkatkan kualitas pembelajaran kimia bahan alam melalui praktikum. Arga Puji
Press. Mataram
[2]. Hakim, A., Liliasari, Kadarohman, A., Syah, Y.M. 2016a. Making a Natural Product Chemistry Course
Meaningful with a Mini Project Laboratory. J. Chem. Educ., 93 (1), 193–196.
[3]. Hakim, A., Liliasari, Kadarohman, A., Syah, Y.M. 2016b. Effects of the Natural Product Mini Project
Laboratory on the Students Conceptual Understanding. Journal of Turkish Science Education. 13 (2), 27-
36.
[4]. Pujiasmanto, B., J. Moenandir, S. Bahri, and Kuswanto. 2007. Kajian Agroekologi dan Morfologi
Sambiloto (Andrographis paniculata Ness) pada Berbagai Habitat. Biodiversitas 8 (4):326-329
[5]. Srijanto, B., Olivia, B.P., Lely, K., Eriawan, R. & Sriningsih. 2012. Pemurnian Ekstrak Etanol Sambiloto
(Andrographis paniculata Ness) dengan Teknik Ekstraksi Cair-cair. Prosiding InSinas 0096.
[6]. Sulistijo, T. D., dan B. Pujiasmanto. 2007. Identifikasi Sambiloto (Andrographis paniculata Ness) sebagai
Hakim et al. 294

Dasar Pemanfaatan dan Pelestarian Plasma Nutfah. Biodiversitas 8 (3): 218 – 222
[7]. Taiz, L. and E. Zeiger. 1991. Plant physiology. The Benyamin/Cunmings Publ. Com., Redwood City.
565-568
[8]. Wardiatini, N.K., Widjaja, I.N.K. & Noviyanti, N.W.R. (2014). Isolasi Andrografolid dari Andrographis
paniculata (Burm. f.) Ness menggunakan Metode Purifikasi dan Kristalisasi. Jurnal Farmasi Udayana,
Vol.III (1): 31-34.
[9]. Yusron M, M. Januwati M, E. R. Pribadi. 2005. Budidaya tanaman sambiloto. Balai Penelitian Tanaman
Obat dan Aromatika. Badan Penelitian dan Pengembangan Pertanian . Bogor.
Hakim et al. 295

The Use of 1-Mcp: Overview Several Studies on The Postharvest Quality of

Selected Fruits
Liana Suryaningsih B.1, John K. Fellman2, James P. Mattheis3, Xisheng Sun4

*1
Faculty of Agriculture, University of Mataram, 83125. Nusa Tenggara Barat Province, Indonesia
2
Department of Horticulture and Landscape Architecture, Washington State University, Pullman,
WA 99164-1030, USA
3
USDA, ARS Tree Fruit Research Laboratory, Wenatchee, Washington, USA
4
AgroFresh Inc. China. R&D Manager for Asia
*Email: liana_suryanings@wsu.edu (Mobile: +6282146193080)
Abstract
Several studies in using 1-methylcyclopropene (1MCP) to the postharvest quality of

some selected fruits have been done within 2010-2015 period at some different places. 1-
MCP has effectively inhibited the production of ethylene and maintained the firmness on
‘Royal Gala’ apples stored at controlled atmosphere for 4 months; suppressed the
carbondioxide on ‘Cavendish’ bananas for 8 days under controlled atmosphere storage; and
maintained the firmness on ‘Kayu’ and ‘Raja’ bananas at ambient temperature.
Keywords: 1-methylcyclopropene, carbondioxide, ethylene, firmness
1. Introduction
1-methylcyclopropene (1-MCP), an inhibitor of ethylene perception, is increasingly
used to improve storage potential and to maintain quality of vegetables and fruits (Curry,
2008; Watkins, 2008). 1_MCP shows promise as commercial control of ripening and
senescence of harvested fruits and vegetables (Boonyarithongchai et al., 2010; Watkins,
2008). Overview several studies using 1-MCP on the postharvest quality of selected fruits is
the objective of this research.
2. Materials and Method
2.1 Apple
‘Royal Gala’ apples harvested at three different maturities were treated with 1 ppm of
1-MCP for 15 hours and were stored for 4 months under CA storage. Quality assessment was
done at day 1 and day 7 after storage.
2.2. Banana
‘Cavendish’ bananas were treated with 350 ppb of 1-MCP for 18 hours and were
stored for 11 days under CA storage. The CO2 production were assessed everyday during
storage.
‘Raja’ and ‘Kayu’ bananas harvested at three different maturities were treated with 0.1114
gram of 1-MCP for 20 hours and stored for 7 days at ambient temperature. Quality assessment
was done at day 1, 5 and 7.
Suryaningsih et al. 296


3.1 ‘Royal Gala’ Apples
IEC at Pre-climacteric Stage IEC at Climacteric Stage

IEC at Post-climacteric Stage
30 60
120
day 1
Day 1
25 day 7 Day 1
50 Day 7
100 Day 7
20
Ethylene, ppm
40
80
Ethylene, ppm
Ethylene, ppm
15
30
60
10
20 40
5
10 20
0
1-MCP Ozone 1-MCP+Ozone Control
0 0
Treatments 1-MCP Ozone 1-MCP + ozone Control 1-MCP Ozone 1-MCP+Ozone Control
Treatments Treatments
A B C
Figure 1. A: The internal ethylene concentration (IEC) for day 1 and day 7 after storage at pre-
climacteric stage; B: The internal ethylene concentration (IEC) for day 1 and day 7 after storage
at climacteric stage; C: The internal ethylene concentration (IEC) for day 1 and day 7 after
storage at post-climacteric stage.
Results showed that 1-MCP effectively hampered the internal ethylene production
(IEC) during storage at all maturity stages at day 1 after storage and continued to day 7 after
storage.
3.2. ‘Cavendish’ Bananas

1
mmolCO₂/kg/h
MCP-CA
0,5 CA
Check
0
Day 1 Day 2 Day 3 Day 4 Day 5 Day 6 Day 7 Day 8
Figure 2. The CO2 production for all treatments during storage.
As shown on figure 2,treatment with 1-MCP effectively increased the production of CO2
which lead to the ability of 1-MCP to delay ripening on bananas.

3.3. ‘Kayu’ Bananas
Firmness (mm/2 sec) Firmness at Stage 2 of Maturity Firmness at Stage 3 of Maturity

3,000
Firmness (mm/2 sec)

Control 3,000
Control
2,000 1-MCP 2,000 1-MCP
1,000
1,000
,000
,000
Day 1 Day 5 Day 7
Day 1 Day 5 Day 7
A B
Firmness at Stage 4 of Maturity

Firmness (mm/2 sec)
Control
2,000
1-MCP
1,000
,000
Day 1 Day 5 Day 7
Figure 3. A: Firmness at day 1, 5, and 7 at stage 2 of maturity; B: Firmness at day 1, 5, and 7 at

stage 3 of maturity; C: Firmness at day 1, 5, and 7 at stage 4 of maturity.
The use of 1-MCP on ‘Kayu’ bananas maintained the firmness better than untreated fruits at
all stages of ripening.
3.4. ‘Raja’ Bananas

2,000
Firmness (mm/2 sc)
2,000
Firmness(mm/2 sec)
1,500
Control Control
1,000 1,000
1-MCP 1-MCP
,500
,000 ,000
Day 1 Day 5 Day 7 Day 1 Day 5 Day 7
A B
2,000
Firmness (mm/2 sec)
1,500 Control
1,000 1-MCP
,500
,000
Day 1 Day 5 Day 7

C
Figure 4. A: Firmness at day 1, 5, and 7 at stage 2 of maturity; B: Firmness at day 1, 5, and 7 at
stage 3 of maturity; C: Firmness at day 1, 5, and 7 at stage 4 of maturity.
Figure 4 also showed the similar results that the use of 1-MCP on ‘Raja’ bananas maintained
the firmness better than untreated fruits at all stages of ripening.
4. Conclusion
1-MCP not only inhibited the ethylene and CO2 production, yet also maintained better
firmness during and after storage on several selected fruits
References
[1] C. B. Watkins, Overview of 1-Methylcyclopropene Trials and Uses for Edible Horticultural
Crops, HortScience
[2] E. Curry, Effects of 1-MCP Applied Postharvest on Epicuticular Wax of Apples (Malus
domestica Borkh) During Storage, Journal of the Science of Food and Agriculture, 88:996-
1006, 2008.
[3]. P. Boonyaritthongchai and S. Kanlayanarat, Effect of 1-MCP Treatment on the Postharvest
Quality of Banana Fruit ‘Kluai Kai’, Acta Hort, 877, ISHS 2010.

Design Of The Measuring Instrument Of Turbidity Level Using Turbidity

Sensor Based on SMS Gateway
Lily Maysari Angraini1, Laili Mardiana1,*, Kasnawi Al Hadi1, Eka Ahmawati1

1
Physics Departement, Mathematics and Science Faculty, Universitas of Mataram, Jalan Majapahit 62
Mataram 83125
*
E-mail : lailimardiana@unram.ac.id
Abstract
Ideal clean water must meet the water quality requirements which have been given
by government. The presence of contaminants / impurities can cause turbidity and disturb
water quality. Measurement of turbidity levels are generally still conventional in certain
period. Therefore, the device which capable to measure turbidity level in real time and
continuously are needed. This study aimed to design a turbidity level device based SMS
gateway and find out the testing result of the device. The method used is hardware design
using ATmega328 microcontroller on the Arduino Uno module. The components used are
GSM Shield module to send SMS information, data logger system which is equipped with
a RTC (Real Time Clock) for data storage along with time data information, and
Turbidity Sensor TSD-10 as a detector. Whereas the design of software used Arduino IDE
software as editor. The calibration process is done by comparing the value of the standard
measuring instrument with value of sensor readings. It aimed to get linearity equation
which will be used in the unit conversion process.
Keywords : turbidity, SMS gateway, turbid meter, turbidity sensor
I. Introduction
Water is one of the very important natural resource in the world. Water is a major
component in the process of living creatures. Water is needed by living things not just to meet
daily needs, but also as a means of transport, for industrial use, as a source of energy,
agriculture and other purposes. Based on the role that is vital for life, then the required
availability of water in good condition, both quality and quantity. The water is of poor quality
will have an impact on the environment and the health of humans and other living things. The
decline in water quality will degrade efficiency, productivity and the carrying capacity of
water resources. Water pollution is generally derived from domestic sources and non-
domestic sources. These pollutants affect water quality and cause turbidity in water.
Turbidity (turbidity) is a state where a liquid is reduced transparency due to the insoluble
substances (ISO 1999). There are three aspects that affect turbidity, including aspects of
physical, chemical and biological aspects aspects. Water turbidity level will generally be
determined by the amount of NTU (nephelometric turbidity units). Magnitude turbidity of
drinking water that meets the health requirements applicable by reference is not more than 5
NTU and not perceivable turbidity of the water will not be seen.
One standard test equipment to determine the level of turbidity is Turbidimeter. This tool
is already common and easily searchable. But the price is relatively expensive, so only certain
parties who have it. The design of the measuring instrument turbidity levels have also been
carried out by some previous researchers. However, only limited research conducted to
determine the level of turbidity and not many are using communications-based information
systems.
This is why the authors to design a tool instrumentation capable of measuring the
Anggraini et al. 300

level of water turbidity effectively and accurately using the Turbidity Sensor-based SMS
Gateway and to know the test results of these sensors. In this study, the testing process is done
with a case study on the Ancar river, in Mataram.
2. Theory
2.1. Turbidity sensor type TSD-10.

This sensor measures the amount of light coming from a light source (diode) to the
light receiver (phototransistor) in order to calculate the water turbidity level.
Figure 1.1 Parts of turbidity sensor (Source: www.ge-mcs.com)
There are two main components of the sensor circuit that changes the light intensity
of the phototransistor and a light emitting diode (LED). Phototransistor generates a current in
the base area. Countercurrent to the phototransistor is controlled by the amount of light or
infrared received. While the LED is a semiconductor PN junction that emits light when fed
forward Retainer. N-type semiconductor has a number of free electrons. While the P-type
semiconductor has a number of free holes. If the N and P type semiconductors will be
connected to form an energy barrier (junction) (Wahyudi, 2012).
2.2. Mikrokontroler Atmega 328

Arduino Uno is a microcontroller-based ATmega328 is a platform that is open
source. Arduino has managed to write a program, compile it into binary code and upload it to
the microcontroller memory.
Figure 1.3 Arduino uno (Source: www.arduino.cc)
2.3. Icomsat GSM/GPRS Shield

Icomsat is a GSM / GPRS shield arduino whose main components are SIM900
Quad-band GSM / GPRS module. The use of this Icomsat done via AT commands (AT
commands), and can be integrate with Arduino / Iteaduino and Mega. Arduino to
communicate and send commands to the GSM shield through serial communication.
.

Figure 1.4 Icomsat GSM / GPRS Shield (Source: www.arduino.cc)
To be able to connect to the Internet network, Icomsat require the current GSM cards.
APN settings, username and password entered on the card arduino sketch. Arduino and GSM
shield can perform two-way communication, providing data on GSM arduino shield to be sent
and GSM shield provide response data to arduino.
2.4. RTC (Real Time Clock)

Real Time Clock (RTC) serves as an information provider time (date and time) for the
microcontroller. Time data is transferred from the RTC to the microcontroller via I2C
interface. RTC can count the seconds, minutes, hours, day, date, month and year are valid
until 2100.
Figure 1.5 RTC module (Source: www.sfe-electronics.com)
3. Methods
System design in this study consists of two parts, namely the design of the system
hardware and software system design.
Figure 2.1 The flow of the whole system work process
3.1. Hardware Design Techniques

Figure 2.3 Hardware design tools
3.2. Mechanical Design Software

Software design is done by making use software Sketch arduino Arduino IDE shown in
Figure 2.4.
3.3. Mechanical Testing Equipment

The samples are orange solution made with different concentrations, namely 7.5%; 10%;
12.5%; 15%; 17.5%; 20%; 22.5%; 25%; and 27.5%. In this process, the sensor displays the
results in the form of voltage values with the unit mV. The results obtained will be compared
with the results of measurements using standard tools Turbidimeter in units of NTU. From the
comparison results will be obtained graph the linearity between the value of the voltage (mV)
and turbidity (NTU), and the regression equation
Figure 2.4 Flow Chart of the system, a) flow chart data system, b) flow charts GSM Shield
3.4. Mechanical Calibration

The calibration process is done by comparing the measurement results with the level of
turbidity Turbidimeter standard tools and tools in the wake. The results obtained are the
sensitivity values. Because the second unit of measurement tools are different, the data
processing is done to determine the regression equation which could then be used as a
reference for conversion into an NTU. Following the transfer function is generate
y = a + bx (2.1)
3.5. Data Retrieval Techniques
The data retrieval process starts by uploading a program using the Arduino software. The
program gives a chance to send information via SMS (Short Massage Service). Data taken at
5 points Ancar Mataram river region.


A. Results of System Design
5
4
2
3
Figure 3.1 overall tool set consisting of 1) Turbiditi Sensor, 2) GSM Shield and Arduino,
3) Antenna, 4) cable downloader, 5) PC.
Figure 3.2 System measuring tool is ready tested, 1) power bank, 2) system tools, 3)
Turbidity Sensor, 4) buoys
4.2. System Testing Results

The testing phase system is divided into two, namely Turbidity sensor testing and system
testing SMS Gateway
1) Testing Results Turbidity Sensor TSD-10
a. Calibration Unit Con
Table 3.1 Results of measurement using a turbidimeter and turbidity sensors

concentration solution (%) Turbidimeter (NTU) Sensor (mV)
7,5 169 3440,86
10 221 3391,98
12,5 293 3225,81
15 359 3103,62
17,5 447 2971,65
20 517 2903,23
22,5 605 2771,26
25 668 2595,31
27,5 711 2580,65
From the data in Table 3.1 regression equation which could then be used as a reference

for conversion into an NTU.
Figure 3.3 Graph linearity of the relationship between the results Turbidimeter (NTU)
with the results of sensor readings (mV)
4.3. Measurument Result

After Satun converted into NTU, remeasurement do untu determine the level of
accuracy of the sensor determines the values of the relative error of the measurement results.
In terms of percent errors, accuracy defined by equation (4.2). The results obtained after the
conversion are as follows:
Table 3.2 Data after conversion unit into NTU
Concentration solution (%) Turbidimeter (NTU) Sensor (NTU) % Error
7.5 169 210.86 24.77
10 221 259.81 17.56
12.5 293 333.24 13.73
15 359 409.73 14.13
17.5 447 483.16 8.09
20 517 550.48 6.48
22.5 605 608.61 0.60
25 668 669.8 0.27
27.5 711 718.75 1.09
Average 9.35
From these data it can be seen that the tool design has an average relative error of 9:35%
Figure 3..4 Graph linearity of the relationship between the results Turbidimeter (NTU)
with the results of sensor readings (NTU)

4.4. SMS System Testing Results
Figure 3.5 The test result GSM Shield

From the testing that has been done can be seen that the tool's ability to send SMS is the same
as the range of GSM cards are used. SMS communication can reach a larger area because the
GSM network has been spread in Indonesia, even in remote areas
.
Overall System Testing Results
Figure 3.6 The form of SMS received by the user
The process of data collection is done at five points in the watershed Ancar,
Mataram. Data collection was performed for 20 minutes at each point with 1 minute delay.
Here is the average value of the measurement results of the turbidity level at each point.
Figure 3.7 Graph of the average measurement results in every point
In theory, if there are no external factors, a river flows downstream or estuary would
be more turbid than the upstream area and the center. From the data obtained in this study,

data from point one to point four are in accordance with the theory. However, the data point to
a five decreased. This is because the turbidity sensor is very sensitive to light it receives. The
intensity of light in the estuary downstream or greater than the upper and middle areas. As a
result, the intensity of light received by the sensor is larger than the barrier material or
dissolved materials, so that the sensor assumes that the water is clear.
5. Conclussion
The system uses turbidity level measuring instruments Turbidity Sensor-based SMS
gateway has been successfully created and is composed of hardware and software devices.
The hardware device consists of arduino uno, GSM shield, RTC, GSM card and Turbidity
Sensor. Device Software consists of software arduino IDE. The system uses turbidity level
measuring instruments Turbidity Sensor-based SMS gateway has been able megukur turbidity
levels with an average relative error of 9.35% and is capable of sending SMS as informassi
system to the user. Results obtained at each point (1-5) is 822.9; 998.2; 1040.3; 1123.5; and
718.4 in units of NTU
References
[1] Arduino Inc. 2009. Arduino Mega 2560 (http://www.arduino.cc/en/Main/ ArduinoBoardMega2560) diakses
pada 2 April 2016.
[2] Bariguna, Dipo. 2008. Studi Tingkat Kekeruhan Air Menggunakan Citra Radar Airsar. Bogor : ITB.
[3] Constanzo, A. (2013, Oktober). An Arduino Based System Provided with GPS/GPRSShield for Real Time
Monitoring of Traffic Flows. In Application of Information and Communication. (AICT), 2013 7th
Internation Conference on (pp. 1-5). IEE.
[4] Hendrizon,Yefri Dan Wildan. 2012. Rancang Bangunalat Ukur Tingkat Kekeruhan Zat Cair Berbasis
Mikrokontroler AT89S51 Menggunakan Sensor Fototransistor Dan Penampil LCD. Padang : Universitas
Andalas.
[5] http://ge-mcs.com. 2013. TSD-10 Turbidity Sensor. Diakses pada 3 maret 2016
[6] http://indo-ware.com/produk-3080-sensor-kekeruhan-air.html. Diakses Pada 03 Maret 2016.
[7] https://arduino-info.wikispaces.com/DS1307_RealTime_Clock_Brick. Di akses pada tanggal 11 Maret
2016.
[8] International Standards Organization. 1999. Water Quality – Determination Of Turbidity. ISO 7027.
Geneva : Switzerland.
[9] Itead Studio .2014. IComSat v1.1 - SIM900 GSM/GPRS shield Overview.
[10] Nuzula, Nike ika, dan Endarko. 2013. Perancangan Dan Pembuatan Alat Ukur Kekeruhan Air Berbasis
Mikrokontroler ATMega8535. Surabaya: ITS.
[11] Peraturan Menteri Kesehatan RI NO.416/MENKES/PER/IX/1990 tanggal 3 september 1990.
[12] Pitojo dan Eling. 2003. Deteksi Pencemar Air Minum. Semarang : CV Aneka Ilmu.
[13] Sutrisno. 1987. Elektronika, Teori dan Penerapannya.Bandung:ITB.
[14] Thangarajah, A., Wongkaew, B., & Ekpanyapong, M. (2014). Implementation of Auto Monitoring and
Short-Message-Service System via GSM Modem. IJCER, 3(2), 63-68.
[15] Uldin, Riza dan Masroah. 2006. Pemanfaatan Rangkaian Pengukur Intensitas Cahaya Untuk Rancang
Bangun Alat Pengukur Tingkat Kekeruhan Air. Semarang : Universitas Negri Semarang.
[16] Wahyudi. 2012. Elektronika Dasar 1. Mataram : FKIP Press.

The Identification of Agroforestry System Plants As Raw

Ingredients/Materials for Herbal Soap in Sesaot Forest
Indriyatno1,*, Wiharyani Werdiningsih2, I Gde Mertha3
1
Department of Forestry, Mataram University
2
Department of Food Science and Technology, Mataram University
3
Department of Education of Biology, Mataram University
*
indrilamuk@yahoo.com
Abstract
“Back to nature” lifestyle is start to develop inthe middle to highclass society.The

awareness of the use of herbal ingredients increasing, considering the many risks of the use of
chemical ingredients.Sesaot forest area grown and planted by Agroforestry people. The methods
that have been used are exploration and description. The research of the plant’s identification as
raw materials for herbal soap in Sesaot Forest Area, West Lombok, has been done in June-July
2016. The objective of this research is to determine the species of plants as herbal soap’s
material that grow in the Sesaot Forest Area. The dominant vegetations that can be used as raw
material for herbal soap are coconut (Cocos nucifera L.), candlenut (Aleurites muloccana (L.)
Willd.), avocado (Persea americana Mill.), coffee (Coffea canephora Pierre ex A.Froehner),
cacao (Theobroma cacao L.), piper (Piper betle L.), saffron (Curcuma longa L.) and yellow
campaka (Magnolia champaca (L.) Baill. ex Pierre).
Keywords: identification, herbal soap’s raw ingredients, Sesaot Forest Area
1. Introduction
Indonesia has a high biodiversity plants, many of them are used for cosmetics, medicines
and soap materials. People prefer the herbal soap because of the bioactive compounds contained
in it are relatively suited better to the skin. The soap is mixed with active ingredients that can be
directly extracted by distillation process to get the essential oil.
Nowadays, the resource of soap’s raw material are from forests, either from natural forest,
community forests, or state forests that managed by communities (HKm). Forest management
system, both in the community forest or KPH are using agroforestry systems.
The implementation of HKm program prioritized in the less productive areas, have a high
accessibility, and community dependence to the forest is relatively high. Comprehensive
development in West Nusa Tenggara (NTB) province until 2000 reached 35.000 ha which spread
in some regencies include Sumbawa, Dompu, Bima, East Lombok, Central Lombok and West
Lombok (Masnun, 2009).
The Community forests in West Lombok Regency who hadalicense of Alternative
Community Forest (IPHKm), covers 185 ha area which spread over three villages namely,
Sesaot village, Lembah Sempage village and Sedau village located in Narmada District.Sesaot
protected forest is one of the forests which managed by agroforestry system community with
community-based forest management schemes, in order to increase people’s income and
environment preservation since 1995 (Mansy, 2009).
Indriyatno et al. 308

Community forests which located in Sesaot are located outside of the State forests area.
The structure and composition are similar to HKm forest using agroforestry systemwith
combination of agricultural corps and trees. The community forests are generally located around
the yard, so there are also lot of plants bio diversity, mainly used as a house decoration, and
flowers as the ingredients of essential oil.
Sesaot forest area is a forest protectedarea that gives the consequences to not cutting the
trees in HKm areas and to minimalize the over logging in community forest area, considering
that the area is a conservation zone in Jangkokhead watershed. To increase incomes of the people
in that area is to utilize the non-timber forest product. Potential as HHBK has been done but the
specific benefits not been done, that’s why they identifythe non-timber forest plants that have
potentials as raw materials for soap. The purpose of this research is to determine the types or
species of the plants that grows in HKmSesaot area and community forest that can be used as
raw materials for herbal soap also to know the dominant species that cultivated by the
community.

This research was conducted in June-July 2016. The research located in Sesaot forest area
i.e. Buwun Sejati, Sesaot, Pakuan, Lembah Sempage dan Sedau Village which is inJangkok head
watershed, district of Narmada, West Lombok Regency. The production of herbarium and
specimen identification have been done in Laboratory of Silviculture and Technology of Forest
Products, Department of Forestry, Mataram University.
The tools used in the research were sasak herbarium, stationery, camera, books collection,
pruning scissor, old newspapers, isolation, label paper, ivory paper and oven. While the materials
used are spiritus (rubbing alcohol), herbarium specimen.
The type of this research is description which tend to exploration/survey. The data
collection methods using survey and interview the people to get types of plants that grows in
Sesaot Forest Area. From the survey result, identification has been done to know the scientific
name of the plants, then from it species matched with the literature to know the plants that can be
used as raw materials for the soap making. Each type of the specimens will be taken which
consist of the vegetative parts (leaves and twigs) also the generative parts (flowers and fruits) if
any.

From the result of the identification the plants that existed in Sesaot HKm are
Pterospermum javanicum, Theobroma cacao, Erythrina sp., Durio zibethinus, Coffea canephora,
Swietenia macrophylla, Paraserianthes falcataria, Nephelium lappaceum, Syzygium polyanthum,
Vanilla planifolia, Musa x paradisiaca, Persea americana, Ceiba pentandra, Aleurites
moluccana and Piper betle.
While there are the same plants that founded in community forest as HKm, namely coconut
(Cocos nucifera), ylang (Cananga ordorata), white campaka (Magnolia alba), yellow campaka
(Magnolia champaca), jasmine (Jasminum sambac), rose (Rosa hybrida), pandanus (Pandanus
amaryllifolius), clove (Syzygium aromaticum), tamarind (Arenga pinnata), agarwood (Gyrinops
verstegii), frangipani (Plumiera rubra), and white frangipani (Plumiera alba).
The type of plants that found in Sesaot Forest Area as sopa’s raw ingredients are
Theobroma cacao, Durio zibenthinus, Coffea canephora, Nephelium lappaceum, Syzygium

polyanthum, Vanilla planifolia, Musa x paradisiaca, Persea americana, Ceiba pentandra,

Aleurites moluccana, and Piper betle. While the plants that located in community forest as raw
ingredients of the soap are coconut (Cocos nucifera), ylang (Canaga ordorata), white campaka
(Magnolia alba), yellow campaka (Magnolia champaca), jasmine (Jasminum sambac), rose
(Rosa hybrida), pandanus (Pandanus amaryllifolius), clove (Syzygium aromaticum), palm sugar
(Arenga pinnata), and agarwood (Gyrinops verstegii).
The dominant species or the plants that become source of income now in agroforestry
system in HKm Sesaot is durian, rambutan, avocado, coffee, cocoa, piper betel, and banana.
According to the interview from the community, this species of plants is the species which have
a high economic value if it sold in traditional market. From the interview to the HKm Area
community, they can earn about 9.000.000 – 13.000.000 Rupiahs per ha. That product usually
sold in raw form. While the dominant species in community forest except that type is coconut.
while the other species is just have potential to become essential oil as ylang (Canaga ordorata),
yellow campaka (Magnolia champaca), white campaka (Magnolia alba), jasmine (Jasminium
sambac), rose (Rosa hybrida), pandanus (Pandanus amaryllifolius) only sold in limited amount
in traditional market in Keru Village, district of Narmada, West Lombok Regency. They sell it in
form of flowers and leaves as aoffers to worship by the Hindus.
Unlike the piper betel, it has more economic value because of the high market demand to
consume or chewing the piper betel by some of the people of Lombok. Production per hA can
reach 10-50 kg with the price of 50.000 Rupiah/kg. Piper betel is very potential become raw
ingredients of the soap, this is because the piper betel has a function as a natural antiseptic. So
when it used as a soap ingredients, many of piper betel soap favored by the local and
international tourist.
4. Conclusion
From the result of the research and discussion, it can be concluded as:
There are nine types of potential plants that can be used as raw ingredients/materials which
are coconut (Cocos nucifera), Candlenut (Alurites muloccana), avocado (Persea americana),
coffee (Coffea canephora), cocoa (Theobroma cacao), piper (Piper betle), curcuma (Curcuma
longa), yellow campaka (Magnolia champaca), white campaka (Magnolia alba), frangipani
(Plumiera rubra), and white frangipani (Plumiera alba).
Reference
[1] Backer, C.A. and R.C. Bakhuizen van Den Brink Jr., 1963. Flora of Java Vol I. N.V.P. Noordhoff. Groningen.
[2] Backer, C.A. and R.C. Bakhuizen van Den Brink Jr., 1965. Flora of Java Vol II. N.V.P. Noordhoff.
Groningen.
[3] Backer, C.A. and R.C. Bakhuizen van Den Brink Jr., 1968. Flora of Java Vol III. N.V.P. Noordhoff.
Groningen
[4] Mansy, 2013. 185 Ha Hutan Sesaot NTB Untuk HkM. http://www.antaranews.com/berita/163736/185-hektare-
hutan-sesaot-ntb-untuk-hkm. Accessed on September 2016.
[5] Masnun, 2009. NTB Targetkan 35.000 ha Hutan Kemasyarakatan. http://www.antarantb.com/berita/24766/ntb-
targetkan-35000-ha-hutan-kemasyarakatan. Accessed on September 2016.

Growth an Yield of Onion (Allium Cepa Var. Ascalonicum) as CA Result of

Addition of Biocompost and Boactivity Fermented with Trichoderma spp.
I Made Sudantha1,*, Suwardji1

1
Faculty of Agriculture University of Mataram
E-Mail: imade_sudantha@yahoo.co.id
Abstract
The aim of this research was to look at the effect of biocompost and bioactivator
fermented with trichoderma spp and their interaction on growth and yield of onion. A field
experiment was conducted in Inceptisol at Seteluk Village, sub district of Batulayar and
District of West Lombok. The treatments were split plot design which was consist of two
main factors (1) with biocompost 20 t/ha and (2) without biocompost. The sub main plot was
bioactivator consist of 5 levels mainly (a) without bioactivator, (b) 5 g/plant, (c) 10 g/plant,
(d) 15 g/plant and (e) 20 g/plant. The result of this study showed that there was a significant
higher on growth and yield of onion after addition of biocompost compared with without
addition of biocompost. There was no interaction between biocompost and bioactivator.
Furthermore, the effect of addition of biocompost at level of 10 g/plat resulted to the highest
growth and yield of onion compared with other levels addition of biocompost.
Keywords: biocompos, bioactivator, Trichoderma spp., onion, allium cepa L.
1. Introduction
Onion(Allium cepa var. ascalonicum.) is becoming very populer horticultural crops in
Indonesia due to its high econonomical value as well as its multi used of onion for food
flavour and medical or pharmatical materials (Anonim, 2014). West Nusa Tenggara Province
is one of the centra onion production in Indonesia after East Java, Central Java and West Java
Province. However, the onion production in Indonesia is still low due to some constrains in
the crop production systems.
Some factors that are responsible low production of onion in the West Nusa Tenggara
Province are the use of low quality of seed and conventional farming practice by using high
levels of inorganic fertilzer such as NPK Fertilizer (Sudhanta, 2015).
The use of bioactivator containing saprofit funggi of T. harzianumi and isolate of
SAPRO-07 and funggi endofit of T. koningii isolate has been reported increased growth and
yield of vanilia (Sudantha 2010a), increased growth and yield of corn (Sudantha and
Suwardji,2013), increased growth and yield of soy bean (Sudantha and Suwardji, 2014),
increase growth and yield of onion in the pot trial (Sudantha 2015).
In this paper we reported result of field trial the effect of biocompost and bioactivator
fermented with Trichoderma spp on growth and yield of onion in the field trial.

Field trial was conducted at Seteluk Village, sub district of Batulayar and District of West
Lombok from June to August 2016. Split plot experimental design was used to set up this
field experiment which was consists of main treatment bioacompost (1) with biocompost 20
t/ha and (2) without biocompost. Sub treatments were application of bioactivator which
consist of five levels mainly (a) without bioactivator (b) 5 g/plant of bioactivator (c) 10
g/plant of bioactivator (d) 15 g/plant of bioactivator and (e) 20 g/plant of bioactivator. The
treatment was repeated three times, resulted in 2 x 5 x 3 = 30 experimental plots.
Biocompost of coconut shell was crushed and sieved with a 1.0 mm, then moistened with
Sudantha and Suwardji 311

Sudantha
T. koningii (Endo-04) and T. harzianum (isolates Sapro-07) suspense, where been grown on
PDA. Solution was used water solvents which added 2.5 g granular sugar. The density of
spore in suspension were 107 spores/ml. This solution is commonly known as Biotricon.
Biocompost compounds had been added Biotricon were at 20-24% in moisture content.
Biocompost was placed in container and sealed properly in anerobic condition and incubated
in the room temperature. The incunbation period was used 28 days.
Fungi Trichoderma spp. was used in this study and had been cultured T. koningii isolates
Endo-04 and T. harzianum isolates Sapro-07, were collected by Sudantha stored in
Laboratory of Plant Protection, Agriculture Faculty, Universitas Mataram. Growing up used
PDA (Potato Dextrosa Agar) with incubation period were 14 days.
The Bioactivator was made of leaves coffee had been dried at 600C for 14 days, after that
it was crushed with a coffee mill and then sieved. The result of sieve powder was mixed with
clay at 1:3 (v/v) in ratio then sterilized with autocave. The mixing matters were inoculated
with fungi conidial biomass suspense T. koningii ENDO-2 and T. harzianum SAPRO
Plots size were 5x2 m2 croping spaces were 25 cm x 20 cm, so there were 200 plant per
plot. Onion seed seeds used was cultivar of Philip. Planting hole at depth of 2.5 cm.
Combination of biocompost and bioactivator were applied on treatment basis as discussed
above. During the growing season, water was applied based on furrow irrigation based on its
onion requirement and weeding also applied at 20, 40, and 60 days after planting. Harvesting
was done after 103 days after planting.
Data were analsysed using analysis of variance (2009), any significant different among
means were then tested using Ducan’s Multiple Test at probability level 95%.
3.1. Characteristis of Biocompost and Soil’s Chemical Properties after Fermentation

and Addition of Biocompost Fermented with Trichoderma spp.
Fermentation of biocompost using trichoderma spp affected the biocompost and soil
properties. Chemical tests showed that there were decreased of biocompost pH and C/N ratio,
but enhanced %-N. One of the most important of the benefit of fermentation was reducing
C/N ratio. This has a significant implication on accelerating degradation of biocompost and
become nutrient that may available for plant growth. Similarly fermentation biocompost also
increased cation exchange capacity (CEC) (Table 1.).
Table 1. Chemical Change of Biocompost and Soi Properties after Fermentation and
Application of Fermented Biocompost
BC Properties Soil Propertiesa
Soil + BCT
Basic Soil (control)
Parameters (20 tons/ha)
BC FBC Anovab Anovab
≤-1st 30th 60th 30th 60th
Day Days days Days Days
pH (H2O) 7,8 7,2 * 6,5 6,4 6,5 6,4 6,2 ns
-1 12,25 11,66 12,41 14,53 14,24
CEC (cmolc kg ) 23,81 26,28 * *
a a ab c bc
C (%) 62,00 60,00 * 2,80 2,65 3,10 3,15 3,00 ns
0,18 0,23 0,34 0,25 0,31
N (%) 0,37 0,82 ** *
a ab d bc cd
C/N Ratio 167 73 **
Soil Respiration
9,21 12,42 11,83 12,05 13,62
(µmol CO2 kg-1 - - *
a b b b b
ha-1)
a
Means followed by the same letter at each row are not significantly different (P<0.05)
Using this fermented biocompost (FBC) were 20 tons ha-1, results of statistical

Sudantha
analysys on chemical tests showed that the fermentation of BC has no significance different
effect on Biocompost pH and soil organic carbon (SOC), but significatly increased cation
exchange capacity (CEC), %-N, C/N ratio and soil respiration.
Increasing CEC of soil were higher in soil applied FBC both on 30 and 60 days after
application measured than without FBC application at the same period (30th and 60th days).
By comparing before (1st day = 12.25 cmolc kg-1) and after fermentation and application both
without FBC (30th cmolc days = 11.66 cmolc kg-1 and 60th days = 12.61 cmolc kg-1) and with
FBC application (Soil+FBC in 30th days = 14.53 cmolc 1st kg-1 and 60th days = 14.24 cmolc
kg-1) also showed improvement
3.2. Effect of Biocompost and Bioactivator on The Growth of Onion

Results of analysis of variance showed that application of both fermented biocompost
and level of bioactivator were both significantly increased on plant heigh at 14,21,28 and 35
days after planting (DAP). Furthermore analysis using Least Square Different (LSD) at
probability 95% can be seen at Tabel 1 and 2.
Tabel 1. The influence of biocompost on the hight of plant

Mean the heigh of Onion Plant (cm)
Treatments
14 DAP 21 DAP 28 DAP 35 DAP
With Biocompost 23,03 a 1) 27,34 a1) 30,31 a1) 32,73 a 1)
Without Biocompost 21,78 b 24,66 b 26,23 b 28,81 b
LSD P< 5% 1,10 2,98 3,86 3,12
1) Means followed with the same letter in the same colum are not significantly different.
2) DAP = Day after planting
Table 1 showed that the addition of biocompost fermented with Trichoderma spp
significantly increased plant heigh at 14 DAP, 21 DAP, 28 DAP and 35 DAP compared with
the height of plant without addition of biocompost. Sudantha and Suwardji (2016) advocated
that addition of fermented biocompost with Trichoderma spp was able to accelerate the
vegetative growth of onion. Similarly Salisbury dan Ross (1995) found that some fungi that
life in the soil can produce etylence that are able to stimulate the growth of plant and also able
to protect the plant from root rot desease. Moreover ethelence produced by the fungi is also
able to speed up the flowering time. Sudantha (2010a) also found that fungi of endofit
Trichoderma spp. was able to colonize in the plant tissues. As a result of ethylence produced
in the plant tissues, the plant was cappable of accelerating the growth of plant tissue.
Moreover, Trautman dan Olinceiw (1996) reported that Trichoderma harzianum was able to
produce cellulose enzime that are capable of decomposing organic matter containing lignin
and cellulose to the simple compounds which are disolve in soil solution and becoming
available for plant growth and development.
Table 2. Influence of Bioactivator Level on Plant Heigh of Onion

Mean of Onion Plant Heigh(cm)
Treatment of Bioactivator
14 DAP 21 DAP 28 DAP 35 DAP
Without bioactivator 21,30 a1) 24,10 a1) 26,08 a1) 27,10 a1)
5 g/plant 22,51 b 25,75 b 27,25 b 31,22 b
10 g/plant 22,75 bc 26,74 bc 28,43 bc 32,67 bc
15 g/plant 23,74 c 27,28 c 28,67 c 32,74 c
20 g/plant 23,71 c 27,37 c 28,70 c 32,73 c
LSD at P < 5% 1,27 1,51 1,03 1,35
1) Values followed by the same symbon in the same colum are not sigficantly different at P<5%
2) DAP= Day after planting
Table 2 showed that the level of bioactivator significanly influenced plant heigh of

Sudantha
onion at 14 DAP, 21 DAP, 28 DAP and 35 DAP. All treatments were significantly increased
plant heigh. Comparing the levels of treatments, doses of 10 g/plant of bioactivator considered
to be the level that is significanly increase the plant heigh and economicly viable. This results
suggested that bioactivator containing fungi of T. koningii isolat Endo-02 dan T. harzianum
isolat Sapro-07 can stimulate plant height of onion.
Our data also suggested that bioactivator containing fungi of T. koningii isolat Endo-02
dan T. Harzianum isolat Sapro-07 were more prominent in increasing the heigh of pant of
onio compared with biocompost suggesting that the use of bioactivatior may economically
viable and practically more easy for farmers. Similar results has been reported by Sudantha et
al (2016) suggested that 10g/plant of bioactivator can significantly increased the plant heigh
of onion and economically viable conducted in other research for othe soil types. As
previously reported that Sudantha (2010b) also found that fungi endofit T. koningii isolat
ENDO-02 in the plant tissue produced etylence which able to stimulate vegetative growth of
plant.
Further statistical test using LSD at P <5% for the influence of biocompost conducted
independently on other plant parameters suggested that bioactivator significanly inreased
number of tillering, fresh weigh of plant and number of plant bulb of onion (Table 3).
Table 3. Influence of biocompost on number of tillering, fresh weight of plant and fresh
bulb weight of onion
Number of tillering Fresh weight of plant Fresh bulb of onion
Treatments
(bulb/rumpun) (g/rumpun) (g/rumpun)
With biocompost 6,78 a1) 39,11 a1) 33,57 a1)
Without
5,13 b 27,38 b 22,42 b
biocompost
LSD 5% 1,63 1,02 1,77
Table 3 suggested that addition of biocompost significantly increased number of

tillering and fresh weight plant and fresh weight of bulb. This results similar to the results of
Sudantha et al (2016) in the glass house experiment that addition of biocompost significantly
increase number of tillering, plant fresh weight and fresh weight of bulb of onion.
Furthermore Sudantha dan Suwardji (2013) also found application of biocompost fermented
with fungi of endofit and saprofit Trichoderma spp increased plant heigh dan development of
onion and yield of onion.
Table 4. Influence of bioactivator on number of tillering, fresh weight of plant and fresh
bulb of onion
Treatments Number of Fresh weight of Fresh weight of
tillering (bulb) plant (g) bulb (g)
Without 29,42 a 1)
bioactivator 4,91 a 1) 23,71 a 1)
5 g/plant 5,36 b 32,36 b 27,11 b
10 g/plant 5,62 bc 35,10 bc 28,06 bc
15 g/plant 5,87 c 35,56 c 30,86 c
20 g/plant 5,93 c 36,48 c 31,02 c
LSD P<0,5% 0,50 2,75 2,95

Sudantha
Table 4 showed that aplication of bioactivator containing fungi of T. Koningii isolate

Endo-02dan T. harzianum isolat Sapro-07 significantly increased number of tillering,fresh
weight plant and fresh weight of bulb in comparation with witthout application of
bioactivator. The data also suggested that application of bioactivator 10g/plant also
significantly increased number of tillering and fresh weight plant and fresh weight of bulb.
The fact indicated that application of bioactivator capable of increasing yield of onion
due to the dominant role of fungi of T. harzianum isolat Sapro-07. Similar reason that have
been suggested in the above paragraph are apply for increasing of yield of onion as a result of
application of bioactivator.
4. Conclusion
Result of this study suggested that the addition of biocompost to the soil resulted in
higher growth and yield of onion compared with without addition of biocompost. In addition,
the growth and yield of onion become much more higher with the additon of bioactivator at
level up to 10 t/ha.
Further research should be directed to look at the method of application of biocompost
and bioactivator to achieve potential yield of onion used in this study.
Acknowledgement
Financial support was provided by Ministry of Research, Technology and Higher
Degree Education Republic of Indonesia for providing research funding, financial Year of
2016.
References
[1] Anonim, 2014. Ditjen Tanaman Pangan, Hortikultura, Peternakan, Badan Pusat
Statistik.http://www.ekon.go.id/media/filemanager/2014/11/19/k/e/kementan.pdf
[2] Arianci, R. 2014. Pengaruh Campuran Kompos Tandan Kosong Kelapa Sawit, Abu Boiler dan
Trichoderma terhadap Pertanaman Kedelai pada Sela Tegakan Kelapa Sawit yang Telah Menghasilkan di
Lahan Gambut. Jurnal Teknobiologi, 5(1), 21-29
[3] Cook, R. J. and K. F. Baker. 1983. The Nature and Practice of Biological Control of Plant Pathogens. The
American Phytopathol. Society, St. Paul MN. 539 p.
[4] Latifah, A. Kustantinah, Loekas Soesanto. 2011. Pemanfaatan Beberapa Isolat Trichoderma harzianum
sebagai Agensia Pengendali Hayati Penyakit Layu Fusarium pada Bawang Merah. Eugenia Vol.17 No 2.
Universitas Jenderal Soedirman.
[5] Salisbury, F.B., and C. W. Ross, 1995. Fisiologi Tumbuhan Jilid 3. Perkembangan Tumbuhan dan Fisiologi
Tumbuhan (Terjemahan D. R. Lukman dan Sumaryono). Penerbit ITB, Bandung.
[6] Sudantha, I. M. 2009. Aplikasi Jamur Trichoderma spp (Isolat ENDO-02 dan 04 serta SAPRO-07 dan 09)
Sebagai Biofungisida, Dekomposer, dan Bioaktivator Pertumbuhan dan Pembungaan Tanaman Vanili dan
Pengembanngannya pada Tanaman Hortikultura dan Pangan Lainnya di NTB. Laporan Penelitian Hibah
Kompetensi DP2M DIKTI, Mataram.
[7] Sudantha, I. M.2010a. Buku Teknologi Tepat Guna: Penerapan Biofungisida dan Biokompos pada
Pertanian Organik. Fakultas Pertanian Universitas Mataram, Mataram.
[8] Sudantha, I. M. 2010b. Aplikasi Jamur Trichoderma spp (Isolat ENDO-02 dan 04 serta SAPRO-07 dan 09)
Sebagai Biofungisida, Dekomposer, dan Bioaktivator Pertumbuhan dan Pembungaan Tanaman Vanili dan
Pengembanngannya pada Tanaman Hortikultura dan Pangan Lainnya di NTB. Laporan Penelitian Hibah
Kompetensi DP2M DIKTI, Mataram.
[9] Sudantha, I. M. dan Suwardji. 2013. Pemanfaatan Biokompos, Bioaktivator dan Biochar Untuk
Meningkatkan Hasil Jagung dan Brangkasan Segar pada Lahan Kering Pasiran dengan Sistem Irigasi
Sprinkler Big Gun. Laporan Penelitian Strategis Nasional, Mataram.
[10] Sudantha, I. M. Dan Suwardji, 2014.Pemanfaatan Bioaktivator dan Biokompos (Mengandung Jamur
Trichroderma spp. dan Mikoriza) Untuk Meningkatkan Kesehatan, Pertumbuhan dan Hasil Tanaman
Kedelai di Lahan Kering. LaporanHibah Tim Pascasarjana DP2M Dikti, Mataram.
[11] Sudantha, I. M. 2015. Pemanfaatan Bioaktivator dan Biokompos untuk Meningkatkan Kesehatan, Kuantitas
dan Kualitas Hasil Bawang Merah. Laporan Penelitian Mandiri Program Magister Pengelolaan Sumberdaya
Lahan Kering Program Pascasarjana Unram.
[12] Sudantha, I. M., Suwardji, dan M. T. Fauzi. 2016. Pemanfaatan Bioaktivator dan Biokompos Hasil

Sudantha
Fermentasi Jamur Trichoderma spp. serta Fungi Mikoriza Abuskular Untuk Meningkatkan Kesehatan,
Pertumbuhan dan Hasil Bawang Merah. Laporan Penelitian Sumber Dana BLU PNBP Unram Tahun 2016.
[13] Trautman, N. and E. Olynciw, 1996. Compost microorganism. Cornell Composting. Science and
Engineering. Cornell University. 16 hal.
[14] Triyatno, B. Y. 2005. Potensi beberapa Agensia Pengendali terhadap Penyakit Busuk Rimpang Jahe.
Fakultas PertanianUniversitas Jenderal Soedirman, Purwokerto.
[15] Windham, M., Y. Elad and R. Baker. 1986. A Mechanism of Increased Plant Growth Induced by
Trichoderma spp. Phytopathology 76: 518 - 521.

Sudantha

2016 Yulkfli Proceeding of ICST Unram

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2016 Yulkfli Proceeding of ICST Unram

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2016 Yulkfli Proceeding of ICST Unram

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ISBN : 978-602-6640-00-0

Theme : The Emerging Innovation On Science And Technology

Copyright law protected

Wassalamu'alaikum warohmatullahi wabarakatuh.

Chairman of 1st ICST 2016

Dr. Satrijo Saloko

OPENING SPEECH - RECTOR THE UNIVERSITY OF MATARAM

Rector of the University of Mataram

Prof. Ir. Sunarpi, Ph.D

Schemata Detection of Chemistry Teachers Prospective Students After Had

Kurroti A’yun1, Suyono2

Keywords: embedded concurrent, misconception, conceptual change, peer learning,

2. Materials and Methods

3 Results and Discussion

A’yun and Suyono 3

A’yun and Suyono 4

Use of The Experimental Board on Kirchhoff’s Laws to Train Students

The experimental board on Kirchhoff's Laws is a three-dimensional media used in

Keywords: experimental board, Kirchhoff's Law, skills.

Three-dimensional media is a potential alternative to improve the quality of teaching

Potential of Abalone (Haliotis sp.) as Control Agent of Biofouling

Dewi Nur’aeni Setyowati1*, Nanda Diniarti1

Biofouling is a collection of organisms on the surface of object or material in ocean

Keywords: abalone, biofouling, seaweed, cage nets

2. Materials and Methods

survival rate of abalone.

3. Result and Discussion

Figure 1. Biofouling (seaweed) on cage nets in Ekas Bay

Setyowati and Diniarti 10

Setyowati and Diniarti 11

Setyowati and Diniarti 12

Growth Performance of Kappaphycus alvarezii with Addition of Sargassum

Tino Feri Ananta1, Nunik Cokrowati1*, Mursal Ghazali2

This research purpose was to study the effect Sargassum crassifolium, S.

Keywords: Species, dose, absolute growth, spesific growth, carageenan.

of the nutritional composition is still incomplete.

2. Materials and Methods

3. Results and Discussion

Table 1. Results of Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) The effect of extracts of Sargassum

Description: S = Significant; NS = Non Significant

Dosis 0% Dosis 5% Dosis 15% Dosis 25%

Figure 2. Growth of Seaweed For 6 Weeks with Dose Factor

The observation of weekly growth of seaweed Kappaphycus alvarezii by treatment

Treatment Carrageenan Weight Persentage Carrageenan (%)

Development of e-SCM Open Source

Yudi Priyadi1, Jurry Hatammimi2*

In general, e-SCM-based Open Source is a framework that conduct

Priyadi and Hatammimi 21

2. Methods and Design

2.1. The combination of Fishbone Diagrams and Charts Research

Figure 3 Adoption Fishbone for Research

Figure 1. Adoption Fishbone for Research

Priyadi and Hatammimi 22

2.2 Stages of Application Development

Figure 2 Adoption Stages Waterfall for Research [14]

3.1. Context Diagram of Existing System2.2 s

Figure 3. CD of Existing Systems

3.2. DFD and Data Store of Existing Systems

Priyadi and Hatammimi 23

Figure 4. DFD of Existing Systems